YORK VRF Low Ambient Heat Pump Outdoor Unit 208/230V Service manual

SERVICE MANUAL

INVERTER-DRIVEN MULTI-SPLIT SYSTEM

HEAT PUMP AIR CONDITIONERS

Service Manual

< Outdoor Units (Low Ambient VRF Heat Pump) >

(H,Y)VAHP072(3,4)1CW






SM-16007

Important Notice

Ɣ Johnson Controls Inc. pursues a policy of continuing improvement in design and performance in its products. As such, Johnson Controls Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time without prior notice.

Ɣ Johnson Controls Inc. cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard.

Ɣ This heat pump air conditioning unit is designed for standard air conditioning applications only. Do not use this unit for anything other than the purposes for which it was intended for.

Ɣ 7KHLQVWDOOHUDQGV\VWHPVSHFLDOLVWVKDOOVDIHJXDUGDJDLQVWOHDNDJHLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKORFDOSLSH¿WWHU and electrical codes. The following standards may be applicable, if local regulations are not available.

International Organization for Standardization: (ISO 5149 or European Standard, EN 378). No part of this manual may be reproduced in any way without the expressed written consent of Johnson Controls

Inc.

Ɣ This heat pump air conditioning unit will be operated and serviced in the United States of America and comes with a full complement of the appropriate Safety, Danger, and Caution, warnings.

Ɣ If you have questions, please contact your distributor or dealer.

Ɣ This manual provides common descriptions, basic and advanced information to maintain and service this heat pump air conditioning unit which you operate as well for other models.

Ɣ 7KLVKHDWSXPSDLUFRQGLWLRQLQJXQLWKDVEHHQGHVLJQHGIRUDVSHFL¿FWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJH)RURSWLPXP performance and long life, operate this unit within the range limits according to the table below.

Temperature

Cooling

Operation

Indoor

Outdoor

Heating

Operation

Indoor

Outdoor

DB: Dry Bulb, WB: Wet Bulb

Maximum

89 o F DB/73 o F WB (32 o C DB/23 o C WB)

118 o F DB (48 o C DB) *1), *2)

80 o F DB (27 o C DB)

59 o F WB (15 o C WB) *5)

Minimum


14 o F DB (-10 o C DB) *3), *4)

59 o F DB ( 15 o C DB)

-4 o F WB (-20 o C WB) *6)

*1) When the outdoor air temperature is 100 o F DB (38 o C DB) or more and the outdoor unit operation capacity ratio is 100% or more, the outdoor unit will be Thermo-OFF to protect the compressor from failure.

*2) When the outdoor air temperature is 109 o F (43 o C) or more during the outdoor unit cooling operation, the maximum connectable indoor unit capacity ratio is 100%.

*3) When the outdoor air temperature is 23 o F (-5 o C) or less during the outdoor unit cooling operation, the minimum connectable indoor unit capacity is 18,000 Btu/h.

In this case, install the snow protection hood (optional).

*4) When operating the outdoor unit under the low cooling load conditions and in the low outdoor air temperature, (applox. 50 o F DB (10 o C DB) or less), the indoor unit will be Thermo-OFF to prevent the heat exchanger of the indoor unit from being frosted.

*5) When operating the outdoor unit under the low heating load conditions and the outdoor temperature is

59 o F DB (15 o C DB) or more, the outdoor unit will be Thermo-OFF to protect the compressor from failure.

*6) Operation in the outdoor temperature of 5~-4 o F WB (-15~20 o C WB) is assumed to limited conditions such as start-up in early morning.

Long time operation in this condition may shorten the life of the compressor.

Ɣ This manual should be considered as a permanent part of the air conditioning equipment and should remain with the air conditioning equipment.

SM-16007 i

Product Inspection upon Arrival

1. Upon receiving this product, inspect it for any damages incurred in transit. Claims for damage, either

DSSDUHQWRUFRQFHDOHGVKRXOGEH¿OHGLPPHGLDWHO\ZLWKWKHVKLSSLQJFRPSDQ\

2. Check the model number, electrical characteristics (power supply, voltage, and frequency rating), and any accessories to determine if they agree with the purchase order.

3. The standard utilization for this unit is explained in these instructions. Use of this equipment for purposes other than what it designed for is not recommended.

4. Please contact your local agent or contractor as any issues involving installation, performance, or

PDLQWHQDQFHDULVH/LDELOLW\GRHVQRWFRYHUGHIHFWVRULJLQDWLQJIURPXQDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQV performed by a customer without the written consent of Johnson Controls, Inc. Performing any mechanical alterations on this product without the consent of the manufacturer will render your warranty null and void.

ii SM-16007

1. Introduction

This manual concentrates on the Outdoor Heat Pump Unit. Read this installation and maintenance manual carefully before installation. Read over the installation manual for the Indoor Unit also.

This manual should be considered as a permanent part of the air conditioning equipment and should remain with the air conditioning equipment.

(Transportation/Installation Work) > (Refrigerant Piping Work) > (Electrical Wiring Work) > (Ref. Charge Work) > (Test

Run) > (User)

2. Important Safety Instructions

Signal Words

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates information considered important, but not hazard-related (for example, messages relating to property damage).

General Precautions

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, read these instructions thoroughly and follow all warnings or cautions included in all manuals that accompanied the product and are attached to the unit. Refer back to these safety instructions as needed.

Ɣ 7KLVV\VWHPVKRXOGEHLQVWDOOHGE\SHUVRQQHOFHUWL¿HGE\-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV,QF3HUVRQQHOPXVWEH

TXDOL¿HGDFFRUGLQJWRORFDOVWDWHDQGQDWLRQDOEXLOGLQJDQGVDIHW\FRGHVDQGUHJXODWLRQV,QFRUUHFW

LQVWDOODWLRQFRXOGFDXVHOHDNVHOHFWULFVKRFN¿UHRUH[SORVLRQ,QDUHDVZKHUH6HLVPLFµ¶3HUIRUPDQFH

UHTXLUHPHQWVDUHVSHFL¿HGWKHDSSURSULDWHPHDVXUHVVKRXOGEHWDNHQGXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQWRJXDUG against possible damage or injury that might occur in an earthquake if the unit is not installed correctly, injuries may occur due to a falling unit.

Ɣ Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), such as gloves and protective goggles and, where appropriate, have a gas mask nearby. Also use electrical protection equipment and tools suited

IRUHOHFWULFDORSHUDWLRQSXUSRVHV.HHSDTXHQFKLQJFORWKDQGD¿UHH[WLQJXLVKHUQHDUE\GXULQJEUD]LQJ

Use care in handling, rigging, and setting of bulky equipment.

Ɣ When transporting, be careful when picking up, moving and mounting these units. Although the unit may be packed using plastic straps, do not use them for transporting the unit from one location to another. Do not stand on or put any material on the unit. Get a partner to help, and bend with your knees when lifting

WRUHGXFHVWUDLQRQ\RXUEDFN6KDUSHGJHVRUWKLQDOXPLQXP¿QVRQWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUFDQFXW¿QJHUV so wear protective gloves.

Ɣ Do not touch or adjust any safety devices inside the indoor or outdoor units. All safety features, disengagement, and interlocks must be in place and functioning correctly before the equipment is put into operation. If these devices are improperly adjusted or tampered with in any way, a serious accident can occur. Never bypass or jump-out any safety device or switch.

Ɣ Johnson Controls will not assume any liability for injuries or damage caused by not following steps

RXWOLQHGRUGHVFULEHGLQWKLVPDQXDO8QDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQVWR-RKQVRQ&RQWUROVSURGXFWVDUH prohibited as they… ƕ May create hazards which could result in death, serious injury or equipment damage; ƕ Will void product warranties; ƕ 0D\LQYDOLGDWHSURGXFWUHJXODWRU\FHUWL¿FDWLRQV ƕ May violate OSHA standards;

SM-16007 iii

Take the following precautions to reduce the risk of property damage.

iv

Ɣ Be careful that moisture, dust, or variant refrigerant compounds not enter the refrigerant cycle during installation work. Foreign matter could damage internal components or cause blockages.

Ɣ ,IDLU¿OWHUVDUHUHTXLUHGRQWKLVXQLWGRQRWRSHUDWHWKHXQLWZLWKRXWWKHDLU¿OWHUVHWLQSODFH,IWKHDLU

¿OWHULVQRWLQVWDOOHGGXVWPD\DFFXPXODWHDQGEUHDNGRZQPD\UHVXOW

Ɣ Do not install this unit in any place where silicon gases can coalesce. If the silicon gas molecules

DWWDFKWKHPVHOYHVWRWKHVXUIDFHRIWKHKHDWH[FKDQJHUWKH¿QQHGVXUIDFHVZLOOUHSHOZDWHU$VD

UHVXOWDQ\DPRXQWRIGUDLQDJHPRLVWXUHFRQGHQVDWHFDQRYHUÀRZIURPWKHGUDLQFRQGHQVDWHSDQDQG could run inside of the electrical box, possibly causing electrical failures.

Ɣ When installing the unit in a hospital or other facility where electromagnetic waves are generated from nearby medical and/or electronic devices, be prepared for noise and electronic interference

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). Do not install where the waves can directly radiate into the electrical box, controller cable, or controller. Inverters, appliances, high-frequency medical equipment, and radio communications equipment may cause the unit to malfunction. The operation of the unit may also adversely affect these same devices. Install the unit at least 10 ft. (approximately 3m) away from such devices.

Ɣ When a wireless controller is used, locate at a distance of at least 3.3 ft. (approximately 1 meter)

EHWZHHQWKHLQGRRUXQLWDQGHOHFWULFOLJKWLQJ,IQRWWKHUHFHLYHUSDUWRIWKHXQLWPD\KDYHGLI¿FXOW\ receiving operation commands.

Ɣ Do not install the unit in any location where animals and plants can come into direct contact with the outlet air stream. Exposure could adversely affect the animals and plants.

Ɣ Do not install the unit with any downward slope to the side of the drain adaptor. If you do, you may

KDYHGUDLQZDWHUÀRZLQJEDFNZKLFKPD\FDXVHOHDNV

Ɣ Be sure the drain hose discharges water properly. If connected incorrectly, it may cause leaks.

Ɣ Do not install the unit in any place where oil can seep onto the units, such as table or seating areas in restaurants, and so forth. For these locations or social venues, use specialized units with oil-resistant features built into them. In addition, use a specialized ceiling fan designed for restaurant use. These specialized oil-resistant units can be ordered for such applications. However, in places where large quantities of oil can splash onto the unit, such as a factory, even the specialized units cannot be used.

These products should not be installed in such locations.

Installation Precautions

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the following installation precautions must be followed.

Ɣ When installing the unit into…

Ɠ $ZDOO0DNHVXUHWKHZDOOLVVWURQJHQRXJKWRKROGWKHXQLW¶VZHLJKW,WPD\EHQHFHVVDU\WR construct a strong wood or metal frame to provide added support.

Ɠ A room: Properly insulate any refrigerant tubing run inside a room to prevent “sweating” that can

FDXVHGULSSLQJDQGZDWHUGDPDJHWRZDOODQGÀRRUV

Ɠ Damp or uneven areas: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

Ɠ An area with high winds: Securely anchor the outdoor unit down with bolts and a metal frame.

3URYLGHDVXLWDEOHDLUEDIÀH

Ɠ A snowy area: Install the outdoor unit on a raised platform that is higher than drifting snow. Provide snow vents.

Ɣ 'RQRWLQVWDOOWKHXQLWLQWKHIROORZLQJSODFHV'RLQJVRFDQUHVXOWLQDQH[SORVLRQ¿UHGHIRUPDWLRQ corrosion, or product failure.

Ɠ ([SORVLYHRUÀDPPDEOHDWPRVSKHUH

Ɠ :KHUH¿UHRLOVWHDPRUSRZGHUFDQGLUHFWO\HQWHUWKHXQLWVXFKDVLQFORVHSUR[LPLW\RUGLUHFWO\ above a kitchen stove.

Ɠ Where oil (including machinery oil) may be present.

Ɠ :KHUHFRUURVLYHJDVHVVXFKDVFKORULQHEURPLQHRUVXO¿GHFDQDFFXPXODWHVXFKDVQHDUDKRW tub or hot spring.

Ɠ :KHUHGHQVHVDOWODGHQDLUÀRZLVKHDY\VXFKDVLQFRDVWDOUHJLRQV

Ɠ Where the air quality is of high acidity.

Ɠ Where harmful gases can be generated from decomposition.

SM-16007

Ɣ Do not position the drain pipe for the indoor unit near any sanitary sewers where corrosive gases may be present. If you do, toxic gases can seep into breathable air spaces and can cause respiratory

LQMXULHV,IWKHGUDLQSLSHLVLQVWDOOHGLQFRUUHFWO\ZDWHUOHDNDJHDQGGDPDJHWRWKHFHLOLQJÀRRU furniture, or other possessions may result. If condensate piping becomes clogged, moisture can back up and can drip from the indoor unit. Do not install the indoor unit where such dripping can cause moisture damage or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

Ɣ %HIRUHSHUIRUPLQJDQ\EUD]LQJZRUNEHVXUHWKDWWKHUHDUHQRÀDPPDEOHPDWHULDOVRURSHQÀDPHV nearby.

Ɣ Perform a test run to ensure normal operation. Safety guards, shields, barriers, covers, and protective

GHYLFHVPXVWEHLQSODFHZKLOHWKHFRPSUHVVRUXQLWLVRSHUDWLQJ'XULQJWKHWHVWUXQNHHS¿QJHUVDQG clothing away from any moving parts.

Ɣ &OHDQXSWKHVLWHZKHQ¿QLVKHGUHPHPEHULQJWRFKHFNWKDWQRPHWDOVFUDSVRUELWVRIZLULQJKDYH been left inside the unit being installed.

Ɣ During transportation, do not allow the backrest of the forklift make contact with the unit, otherwise, it may cause damage to the heat exchanger and also may cause injury when stopped or started suddenly.

Ɣ 5HPRYHJDVLQVLGHWKHFORVLQJSLSHZKHQWKHEUD]LQJZRUNLVSHUIRUPHG,IWKHEUD]LQJ¿OOHUPHWDOLV melted with remaining gas inside, the pipes will be blown off and it may cause injury.

Ɣ Be sure to use nitrogen gas for an airtight test. If other gases such as oxygen gas, acetylene gas or

ÀXRURFDUERQJDVDUHDFFLGHQWDOO\XVHGLWPD\FDXVHH[SORVLRQRUJDVLQWR[LFDWLRQ

After installation work for the system has been completed, explain the “Safety Precautions,” the proper use and maintenance of the unit to the customer according to the information in all manuals that came with the system. All manuals and warranty information must be given to the user or left near the Indoor Unit.

Refrigerant Precautions

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the following refrigerant precautions must be followed.

Ɣ As originally manufactured, this unit contains refrigerant installed by Johnson Controls. Johnson

&RQWUROVXVHVRQO\UHIULJHUDQWVWKDWKDYHEHHQDSSURYHGIRUXVHLQWKHXQLW¶VLQWHQGHGKRPHFRXQWU\ or market. Johnson Controls distributors similarly are only authorized to provide refrigerants that have been approved for use in the countries or markets they serve. The refrigerant used in this unit

LVLGHQWL¿HGRQWKHXQLW¶VIDFHSODWHDQGRULQWKHDVVRFLDWHGPDQXDOV$Q\DGGLWLRQVRIUHIULJHUDQWLQWR

WKLVXQLWPXVWFRPSO\ZLWKWKHFRXQWU\¶VUHTXLUHPHQWVZLWKUHJDUGWRUHIULJHUDQWXVHDQGVKRXOGEH obtained from Johnson Controls distributors. Use of any non-approved refrigerant substitutes will void the warranty and will increase the potential risk of injury or death.

Ɣ If installed in a small room, take measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the maximum allowable concentration in the event that refrigerant gases should escape. Refrigerant gases can cause asphyxiation (0.026 lbs/ft 3 ( 0.42 kg/m 3 ) based on ISO 5149 for R410A). Consult with your distributor for countermeasures (ventilation system and so on). If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.

Ɣ Check the design pressure for this product is 601 psi (4.15MPa). The pressure of the refrigerant

R410A is 1.4 times higher than that of the refrigerant R22. Therefore, the refrigerant piping for

5$VKDOOEHWKLFNHUWKDQWKDWIRU50DNHVXUHWRXVHWKHVSHFL¿HGUHIULJHUDQWSLSLQJ,IQRWWKH refrigerant piping may rupture due to an excessive refrigerant pressure. Besides, pay attention to the piping thickness when using copper refrigerant piping. The thickness of copper refrigerant piping differs depending on its material.

Ɣ The refrigerant R410A is adopted. The refrigerant oil tends to be affected by foreign matters such

DVPRLVWXUHR[LGH¿OPRUIDW3HUIRUPWKHLQVWDOODWLRQZRUNZLWKFDUHWRSUHYHQWPRLVWXUHGXVWRU different refrigerant from entering the refrigerant cycle. Foreign matter can be introduced into the cycle from such parts as expansion valve and the operation may be unavailable.

Ɣ To avoid the possibility of different refrigerant or refrigerant oil being introduced into the cycle, the sizes of the charging connections have been changed from R407C type and R22 type. It is necessary to prepare the appropriate tools before performing installation work.

Ɣ Use refrigerant pipes and joints which are approved for use with R410A.

Ɣ A compressor/unit comprises a pressurized system. Never loosen threaded joints while the system is under pressure and never open pressurized system parts.

SM-16007 v

Ɣ Before installation is complete, make sure that the refrigerant leak test has been performed. If

UHIULJHUDQWJDVHVHVFDSHLQWRWKHDLUWXUQ2))WKHPDLQVZLWFKH[WLQJXLVKDQ\RSHQÀDPHVDQG contact your service contractor. Refrigerant (Fluorocarbon) for this unit is odorless. If the refrigerant

VKRXOGOHDNDQGFRPHLQWRFRQWDFWZLWKRSHQÀDPHVWR[LFJDVFRXOGEHJHQHUDWHG$OVREHFDXVHWKH

ÀXRURFDUERQVDUHKHDYLHUWKDQDLUWKH\VHWWOHWRWKHÀRRUZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDVSK\[LDWLRQ

Ɣ When installing the unit, and connecting refrigerant piping, keep all piping runs as short as possible, and make sure to securely connect the refrigerant piping before the compressor starts operating. If the refrigerant piping is not connected and the compressor activates with the stop valve opened, the refrigerant cycle will become subjected to extremely high pressure, which can cause an explosion or

¿UH

Ɣ 7LJKWHQWKHÀDUHQXWZLWKDWRUTXHZUHQFKLQWKHVSHFL¿HGPDQQHU'RQRWDSSO\H[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRWKH

ÀDUHQXWZKHQWLJKWHQLQJ,I\RXGRWKHÀDUHQXWFDQFUDFNDQGUHIULJHUDQWOHDNDJHPD\RFFXU

Ɣ When maintaining, relocating, and disposing of the unit, dismantle the refrigerant piping after the compressor stops.

Ɣ When pipes are removed out from under the piping cover, after the insulation work is completed,

FRYHUWKHJDSEHWZHHQWKHSLSLQJFRYHUDQGSLSHVE\DSDFNLQJ¿HOGVXSSOLHG,IWKHJDSLVQRW covered, the unit may be damaged if snow, rain water or small animals enter the unit.

Ɣ Do not apply an excessive force to the spindle valve at the end of opening. Otherwise, the spindle

YDOYHÀLHVRXWGXHWRUHIULJHUDQWSUHVVXUH$WWKHWHVWUXQIXOO\RSHQWKHJDVDQGOLTXLGYDOYHV otherwise, these devices will be damaged. (It is closed before shipment.)

Ɣ ,IWKHDUUDQJHPHQWIRURXWGRRUXQLWVLVLQFRUUHFWLWPD\FDXVHÀRZEDFNRIWKHUHIULJHUDQWDQGUHVXOWLQ failure of the outdoor unit.

Ɣ The refrigerant system may be damaged if the slope of the piping connection kit exceeds +15 o .

Electrical Precautions

7DNHWKHIROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQVWRUHGXFHWKHULVNRIHOHFWULFVKRFN¿UHRU explosion resulting in serious injury or death.

vi

Ɣ Highly dangerous electrical voltages are used in this system. Carefully refer to the wiring diagram and these instructions when wiring. Improper connections and inadequate grounding can cause serious injury or death.

Ɣ Perform all electrical work in strict accordance with this installation and maintenance manual and all the relevant regulatory standards.

Ɣ Before servicing, open and tag all disconnect switches. Never assume electrical power is disconnected. Check with meter and equipment.

Ɣ Only use electrical protection equipment and tools suited for this installation.

Ɣ 8VHVSHFL¿HGFDEOHVEHWZHHQXQLWV

Ɣ The new air conditioner may not function normally in the following instances:

Ɠ If electrical power for the new air conditioner is supplied from the same transformer as the device* referred to below.

Ɠ If the power source cables for this device* and the new air conditioner unit are located in close proximity to each other.

'HYLFH([DPSOH$OLIWFRQWDLQHUFUDQHUHFWL¿HUIRUHOHFWULFUDLOZD\LQYHUWHUSRZHU device, arc furnace, electric furnace, large-sized induction motor and large-sized switch.

Regarding the cases mentioned above, surge voltage may be inducted into the power supply cables for the packaged air conditioner due to a rapid change in power consumption of the device and an activation of a switch.

&KHFN¿HOGUHJXODWLRQVDQGVWDQGDUGVEHIRUHSHUIRUPLQJHOHFWULFDOZRUNLQRUGHUWRSURWHFWWKH power supply for the new air conditioner unit.

Ɣ Communication cabling shall be a minimum of AWG18 (0.82mm

2 ), 2-Conductor, Stranded Copper.

Shielded cable must be considered for applications and routing in areas of high EMI and other sources of potentially excessive electrical noise to reduce the potential for communication errors.

When shielded cabling is applied, proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per Johnson Controls guidelines. Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements.

Ɣ 8VHDQH[FOXVLYHSRZHUVXSSO\IRUWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUDWWKHXQLW¶VUDWHGYROWDJH

SM-16007

Ɣ Be sure to install circuit breakers (ground fault interrupter, isolating switch, molded case circuit

EUHDNHUDQGVRRQZLWKWKHVSHFL¿HGFDSDFLW\(QVXUHWKDWWKHZLULQJWHUPLQDOVDUHWLJKWHQHGVHFXUHO\

WRUHFRPPHQGHGWRUTXHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV

Ɣ Clamp electrical wires securely with a cable clamp after all wiring is connected to the terminal block.

In addition, run wires securely through the wiring access channel.

Ɣ When installing the power lines, do not apply tension to the cables. Secure the suspended cables at regular intervals, but not too tightly.

Ɣ Make sure that the terminals do not come into contact with the surface of the electrical box. If the terminals are too close to the surface, it may lead to failures at the terminal connection.

Ɣ Turn OFF and disconnect the unit from the power source when handling the service connector. Do not open the service cover or access panel to the indoor or outdoor units without turning OFF the main power supply.

Ɣ $IWHUFHDVLQJRSHUDWLRQEHVXUHWRZDLWDWOHDVW¿YHPLQXWHVEHIRUHWXUQLQJRIIWKHPDLQSRZHU switch. Otherwise, water leakage or electrical breakdown may result. Disconnect the power source completely before attempting any maintenance for electrical parts. Check to ensure that no residual voltage is present after disconnecting the power source.

Ɣ Do not clean with, or pour water into, the controller as it could cause electric shock and/or damage the unit. Do not use strong detergent such as a solvent. Clean with a soft cloth.

Ɣ Check that the ground wire is securely connected. Do not connect ground wiring to gas piping, water piping, lighting conductor, or telephone ground wiring.

Ɣ If a circuit breaker or fuse is frequently activated, shut down the system and contact your service contractor.

Ɣ Perform all electrical work in accordance with this manual and in compliance with all regulations and safety standards.

Ɣ 'RQRWRSHQDVHUYLFHDFFHVVFRYHURUSDQHORIDQLQGRRURURXWGRRUXQLWZLWKRXW¿UVWWXUQLQJ2))WKH power at the main power supply.

Ɣ Residual voltage can cause electric shock. At all times, check for residual voltage after disconnecting from the power source before starting work on the unit.

Ɣ Use a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) to reduce the chance of an electric shock.

SM-16007 vii

viii SM-16007

- Table of Contents -

1. Installation ..............................................................................................................................1-1

1.1 Outdoor Unit ....................................................................................................................................1-2

1.2 Optional Parts..................................................................................................................................1-75

1.2.1 For Outdoor Unit ....................................................................................................................1-75

1.2.1.3 Snow Protection Hood ......................................................................................................1-87

1.2.2.1 Piping Connection Kit ........................................................................................................1-120

1.2.2.2 Multi-Kit (Line Branch) ......................................................................................................1-130

1.2.2.3 Multi-Kit (Header Branch) .................................................................................................1-139

2. Operation ...............................................................................................................................2-1

3. Troubleshooting .....................................................................................................................3-1

3.1 Initial Troubleshooting .....................................................................................................................3-2

3.1.1 Checking Electrical Wiring and Power Source .......................................................................3-2

3.1.2 Location of Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs) .............................................................................3-6

3.1.3 Checking Rotary Switch and DIP Switch Settings .................................................................3-10

3.1.4 Checking Wired Controller .....................................................................................................3-13

3.1.5 Checking Using 7-Segment Display.......................................................................................3-20

3.1.6 Checking Alarm Code History ................................................................................................3-26

3.2 Troubleshooting Procedures ...........................................................................................................3-38

3.2.2 Troubleshooting Using Alarm Codes ......................................................................................3-39

3.2.3 Abnormalities of Devices ........................................................................................................3-106

3.3 Procedures for Checking .................................................................................................................3-110

3.3.1 Self-Checking of PCBs using Wired Controller ......................................................................3-110

3.3.2 Self-Checking of Wired Controller ..........................................................................................3-110

3.4 Test Run ..........................................................................................................................................3-111

3.4.1 Test Run Using Wired Controller ............................................................................................3-112

3.4.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side ...........................................................................................3-114

3.4.3 Checking the Test Run ...........................................................................................................3-116

3.4.4 Checklist for Refrigerant System ............................................................................................3-117

3.4.5 Reset for Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor 1-2 (cUJ1-cUJ2)..............................3-119

SM-16007 ix


4. Maintenance ..........................................................................................................................4-1

4.1 Maintenance of Outdoor Unit ..........................................................................................................4-2

4.1.1 Removing Front Service Cover ..............................................................................................4-2

4.1.2 Attaching Front Service Cover ...............................................................................................4-3

4.1.3 Removing Top Cover and Upper Cover .................................................................................4-4

4.1.4 Removing Protection Net .......................................................................................................4-6

4.1.5 Removing Electrical Box Cover ..............................................................................................4-7

4.1.6 Removing Electrical Box ........................................................................................................4-8

4.1.7 Removing Electrical Box Support and Reinforcement Support..............................................4-9

4.1.8 Removing Transformer Box Cover .........................................................................................4-10

4.1.10 Removing Air Grille ................................................................................................................4-12

4.1.11 Removing Outdoor Fan Motor ................................................................................................4-13

4.1.12 Removing Compressor ..........................................................................................................4-15

4.1.13 Replacing Refrigerant Oil ......................................................................................................4-24

4.1.14 Removing Coils ......................................................................................................................4-28

4.1.15 Removing Stop Valve .............................................................................................................4-34

4.1.16 Removing High Pressure Switch, High Pressure Sensor, Low Pressure Sensor and Thermistor .......................................................................................................................4-35

4.1.17 Removing Thermistor for Liquid Pipe .....................................................................................4-37

4.1.18 Removing Thermistor for Ambient Temperature ...................................................................4-38

4.1.19 Removing Other Electrical Components ................................................................................4-39

4.2 Main Parts .......................................................................................................................................4-48

4.2.1 for Outdoor Unit ......................................................................................................................4-48

4.2.1.2 Printed Circuit Board .........................................................................................................4-56

4.2.1.6 Electronic Expansion Valve ...............................................................................................4-65

4.2.1.8 High Pressure Protection Device ......................................................................................4-69

4.2.1.9 Electrical Coil Parts ...........................................................................................................4-70

4.2.1.10 Noise Filter (NF1, NF2) .....................................................................................................4-71

4.2.1.11 Capacitor (CB, CB1, CB2, CB3) .......................................................................................4-74

4.2.1.12 Reactor (DCL, DCL1, DCL2) ............................................................................................4-75 x SM-16007


5. External Input/Output and Function Setting ...........................................................................5-1

5.1 DIP Switch Settings of Outdoor Unit ...............................................................................................5-2

5.2 High Static Pressure Setting (DSW5-No.5: ON) .............................................................................5-3

5.3 External Input/Output and Function Setting Mode for Outdoor Unit ................................................5-5

5.3.1 External Input and Output Settings ........................................................................................5-6

5.3.2.1 Function Setting Item ........................................................................................................5-16

5.3.2.2 Description of Function Setting Item .................................................................................5-19

5.4 Power Saving Functions from Wired Controller ..............................................................................5-27

5.4.1 Power Saving Guide ..............................................................................................................5-27

5.4.2 Outdoor Unit Capacity Control ...............................................................................................5-27

5.4.3 Rotation Control Function ......................................................................................................5-28

5.4.4 Intermittent Control Function ..................................................................................................5-28

5.4.5 Power Saving Schedule Function ..........................................................................................5-29

5.4.6 Operation Noise Reduction Schedule Function .....................................................................5-29

5.4.7 Power Consumption Display Function ...................................................................................5-29

6. Field Work Instructions ..........................................................................................................6-1

6.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage .....................................................................................................6-2

6.2 Modifications of Charging Refrigerants Other than Those Specified by Johnson Controls .............6-3

6.3 Maintenance Work ..........................................................................................................................6-4

6.4 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display ...............................................................6-5

6.5 Service and Maintenance Record by Wired Controller ...................................................................6-6

6.6 Service and Maintenance Record ...................................................................................................6-8

6.7 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant .....................................................................................................6-9

6.8 Mollier Chart for R410A ...................................................................................................................6-10

7. Service Parts List ...................................................................................................................7-1

SM-16007 xi

1. Installation

INSTALLATION

SM-16007 1-1

INSTALLATION


1. Introduction ....................................................................................................................................................1-3

2. Important Safety Instructions .........................................................................................................................1-3

3. Before Installation ..........................................................................................................................................1-8

3.2 Necessary Tools and Instrument List for Installation .............................................................................1-9

3.3 Flaring and Joint ....................................................................................................................................1-11

3.4 Line-Up of Outdoor Units .......................................................................................................................1-13

3.5 Combinations of Indoor Units and Outdoor Units ..................................................................................1-14

3.6 Caution about Outdoor Unit Installation ................................................................................................1-15

3.7 Piping Work between Outdoor Units .....................................................................................................1-15

4. Outdoor Unit Installation ................................................................................................................................1-16

4.1 Installation Location and Precautions ....................................................................................................1-16

5. Transportation and Installation Work .............................................................................................................1-20

5.2 Handling of Outdoor Unit .......................................................................................................................1-22

6. Refrigerant Piping Work .................................................................................................................................1-26

6.2 Piping Connection Work ........................................................................................................................1-30

6.2.2 Piping Connection Method ...........................................................................................................1-31

6.3 Piping Work between Outdoor Units .....................................................................................................1-34

6.4 Piping Size between Outdoor Units .......................................................................................................1-37

6.5 Piping Size and Multi-Kit Selection ........................................................................................................1-39

7. Electrical Wiring .............................................................................................................................................1-46

7.2 Electrical Wiring Connection .................................................................................................................1-47

7.3 Electrical Wiring for Outdoor Unit ..........................................................................................................1-50

7.4 Electrical Wiring Connections of Indoor Unit, and Outdoor Unit ............................................................1-51

7.5 DIP Switch Setting of Outdoor Unit .......................................................................................................1-54

8. Additional Refrigerant Charge ........................................................................................................................1-58

8.4 Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation ............................................................................................1-62

8.5 Automatic Simple Judgment System for Refrigerant Amount ...............................................................1-63

10. Safety and Control Device Setting .................................................................................................................1-74

1-2 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

1. Introduction

This manual concentrates on the Low Ambient VRF Heat Pump Outdoor Unit. Read this manual carefully before installation. Read over the installation manual for the Indoor Unit also.

This manual should be considered as a permanent part of the air conditioning equipment and should remain with the air conditioning equipment.

(Transportation/Installation Work) > (Refrigerant Piping Work) > (Electrical Wiring Work) > (Ref. Charge Work) > (Test

Run) > (User)

2. Important Safety Instructions

Signal Words






Ɣ 7KLVV\VWHPVKRXOGEHLQVWDOOHGE\SHUVRQQHOFHUWL¿HGE\-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV,QF3HUVRQQHOPXVWEH

TXDOL¿HGDFFRUGLQJWRORFDOVWDWHDQGQDWLRQDOEXLOGLQJDQGVDIHW\FRGHVDQGUHJXODWLRQV,QFRUUHFW

LQVWDOODWLRQFRXOGFDXVHOHDNVHOHFWULFVKRFN¿UHRUH[SORVLRQ,QDUHDVZKHUH6HLVPLFµ¶3HUIRUPDQFH

UHTXLUHPHQWVDUHVSHFL¿HGWKHDSSURSULDWHPHDVXUHVVKRXOGEHWDNHQGXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQWRJXDUG against possible damage or injury that might occur in an earthquake if the unit is not installed correctly, injuries may occur due to a falling unit.

Ɣ Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), such as gloves and protective goggles and, where appropriate, have a gas mask nearby. Also use electrical protection equipment and tools suited

IRUHOHFWULFDORSHUDWLRQSXUSRVHV.HHSDTXHQFKLQJFORWKDQGD¿UHH[WLQJXLVKHUQHDUE\GXULQJEUD]LQJ

Use care in handling, rigging, and setting of bulky equipment.

Ɣ When transporting, be careful when picking up, moving and mounting these units. Although the unit may be packed using plastic straps, do not use them for transporting the unit from one location to another. Do not stand on or put any material on the unit. Get a partner to help, and bend with your knees when lifting

WRUHGXFHVWUDLQRQ\RXUEDFN6KDUSHGJHVRUWKLQDOXPLQXP¿QVRQWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUFDQFXW¿QJHUV so wear protective gloves.


Ɣ Johnson Controls will not assume any liability for injuries or damage caused by not following steps

RXWOLQHGRUGHVFULEHGLQWKLVPDQXDO8QDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQVWR-RKQVRQ&RQWUROVSURGXFWVDUH prohibited as they… ƕ May create hazards which could result in death, serious injury or equipment damage; ƕ Will void product warranties; ƕ 0D\LQYDOLGDWHSURGXFWUHJXODWRU\FHUWL¿FDWLRQV ƕ May violate OSHA standards;

SM-16007 1-3

INSTALLATION


Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Be careful that moisture, dust, or variant refrigerant compounds not enter the refrigerant cycle during installation work. Foreign matter could damage internal components or cause blockages.

,IDLU¿OWHUVDUHUHTXLUHGRQWKLVXQLWGRQRWRSHUDWHWKHXQLWZLWKRXWWKHDLU¿OWHUVHWLQSODFH,IWKHDLU

¿OWHULVQRWLQVWDOOHGGXVWPD\DFFXPXODWHDQGEUHDNGRZQPD\UHVXOW

Do not install this unit in any place where silicon gases can coalesce. If the silicon gas molecules

DWWDFKWKHPVHOYHVWRWKHVXUIDFHRIWKHKHDWH[FKDQJHUWKH¿QQHGVXUIDFHVZLOOUHSHOZDWHU$VD

UHVXOWDQ\DPRXQWRIGUDLQDJHPRLVWXUHFRQGHQVDWHFDQRYHUÀRZIURPWKHGUDLQFRQGHQVDWHSDQDQG could run inside of the electrical box, possibly causing electrical failures.

When installing the unit in a hospital or other facility where electromagnetic waves are generated from nearby medical and/or electronic devices, be prepared for noise and electronic interference


When a wireless controller is used, locate at a distance of at least 3.3 ft. (approximately 1 meter)

EHWZHHQWKHLQGRRUXQLWDQGHOHFWULFOLJKWLQJ,IQRWWKHUHFHLYHUSDUWRIWKHXQLWPD\KDYHGLI¿FXOW\ receiving operation commands.

Do not install the unit in any location where animals and plants can come into direct contact with the outlet air stream. Exposure could adversely affect the animals and plants.

Do not install the unit with any downward slope to the side of the drain adaptor. If you do, you may

KDYHGUDLQZDWHUÀRZLQJEDFNZKLFKPD\FDXVHOHDNV

Be sure the drain hose discharges water properly. If connected incorrectly, it may cause leaks.

Do not install the unit in any place where oil can seep onto the units, such as table or seating areas in restaurants, and so forth. For these locations or social venues, use specialized units with oil-resistant features built into them. In addition, use a specialized ceiling fan designed for restaurant use. These specialized oil-resistant units can be ordered for such applications. However, in places where large quantities of oil can splash onto the unit, such as a factory, even the specialized units cannot be used.




1-4

Ɣ

Ɣ

When installing the unit into…

Ɠ A wall: Make sure the wall is strong enough to hold the unit’s weight. It may be necessary to construct a strong wood or metal frame to provide added support.





3URYLGHDVXLWDEOHDLUEDIÀH


'RQRWLQVWDOOWKHXQLWLQWKHIROORZLQJSODFHV'RLQJVRFDQUHVXOWLQDQH[SORVLRQ¿UHGHIRUPDWLRQ corrosion, or product failure.


Ɠ :KHUH¿UHRLOVWHDPRUSRZGHUFDQGLUHFWO\HQWHUWKHXQLWVXFKDVLQFORVHSUR[LPLW\RUGLUHFWO\ above a kitchen stove.






SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ Do not position the drain pipe for the indoor unit near any sanitary sewers where corrosive gases may be present. If you do, toxic gases can seep into breathable air spaces and can cause respiratory

LQMXULHV,IWKHGUDLQSLSHLVLQVWDOOHGLQFRUUHFWO\ZDWHUOHDNDJHDQGGDPDJHWRWKHFHLOLQJÀRRU furniture, or other possessions may result. If condensate piping becomes clogged, moisture can back up and can drip from the indoor unit. Do not install the indoor unit where such dripping can cause moisture damage or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.




Ɣ &OHDQXSWKHVLWHZKHQ¿QLVKHGUHPHPEHULQJWRFKHFNWKDWQRPHWDOVFUDSVRUELWVRIZLULQJKDYH been left inside the unit being installed.

Ɣ During transportation, do not allow the backrest of the forklift make contact with the unit, otherwise, it may cause damage to the heat exchanger and also may cause injury when stopped or started suddenly.

Ɣ 5HPRYHJDVLQVLGHWKHFORVLQJSLSHZKHQWKHEUD]LQJZRUNLVSHUIRUPHG,IWKHEUD]LQJ¿OOHUPHWDOLV melted with remaining gas inside, the pipes will be blown off and it may cause injury.

Ɣ Be sure to use nitrogen gas for an airtight test. If other gases such as oxygen gas, acetylene gas or

ÀXRURFDUERQJDVDUHDFFLGHQWDOO\XVHGLWPD\FDXVHH[SORVLRQRUJDVLQWR[LFDWLRQ

After installation work for the system has been completed, explain the “Safety Precautions,” the proper use and maintenance of the unit to the customer according to the information in all manuals that came with the system. All manuals and warranty information must be given to the user or left near the Indoor Unit.

Refrigerant Precautions



Controls uses only refrigerants that have been approved for use in the unit’s intended home country or market. Johnson Controls distributors similarly are only authorized to provide refrigerants that have been approved for use in the countries or markets they serve. The refrigerant used in this unit

LVLGHQWL¿HGRQWKHXQLW¶VIDFHSODWHDQGRULQWKHDVVRFLDWHGPDQXDOV$Q\DGGLWLRQVRIUHIULJHUDQWLQWR this unit must comply with the country’s requirements with regard to refrigerant use and should be obtained from Johnson Controls distributors. Use of any non-approved refrigerant substitutes will void the warranty and will increase the potential risk of injury or death.

Ɣ If installed in a small room, take measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the maximum allowable concentration in the event that refrigerant gases should escape. Refrigerant gases can cause asphyxiation (0.026 lbs/ft 3 ( 0.42 kg/m 3 ) based on ISO 5149 for R410A). Consult with your distributor for countermeasures (ventilation system and so on). If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.

Ɣ Check the design pressure for this product is 601 psi (4.15MPa). The pressure of the refrigerant

R410A is 1.4 times higher than that of the refrigerant R22. Therefore, the refrigerant piping for

5$VKDOOEHWKLFNHUWKDQWKDWIRU50DNHVXUHWRXVHWKHVSHFL¿HGUHIULJHUDQWSLSLQJ,IQRWWKH refrigerant piping may rapture due to an excessive refrigerant pressure. Besides, pay attention to the piping thickness when using copper refrigerant piping. The thickness of copper refrigerant piping differs depending on its material.

Ɣ The refrigerant R410A is adopted. The refrigerant oil tends to be affected by foreign matters such

DVPRLVWXUHR[LGH¿OPRUIDW3HUIRUPWKHLQVWDOODWLRQZRUNZLWKFDUHWRSUHYHQWPRLVWXUHGXVWRU different refrigerant from entering the refrigerant cycle. Foreign matter can be introduced into the cycle from such parts as expansion valve and the operation may be unavailable.

Ɣ To avoid the possibility of different refrigerant or refrigerant oil being introduced into the cycle, the sizes of the charging connections have been changed from R407C type and R22 type. It is necessary to prepare the following tools listed in Section 3 before performing the installation work.

Ɣ Use refrigerant pipes and joints which are approved for use with R410A.


SM-16007 1-5

INSTALLATION


UHIULJHUDQWJDVHVHVFDSHLQWRWKHDLUWXUQ2))WKHPDLQVZLWFKH[WLQJXLVKDQ\RSHQÀDPHVDQG contact your service contractor. Refrigerant (Fluorocarbon) for this unit is odorless. If the refrigerant

VKRXOGOHDNDQGFRPHLQWRFRQWDFWZLWKRSHQÀDPHVWR[LFJDVFRXOGEHJHQHUDWHG$OVREHFDXVHWKH

ÀXRURFDUERQVDUHKHDYLHUWKDQDLUWKH\VHWWOHWRWKHÀRRUZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDVSK\[LDWLRQ

Ɣ When installing the unit, and connecting refrigerant piping, keep all piping runs as short as possible, and make sure to securely connect the refrigerant piping before the compressor starts operating. If the refrigerant piping is not connected and the compressor activates with the stop valve opened, the refrigerant cycle will become subjected to extremely high pressure, which can cause an explosion or

¿UH




Ɣ When pipes are removed out from under the piping cover, after the insulation work is completed,

FRYHUWKHJDSEHWZHHQWKHSLSLQJFRYHUDQGSLSHVE\DSDFNLQJ¿HOGVXSSOLHG,IWKHJDSLVQRW covered, the unit may be damaged if snow, rain water or small animals enter the unit.

Ɣ Do not apply an excessive force to the spindle valve at the end of opening. Otherwise, the spindle

YDOYHÀLHVRXWGXHWRUHIULJHUDQWSUHVVXUH$WWKHWHVWUXQIXOO\RSHQWKHJDVDQGOLTXLGYDOYHV otherwise, these devices will be damaged. (It is closed before shipment.)

Ɣ ,IWKHDUUDQJHPHQWIRURXWGRRUXQLWVLVLQFRUUHFWLWPD\FDXVHÀRZEDFNRIWKHUHIULJHUDQWDQGUHVXOWLQ failure of the outdoor unit.

Ɣ The refrigerant system may be damaged if the slope of the piping connection kit exceeds +15 o .



1-6


Ɣ Perform all electrical work in strict accordance with this manual and all the relevant regulatory standards.




Ɣ The new air conditioner may not function normally in the following instances:

Ɠ If electrical power for the new air conditioner is supplied from the same transformer as the device* referred to below.

Ɠ If the power source cables for this device* and the new air conditioner unit are located in close proximity to each other.

'HYLFH([DPSOH$OLIWFRQWDLQHUFUDQHUHFWL¿HUIRUHOHFWULFUDLOZD\LQYHUWHUSRZHU device, arc furnace, electric furnace, large-sized induction motor and large-sized switch.

Regarding the cases mentioned above, surge voltage may be inducted into the power supply cables for the packaged air conditioner due to a rapid change in power consumption of the device and an activation of a switch.

&KHFN¿HOGUHJXODWLRQVDQGVWDQGDUGVEHIRUHSHUIRUPLQJHOHFWULFDOZRUNLQRUGHUWRSURWHFWWKH power supply for the new air conditioner unit.



Shielded cable must be considered for applications and routing in areas of high EMI and other sources of potentially excessive electrical noise to reduce the potential for communication errors.

When shielded cabling is applied, proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per Johnson Controls guidelines. Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements.

Ɣ Use an exclusive power supply for the air conditioner at the unit’s rated voltage.

SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ Be sure to install circuit breakers (ground fault interrupter, isolating switch, molded case circuit

EUHDNHUDQGVRRQZLWKWKHVSHFL¿HGFDSDFLW\(QVXUHWKDWWKHZLULQJWHUPLQDOVDUHWLJKWHQHGVHFXUHO\

WRUHFRPPHQGHGWRUTXHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV

Ɣ Clamp electrical wires securely with a cable clamp after all wiring is connected to the terminal block.

In addition, run wires securely through the wiring access channel.




Ɣ $IWHUFHDVLQJRSHUDWLRQEHVXUHWRZDLWDWOHDVW¿YHPLQXWHVEHIRUHWXUQLQJRIIWKHPDLQSRZHU switch. Otherwise, water leakage or electrical breakdown may result. Disconnect the power source completely before attempting any maintenance for electrical parts. Check to ensure that no residual voltage is present after disconnecting the power source.




Ɣ Perform all electrical work in accordance with this manual and in compliance with all regulations and safety standards.

Ɣ 'RQRWRSHQDVHUYLFHDFFHVVFRYHURUSDQHORIDQLQGRRURURXWGRRUXQLWZLWKRXW¿UVWWXUQLQJ2))WKH power at the main power supply.

Ɣ Residual voltage can cause electric shock. At all times, check for residual voltage after disconnecting from the power source before starting work on the unit.

Ɣ This equipment can be installed with a Ground Fault Circuit Breaker (GFCI), which is a recognized measure for added protection to a properly grounded unit. Install appropriate sized breakers / fuses / overcurrent protection switches, and wiring in accordance with local, state and NEC codes and requirements. The equipment installer is responsible for understanding and abiding by applicable codes and requirements.

SM-16007 1-7

INSTALLATION

3. Before Installation

Check to ensure that the following accessories are packed with the outdoor unit.

Accessory

Cable Clamp

For Fixing Power

Supply Wiring and

PVC Tube

Cable Band

Screw

(One for Fixing Cord Clamp,

Tow for Spare)

PVC Tube

Rubber

Bushing

For Power Supply

Wiring (Bottom Base)

For Communication

Cable (Piping Cover)

72 Type

x 1

× 5

× 3

× 2

× 1

× 2

96 Type

x 1

× 5

× 3

× 2

× 1

× 2 inch (mm)

Remarks

ID 1/2 (12)

OD 2-5/16 (58)

OD 1-1/2 (38)

NOTE

If any of these accessories is not packed with the unit, please contact your distributor.

1-8 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

3.2 Necessary Tools and Instrument List for Installation

No.

1 Handsaw

Tool

2 Phillips Screwdriver

3 Vacuum Pump

4 Refrigerant Gas Hose

5 Megohmmeter

6 Copper Pipe Bender

7

Manual Water Pump

(for Indoor Unit)

No.

8 Pliers

9 Pipe Cutter

10 Brazing Kit

Tool

11 Hexagon Wrench

12 Wrench

13 Scale

14 Charging Cylinder

15 Gauge Manifold

Use specially designated tools for handling R410A refrigerant.

No.

16 Wire Cutters

Tool

17 Gas Leak Detector

18 Level

19 Crimper for Solderless Terminals

20 Hoist (for Indoor Unit)

21 Ammeter

22 Voltage Meter

SM-16007 1-9

INSTALLATION

* : Interchangeability is available with current R22

: Prohibited

Measuring Instrument and Tool

Interchangeability with R22

R410A R407C

Pipe Cutter,

Chamfering

Reamer

Flaring Tool

*

*O

*

*

Extrusion

Adjustment Gauge

Pipe Bender

O

*

-

*

O

)

: Only for Refrigerant R410A (No Interchangeability with R22)

: Only for Refrigerant R407C (No Interchangeability with R22)

Reason of Non-Interchangeability and Attention

( + : Strictly Required)

-

Use

Cutting Pipe

Removing Burrs

7KHÀDULQJWRROVIRU5&DUHDSSOLFDEOHWR5

,IXVLQJÀDULQJWXEHPDNHGLPHQVLRQRIWXEHODUJHU for R410A.

,QFDVHRIKDUGWHPSHUSLSHÀDULQJLVQRWDYDLODEOH

Flaring for Tubes

Dimensional Control for Extruded Portion of Tube after Flaring

* In case of hard temper pipe, bending is not available.

Use elbow for bend and braze.

Bending

Refrigerant

Pipe

Vacuum

Drying

O

Refrigerant

Charge

Expanding Tool

Torque Wrench

Brazing Tool

Nitrogen Gas

Lubrication Oil

(for Flare Surface)

Refrigerant

Cylinder

Vacuum Pump

Adapter for

Vacuum Pump

Manifold Valve

Charging Hose

6

*

O

*

*

*

O

O

*

O

O

O

*

*

*

*

*

)

)

*

)

)

)

* In case of hard temper pipe, expanding of tube is not available. Use socket for connecting tube.

* For 1/2 inch D. (12.7mm), 5/8 inch D. (15.88mm), spanner size is up 3/32 inch (2mm).

* For 1/4 inch D. (6.35mm), 3/8 inch D. (9.52mm),

3/4 inch D. (19.05mm), spanner size is the same.

* Perform correct brazing work.

* Strict Control against Contamin

(Blow nitrogen during brazing.)

Expanding Tubes

Connection of

Flare Nut

Brazing for Tubes

Prevention from

Oxidation during

Brazing

Applying Oil to the Flared Surface

* Use a synthetic oil which is equivalent to the oil used in the refrigeration cycle.

* Synthetic oil absorbs moisture quickly.

* Check refrigerant cylinder color.

+ Liquid refrigerant charging is required regarding zeotoropic refrigerant.

+ The current ones are applicable. However, it is required to mount a vacuum pump adapter which

FDQSUHYHQWIURPUHYHUVHÀRZZKHQDYDFXXP

SXPSVWRSVUHVXOWLQJLQQRUHYHUVHRLOÀRZ

Refrigerant Charging

Vacuum Pumping

* No interchangeability is available due to higher pressures when compared with R22.

+ Do not use current ones to the different refrigerant.

,IXVHGPLQHUDORLOZLOOÀRZLQWRWKHF\FOHDQG cause sludges, resulting in clogging or compressor failure.

Connection diameter is different; R410A: UNF1/2,

R407C: UNF7/16.

Vacuum Pumping,

Vacuum Holding,

Refrigerant Charging and Check of

Pressures

Charging Cylinder

* Use the weight scale to ensure proper charging of the unit.

-

Weight Scale

Refrigerant Gas

Leakage Detector

6

*

O

*

)

6 : Interchangeability with R407C.

-

* The current gas leakage detector (R22) is not applicable due to different detecting method.

Measuring

Instrument for

Refrigerant Charging

Gas Leakage Check

1-10 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

3.3 Flaring and Joint

x Flaring Dimension

3HUIRUPWKHÀDULQJZRUNDVVKRZQEHORZ

90 o + 2 o

45 o + 2 o

A d

1/64 ~ 1/32R

Diameter

(d)

1/4 (6.35)

3/8 (9.52)

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

inch (mm)

A

+0

-0.02 (-0.4)

R410A

0.36 (9.1)

0.52 (13.2)

0.65 (16.6)

0.78 (19.7)

( 7 )

( 7 ,WLVLPSRVVLEOHWRSHUIRUPÀDULQJZRUN with hard temper pipe.

8VHDQDFFHVVRU\SLSHZLWKDÀDUH x Joint Selection

,IKDUGWHPSHUSLSHLVXVHGWKHÀDULQJZRUNFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHG,QWKLVFDVHXVHDMRLQWVHOHFWHGIURP the table below.

< Minimum Thickness of Joint > inch (mm)

Diameter

1/4 (6.35)

3/8 (9.52)

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-5/8 (41.28)

R410A

0.020 (0.5)

0.024 (0.6)

0.028 (0.7)

0.031 (0.8)

0.031 (0.8)

0.035 (0.9)

0.039 (1.0)

0.047 (1.2)

0.057 (1.45)

< Flare Nut Dimension B >

Diameter

1/4 (6.35)

3/8 (9.52)

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05) inch (mm)

R410A

21/32 (17)

7/8 (22)

1-1/32 (26)

1-5/32 (29)

1-13/32 (36)

NOTE:

Do not use a thin joint other than the ones shown in the table at the left.

Flare Nut

B x Piping Thickness and Material

Use the pipe as below.

The thickness of refrigerant pipe differs depending on design pressure.

For copper pipe, pay attention to pipe selection, because the piping thickness differs depending on its material.

Outer Diameter

1/4 (6.35)

3/8 (9.52)

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-5/8 (41.28)

Thickness

0.03 (0.76)

0.032 (0.81)

0.032 (0.81)

0.035 (0.89)

0.035 (0.89)

0.045 (1.14)

0.050 (1.27)

0.065 (1.65)

0.072 (1.83) inch (mm)

R410A

Temper

Annealed

Annealed

Annealed

Annealed

Hard Temper (or Annealed)

Hard Temper

Hard Temper

Hard Temper

Hard Temper

NOTES:

• Do not use the pipe that allowable pressure is less than 601 psi (4.15MPa).

• The reference value of the refrigerant piping thickness is indicated in the table at left.

Do not use the pipe which is considerably different from the reference value.

SM-16007 1-11

INSTALLATION x Processing at Brazing Connection

To prevent gas leakage at the brazing connection, refer to the table for the insertion depth and the gap for joint pipe.

inch (mm)

Min. Insertion Depth

(B)

Gap

(A - D)

B

D A

Diameter

(D)

3/16 < D < 5/16

(5 < D < 8)

5/16 < D < 15/32

(8 < D < 12)

15/32 < D < 5/8

(12 < D < 16)

5/8 < D < 31/32

(16 < D < 25)

31/32 < D < 1-3/8

(25 < D < 35)

1-3/8 < D < 1-25/32

(35 < D < 45)

1/4 (6)

9/32 (7)

5/16 (8)

13/32 (10)

15/32 (12)

9/16 (14)

0.002 - 0.014

(0.05 - 0.35)

0.002 - 0.018

(0.05 - 0.45)

0.002 - 0.022

(0.05 - 0.55)

1-12 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

3.4 Line-Up of Outdoor Units

(1) This outdoor unit series capacity range is from 72 MBH to 288 MBH. 144 MBH to 288 MBH are made of 72 MBH and 96 MBH combinations.

(2) The outdoor unit of 144 to 288 MBH consists of the combination of two or three base units.

The capacities not shown in the table below are unavailable.

< 208/230V >

Base Unit

Capacity (MBH)

Model

72 96

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW (H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

Combination of Base Units

Capacity (MBH)

Model

Combination

144 168 192 288

(H,Y)VAHP144B31CW (H,Y)VAHP168B31CW (H,Y)VAHP192B31CW (H,Y)VAHP288B31CW



(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

< 460V >

Base Unit

Capacity (MBH)

Model

72 96


Combination of Base Units

Capacity (MBH)

Model

Combination

144 168 192 288




(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

SM-16007 1-13

INSTALLATION

3.5 Combinations of Indoor Units and Outdoor Units

Indoor Unit Type

Table 3.1 Indoor Unit Type List

6

Capacity (MBH)

8 12 15 18 24 30 36 48 72 96

Ducted

Non-

Ducted

Ducted (High Static)

Ducted (Medium Static)

Ducted (Slim)

Ducted (EconoFresh)

DOAS

Ceiling-Mounted 4-Way Cassette

(H,Y)IDH_B21S

(H,Y)IDM_B21S

(H,Y)IDS_B21S

(H,Y)IDM_B21E

(H,Y)DOA_B21S

(H,Y)IC4_B21S

Ceiling-Mounted 4-Way Cassette Mini (H,Y)ICM_B21S

Ceiling-Mounted 2-Way Cassette (H,Y)IC2_B21S

Ceiling-Mounted 1-Way Cassette

Wall-Mounted

Ceiling Suspended

(H,Y)IC1_B21S

TIWM_B21S

(H,Y)ICS_B21S

Floor Exposed

Floor Concealed

(H,Y)IFE_B21S

(H,Y)IFC_B21S

: Available

7KHQXPEHURILQGRRUXQLWVWKDWFDQEHFRQQHFWHGWRDQRXWGRRUXQLWLVGH¿QHGLQ7DEOH

Comply with the following conditions when selecting a system.

- A maximum and minimum total capacity against the nominal outdoor unit capacity can be obtained through combination of indoor units.

Table 3.2 System Combination

Outdoor Unit

Capacity

(MBH)

72

96

144

168

192

288

Minimum Capacity at

Individual Operation

(MBH)

6

*1)

Maximum Number

of Connectable I.U.

15

16

31

30

33

50

Recommended

Number of

Connected I.U.

10

10

18

18

18

32

Connectable Indoor Unit

Capacity Ratio *3)

Maximum *2) Minimum

130%

110%

60%

60%

130%

110%

110%

110%

60%

60%

60%

60%

*1) When the outdoor air temperature is 23 o F (-5 o C) or cooler during the outdoor unit cooling operation, the minimum connectable indoor unit capacity is 18,000 Btu/h. A snow protection hood (optional part) should be installed.

*2) When the outdoor air temperature is 109 o F (43 o connectable indoor unit capacity ratio is 100%.

C) or warmer during the outdoor unit cooling operation, the maximum

*3) When the outdoor air temperature is lower than 14 o F (-10 o C) select the combination of indoor units and outdoor unit as the total capacity of indoors not to exceed the capacity of outdoor unit.

NOTES:

1. The connectable indoor unit capacity ratio can be calculated as follows:

Connectable Indoor Unit Capacity Ratio = Total Indoor Unit Capacity / Total Outdoor Unit Capacity

2. For the system under which all the indoor units operate simultaneously, the total indoor unit capacity should be less than the outdoor unit capacity. Otherwise, a decrease in operating performance and an increase in the operating limit can result in an overload.

3. For the system under which all the indoor units do not operate simultaneously, the total indoor unit capacity is available up to 130% against the outdoor unit capacity.

4. A maximum number of connectable indoor units differs depending on the model, capacity, environment and installation location of connected indoor units. Refer to the “Engineering Manual” for the selection.

5. When operating the outdoor unit in cold areas with temperatures of 14 o F (-10 o C), or under the high heating load conditions, the total indoor unit capacity should be less than 100% against the outdoor unit capacity and the total piping length should be less than 984.3ft (300m).

,IVRPHLQGRRUXQLWVVWDUWRSHUDWLQJVLPXOWDQHRXVO\DWDORZRXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHWKHDLUÀRZPD\EHOHVVWKDQWKH

VHWWLQJDLUÀRZRQZLUHGFRQWUROOHUIRUPDLQWDLQLQJLQGRRUFRPIRUW

7KHDLUÀRZYROXPHIRULQGRRUXQLWVRIDQG0%+LVVHWKLJKHUWKDQWKDWIRULQGRRUXQLWVRI0%+RUPRUH

Make sure to select appropriate indoor units for installation where cold drafts may occur during heating operation.

If installing indoor units in such locations, refer to the recommended number of indoor units that can be connected.

1-14 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

3.6 Caution about Outdoor Unit Installation

When the installation and piping work for the multiple outdoor units are performed, it is required that the arrangement for outdoor units and piping length be determined. Perform the installation work in strict accordance with the following restrictions.

NOTICE

,IWKHDUUDQJHPHQWIRURXWGRRUXQLWVLVLQFRUUHFWLWPD\FDXVHÀRZEDFNRIWKHUHIULJHUDQWDQGUHVXOWLQIDLOXUH of the outdoor unit.

< Restrictions for Two and Three Units Combination >

(1) When using a combination of two and three outdoor units, align the outdoor units from largest capacity to smallest as A > B > C and outdoor unit “A” connected to the piping connection kit 1.

(2) The piping length between the piping connection kit 1 and the outdoor unit should be

La < Lb < Lc < 32.8 ft (10m).

A

>

B >

C

Outdoor Unit

A

Outdoor Unit

B

Outdoor Unit

C

C

> B

>

A

Outdoor Unit

C

Outdoor Unit

B

Outdoor Unit

A

Indoor Unit

Side

L a L b L c L c L b L a Indoor Unit

Side

Piping Connection Kit 1

Piping Connection Kit 1 Piping Direction Piping Direction



: Maintain a straight-line distance of 19-11/16 inch (500mm) or more for piping after the piping connection kit.

3.7 Piping Work between Outdoor Units

When installing a combination unit, a piping connection kit is needed for each additional unit but not for the base unit: (72, 96 types).

Applicable Outdoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Capacity (MBH) Outdoor Unit Number

144 - 192 2

288 3

Model

MC-NP20A1

MC-NP30A1

NOTE:

The piping connection kit (MC-NP**A1) consists of branch pipes for gas and liquid.

Interconnecting pipe is not included in these kits (Field-Supplied).

Piping Set

1

1

SM-16007 1-15

INSTALLATION

4. Outdoor Unit Installation

4.1 Installation Location and Precautions

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the following installation precautions must be followed.

Ɣ

Ɣ

When installing the unit into…

Ɠ A wall: Make sure the wall is strong enough to hold the unit’s weight. It may be necessary to construct a strong wood or metal frame to provide added support.





3URYLGHDVXLWDEOHZLQGEDIÀH¿HOGVXSSOLHG

Ɠ A snowy area: Install the outdoor unit on a raised platform that is higher than drifting snow. Provide snow protection hood (optional part (*)).



Ɠ :KHUHD¿UHRLOVWHDPRUSRZGHUFDQGLUHFWO\HQWHUWKHXQLWVXFKDVQHDUE\RUDERYHDNLWFKHQ stove.






Ɣ During heating or defrosting operation, drain water is discharged. Provide adequate drainage around the foundation. If installing the unit on a roof or a balcony, provide the additional drainage around the foundation to prevent water dripping on a person or forming ice in winter.




Ɣ &OHDQXSWKHVLWHZKHQ¿QLVKHGUHPHPEHULQJWRFKHFNWKDWQRPHWDOVFUDSVRUELWVRIZLULQJKDYH been left behind inside the unit being installed.

After installation work for the system has been completed, explain the “Safety Precautions,” the proper use and maintenance of the unit to the customer according to the information in all manuals that came with the system. All manuals and warranty information must be given to the user or left near the Unit.

Seasonal

Wind

Seasonal

Wind

Air Outlet

Hood

Air Inlet

Hood

Snow attaches directly to the heat exchanger.

Provide a base which has approximately twice the height of forecast snow accumulation.

* Refer to the “Engineering Manual” for details of the optional part.

1-16 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

:KHQDQRXWGRRUXQLWLVLQVWDOOHGDOORZVXI¿FLHQWFOHDUDQFHDVIROORZV x ,IWKHUHLVLQVXI¿FLHQWFOHDUDQFHIRUDLULQOHWVDQGRXWOHWVLWPD\UHVXOWLQDSHUIRUPDQFHGURSRIIDQG

PHFKDQLFDOLVVXHVGXHWRLQVXI¿FLHQWDLULQWDNH x Additionally, adequate clearance is required for service maintenance access.

Front

Side

Rear

Side

(Unit: inch)

Min. 59-1/16

19-11/16

30-1/8

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

< Side View >

Min. 11-13/16 + h1/2

- If there are no walls on the front and rear sides, clearance for service access is required as follows:

* Front Side: Minimum 19-11/16 inch (500mm)

* Rear Side: Minimum 11-13/16 inch (300mm)

* Right and Left Sides: Minimum 3/8 inch (10mm)

(In an instance where the snow protection hood (optional part) or the air outlet

GXFW¿HOGVXSSOLHGLVPRXQWHGWRWKHXQLWDPLQLPXPJDSRILQFK

(50mm) is required.)

- If the wall on the front side is over 59-1/16 inch (1,500mm) high, a clearance of (19-11/16 inch (500mm)

+ h2/2) for the front side is required.

- If the wall on the rear side is over 19-11/16 inch (500mm) high, a clearance of (11-13/16 inch (300mm) + h1/2) for the rear side is required.

- When the units are surrounded by walls on more than two sides, observe the necessary clearance indicated in the diagram above.

- For walls on more than two sides, secure adequate clearance for service access space as shown in the following illustrations.

- If the space between the unit and an obstacle above the unit is less than 59-1/16 inch (1,500mm) or the space above the unit is closed, set up the duct at the air outlet side in order to prevent short circuit.

- Make sure there is enough space in case the unit needs to be serviced and any of the four sides would need to be opened or removed.

SM-16007 1-17

INSTALLATION

1) Walls on Two Sides

If units are installed adjacent to tall buildings where there are two open sides, the minimum rear side clearance must be at least 11-13/16 inch (300mm).

• Single Installation • Multiple / Serial Installation

(Unit: inch)

No limit for side wall height.



Min. 11-13/16

(Rear Side Space)

Min. 11-13/16

(Rear Side Space)

Min. 11-13/16

(Rear Side Space)

Min. 3/8

*1) Min. 7-7/8

Front Side Front Side Front Side

Min. 15-3/4

<Top View> <Top View>

*1): If using the snow protection hood (optional part) or the air outlet duct (field-supplied) is adopted, a minimum spacial clearance of 1-15/16 inch is required.

Front Side Front Side

Min. 15-3/4

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

<Top View>

“ ”

This indicates the direction of the unit

(Front Side) when installing the units.

2) Walls on Three Sides

• Single Installation

(Unit: inch)

Min. 11-13/16 + h1/2

Min. 3/8

*1)

Front Side

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2


<Top View>

• Multiple / Serial Installation

< Installation in the Same Direction>

Min. 3/8

*1)

Min. 11-13/16 + h1/2

Front Side

Min. 19-11/16

< Rear to Rear Installation >

(Unit: inch)

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

Front Side

Min. 3/8

*1)

(Side Space)

Min. 35-7/16

Front

Side

Min.13/16

*1)

Min.13/16

*1)


<Top View>

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

*1): If the snow protection hood (optional part) or the air outlet duct (field-supplied) is adopted, a minimum spacial clearance of 1-15/16 inch is required.

Front

Side

Min.13/16

*1)

Min.13/16

*1)


<Top View>

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

1-18 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

3) Walls on Four Sides

• Single Installation


Min. 7-7/8

Min. 31-1/2

*2)

Open

▼

Front Side

(Unit: inch)

Min. 11-13/16 + h1/2

Min. 7-7/8


Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

<Top View>

• Multiple / Serial Installation

< Installation in the Same Direction>

Min. 7-7/8


Min. 31-1/2

*2)

Open

Min. 11-13/16 + h1/2

▼

▼

▼

Front Side

▼

Front Side

Min. 7-7/8

▼

▼

Min. 35-7/16


Min. 31-1/2

*2)

Open

Min. 7-7/8

(Side Space)


Min. 31-1/2

*2)

Open

Min. 7-7/8 Min. 7-7/8

<Top View>

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

< Rear to Rear Installation >

▼

Front Side

▼ ▼

(Unit: inch)

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

Min. 7-7/8

Min. 62-1/1


▼ ▼

Front Side

▼

Min. 31-1/2

*2)

Open

Min. 7-7/8 Min. 7-7/8

<Top View>

Min. 19-11/16 + h2/2

*2): Partly open a wall if the unit is surrounded by walls on four sides.

NOTE

1. Keep the upper side open to prevent mutual interference of inlet and outlet air of each outdoor unit.

7KH¿JXUHGLPHQVLRQVLQGLFDWHVXI¿FLHQWFOHDUDQFHGLPHQVLRQVDURXQGRXWGRRUXQLWVIRURSHUDWLRQDQG maintenance at typical installation conditions as follows. [Operation Mode: Cooling Operation, Outside

Temp.: 95 o F (35 o C)]

In the following situations when compared to the installation condition, an appropriate clearance dimension

LVUHTXLUHGE\FDOFXODWLQJDLUÀRZFXUUHQW

* When the outdoor unit ambient temperature is higher.

* When there is a fear that a short circuit is likely to occur.

3. For multiple installations, one group will consist of a maximum of six outdoor units.

Maintain a 3.3 ft (1m) spacial distance between each unit group.

One Group (Max. Six Outdoor Units)

Min. 3.3 ft

SM-16007 1-19

INSTALLATION

5. Transportation and Installation Work

5.1 Transportation

Transport the product as close to the installation location as practical before unpacking.

When using a crane, hang the unit according to the description of the outdoor unit packing.

Ɣ 'RQRWKDQJWKHXQLWZLWKWKHVOLQJEHOWVDWWKHZRRGHQVNLGEDVH

Sling Belt Position

CORRECT

Sling Belt

Square Hole

Apply sling belts through square holes

Wooden Skid Base

Sling Belt

Wooden Skid Base

INCORRECT

Ɣ 7UDQVSRUWDWLRQDQG6WRUDJH

* The protective corrugated cardboard is not strong enough to resist rough handling.

* Secure with two sling belts when hoisting the outdoor unit with a crane.

Ɣ 7UDQVSRUWDWLRQDQG%DQGLQJ:LUH

* To protect the unit, do not remove any packing.

'RQRWVWDFNRUSODFHDQ\PDWHULDO on top of the product.

* Apply banding wire to both sides of the packaged unit as shown at right.

Corrugated

Paper Frame

Plastic Bands

Do not remove corrugated paper frame and plastic bands.

Attach four 5/8 inch

(15mm) thick corrugated corner padding as shown.

Banding Wire

Wooden Skid Base

1-20 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Take special care when hanging or moving the outdoor unit because its center of mass is off-center and unbalanced. See the diagram below.

x Center of Gravity

68-1/8

(1,730) b

48-1/8

(1,222) a

Front Side of Unit c

Center of Gravity

31-1/4

(793)

Voltage

Type

208/230V

460V a

20-7/8

(530)

19-11/16

(500) b

22-13/16

(580)

21-5/8

(550) inch (mm) c

12

(305)

11-13/16

(300) x Hanging Method

(1) Suspend the unit (with wooden skid base) in its packing with two sling belts as shown in Figure 5.1.

(2) Do not use banding wire.

(3) Ensure that the unit is balanced.

(4) Ensure safety while hoisting the unit gently in order not to cause the unit to tip.

Sling Belt

Corrugated Paper Frame


Do not apply any force to surface.

(Both Sides)

Min. 6.6 ft (2.0m)

Angle of sling belt is more than 60 o .

Top corners: Attach four 5/8 inch


Bottom corners: Attach four

5/8 inch (15mm) thick cardboard padding on both sides at this point for protection.

Wooden Skid Base

Carefully guide the sling belts through both side slots of the wooden skid base.

Voltage

Type

208/230V

460V

Net

Weight

699

(317)

787

(357)

Figure 5.1 Hanging Unit on Wooden Skid Base for Transportation lbs (kg)

Gross

Weight

756

(343)

845

(383)

(5) Hang the unit without a wooden skid base with two sling belts as shown in Figure 5.2.

Sling Belt

Position

Sling Belt

Slots

CORRECT

INCORRECT

Sling Belt

Slots

Sling Belt

Corrugated Paper Frame


Do not apply any force to surface.

(Both Sides)

Min. 6.6 ft (2.0m)

Angle of sling belt is more than 60 o .

Top corners: Attach four 5/8 inch


Bottom corners: Attach four

5/8 inch (15mm) thick cardboard padding on both sides at this point for protection.

Carefully guide the sling belts through both side slots.

Figure 5.2 Hanging Unit without Wooden Skid Base

SM-16007 1-21

INSTALLATION

When using a forklift, do not insert forks into the slots at the unit side panels. The unit can sustain damage.

Do not apply excessive force to the squared slots with forks or other materials. The bottom of the unit can become deformed.

* Do not push the bottom base with forks.

* Do not use a roller.

Do not apply an excessive force.

(Either Side)

The slots on the unit side Forks

'XULQJWUDQVSRUWDWLRQGRQRWDOORZWKHEDFNUHVWRIWKHIRUNOLIWWRFRPHLQWRFRQWDFWZLWKWKHXQLW

Sudden forward movement on the forklift can cause damage to the unit heat exchanger.

Backrest

Keep the appropriate interval

(at least 1-15/16 inch).

Touching the Unit Not Touching the Unit

NOTE

If transporting after unpacking, protect the unit with corrugated material, styrofoam, bubble pack, or a tarp.

5.2 Handling of Outdoor Unit

'RQRWSODFHRUOHDYHDQ\IRUHLJQREMHFWVFDEOHVWRROVLQVLGHWKHRXWGRRUXQLWRUFRQWUROPRGXOH

DQGYHULI\WKDWQRWKLQJUHPDLQVWKHUHSULRUWRLQVWDOODWLRQDQGWHVWUXQ'DPDJHDQG¿UHFDQUHVXOW due to carelessness.

1-22 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

5.3.1 Concrete Foundations

(1) The height of the foundation should be more than 5-7/8 inch (150mm) above the ground.

(2) Provide adequate drainage around the foundation.

3/16

11/16

Details of Installing Anchor Bolt

Min.

3-3/16

2-3/4

Anchor Bolt (M12) (Field-Supplied)

Nut (Field-Supplied)

Washer (Field-Supplied)

Vibration Proof Mat (Field-Supplied)

Place the edge of the unit onto the vibration proof mat.

Filled Mortar

(Mortar Hole:

□

3-15/16 × Depth 5-7/8)

Foundation

Drainage

Min. 3-15/16

Drainage (ex)

(Width 3-15/16 × Depth 13/16)

11/16

2-3/4

Refrigerant

Pipe

28-11/16

24-9/16

30-1/8

(Unit: inch)

11/16

2-3/4

* Provide a concrete foundation as shown below.

CORRECT

Front Side of Unit

Foot

* Do not use a concrete foundation such as seen here. The footing for the outdoor unit can become deformed.

INCORRECT

Foundation Depth

Width

Foundation

(3) Install the outdoor unit in the front-rear and right-left direction horizontally. (Use a level.)

Verify that the gradient slope in all four directions (front, rear, right, and left) falls within

3/8 inch (10mm).

Front Side of Unit

Foot

Right Side and Left Side

Front Side and Rear Side

(4) Provide a strong, level, and stable foundation so that: a. The outdoor unit does not lean to one side.

b. Noises are not heard from within.

c. The outdoor unit remains stable and upright in the face of strong winds and seismic events.

SM-16007 1-23

INSTALLATION

:KHQLQVWDOOLQJWKHRXWGRRUXQLWVHFXUHWKHXQLWZLWKDQFKRUEROWVDQG¿HOGVXSSOLHGYLEUDWLRQSURRI mats. Refer to Figure 5.3 for the location of holes for anchor bolts.

(Unit: inch)

5-3/8

37-5/16

(Pitch for Anchor Bolts)

18-11/16

5-3/8

Min. 3-1/8

Vibration Proof Mat

(3 portions of each

front and rear)

4 - 1-1/2 x 9/16 Long Hole

(Hole for Anchor Bolt (M12))

Figure 5.3 Positions of Anchor Bolts

1-24 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

5.3.2 Condensate Treatment

Condensation is discharged during heating and defrosting operations. (Rain water is also discharged.)

Comply with the following conditions.

(1) Choose a place where good drainage is available, or provide a drainage ditch.

(2) Do not install the unit over walkways. Condensation can spill onto people.

If installing the unit in such a place, utilize the additional condensation drainage pan.

(3) When drain piping is necessary for the outdoor unit, use the optional drain adaptor: (DBS-TP10A).

Do not use the drain adaptor in the cold area. Condensate in the drain piping can freeze, resulting in a fractured pipeline.

NOTICE:

Even when the drain adaptor is used, moisture may drain slightly from screw holes.

Provide a second condensation drainage pan under the outdoor unit as necessary.

(Unit: inch)

Bottom Base

7-3/8

23-5/8

8-15/16

3-7/8

Drain Hole (1-1/16 x 2)

Drain Adaptor Position (Optional Part)

Drain Hole (1-1/16 x 2)

Drain Cap Position (Optional Part)

Refrigerant Piping Connection

(9-5/8 x 5-7/16 Square Hole)

Power Supply Wiring Connection

(1-3/4 Conduit Hole)

Communication Cable Connection

(1-1/16 x 2 Hole with Rubber Bush) x Drain Adaptor (Optional Parts)

A drain adaptor is used for a condensation pipe connection in order to use an outdoor unit bottom base as a condensation drainage pan.

Name

Drain Adaptor

Model

DBS-TP10A

Component Formation of Drain Adaptor

Model

DBS-TP10A

Parts Name

Drain Adaptor

Drain Cap

Rubber Cap

Material / Color

PP / Black

PP / Black

CR / Black

Qty.

2

2

4

Application

Connecting for Drain Piping

Cover for Drain Hole

Sealing for Adaptor and Cap

SM-16007 1-25

INSTALLATION

6. Refrigerant Piping Work

x The pressure for this product is 601 psi (4.15MPa). The pressure required for refrigerant R410A is

1.4 times higher than that of the refrigerant R22. That means that the refrigerant piping for R410A

PXVWEHWKLFNHUWKDQWKDWIRU50DNHVXUHWRXVHVSHFL¿HGUHIULJHUDQWSLSLQJ2WKHUZLVHWKH refrigerant piping may rupture due to an excessive refrigerant pressure. Pay close attention to the piping thickness when using copper refrigerant piping. The thickness of copper refrigerant piping differs depending on its material.

x &KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWQRSUHVVXUHH[LVWVLQVLGHWKHVWRSYDOYHEHIRUHUHPRYLQJWKHÀDQJH x Ensure that the corresponding pipe connections for the liquid, and gas piping are properly

FRQQHFWHGWRWKHHTXLSPHQWDVVSHFL¿HGLQWKHLQVWDOODWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV x When handling the refrigerant, be sure to wear leather gloves to prevent injuries.

1-26 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

(1) Obtain locally-supplied copper pipes.

(2) Use the copper pipe for refrigerant piping.

(3) Pay close attention to pipe thickness.

(4) Use clean copper pipes. Make sure there is no dust or moisture inside the pipes. Blow nitrogen or dry compressed air into the pipes to remove any dust or foreign materials before connecting them.

Do not use any tools which produce a lot of swarf such as a saw or grinder.

(5) Take special care to prevent contamination or moisture settling on interior pipe surfaces during piping work.

(6) Avoid performing the piping connection work for outdoor units in the rain.

x Cautions for Refrigerant Pipe Ends

When installing pipe through the wall, secure a cap at the end of the pipe.

Correct Incorrect

Do not place the pipe directly on the ground.



Rain water can enter.

Hole Hole

Attach a cap or vinyl tape.


Attach a cap or vinyl bag with rubber band.

x Brazing Work

(1) Brazing work must be performed by an authorized installer in order to prevent any problems.

(2) For piping connections, complete non-oxidation brazing with a nitrogen charge. If brazing the pipes without the nitrogen substitution, a large amount of oxidized scaling will be generated in the piping.

This oxidized scaling can cause clogging inside the expansion valve, solenoid valve, accumulator, and compressor, which can prevent the unit from operating properly.

'RQRWXVHWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGDQWLR[LGDQWZKLFKFDQFRUURGHSLSHVDQGGHJUDGHWKHUHIULJHUDQWRLO

Brazing Part

Pressure Reducing Valve

(Stop Valve)

Nitrogen Gas Pressure

< 2.9 psi (0.02 MPa)

Nitrogen Gas

Piping Connection on-site

NOTE:

Do not cover the outlet. If the inner

Pipe

(1/4 inch)

Valve

Cover the gap with pressure exceeds atmospheric pressure, a pinhole will result and refrigerant gas will leak from the brazed fitting.

tape or a rubber plug to prevent air from entering the pipe interior.

Nitrogen

Gas

NOTES:

1. Make sure to use nitrogen. Nitrogen gas pressure shall be 2.9 psi (0.02 MPa) or less.

DO NOT use the following gases.

Oxygen: 7KLVLVÀDPPDEOHDQGFDXVHVR[LGDWLRQGHJUDGDWLRQRIUHIULJHUDQWRLO

Carbon Dioxide: This can cause decreased performance over drier periods.

)UHRQ*DV 7KLVHPLWVKDUPIXOJDVHVLIH[SRVHGWR¿UH

2. Make sure to use the pressure-reducing valve.

'RQRWXVH¿HOGVXSSOLHGDQWLR[LGDQW

8VHDW\SHRIÀX[ZLWKDORZFKORULQHFRQFHQWUDWLRQ

5HPRYHDOOÀX[FRPSOHWHO\DIWHUFRPSOHWLQJEUD]LQJZRUN

NOTICE:

To avoid oxidation and scaling, perform brazing at the appropriate temperature.

SM-16007 1-27

INSTALLATION

Ɣ &DXWLRQVIRU3LSLQJ&RQQHFWLRQ:RUN

9HULI\WKDWWKHUHDUHQRVFUDWFKHVVZDUIJDSVRUGHIRUPDWLRQVDWWKHÀDUHGHQGEHIRUHPDNLQJ connections to the system.

%HIRUHWLJKWHQLQJWKHÀDUHQXWDSSO\DVPDOODPRXQWRIRLO¿HOGVXSSOLHGWRWKHEDFNVLGHRIWKHÀDUH

'RQRWDSSO\DQ\RLOWRWKHÀDUHIDFHRUWKHWKUHDGV7LJKWHQWKHOLTXLGSLSHÀDUHQXWWRWKHVSHFL¿HG

WRUTXHZKLOHXVLQJDEDFNXSZUHQFKWRSUHYHQWGDPDJHWRWKHXQLW(QVXUHWKDWWKHÀDUHFRQQHFWLRQV are leak free upon completion of the work.

NOTE:

5HIULJHUDQWRLOLV¿HOGVXSSOLHG

[Ethereal Oil: FVC68D (Idemitsu Kousan Co. Ltd.)]

Apply Refrigerant Oil.

Do not apply refrigerant oil to exterior flared surfaces.

%HVXUHWRXVHWKHDFFHVVRU\ÀDUHQXWVIRULQGRRUXQLWFRQQHFWLRQV

< Required Tightening Torque >

Pipe Size

1/4 inch (6.35 mm)

3/8 inch (9.52 mm)

1/2 inch (12.7 mm)

5/8 inch (15.88 mm)

3/4 inch (19.05 mm)

Tightening Torque

10.3 - 13.3 ft·lbs (14 - 18 N·m)

25.1 - 31.0 ft·lbs (34 - 42 N·m)

36.1 - 45.0 ft·lbs (49 - 61 N·m)

50.2 - 60.5 ft·lbs (68 - 82 N·m)

73.8 - 88.5 ft·lbs (100 - 120 N·m)

NOTE:

As for the tightening torque for liquid stop valve, according to

Section 6.2.1 “Stop Valve” < Liquid Valve > of the tightening torque table.

Use two wrenches as shown.

(4) When the temperature and humidity inside the ceiling exceed 80 o F (27 o C)/RH80%, apply additional insulation of approximately 3/8 inch (10mm) in thickness to the accessory insulation. It prevents the formation of condensation on the surface of the insulation (refrigerant pipe only).

(5) Perform the airtight test at (601 psi (4.15MPa) for the test pressure).

3HUIRUPFROGLQVXODWLRQZRUNE\ZUDSSLQJWDSHDURXQGÀDUHGDQGUHGXFHUFRQQHFWLRQV$OVRLQVXODWH all the refrigerant pipes.

(7) Connect the indoor/outdoor units with refrigerant piping. Secure the piping to prevent it from coming into contact with weak structures such as a wall or ceiling. Otherwise, strange noises may be heard due to vibration in the piping.

1-28 SM-16007

Ɣ &DXWLRQIRU,QVWDOOLQJDQG6HFXULQJ3LSLQJ

[ Example for Pipe Support ]

Outdoor Unit

Installing Parts for Piping: Install at Appropriate Intervals

Treatment for Section of Fire Prevention

Multi-Kit

Install Horizontally

Indoor Unit

INSTALLATION

[ Secure for Liquid Piping, Gas Piping ]

Gas Piping

Liquid Piping

NOTE:

Due to changing refrigerant temperatures, gas and liquid piping will stretch.

Do not fasten gas and liquid piping together with tape.

Distortion and deformation of the piping can occur.

Installing Part for Piping

NOTICE:

When assembling piping onsite with hidden elbow or socket joints, provide a service access doorway to facilitate close-up examination of interconnecting components.

Outdoor Unit Capacity

(MBH)

72, 96

144 - 192

288

Indoor Unit Capacity

(MBH)

6 - 15

18 - 48

72

96

Table 6.1 Piping Size of Outdoor Unit

Gas

7/8 (22.2)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-3/8 (34.93)

Table 6.2 Piping Size of Indoor Unit

Gas

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

Liquid

3/8 (9.52)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

Liquid

1/4 (6.35)

3/8 (9.52)

3/8 (9.52)

3/8 (9.52) inch (mm) inch (mm)

SM-16007 1-29

INSTALLATION

6.2 Piping Connection Work

Comply with the restrictions for refrigerant piping (permissible length, height difference) in Section 6.5 “Piping

Work Conditions” and “Piping Branch Restriction”. If not, the outdoor unit can become damaged or fail.

The stop valves will be closed completely (factory-setting) when refrigerant piping connections are performed.

Do not open these stop valves until all the refrigerant piping connections, airtight testing, and vacuuming have been completed.

6.2.1 Stop Valve

< Gas Valve >

(1) Make sure that all the spindles are closed completely.

(2) Connect the charging hose to the service port and release the gas inside the piping.

(3) Cut the end of the closing pipe and ensure that no residual gas exists inside the gas piping.

5HPRYHWKHFORVLQJSLSHIURPWKHEUD]LQJSRUWLRQZLWKDWRUFK%HFDUHIXOWKDWWKHÀDPHGRHVQ¶WEXUQ the stop valve.

Service Port

Stop Valve for

Gas Pipe

Stop Valve for

Liquid Pipe

Detail of Closing Pipe

Soundproof

Cover

Compressor

Oil Return Pipe

Metal Plate

Closing Pipe

Stop Valve

Body

Field-Work Side

Torch

End of Closing Pipe

Closing Pipe

Cut

Figure 6.1

Ɣ 5HPRYHJDVLQVLGHWKHFORVLQJSLSHEHIRUHWKHEUD]LQJZRUNLVSHUIRUPHG

,IWKHEUD]LQJ¿OOHUPHWDOPHOWVZLWKUHVLGXDOJDVLQVLGHWKHSLSLQJZLOOH[SORGHDQGLQMXULHVFDQ result.

Ɣ 'RQRWH[SRVHVXUURXQGLQJSDUWVDQGWKHRLOUHWXUQSLSHRIWKHFRPSUHVVRUWRÀDPHVZKHQDWRUFK

LVXVHG,IWKHRLOUHWXUQSLSLQJLVH[SRVHGWRWKH¿UHKLJKWHPSHUDWXUHRLOZLOOVSXUWDQGFDXVHD

¿UHRULQMXU\

1-30 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

< Liquid Valve >

7LJKWHQWKHÀDUHQXWIRUWKHOLTXLGVWRSYDOYHDFFRUGLQJWRWKH

IROORZLQJWRUTXH,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVDSSOLHGWRWKHÀDUHQXW refrigerant leakage may occur from the spindle part. (To prevent leakage, place two wrenches at the positions as shown at the right when removing and connecting piping.

Model Type

72 and 96

Tightening Torque

24.3 - 31.0 ft·lbs (33 - 42 N·m)

Do not put wrenches here.

Position both wrenches here.

Flare Nut

Ɣ 'RQRWDSSO\DQH[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRWKHVSLQGOHYDOYHDIWHUIXOO\RSHQLQJWKHVSLQGOH

Ɣ $WWKHWHVWUXQIXOO\RSHQWKHVSLQGOH,ILWLVQRWIXOO\RSHQHGWKHGHYLFHVZLOOEHGDPDJHG

6.2.2 Piping Connection Method

Perform the piping connection work for each outdoor unit.

NOTE:

Ensure that the refrigerant pipe is connected to the same refrigerant system.

Ɣ )LUPO\VHFXUHWKHSLSLQJLQRUGHUWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQDQGH[FHVVLYH force exerted on the valve.

(1) Piping can be installed in three directions (front, rear, or bottom side) from the bottom base.

For vibration protection, properly secure piping connections and check that no excessive force is applied to the stop valve.

Front Side

Bottom Base

Bottom Side

Rear Side

(2) Follow the installation procedures in Section 6.2.1.

(3) Connect the piping in accordance with Figures 6.1 and 6.2 on the following page.

(4) Seal the gap between the bottom base or front piping cover and pipes with the insulation.

For Piping from Bottom Base

Liquid Pipe

Gas Pipe

Piping Cover

(attached to unit)

For Piping from Front Piping Cover

Seal these gaps with insulation (field-supplied).

Seal these gaps with insulation.

Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe Piping Cover

SM-16007 1-31

INSTALLATION

Ɣ 3UHSDUHUHIULJHUDQWSLSLQJIRUDVVHPEO\

Refer to Figure 6.2 for the position for piping connections.

Unit: inch (mm)

Square Holes at

Front and Back Sides

φ 7/8 (22.2)

Refrigerant Gas Piping Connection

φ 3/8 (9.52)

Refrigerant Liquid Piping Connection

Konckout Square Hole for Piping Cover

5-11/16 (145)

8-1/16 (205)

3-7/16 (88)

6-11/16 (170)

Refrigerant Gas Piping Connection

6-11/16 (170)

Refrigerant Liquid Piping Connection

φ

1-5/16 (33)

Communication Cable Outlet

(Knockout Hole)

< Detail of Piping Cover >

2-9/16

(65)

7-1/2

(190)

4-5/16

(110)

φ

1-3/4 (43.7)

Power Supply Wiring Outlet

(Knockout Hole)

3-1/4

(82)

5-1/8

(130)

9-13/16

(250)

4-1/4

(108)

Refrigerant Piping Outlet

(For Refrigerant Gas and Liquid Piping)

(Knockout Square Hole)

Field Piping (*)

Gas

7/8 (22.2)

Liquid

3/8 (9.52)

(*): Using the accessory pipe (refer to Section 3.1

“Factory-Supplied Accessories”), combine the piping size.

Figure 6.2 Refrigerant Piping Connection

1-32 SM-16007

Ɣ 'HWDLOVRI6WRS9DOYH3LSLQJ&RQQHFWLRQ

Stop Valve (Gas)

Gas Pipe

(Field-Supplied)

Stop Valve (Liquid)

Flaring

Liquid Pipe

(Field-Supplied)

90 o Elbow A

(Field-Supplied)

NOTES:

(QVXUHWKDWWKHFORVLQJSLSHRIWKHJDVVWRSYDOYHLVUHPRYHG¿UVW

5HIHUWR)LJXUHDERYHIRUWKHÀDULQJZRUN

INSTALLATION

SM-16007 1-33

INSTALLATION

6.3 Piping Work between Outdoor Units

Select the pipe size according to Section 6.4 “Piping Size between Outdoor Units”.

For refrigerant piping between multiple outdoor units, use the optional piping connection kit.

The arrangement for outdoor units should be determined depending on the piping direction when the refrigerant piping work and installation work are planned. When the outdoor unit is installed, perform the installation work according to the following restrictions.

(1) Piping length between piping connection kit 1 and each outdoor unit should be

L

A

< L

B

< L

C

< 32.8 ft (10m).

Maintain a straight-line distance of 19-11/16 inch (500mm) or more for piping after the piping connection kit 1.

Upstream Side

Indoor Unit Side

Outdoor

Unit

A

L A

Outdoor

Unit

B

L B

Outdoor

Unit

C

L C

Maintain a straight-line distance of 19-11/16 inch or more for piping after the piping connection kit.

Outdoor

Unit

A

Outdoor

Unit

B

Outdoor

Unit

C

Max. lift difference between outdoor units is 3-15/16 inch.

Indoor Unit Side

Piping Connection Kit 1 Piping Connection Kit 2

Piping Connection Kit 1 Piping Connection Kit 2

(2) Place the piping connection kit lower than the outdoor unit piping connection.

When the piping connection kit is installed higher than the outdoor unit piping connection, maintain a maximum clearance of 11-13/16 inch (300mm) between the piping connection kit and the bottom of the outdoor unit.

Also, install an oil trap (minimum 7-7/8 inch (200mm)) between the piping connection kit and the outdoor unit.

Indoor Unit Side

< Side View of Outdoor Unit >

No trap.

Indoor Unit Side

The refrigerant oil is stagnated to the unit stopped.

Oil Trap

Min. 7-7/8 inch

Indoor Unit Side

Oil Trap

Min. 7-7/8 inch

Oil Trap

Min. 7-7/8 inch

Max.

11-13/16 inch

Max.

11-13/16 inch

Max.

11-13/16 inch

Provide a trap.

Pull out pipes from bottom base hole.

Pull out pipes from bottom base hole.

< Side View of Outdoor Unit >

No trap is required.

1-34 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

(3) When piping length between outdoor units is 6.6 ft (2m) or more, an oil trap for the gas piping should be installed so that any accumulation of refrigerant oil cannot occur.

Ɣ/HVVWKDQIWP ƔIWPRU0RUH

Oil Trap

Min. 7-7/8 inch

Oil Trap

Min. 7-7/8 inch

Indoor Unit Side Indoor Unit Side

Less than 6.6 ft Less than 6.6 ft

Less than 6.6 ft

6.6 ft or more

Less than 6.6 ft

6.6 ft or more

(4) Place the outdoor unit pipe horizontally or with the pipe slanted downward towards the indoor unit side so that accumulation of refrigerant oil does not occur in the pipe.

Indoor Unit Side Indoor Unit Side

Refrigerant oil accumulates in the pipe.

(5) For servicing, if the pipe is installed in front of the outdoor unit, make sure minimum clearance of

19-11/16 inch (500mm) between the outdoor unit and piping connection kits. (When the compressor is replaced, minimum clearance of 19-11/16 inch (500mm) is required.)

Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit

Min.

19-11/16 inch

Piping

Connection Kit

Piping

Connection Kit

(6) Direction of Piping Connection Kit

Place the piping connection kit so it is vertical to the ground (the slope must be within +15 o ) as shown

LQWKH¿JXUH within + 15 o

NOTICE

The refrigerant system may be damaged if the slope of the piping connection kit exceeds +15 o .

SM-16007 1-35

INSTALLATION

Ɣ &RQVWUXFWLRQ([DPSOH

7KHIROORZLQJ¿JXUHVVKRZWKHH[DPSOHVRIWKUHHXQLWV combination.

Regarding the piping work for Combination Unit, refer to the

“Installation and Maintenance Manual” attached to the piping connection kit.

Gas Line Ref. Piping

Connection

Liquid Line Ref. Piping

Connection

< Downward Piping Connection >

Outdoor Unit A

Base

(Field-Supplied)

Accessory Pipe

(Z-Shape)

Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Outdoor Unit B

Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(Gas)


(Liquid)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Accessory Pipe

(Z-Shape)


(Gas)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(Liquid)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Outdoor Unit C

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)

< Front Side Piping Connection >


(Liquid)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(Gas)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(Gas)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Outdoor Unit A


(Liquid)

Outdoor Unit B

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Outdoor Unit C

Foundation (for Outdoor Unit)

1-36 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

6.4 Piping Size between Outdoor Units

Base Unit

Outdoor Unit

Model Type

Piping Size a

Gas

Liquid a

To Indoor Units

Refrigerant Piping

72

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52) inch (mm)

96

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

Two Units Combination

(Indoor Unit on Left Side)

Outdoor Unit A Outdoor Unit B

(Indoor Unit on Right Side)

Outdoor Unit B Outdoor Unit A a

To Indoor Units b c

Piping Connection Kit c

Piping Connection Kit b a

To Indoor Units inch (mm)

Model Type

Combination Unit

Outdoor Unit A

Outdoor Unit B

Piping Connection Kit

Piping Size a b c

Gas

Liquid

Gas

Liquid

Gas

Liquid

144

72

72

1-1/8 (28.58)

5/8 (15.88)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

168

96

72

MC-NP20A1

1-1/8 (28.58)

5/8 (15.88)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

192

96

96

1-1/8 (28.58)

5/8 (15.88)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

* Install the outdoor unit and piping connections in accordance to whatever is applicable to your situation.

Refer to the table for the outdoor unit model, the piping connection kit model, and the piping diameter.

SM-16007 1-37

INSTALLATION

Three Units Combination

(Indoor Unit on Left Side)

Outdoor Unit A Outdoor Unit B Outdoor Unit C

(Indoor Unit on Right Side)

Outdoor Unit C Outdoor Unit B Outdoor Unit A a c b d e

To Indoor Units Piping

Connection Kit 1

Piping

Connection Kit 2 d e

Piping

Connection Kit 2 d c a

Piping

Connection Kit 1

To Indoor Units

Model Type

Outdoor Unit A

Combination Unit Outdoor Unit B

Outdoor Unit C


Piping Size a b c d e

Gas

Liquid

Gas

Liquid

Gas

Liquid

Gas

Liquid

Gas

Liquid inch (mm)

288

96

96

96

MC-NP30A1

1-3/8 (34.93)

3/4 (19.05)

1-1/8 (28.58)

5/8 (15.88)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

7/8 (22.2)

3/8 (9.52)

* Install the outdoor unit and piping connections in accordance to whatever is applicable to your situation.

Refer to the table for the outdoor unit model, the piping connection kit model, and the piping diameter.

1-38 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

6.5 Piping Size and Multi-Kit Selection

For selecting the pipe sizes 1 between the outdoor unit and the piping connection kit, the piping size 2 between the piping connection kits and piping connection kit A , refer to Section 6.4 “Piping Size between

Outdoor Units”.

Outdoor

Unit

A

1

A

2

Outdoor

Unit

B

1

Outdoor

Unit

C

1

A

B

3

4

4

5

Indoor

Unit

5

Indoor

Unit

D

Indoor

Unit

5

4

C

C

5

Indoor

Unit

5

Indoor

Unit

5

Terminal

Indoor Unit

: Gas Pipe, Liquid Pipe

Maintain a straight-line distance of 19-11/16 inch (500mm) or more for piping after the piping connection kit.

Multi-Kit (Optional Parts)

< Line Branch >

B First Branch


(MBH)

72, 96

144 - 192

288

Model

MW-NP282A2

MW-NP692A2

MW-NP902A2

C Line Branch after First Branch

Total


(MBH)

< 86

87 - 125

126 - 185

> 186

Model

MW-NP282A2

MW-NP452A2

MW-NP692A2

MW-NP902A2

NOTE:

If C “Line Branch after First Branch” is larger than B

“First Branch”, use the same model as B “First Branch”.

< Header Branch >

D Header Branch

Total


(MBH)

36 - 60

36 - 72

No. of Header

Branches

4

8

Model

MH-NP224A

MH-NP288A

SM-16007 1-39

INSTALLATION

5HIHUWRWKH¿JXUHRQWKHSUHYLRXVSDJH

Piping Size < inch (mm) >

3 [Main Pipe Diameter]

(Base Unit or Piping Connection Kit 1 to First Branch)

Outdoor Unit

Capacity

(MBH)

72, 96

144 - 192

288

Gas

< 328.1 ft (100m)

7/8 (22.2)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-3/8 (34.93)

Equivalent Piping Length

Liquid

3/8 (9.52)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

Gas

> 328.1 ft (100m) *1)

Liquid

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-5/8 (41.28)

1/2 (12.7)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

,QVRPHFDVHVLWLVUHTXLUHGWRSUHSDUHWKHUHGXFHU¿HOGVXSSOLHG

4 [Diameter of Pipe after First Branch]

Total


(MBH)

< 41

42 - 65

66 - 86

87 - 113

114 - 125

126 - 155

156 - 185

186 - 257

> 258

Piping Length between First Branch and Indoor Unit

< 131.2 ft (40m) > 131.2 ft (40m) *1)

Gas

5/8 (15.88)

Liquid

3/8 (9.52)

Gas

3/4 (19.05)

Liquid

1/2 (12.7)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-5/8 (41.28)

3/8 (9.52)

3/8 (9.52)

1/2 (12.7)

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-1/8 (28.58)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-3/8 (34.93)

1-5/8 (41.28)

1-5/8 (41.28)

1/2 (12.7)

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

7/8 (22.2)

,ISLSLQJOHQJWKIURPWKHPXOWLNLWDWWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHWHUPLQDOLQGRRUXQLWH[FHHGVIWPDFFRUGLQJWR

³3LSLQJ%UDQFK5HVWULFWLRQ´LQ6HFWLRQZKHQLQVWDOOLQJ,QVRPHFDVHVLWLVUHTXLUHGWRSUHSDUHWKHUHGXFHU¿HOG supplied).

NOTE:

If the size of 4 “Pipe after First Branch” is larger than the size of 3 “Main Pipe”, adjust the size of 4 “Pipe after First

Branch” to the same size as 3 “Main Pipe”.

5 [Diameter of Pipe between Multi-Kit and Indoor Unit]


(MBH)

6 - 15

18 - 48

72

96

Gas

1/2 (12.7)

5/8 (15.88)

3/4 (19.05)

7/8 (22.2)

Liquid

1/4 (6.35) *1)

3/8 (9.52)

3/8 (9.52)

3/8 (9.52)

*1): When liquid piping length is longer than 49.2 ft (15m), use 3/8 inch (9.52mm) diameter piping with the reducer (accessory pipe for Multi-Kit).

NOTE:

The pipe diameter should be the same as the indoor unit piping connection size.

1-40 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ 3LSLQJ:RUN&RQGLWLRQV

Comply with the following when installing the unit.

[ Example ]

Upstream Side

< For two and three units combination >

Indoor Unit Side

Outdoor

Unit

A

La

Piping

Connection Kit 1

First Branch

Outdoor

Unit

B

Outdoor

Unit

C

Lb

Piping

Connection Kit 2

Lc

H5

H1

L3

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

H2

L2 L1

L3 L3 L3

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Terminal

Indoor Unit

: Gas Pipe, Liquid Pipe

Maintain a straight-line distance of 19-11/16 inch (500mm) or more for piping after the piping connection kit.

Item

Total

Piping Length

Maximum

Piping Length

Piping Length

Equivalent

Piping Length

Mark

Ex1 a+b+c

Ex2 d+e+f+g+h

Ex1 a+c

Ex2 f+h

-

-

Details

The total amount of all piping actual length.

The actual piping length between the stop valve of the outdoor unit or the piping connection kit1 and the terminal indoor unit.

The actual length of pipe that takes no account for equivalent lengths for pressure drops of elbows.

The combination of the straight pipe length plus the equivalent length of elbows and other pressure drop calculations.

Example1) If a Line Branch Including Main Branch

Outdoor

Unit

A a

First Branch

Multi-Kit b

Indoor

Unit

A c

Indoor

Unit

B

Example 2) If Utilizing a Piping Connection Kit

Outdoor

Unit

A

Outdoor

Unit

B d


First Branch

Multi-Kit e f g

Indoor

Unit

A h

Indoor

Unit

B

SM-16007 1-41

INSTALLATION

Item

Total Piping Length

Maximum Piping Length

Maximum Piping Length between

Multi-kit of 1st Branch and Each Indoor Unit

Maximum Piping Length between

Each Multi-kit and Each Indoor Unit

Piping Length between Piping Connection Kit 1 and

Each Outdoor Unit

Height Difference between

Outdoor Units and Indoor Units

Actual Length

Equivalent Length

O.U. is Higher

O.U. is Lower

Height Difference between Indoor Units

Height Difference between Outdoor Units

Mark

-

L1

L2

L3

La, Lb, Lc

H1

H2

H5

Allowable Piping Length

< the recommended

number of connected

> the recommended

number of connected

< 1,640 ft (500m)

< 541 ft (165m)

< 623 ft (190m)

< 295 ft (90m)

< 131 ft (40m)

< 32 ft (10m)

< 164 ft (50m)

< 131 ft (40m)

< 98 ft (30m)

< 0.3 ft (0.1m)

< 984 ft (300m)

< 541 ft (165m)

< 623 ft (190m)

< 131 ft (40m)

< 98 ft (30m)

< 32 ft (10m)

< 164 ft (50m)

< 131 ft (40m)

< 98 ft (30m)

< 0.3 ft (0.1m)

NOTICE

Comply with the following conditions when installing the unit.

1. For a combination of two or three outdoor units, the outdoor unit “A” should be connected to the piping connection of Kit 1.

(Refer to Section 6.4 for outdoor unit models.) Refer to the Piping Kit Installation Manual for piping details.

2. The piping length between outdoor units should be La < Lb < Lc < 32.8 ft (10m).

(If the piping length is incorrect, there may be a failure of outdoor units caused by a refrigerant back-up.)

3. Maintain a straight-line distance of 19-11/16 inch (500mm) or more for piping after the piping connection kit.

4. The condition of refrigerant piping installation is different depending on the connected number of indoor units.

Refer to Table 3.2 “System Combination” above for details.

5. Allowable total piping length may not exceed 1,640 ft (500m) because of the limitation of maximum additional refrigerant amount as described in the following table. Make sure that the additional refrigerant volume does not exceed the maximum additional refrigerant amount as shown below.

Outdoor Unit Capacity (MBH)

Max. Additional Refrigerant Charge: lbs (kg)

72, 96

61.7 (28)

144 - 192

112.5 (51)

288

138.9 (63)

6. If the piping length (L3) between each multi-kit and indoor unit is considerably longer than other indoor unit, refrigerant

PD\QRWÀRZZHOOOHVVHQLQJSHUIRUPDQFHFRPSDUHGWRRWKHUPRGHOV

(Recommended Piping Length: Within 49.2 ft (15m))

:KHQWKHSLSLQJOHQJWKIURPWKHPXOWLNLWWRWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHWHUPLQDOLQGRRUXQLWH[FHHGVIWPUHIHUWR

“Piping Branch Restrictions”, Section 6.5.

8. When installing Energy Recovery Ventilation in the system, the piping length between Energy Recovery Ventilation and the outdoor unit must be within 49.2 ft (15m).

9. When completing on-site piping, install bent piping or horizontal loop piping to absorb any expansion or contraction due to changing temperatures.

1-42 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ 3LSLQJ%UDQFK5HVWULFWLRQ

In the following instances, there is no limit to the number of main piping branches.

,IWKHSLSLQJOHQJWK/IURPWKH0XOWL.LWDWWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHIDUWKHVWLQGRRUXQLWLVRYHUIWP

IROORZWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVEHORZZKHQSHUIRUPLQJWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGSLSLQJZRUN

(Example 1) : Installation with Main Piping Branch ( 7 )

3LSLQJOHQJWKIURPWKH0XOWL.LWDWWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHWHUPLQDOLQGRRUXQLWLVZLWKLQIW

90m).

(1) If the pipe length L2 is over 131.2 ft (40m), the size of gas and liquid pipes “b and c” or “g and h” should be selected according to Table 4 below, “Diameter of Pipe after First Branch”.

* If the size of (a) is smaller than the size of (b, g) after selecting the size according to Table 4 below,

“Diameter of Pipe after First Branch”, adjust the size of (a) so it is the same size as (b, g).

If the size of (a) is larger than the size indicated in Table 3 below, “Main Pipe Diameter” of (Equivalent

Piping Length > 328.1ft), adjust the size of (a) so it is the same size according to Table 3 below, “Main

Pipe Diameter” of (Equivalent Piping Length > 328.1ft).

In this instance, if the size of (b, c, g, h) is larger than the size of each before the branch, adjust the size of (b, c, g, h) to the same size as each before the branch.

7KHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQWKHSLSLQJOHQJWKIURPWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHIDUWKHVWLQGRRUXQLWDQGWKHSLSLQJ

OHQJWKIURPWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHFORVHVWLQGRRUXQLWPXVWEHZLWKLQIWP

* (g+h+j)-(b+d)<131.2 ft (40m) a

First Branch

Multi-Kit g

Piping Length from the Multi-Kit at the first branch to the terminal Indoor Unit is within 131.2 ~ 295.3 ft

L2 b c d f e

Terminal

Indoor Unit The Closest Indoor Unit from the First Branch ࠉ

L2 j h i k

Terminal

Indoor Unit

The Farthest Indoor Unit from the First Branch ࠉ

(Example 2): Installation without Main Piping Branch ( 7 )

3LSLQJOHQJWKIURPWKH0XOWL.LWDWWKH¿UVWEUDQFKWRWKHWHUPLQDOLQGRRUXQLWLVZLWKLQIW

90m).

(1) If the pipe length L2 is over 131.2 ft (40m), the size of gas and liquid pipes “b, d and f” should be selected according to Table 4 below, “Diameter of Pipe after First Branch”.

* If the size of (a) is smaller than the size of (b) after selecting the size according to Table 4 below,

“Diameter of Pipe after First Branch”, adjust the size of (a) so it is the same size as (b).

If the size of (a) is larger than the size indicated in Table 3 below, “Main Pipe Diameter” of (Equivalent

Piping Length > 328.1ft), adjust the size of (a) so it is the size according to Table 3 below, “Main

Pipe Diameter” of (Equivalent Piping Length > 328.1ft).

In this case, if the size of (b, d, f) is larger than the size of each before the branch, adjust the size of (b, d, f) to the same size as each before the branch.

a

First Branch

Multi-Kit

Piping Length from the Multi-Kit at the first branch to the terminal Indoor Unit is within 131.2 ~ 295.3 ft

L2 h b c d e f g i

Terminal

Indoor Unit

The Closest Indoor Unit from the First Branch

The Farthest Indoor Unit from the First Branch

( 7 ): Main Piping Branch:

Both branches of piping from a Multi-Kit are connected to the next Multi-Kits.

SM-16007

Main Branch a d e f b c

Indoor Unit

1-43

INSTALLATION

A header branch can be used with a line branch at the three pipes segment and two pipes segment.

A header branch can also be used after the second branch. Do not connect a line branch to a header

EUDQFK:KHQXVLQJDKHDGHUEUDQFKPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHSLSLQJOHQJWK/IURPWKH0XOWL.LWDWWKH¿UVW branch to the farthest indoor unit is within 131.2 ft (40m).

Within 131.2 ft

Line Branch

Line Branch

Header Branch

Indoor Unit

Header Branch

Line Branch

Within 131.2 ft x The number of indoor units connectable to outdoor unit is as follows:

Comply with the following conditions when installing the unit.

x A maximum total capacity and a minimum total capacity against the nominal outdoor unit capacity can be obtained by combination of the indoor units.

Outdoor Unit Capacity (MBH)

Maximum Number of Connectable I.U.

Recommended Number of Connectable I.U.

72

15

10

96

16

10

144

31

18

168

30

18

192

33

18

288

50

32

NOTES:

1. For a system under which all the indoor units are supposed to operate simultaneously, the total indoor unit capacity should be less than outdoor unit capacity. Otherwise, it may cause a decrease of operating performance and operating limit in overload operation.

2. For the system under which all the indoor units are not supposed to operate simultaneously, the total indoor unit capacity is available 100% or more against the outdoor unit capacity. Refer to Table 3.2 “System

Combination” for detail.

3. When operating the outdoor unit in cold area with temperatures of 14 o F (-10 o C), or under the high heating load conditions, the total indoor unit capacity should be 100% or less against the outdoor unit capacity and the total piping length should be 984.3ft (300m) or less.

7KHDLUÀRZYROXPHIRULQGRRUXQLWVRIDQG0%+LVVHWKLJKHUWKDQWKDWIRULQGRRUXQLWVRI0%+ or more. Make sure to select appropriate indoor units when installing indoor units where cold draft may occur during heating operation. If installing indoor units in such places, refer to the recommended number of connectable indoor units.

5. When installing an Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) unit, the additional load must be considered when calculating the maximum units that can be attached.

1-44 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Use the branch piping kit to ensure proper piping.

Do not use a T-Joint. Secure the branch pipes horizontally to a pillar, a wall, or a ceiling.

NOTE:

When installing the piping by securing plates, wrap the branch pipe with an insulation or slip a cushioning between the pipe and the plate. Then secure it to the wall.

To Indoor Unit

Keep Horizontal

To Indoor Unit

Keep

Vertical

To Outdoor Unit

Branch

Connection

Keep Horizontal

Secure the Branch Pipe to the surface of Pillar or Wall.

Keep Horizontal

Securing the Branch Pipe to

Ceiling Surface or Beam

< Installation Posture of Branch Piping >

Upper Side Upper Side Upper Side

Branch

Pipe

Min.

1.6 ft

Branch

Pipe

Straight

Length

Min. 1.6 ft

Branch

Connection

Bending

Radius

Main Pipe

Main Pipe

Branch

Connection

Branch Pipe

Branch Pipe

Upper Side

Branch Pipe

Main Pipe

Branch

Connection

Branch Pipe

Main

Pipe

Branch

Connection

Branch Pipe

CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT INCORRECT

[ Piping Form from Multi-Kit to Indoor Unit ]

Ex. Recommended To prevent pipe damage, use bending pipes from each Indoor Unit to the Multi-Kit.

Piping stretches during operation because of changing temperature of piping

Multi-Kit

Bending Pipe

Connection Pipe

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

Ex. Not Recommended

Piping stretches during operation because of changing temperature of piping

Straight connection does not make enough margin for stretching.

Outdoor Unit

NOTICE:

When on-site piping, install the bend pipes or the horizontal loop pipes to absorb stretched pipes that is due to the changing temperature of refrigerant pipes.

SM-16007 1-45

INSTALLATION

7. Electrical Wiring

Ɣ 7KHLQGRRUXQLWIDQPD\FRQWLQXHWRRSHUDWHIRUXSWR¿YHPLQXWHVIROORZLQJWKHKHDWLQJF\FOHWR dissipate residual heat from the indoor unit.

Ɣ &KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWWKHLQGRRUIDQDQGWKHRXWGRRUIDQKDYHVWRSSHGEHIRUHHOHFWULFDOZLULQJZRUN or a periodical check is performed.

Ɣ ,QVXODWHHOHFWULFDOZLULQJGUDLQSLSLQJDQGHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVIURPWKUHDWVSRVHGE\EXUURZLQJ animals and temperature extremes. Failure to do so can over time, deteriorate system performance.

Ɣ (OHFWULFDOFDEOHVVKRXOGQRWFRPHLQWRFRQWDFWZLWKUHIULJHUDQWSLSLQJSODWHHGJHVDQGHOHFWULFDO components inside the unit.

Ɣ 8VHDPHGLXPVHQVLQJVSHHG*URXQG)DXOW&LUFXLW,QWHUUXSWHU*)&,ZLWKDQDFWLYDWLRQVSHHGRI

VHFRQGRUOHVV,IQRWHOHFWULFVKRFNRUD¿UHFDQUHVXOW

Ɣ 6HFXUHWKHFDEOHV([WHUQDOIRUFHVRQWKHWHUPLQDOVFDQOHDGWR¿UH

Ɣ 7LJKWHQVFUHZVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJWRUTXH

M4: 0.7 to 1.0 ft·lbs (1.0 to 1.3 N·m)

M5: 1.5 to 1.8 ft·lbs (2.0 to 2.5 N·m)

M6: 3.0 to 3.7 ft·lbs (4.0 to 5.0 N·m)

M8: 6.6 to 8.1 ft·lbs (9.0 to 11.0 N·m)

M10: 13.3 to 17.0 ft·lbs (18.0 to 23.0 N·m)

Ɣ 6HW'6:RQWKH3&%DFFRUGLQJWRHDFKSRZHUVXSSO\VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ

DSW7 Power Supply Setting and Service Setting

208V Unit:

230V, 460V Unit:

Setting is required.

No setting is required.

208V, 230V Unit: 230V Setting Before Shipment

460V Unit: 460V Setting Before Shipment

ON

208V

ON

230V

ON

460V

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Ɣ 8VHWKHVSHFL¿HGFDEOHVIRUZLULQJEHWZHHQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDQGLQGRRUXQLWV6HOHFWLQJLQFRUUHFW

FDEOHVZLOOFDXVHDQHOHFWULFVKRFNRUD¿UH&RPPXQLFDWLRQFDEOLQJVKDOOEHDPLQLPXPRI AWG18

(0.82mm

2 ), 2-Conductor, Stranded Copper. Shielded cable must be considered for applications and routing in areas of high EMI and other sources of potentially excessive electrical noise to reduce the potential for communication errors. When shielded cabling is applied, proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per Johnson Controls guidelines. Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements.

Ɣ 7LJKWO\VHFXUHWKHHOHFWULFDOZLULQJVWRWKHWHUPLQDOEORFNDFFRUGLQJWRWKHVSHFL¿HGWRUTXH

,IWLJKWHQLQJWKHWHUPLQDOVLVQRWFRPSOHWHGKHDWJHQHUDWLRQDQHOHFWULFVKRFNRUD¿UHZLOORFFXUDW the terminal connections.

1-46 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

0DNHVXUHWKDWWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVPDLQSRZHUVZLWFKHVFLUFXLWEUHDNHUV wires, conduit connectors and wire terminals) have been properly selected according to the electrical characteristics indicated in Table 7.1. Make sure that the components comply with National Electrical

Code (NEC) standards.

x Supply electrical power to each outdoor unit. This equipment can be installed with a Ground Fault

Circuit Interrupter (GFCI), which is a recognized measure for added protection to a properly grounded unit. Install appropriate sized breakers / fuses / overcurrent protection switches and wiring in accordance to local, state and NEC codes and requirements. The equipment installer is responsible for understanding and abiding by applicable codes and requirements. Failure to use a GFCI could result

LQHOHFWULFVKRFNRU¿UH x The power sources for the indoor unit and outdoor unit should be supplied respectively.

Connect the power supply wiring to each indoor unit group connected to the same outdoor unit.

This equipment can be installed with a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI), which is a recognized measure for added protection to a properly grounded unit. Install appropriate sized breakers / fuses / overcurrent protection switches and wiring in accordance to local, state and NEC codes and requirements. The equipment installer is responsible for understanding and abiding by applicable

FRGHVDQGUHTXLUHPHQWV)DLOXUHWRXVHD*)&,FRXOGUHVXOWLQHOHFWULFVKRFNRU¿UH

(2) Check to ensure that the power supply voltage is within ±10% of the rated voltage.

If the power supply voltage is too low, the system cannot start due to the voltage drop.

(3) Check the size of the electrical wires.

(4) Communication cabling should be a minimum of AWG18 (0.82mm


Shielded cable must be considered for applications and routing in areas of high EMI and other sources of potentially excessive electrical noise to reduce the potential for communication errors. When shielded cabling is applied, proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per Johnson Controls guidelines. Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements.

x In an instance where the power source for the packaged air conditioner is supplied from the same power transformer as the device with high electricity consumption* x In an instance where the power supply wiring for the device* and for the packaged air conditioner are located close to each other.

([DPSOH/LIWFRQWDLQHUFUDQHUHFWL¿HUIRUHOHFWULFUDLOZD\LQYHUWHUSRZHUGHYLFHDUFIXUQDFH

electric furnace, large-sized induction motor, and large-sized switch.

In the instances mentioned above, an induction surge of the power supply wiring for the packaged air conditioner could occur due to a rapid change in electricity consumption of the device and activation

RIWKHVZLWFK7KHUHIRUHFKHFNWKH¿HOGUHJXODWLRQVDQGVWDQGDUGVEHIRUHSHUIRUPLQJHOHFWULFDOZRUNLQ order to protect the power supply wiring for the packaged air conditioner.

(5) Check to ensure that the ground cable for the outdoor unit, and indoor unit are connected.

7.2 Electrical Wiring Connection

Ɣ 7KLVHTXLSPHQWFDQEHLQVWDOOHGZLWKD*URXQG)DXOW&LUFXLW,QWHUUXSWHU*)&,ZKLFKLVD

UHFRJQL]HGPHDVXUHIRUDGGHGSURWHFWLRQWRDSURSHUO\JURXQGHGXQLW,QVWDOODSSURSULDWHVL]HG breakers / fuses / overcurrent protection switches and wiring in accordance to local, state and NEC codes and requirements. The equipment installer is responsible for understanding and abiding by

DSSOLFDEOHFRGHVDQGUHTXLUHPHQWV)DLOXUHWRXVHD*)&,FRXOGUHVXOWLQHOHFWULFVKRFNRU¿UH

Ɣ 3HUIRUPWKHHOHFWULFDOZRUNDFFRUGLQJWRWKHUHJXODWLRQVRIHDFKUHJLRQDQGWKLVPDQXDO

A separate, dedicated electrical circuit must be used. If the electrical wiring work is performed incorrectly or there is a capacity shortage of the power circuit, it will cause an electric shock or a

¿UH

Ɣ &KHFNWKDWWKHJURXQGZLUHLVVHFXUHO\FRQQHFWHG,IWKHXQLWLVQRWFRUUHFWO\JURXQGHGLWPD\OHDG to an electrical shock.

'RQRWFRQQHFWWKHJURXQGZLULQJWRJDVSLSLQJZDWHUSLSLQJOLJKWLQJFRQGXFWRURUWHOHSKRQH ground cables.

SM-16007 1-47

INSTALLATION

(1) Power Source Wiring

Supply the power sources to each outdoor unit and indoor unit group respectively.

Using this method is a basic principle of power supply wiring.

1 GFCI

2 S

Outdoor Unit Power Source

AC 3~ 208/230V 60Hz

AC 3~ 460V 60Hz

1 GFCI

2 S

1 GFCI

2 S

3

Outdoor

Unit

C

4

6

3

Outdoor

Unit

B

4

6

3

Outdoor

Unit

A

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

GFCI (Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter)

S (Main Switch and Fuse)

Power Supply Wiring (O.U.)

Ground Wiring (O.U.)

Communication Cable (O.U. ~ I.U.)

Communication Cable (O.U. ~ O.U.)

Power Supply Wiring (I.U.)

Ground Wiring (I.U.)

Indoor Unit Side

S

GFCI

5

Pull Box

7

Indoor

Unit 8

7

Pull Box

Indoor

Unit

5

8

5

Indoor Unit

Power Source

AC 1~ 208/230V 60Hz

7

1-48 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

(2) Electrical Characteristics

Model

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

Table 7.1 Electrical Characteristics and Recommended Wiring Size

Hz

(Hz)

60

60

60

60

Voltage

(V)

208/230

208/230

460

460

Max.

(V)

253

253

506

506

Outdoor Unit

Min.

(V)

188

MCA

(A)

51/46

188

414

414

51/46

24

24

INV Comp.

MOP Max. Fuse RLA

(A) (A) (A)

72/65 70/60 24.2/22.0

LRA

(A)

150

72/65

34

34

70/60

30

30

24.2/22.0

15.3

15.3

150

75

75

Fix Speed Comp.

Model RLA

(A)

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW 28.8/26.0

(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW 28.8/26.0

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW 12.2


LRA

(A)

155

155

74

74

MCA: Minimum Circuit Ampacity (A)

MOP: Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device (A)

RLA: Rated Load Ampacity (A)

LRA: Locked Rotor Ampacity (A)

FLA: Full Load Ampacity (A)

Fan Motor

Output

(kW)

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

FLA

(A)

5.6/5.1

5.6/5.1

9

9

Power Supply

Wiring

(AWG)

6

6

12

12

Wiring Size

Ground Wiring

(AWG)

6

6

12

12

Communication

Cable

(AWG)

18

18

18

18

NOTES:

1. Select wire size based on the value of MCA.

2. MOP is used to select the fuse, circuit breaker, or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI).

3. Communication cabling shall be a minimum of AWG18 (0.82mm


Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 1/8 inch (3.5mm) or more between each phase.

NOTES:

1. When the power supply wiring is longer, select the minimum wiring size which the voltage drop is within 2%.

3RZHUVXSSO\YROWDJHVKRXOGEHVDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHIROORZLQJV

Supply Voltage: Rated Voltage within +10%

Starting Voltage: Rated Voltage within -15%

Operating Voltage: Rated Voltage within +10%

Imbalance between Phases: within 3%

3. Do not connect the ground wiring to gas piping, water piping, or a lightening conductor.

Gas Piping: An explosion and ignition may occur if there is escaping gas.

Water Piping: There is no effective electrical ground provided when hard vinyl piping is used.

Lightning Conductor: The electrical potential of the earth increases when a lightening conductor is used.

SM-16007 1-49

INSTALLATION

7.3 Electrical Wiring for Outdoor Unit

&RQQHFWWKHHOHFWULFDOZLULQJDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJ¿JXUH

(1) Connect the power supply wires to L1, L2 and L3 for the three-phase power source on the terminal block TB1 and ground wiring to the terminal in the electrical control box.

(2) Connect the communication cables between the outdoor and indoor units to the TB2 terminals 1 and 2 on the PCB1. As for the communication cables between outdoor units in the same refrigerant system, connect them to the TB2 terminals 3 and 4 on the PCB1. When shielded cabling is applied (M4), proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per Johnson Controls guidelines.

Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements. Communication cabling shall be a minimum of AWG18 (0.82mm

2 ), 2-Conductor,

Stranded Copper.

(3) Insert the communication cables into the PVC tube “VW-1 600V” (Accessory) to separate from the power supply wirings and the communication cables in the outdoor unit. Local codes will need to be followed.

Then, tighten both ends of the PVC tubing with the cable bands (accessory) in order to secure the

PVC tubing to the communication cables.

When the rated voltage of the communication cables (local code) are 600V or more, it is not required to insert them into the PVC tube “VW-1 600V” (accessory).

(4) Tighten screws for the terminal block according to the following table.

< Required Tightening Torque >

Size

M4

M5

M6

M8

M10

Tightening Torque

0.7 to 1.0

IWÂOEV (1.0 to 1.3

1ÂP

1.5 to 1.8

IWÂOEV (2.0 to 2.4

1ÂP

3.0 to 3.7

IWÂOEV (4.0 to 5.0

1ÂP

6.6 to 8.1

IWÂOEV (9.0 to 11.0

1ÂP

13.3 to 17.0

IWÂOEV (18.0 to 23.0

1ÂP for I.U. to O.U.

PVC Tube (Accessory)

TB2

1 2 3 4

O.U. PCB for O.U. to O.U.

Cable Band (Accessory)

Communication Cable for

Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit

Inside of Unit

Outside of Unit

Metal Band

Communication Cable between Outdoor Units

Cable Band (Accessory)

Unit: inch

Terminal Block for

Power Supply Wiring (TB1)

Ground Wiring Terminal

(Connect securely

cable.)

L1 L2 L3

Ground Wiring

Attach insulation sleeve.

Cable Band

Secure with a cable clamp.

PVC Tube

“VW-1 600V”

(Accessory)

Holes for

Power Supply Wiring at Front and Back of Unit (2-1/16)

Cable Clamp

(For Securing Power Supply Wiring)

Metal Band

Secure 2 segment of communication cable.

TB2

PCB1

TB1 Terminal Block for

Power Supply Wiring (TB1)

Power Supply Wiring

Communication Cable

Cable Clamp (Accessory)

Secure with accessory screw.

Conduit Tube

Holes for Power Supply Wiring at Front and Back of Unit (2-1/16)

Holes for Communication Cable at Front and Back of Unit (2-1/16)

1-50

For Power Supply Wiring

1-3/4 (Conduit Hole)

NOTE:

Hermetically seal the entry of conduit tubing by using putty to seal against moisture.

For Communication Cables

1-1/32 (with Rubber Bush)

For Power Supply Wiring

1-3/4 (Knockout Hole)

NOTE:

For better water protection, make sure you seal around the cable.

For Communication Cable

1-5/16 (Knockout Holes)

SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Be sure to note the following points when running cables under the unit using conduit tubing.

(The pipe cover needs to be removed before performing piping and wiring.)

NOTES:

:KHQLQVWDOOLQJWKHSRZHUVXSSO\ZLULQJXVHWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGFRQGXLWWXEHDVVKRZQEHORZ

Remove the rubber bushing from the unit for the conduit tubing installation.

2. When installing the communication cables, run them through the rubber grommet attached to the unit.

3. Maintain at least 5 inch (127mm) between the power supply wiring and communication cables.

4. Prevent cables from touching or rubbing up against refrigerant piping, plate edges, and electrical components inside the unit.

5. Completely seal the end of conduit tube with sealing materials to prevent the rain from entering the conduit tube. (In case of wiring from bottom base)

6. Create a drainage hole at the lowest part of the conduit tube. (In case of wiring from bottom base)

For Wiring from Bottom Base

Communication Cable

Power Supply Wiring

Seal

For Wiring from Front Piping Cover

Rubber Bushing

Communication Cable

Conduit Tube

Conduit Tube

Rubber Bushing

Tightly secure the power supply wiring using a cable clamp inside the unit.

7.4 Electrical Wiring Connections of Indoor Unit, and Outdoor Unit

(1) Connect a power supply wiring to each outdoor unit. Connect a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI), fuse, and main switch (S) to each outdoor unit.

(2) Connect a power supply wiring to each indoor unit group connected to the same outdoor unit. (Total operating current be less than 12A.)

Connect a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI), fuse, and main switch (S) to each indoor unit group.

(3) Connect the communication cable between indoor units, and outdoor units, as shown in Figure 7.1.

(4) Connect the communication cables in the same refrigerant system unit. (If the refrigerant piping of indoor unit is connected to the outdoor unit, also connect the communication cables to the same indoor unit.) Connecting the refrigerant piping and communication cables to the different refrigerant systems may lead to malfunction.

(5) Use communication cabling that is a minimum of AWG18 (0.82mm


Shielded cable must be considered for applications and routing in areas of high EMI and other sources of potentially excessive electrical noise to reduce the potential for communication errors. When shielded cabling is applied, proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per

Johnson Controls guidelines. Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements. (Do not use Tri-Core or anything beyond.)

SM-16007 1-51

INSTALLATION

(6) Use the same kind of cables in the same H-LINK system.

(7) Maintain at least 5 inch (127mm) between the communication cables and the power supply wiring, and also min. 5 ft (1.5m) between the communication cables and power supply wiring for other electrical device. If these cables are not secured, sleeve the power supply wiring into the metallic conduit tubing to separate them from the other cables. Make sure power supply wiring are well-grounded.

(8) Connect the following communication cables to the terminals 1 and 2 on terminal block (TB2) in the outdoor unit A (main unit).

• between outdoor unit and indoor unit

• between outdoor unit and outdoor unit in other refrigerant systems

(9) Do not connect the power supply wiring to the terminal block for transmission wiring (TB2).

All the printed circuit boards in the same refrigerant system will be damaged.

(10) Connect the ground wiring to the outdoor/indoor units. The ground wiring work under the condition of

100 : (max.) ground resistance must be performed by a authorized personnel.

(**) Connect the communication cables between outdoor units in the same refrigerant system to the terminals 3 and 4 on TB2.

x Communication Cabling

Refrigerant Group 1

Outdoor Unit

(Main)

TB

1

L

1

L

2

L

3

TB

2

1 2 3 4

Outdoor Unit

(Sub)

TB

1

L

1

L

2

L

3

TB

2

1 2 3 4

Refrigerant Group 2

Outdoor Unit

(Main)

TB

1

L

1

L

2

L

3

TB

2

1 2 3 4

Outdoor Unit

(Sub)

TB

1

L

1

L

2

L

3

TB

2

1 2 3 4

Communication Cable for H-LINK System

Communication Cable for H-LINK System

Communication Cable for Main ~ Sub

2 1

TB

2

B A N L

2

TB

1

L

1

Unit No. 0

Indoor Unit

2 1

TB

2

B A N L

2

TB

1

L

1

Unit No.1

Indoor Unit

2 1

TB

2

B A N L

2

TB

1

L

1

Unit No. 2

Indoor Unit

2 1

TB

2

B A N L

2

TB

1

L

1

Unit No. 0

Indoor Unit

2 1

TB

2

B A N L

2

TB

1

L

1

Unit No.1

Indoor Unit

2 1

TB

2

B A N L

2

TB

1

L

1

Unit No. 2

Indoor Unit

NOTES:

1. For the combination units, DSW settings of Main and Sub are required.

2. An alarm occurs if the communication cables between main outdoor unit and sub outdoor units are connected to the terminals 1 and 2 for H-LINK system.

3. In an alarm is triggered on the LCD of Main outdoor unit, follow the "7-segment" display at the Main outdoor unit for YHUL¿FDWLRQSXUSRVHV .

4. Perform a function setting at the Main outdoor unit.

5. Maximum number of refrigerant groups with one central controller is 64 (for H-LINK II).

Maximum number of indoor units to be connected is 160 (for H-LINK II).

1-52 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Outdoor Unit A (Main)

TB1

L1 L2 L3

TB2

1 2 3 4

Outdoor Unit B (Sub)

TB1

L1 L2 L3

TB2

1 2 3 4

Ground Ground

Main Switch

S

3

208/230V 60Hz

460V 60Hz

GFCI GFCI

S

GFCI GFCI

Main Switch

3

208/230V 60Hz

460V 60Hz

S Main Switch

GFCI GFCI

1

208/230V 60Hz

Distribution Box or Pull Box

L1 L2

TB1

N

No. 0

Indoor Unit

TB2

1 2 A B

Controller

Cable

Wired

Controller

PCB : Printed Circuit Board

:

DC5V (Non-Pole Communication H-LINK System)

: Field-Supplied

: Optional Accessory


L1 L2 N

TB1

No. 1

Indoor Unit

TB2

1 2 A B

Controller

Cable

Wired

Controller

No. 0 System Indoor Units

Figure 7.1 Illustration of Electrical Wiring Connections

No.1 System Indoor Units

SM-16007 1-53

INSTALLATION

7.5 DIP Switch Setting of Outdoor Unit

Turn OFF all power sources before performing settings.

',3VZLWFKVHWWLQJVFDQQRWEHVHWZLWKRXW¿UVWGLVFRQQHFWLQJIURPWKHSRZHUVRXUFH+RZHYHU1R and 6 pins of DSW4, No.4 pin of DSW7 and push switches can be operated when power source is ON.)

The darkened square “ Q ” indicates the position of DIP switches.

NOTE

Ɣ %\XVLQJVZLWFK'6:WKHXQLWLVVWDUWHGWRVHFRQGVDIWHUWKHVZLWFK adjustment is made.

Ɣ 7RVLPSOLI\VHUYLFHDQGPDLQWHQDQFHQXPEHUWKLVRXWGRRUXQLWWRKHOSGLVWLQJXLVK it from the other outdoor units.

Record the unit number in the box right.

Arrangement of Dip Switches

SEG2 SEG1

PSW2

PSW5 PSW1 PSW3

PSW4

DSW2 DSW3

DSW4

DSW6 DSW7

DSW5

DSW1

RSW1

Push Switches

PSW2

For Checking

PSW5 PSW1

Enter For Manual

Defrost

PSW4

For Checking

PSW3

For

Checking

DSW10

DSW1 Ref. Cycle No. Setting


Setting Before Shipment

ON

DSW1

Setting Position

RSW1

8

9

0 1

2

6 5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

Tens Digit Last Digit

DSW2 Capacity Setting


Capacity

[x 1000 Btu/h]

72

ON

DSW2

Setting

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

96

DSW4 Test Run and Service Setting


Setting Before

Shipment

ON

For Test Run,

Function Setting and

External Input/Output

Setting

Set the unit number of outdoor unit at each refrigerant cycle.

(Setting before shipment is unit 0.)

DSW3


1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting Before

Shipment

ON

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting Item

Test Cooling Operation

Test Heating Operation

Compressor Forced Stop and Function Setting

External Input/Output Setting

Pin No.

1

1, 2

4

4, 6

DSW5

Emergency Operation / Test Run and Service

/ High Static Pressure Mode Setting


Setting Before

Shipment

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

Turn ON the dip switch when use the below functions.

Setting Item

Except No.1 Comp. Operation


Refrigerant Amount Judgement

High Static Pressure Mode

Pin No.

1

2

4

5

DSW6 Outdoor Unit No. Setting


Single Setting

(Setting Before Shipment)

ON

1 2 3 4

IMPORTANT NOTICE

The outdoor unit is not single, the combination setting is necessary.

Be sure to do this setting.

Combination Setting

Unit A

(No.0 Unit)

Unit B

(No.1 Unit)

ON ON

Unit C

(No.2 Unit)

ON

IMPORTANT NOTICE

In case of installing the air outlet duct kit (field-supplied), make sure to turn ON DSW5-No.5.

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4


208V Unit: Setting is required.

230V, 460V Unit: No setting is required.



ON

208V

ON

230V

ON

460V

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Setting Item

Except Hot Gas Defrost Operation

Function Setting

Pin No.

3

4

DSW10 Transmission Setting


For End Resistance

Cancellation

Set DSW10-No.1 correctly in the same H-LINK system.

Otherwise, it may cause abnormal transmission.

Setting Before

Shipment

ON

End Resistance

Cancellation

ON

1 2 1 2

Figure 7.2 DSW Setting

Ɣ +LJK6WDWLF3UHVVXUH6HWWLQJ1RSLQRI'6:21

Turn ON the No.5 pin of DSW5 for the high static pressure setting.

This setting enables the high static pressure operation up to maximum of 0.24 in.W.G. (60Pa).

NOTES:

1. In an instance where there are combined outdoor units, set this function for all the outdoor units.

2. While the unit operates in a high static pressure mode, the operation sound value increases by 3dB from the nominal value.

1-54 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ Setting for Transmitting

Setting the outdoor unit Nos., refrigerant system Nos. and end terminal resistance for this H-LINK system.

Ɣ Setting of Outdoor Unit No.

If there are combined outdoor units, set DSW6 as shown below.

Base Unit

(Factory Setting)

Unit A

(No.0)

Combination of Base Unit

Unit B

(No.1)

Unit C

(No.2)

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Ɣ Setting of Refrigerant System No.

In the same refrigerant system, set the same refrigerant system No. for the outdoor unit and the indoor units as shown below.

Setting outdoor unit refrigerant system No. is required only for the main unit.

The sub unit settings are not required.

As for setting indoor unit refrigerant system No., set RSW2 and DSW5 on the indoor unit PCB.

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

(H-LINK II)

10 digit

Setting Switch

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 digit

8

9

6 5

0 1

2

4

Setting Position

Set by inserting slotted screwdriver into the groove.

DSW1

DSW5

RSW1

RSW2

Example: If Setting Refrigerant System No. 25

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

8

7

9

6 5

0 1

2

3

4

Turn ON No. 2 pin.

Set Dial No.5.

DSW and RSW setting before shipment is 0.

Maximum in setting refrigerant system No. is 63.

< Setting Example >

Sub Unit

DSW1:

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

RSW1:

8

9

6

0

5

1

2

4

DSW6: ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Setting is not required.


Sub Unit

DSW1:

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

RSW1:

8

9

0

6 5

1

2

4

DSW6: ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Main Unit

DSW1:

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

RSW1:

8

9

6

0

5

1

2

4

DSW6: ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Setting of

Sub Unit (Unit C)

Setting of

Sub Unit (Unit B)

Ref. System No. 25

Setting of Main Unit (Unit A)

H-LINK II (Factory-Setting) to the Indoor Units

Set the refrigerant system No.

not to duplicate no. with the other outdoor units.

Refrigerant System for

This Outdoor Unit

Outdoor Unit

Set to the same refrigerant system No.

Indoor

Unit

Wired Controller

SM-16007

Communication Line

(No Polarity)

H-LINK II

Centralized Controller

Maximum Number of Connectable


(for H-LINK II)

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

64

160

NOTE:

For installing the outdoor unit and the indoor unit on the same communication cable, which cannot be used for H-LINK II, maximum number of connectable indoor units is 128.

1-55

INSTALLATION

Ɣ '6:6HWWLQJIRU5DWHG9ROWDJH

DSW7 is used for setting of rated voltage for the outdoor unit as shown at right.

When the site power source voltage is different from factory setting, a DSW7 setting is required.

NOTE:

The same voltage setting is required to the main unit and sub unit(s).

Voltage

208V

230V

460V

DSW7 Setting

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Ɣ Setting of End Terminal Resistance

Before shipment, No.1 pin of DSW10 (for the setting of end terminal resistance) is in the “ON” position.

In the case of one refrigerant system in the same H-LINK II, set all No.1 pin of DSW10 in the “OFF” position except the main outdoor unit A.

Setting of End Terminal Resistance

DSW10

Before Shipment Cancellation

ON ON

1 2 OFF 1 2 OFF

In a situation of one refrigerant system in the same H-LINK II, set all No.1 pin of DSW10 in the “OFF” position except the main outdoor unit A.

Outdoor Unit

(Unit Combination)

Set the end terminal.

Communication Line

(No Polarity)

H-LINK II

DSW10

1 2

Unit A

(Main)

DSW10

1 2

Unit B

(Sub)

DSW10

1 2

Unit C

(Sub)

Cancel the end terminal setting.

Indoor

Unit

If more than one refrigerant system is in the same H-LINK II, set all No.1 pin of DSW10 to the “OFF” position except the main outdoor unit A.

Cancel the end terminal.

Outdoor unit being set end terminal Cancel the end terminal.


Outdoor Unit

(Base Unit)

Outdoor Unit

(Unit Combination)


Outdoor Unit

(Unit Combination)

Outdoor Unit

(Base Unit)

DSW10

1 2

DSW10

1 2

Unit A

(Main)

DSW10

1 2

Unit B

(Sub)

DSW10

1 2

Unit C

(Sub)


DSW10

1 2

Unit A

(Main)

DSW10

1 2

Unit B

(Sub)

DSW10

1 2

Communication Line

(No Polarity)

H-LINK II

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Wired Controller

Ɣ $XWRPDWLF6LPSOH-XGJPHQW6\VWHPIRU5HIULJHUDQW$PRXQW1RSLQRI'6:

This function is NOT available for this outdoor unit.

,I1RSLQRI'6:LVWXUQHG21VHJPHQWGLVSOD\ÀDVKHV³ termination of this function.

” , which means forced

1-56 SM-16007

INSTALLATION x Function Setting

External Input/Output and Function Setting

Make sure to perform external input/output and function setting while the outdoor unit is stopped.

It cannot be set while the outdoor unit is operating or check mode.

[ External Input/Output Setting ]

Start of Setting

Turn ON DSW4-No.4.

Turn ON DSW4-No.6.

[ Function Setting ]

Start of Setting

Turn ON DSW4-No.4.

Turn ON DSW7-No.4.

Details of Checking Mode should be according to the exhibit of

”Checking Method by 7-Segment Display” attached to the back side of the service cover.

External Input/Output Setting Mode

“ ”

Function Setting Mode

“ ”

Press PSW1 for once.

Exit Setting Mode

Turn OFF DSW4-No.6 during indicated

External Input/Output Setting Mode.

Turn OFF DSW4-No.4.

Exit Setting Mode


Function Setting Mode.

Turn OFF DSW4-No.4.

After setting, confirm DSW4 setting is same as setting before shipment, and DSW7 setting is correct.

1 [ External Input/Output Setting ]

By pressing the push-switches PSW3 ( ) and PSW5 ( ), the function No. can be selected.

PSW4 ( ): forward, PSW2 ( ): backward

< Example >

Fill out the selected function setting No. in the space of the table as shown.

1

2

3

Item

Input Setting 1

CN17 [1-2 pin]

Input Setting 2

CN17 [2-3 pin]

Input Setting 3

CN18 [1-2 pin]

SEG2 SEG1 SET

4

5

Output Setting 1

CN16 [1-2 pin]

Output Setting 2

CN16 [1-3 pin]


Before shipping, the input/output function settings are specified to each input/output terminal according to above table. The details of function No. and external input/output settings are as shown below.

Setting of External Input/Output Function

Function

No.

1

2

Input Output

Fixing Heating Operation Mode Operation Signal

Fixing Cooling Operation Mode Alarm Signal

3

4

5

6

Demand Stoppage

Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop

Forced Stoppage

Demand Current Control 40%

Compressor ON Signal

Defrost Signal

-

-

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

0





Low Noise Setting 1

Low Noise Setting 2

Low Noise Setting 3

No Setting No Setting

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The same input/output function setting cannot be set to different input/output terminals.

If set, a setting of larger function number becomes invalid.

Example: When setting of input 1 and input 2 are same, input 2 will be invalid.

1

Item

Circulator Function at

Heating Thermo-OFF

2

3

Night-Shift

(Low Noise)

Cancellation of

Outdoor Ambient

Temperature Limit

4 Not Prepared

5

SLo (Fan Speed)

Defrost Setting

6

Cancellation of

Hot Start

7 Priority Capacity Mode

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Compressor

Frequency Control

Target Value for Cooling

Compressor

Frequency Control

Target Value for Heating

Indoor Expansion Valve

Control Target Value for Cooling


Control Target Value for Heating


Opening during Heating

Operation Stoppage


Opening during Heating

Thermo-OFF


Initial Opening during

Heating Thermo-ON


Initial Opening for Cooling

Outdoor Expansion Valve

Initial Opening for Heating

17

Sound Reduced

Function

18

Demand Function

Setting

SEG2 SEG1

NOTE:

Release “Menu Mode” after the setting is completed.

Otherwise, the air conditioner may not operate appropriately.

SET

2


By pressing the push-switches PSW3 ( ) and PSW5 ( ), the setting can be changed.

PSW4 ( ): forward, PSW2 ( ): backward

Refer to the Service Manual for more details.

< Example >

Fill out the selected function setting No. in the space of the table as shown.

SET Item

19

Wave Function

Setting

20

Protection of Decrease in Outlet Temperature for Cooling

21

Outlet Temperature

Control (DOAS)

22

Adjustment of

Fan Rotation

(for multiple installation)

23 Not Prepared

24

Thermo-OFF Setting for Outdoor Unit After

Defrosting Operation

25 Energy Saving Mode

26

Crankcase Heater Control during Stoppage

27

Changing Time for

Indoor Fan Hot Start

28

Intermittent Operation of Outdoor Fan Motor

29


Control Target Value for Cooling

(Only for

4-Way Cassette Type)

30

31

32

33

34


Opening Limit during

Heating SW-OFF

Invalid Capacity Control by Compressor for

Cooling

Forced Defrosting after

Enforced Stoppage during

Defrosting Cycle

Changing Application

Range for Hot Gas

Defrost Operation

Changing Available

Operating Range for

Demand Control

35 Changing Unit

SEG2 SEG1

SM-16007 1-57

INSTALLATION

8. Additional Refrigerant Charge

(1) Check to ensure that spindles of the stop valves for gas and liquid pipes are closed completely before airtight test.

(2) The refrigerant used for this outdoor unit is R410A. Use the manifold gauge and the charging hose for exclusive use of R410A.

< Tightening Check of Stop Valves >

After connecting the pipe, remove the caps of stop valves for gas and liquid. Tighten the open-close spindle in the closing direction according to the following tightening torque.

Ɣ Caution for Operation of Stop Valves

(a) Remove the stop valve caps before performing the airtight test after connecting the refrigerant piping. Tighten the spindle (valve) in clockwise direction.

(b) Perform the work after warming the spindle with a hair dryer etc. when controlling the stop valve in a cold area. (The spindle O-ring will harden at low temperature, causing the O-ring material to contract by volume, and refrigerant leakage can occur.)

(c) Do not apply excessive force after fully opening the spindle (Tightening Torque: < 3.7 ft·lbs

(5.0 N·m)). (A back seat (hard stop), is not provided, allowing complete removal of the valve stem.)

G 7LJKWHQFDSVVHFXUHO\DFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJWRUTXHVSHFL¿FDWLRQVDIWHUHDFKVSLQGOHYDOYHLV opened.

Stop Valve for Gas

Stop Valve for Liquid

Flare Nut

Hexagonal Wrench

Gas: 3/8 inch (10mm)

Liquid: 3/16 inch (4mm)

(To open or close spindle valve)

Cap

O-ring

(Rubber)

Check Joint

(Only the charging hose for

R410A can be connected.)

Refrigerant Pressure

Spindle Valve

Counterclockwise...Open

Clockwise...............Close

Closed before shipment

Spindle (Valve)

Gas Valve Liquid Valve

Flare Nut

Liquid Valve

18

(25)

5

(7)

26

(35)

Gas Valve

Cap

Liquid Valve

31 - 35

(42 - 47)

19

(25) ft·lbs (N·m)

Check Joint

Gas Valve Liquid Valve

6 - 7

(8 - 10)

8

(11)

1-58 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

< Airtight Test Method >

(1) Connect the manifold gauge to the check joints of the liquid line and the gas line stop valves using charging hoses with a vacuum pump or a nitrogen cylinder.

Perform the airtight test.

Do not open the stop valves. Apply nitrogen gas pressure of 601 psi (4.15MPa).

)RUFKHFNLQJJDVOHDNDJHXVHWKHOHDNGHWHFWRURUIRUPLQJDJHQW,IWKHUHLVDQ\OHDNDJH¿[WKH leaking part.

(2) For checking gas leakage, do not use a forming agent which generates ammonia.

Additionally, do NOT use any household detergent as forming agent with potentially unknown or harmful ingredients.

The recommended forming agent to detect leaking refrigerant gas is shown below.

Procedure

Completion of

Ref. Piping

Applying

Nitrogen Gas

Check of

Pressure Decrease

Repairing of

Leakage Part

Pass

Recommended

Forming Agent

*XSURÀH[

Manufacturer

Yokogawa

& CO.,Ltd

NOTE:

1LWURJHQ*DVVKRXOGEHVXI¿FLHQWO\FKDUJHGIRUHDFKFKHFNMRLQWVJDVOLQHVLGHDQGIRUOLTXLGOLQHVLGH

If not performed in this manner, the expansion valve for the outdoor unit, or indoor unit can close up, making any airtight test impossible.

Be sure to use nitrogen gas for the airtight test. If other gases such as oxygen gas, acetylene gas or

ÀXRURFDUERQJDVDUHDFFLGHQWDOO\XVHGLWPD\FDXVHDQH[SORVLRQRUJDVDVSK\[LDWLRQ

< Insulation Work >

(1) Securely insulate the gas piping side and liquid piping side individually.

0DNHVXUHWRLQVXODWHWKHXQLRQÀDUHQXWIRUWKHSLSLQJFRQQHFWLRQDVZHOO

(2) Seal the gap between the bottom base or front piping cover and pipes with the insulation.

NOTICE:

If the gap is not sealed, damage can occur from rain, snow, animals, or insects that can gain entry.

For Wiring from Bottom Base

Communication Cable

Power Supply Wiring

Seal

For Piping from Front Piping Cover

Seal these gaps with insulation (field-supplied).

Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe Piping Cover

Rubber Bushing

Conduit Tube

SM-16007 1-59

INSTALLATION

8.2 Vacuuming

(1) Connect a manifold gauge and vacuum pump to the check joints (Gas Stop Valve and Liquid Stop

Valve).

(2) Continue vacuum pumping work until the pressure reaches -14.5 psi (-0.1MPa, -756mmHg) or lower for one to two hours.

Once the desired vacuum pressure has been reached, turn OFF the pump and leave the gauge for one hour. Verify that the pressure inside the manifold gauge has not increased.

(3) Tighten the caps on the check joint according to torque specs (as indicated in Section 8.1-(2)-(d), after vacuum pumping work is complete.

(4) If the pressure inside the gauge does not reach -14.5 psi (-0.1MPa, -756mmHg), a gas leak is suspected.

(5) Inspect for any gas leakage once again. If no leakage exists, resume vacuum pumping for another one to two hours. If moisture remains inside the piping, the compressor may be damaged.

NOTICE

1. Use tools or measuring instruments exclusively devised for use with R410A.

2. DO NOT perform vacuum pumping work with the valves of the outdoor units open. Otherwise, refrigerant charged before shipment can leak out and the operation can result in failure.

(1) An additional refrigerant charge is required according to total piping length. Refer to Table 8.1.

(2) After vacuum pumping work, check that the gas valve, and liquid stop valve are fully closed.

Charge the additional refrigerant from the check joint of liquid stop valve (acceptable error must be within 1.1 lbs (0.5 kg)).

(3) After refrigerant has been charged, fully open the liquid stop valve and gas stop valves.

NOTE:

Gas remaining at the O-ring or screw component may emit a hissing sound when removing the spindle cap. However, this is not leaking gas.

,ILWSURYHVLPSRVVLEOHWRGLVSHQVHWKHVSHFL¿HGFKDUJHGTXDQWLW\RIUHIULJHUDQWIROORZWKHSURFHGXUH below.

(a) Fully open the stop valve at the gas line side.

NOTICE

Do not apply excessive force to the spindle valve after fully opening the spindle. Otherwise, the spindle valve will blow out due to refrigerant pressure. At the test run, fully open the spindle valve. Otherwise, these devices will be damaged. (It is closed before shipment.)

< Caution for Opening Stop Valve >

1. Do not apply an excessive force after fully opening the spindle (Tightening Torque: < 3.7 ft·lbs

(5.0 N·m)). (This valve does not have a hard stop when opening, and allows for the complete removal of the valve stem.)

2. Securely tighten the caps according to the torque specs (Section 8.1-(2)-(d) after each spindle valve is opened.

Hexagonal Wrench

Cap

Check Joint

(Only the charging hose for

R410A can be connected.)

Liquid: 3/16 inch

(To open or close spindle valve)

O-ring

(Rubber)

Refrigerant Pressure

Spindle Valve

Counterclockwise...Open

Clockwise...............Close

Closed before shipment

1-60 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

(b) Operate the compressor in the cooling mode and charge the additional refrigerant from the check joint of the liquid stop valve. An acceptable error must fall within 1.1 lbs (0.5 kg). At this time, keep the liquid stop valve slightly open.

(c) After the refrigerant is charged, fully open the liquid stop valve and the gas stop valve.

(d) Carefully calculate any additional refrigerant quantity for charging. If the quantity of additional refrigerant is not correct, it might cause a compressor failure. The additional refrigerant must be charged in a liquid condition.

(e) Refrigerant charge from the check joint on the gas stop valve can lead to compressor failure.

Be sure to charge refrigerant from the check joint on the liquid stop valve.

Outdoor Unit

Stop Valve (Liquid Line)

Stop Valve (Gas Line)

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Multi-Kit

Manifold

Gauge

Nitrogen Tank

(for Nitrogen Blow during Brazing

and Airtight Test)

Vacuum Pump

Charge the correct refrigerant quantity according to Table 8.1.

If not, a compressor may be damaged due to an excess or

LQVXI¿FLHQWUHIULJHUDQWFKDUJH

Siphonic Refrigerant Cylinder

(R410A)

Scale

Refrigerant charge from check joint of gas stop valve may lead to compressor failure. Be sure to charge refrigerant from the check joint of liquid stop valve.

Indoor Unit

Insulation [Cover the gas and liquid pipe with insulation.]

Insulate the liquid piping and gas piping completely to avoid decreasing of performance and dewing on the surface of the pipe.

,QVXODWHWKHÀDUHQXWDQGXQLRQ of the piping connection with insulation.

Check to ensure that there is no gas leakage. If a large refrigerant leakage occurs, it will

FDXVHGLI¿FXOW\ZLWKEUHDWKLQJRU harmful gases would occur if a

¿UHZDVEHLQJXVHGLQWKHURRP

SM-16007 1-61

INSTALLATION

8.4 Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

Table 8.1 Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

Although this unit has been charged with refrigerant, an additional refrigerant charge is required according to piping length.

Determine what additional quantity of refrigerant according to the following procedures, and charge it into the system. Record the additional refrigerant quantity to facilitate maintenance and servicing activities thereafter.

(1) Calculating Method of Additional Refrigerant Charge (WT lbs)

No. Symbol

1 W1

Contents

1 Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation for Liquid Piping (W1 lbs)

Pipe Diameter inch (mm)

7/8 (22.2)

3/4 (19.05)

5/8 (15.88)

1/2 (12.7)

3/8 (9.52)

1/4 (6.35)

Total Piping Length

(ft)

Refrigerant Amount for

1 ft Pipe

× 0.24 =

× 0.17 =

× 0.11 =

× 0.074 =

× 0.038 =

× 0.016 =

Total Additional Charge For Liquid Piping =

Additional Charge

(lbs)

Additional

Charge

2 Minimum Additional Refrigerant Change for Liquid Piping (lbs)

Outdoor Unit Type (x 1,000 Btu/h)

Minimum Additional Refrigerant Charge

72

4.4

96

4.4

144

8.8

168

8.8

192

8.8

288

13.2

2

3

W2

W3

In case the calculated quantity ( 1 ) is less than the minimum quantity ( 2 ) then add 2 as the additional refrigerant charge quantity for liquid piping (W1).

Depending on connection of indoor unit type, additional refrigerant charge is required.

Select adequate refrigerant amount from the table below.

Additional Refrigerant Charge for Each Indoor Unit Connected (W2 lbs)

Capacity (x 1,000 Btu/h)

Indoor Unit

Type

(H,Y)IDM***B21S 0

(H,Y)IC4***B21S

6

-

8 12 15 18 24 30 36 48

0 0.26

0.35

0.55 0.66

1.1

0

0.55

1.1

-

NOTE:

Maximum additional refrigerant charge must not exceed 4.4 lbs.

Calculation Method for Additional Refrigerant Charge (W3 lbs)

If the capacity of combined Indoor Unit is larger than 072 MBH, the additional refrigerant charge must be 2.2 lbs/unit.

× 2.2 lbs/unit = lbs lbs lbs

4 W4 The Ratio of Indoor Unit Connection Capacity (Indoor Unit Total Capacity/Outdoor Unit

Capacity) Additional Charge (W4 lbs)

Determine the ratio of indoor unit connection capacity.

Condition

I.U. Capacity Ratio is less than 100%

I.U. Capacity Ratio is 100% or more

Refrigerant Amount

0.0 lbs

1.1 lbs lbs

5 WT

Calculation of Additional Charge (WT lbs) =

W1 + W2 + W3 + W4 =

NOTE:

When the total capacity of the following indoor unit connected is 50% or more of the outdoor unit capacity, then add 1.2 times of the above total additional refrigerant charge (WT).

Ɣ 4-Way Cassette Type: (H,Y)IC4***B21S

Ɣ 1-Way Cassette Type: (H,Y)IC1***B21S

Ɣ Wall Mount Type: TIWM***B21S lbs

1-62

NOTE:

Ensure that the total additional charge WT does not exceed the maximum additional refrigerant charge quantity as shown in the table on the following page.

SM-16007

INSTALLATION

< Max. Additional Refrigerant Charge Quantity Allowed >

Outdoor Unit Capacity (x 1,000 Btu/h)

Max. Additional Ref. Charge Quantity (lbs)

72, 96

61.7

144 - 192

112.5

288

138.9

< Initial Ref. Charge Amount of O.U. (Before Shipment) (W0 lbs) >

Outdoor Unit Capacity (x 1,000 Btu/h)

W0 Outdoor Unit Ref. Charge (lbs)

72, 96

17.0

NOTE:

W0 is the outdoor unit refrigerant charge prior to shipment.

If there is a combination of base units, calculate the total refrigerant charge prior to shipment of those combined outdoor units.

(2) Record of Additional Charge

Total refrigerant charge of this system is calculated in the following formula.

Total Ref. Charge = WT lbs + W0 lbs = lbs

NOTE:

When refrigerant is recovered or charged due to repairs, operating, or adjusting the unit, record the refrigerant quantity again.

NOTICE

1. (PLVVLRQVRIWKHÀXRURFDUERQVZLWKRXWDQ\UHDVRQDUHSURKLELWHG .

2. )RUGLVSRVDODQGPDLQWHQDQFHRIWKLVSURGXFWUHFRYHU\RIÀXRURFDUERQVLVUHTXLUHG

8.5 Automatic Simple Judgment System for Refrigerant Amount

NOTE

1. This function is applicable when outdoor air temperature is 32 to 109 temperature is 50 to 90 o F DB (10 to 32 o C DB).

o F DB (0 to 43 o C DB) and indoor air

2. An operation check or condition check shall be performed by checking the PCB1 for the outdoor unit. During the checking, do not remove the front cover. Otherwise, the checking will not be conducted normally due to pressure increase. For combination outdoor unit, the inspection shall be conducted at Unit A.

Service covers for Unit B, or C must be closed.

SM-16007 1-63

INSTALLATION

(1) Refrigerant quantity check operation can be performed using the automatic judgment function after completing refrigerant charging, but depending on the installation and conditions, the result may be

MXGJHGDVH[FHVVLYHUHIULJHUDQWLQVXI¿FLHQWUHIULJHUDQWRUDEQRUPDOWHUPLQDWLRQ7KHUHIRUHFKDUJH with the refrigerant amount calculated in the previous section regardless of this automatic judgment function result.

< Procedure of Refrigerant Quantity Check Operation >

(a) Reassemble all cover except for the electrical control box cover and service cover of Unit A.

(b) Turn ON the power supply of indoor unit and outdoor unit in the refrigerant system to perform the refrigerant quantity check operation. (Apply power to the outdoor unit(s) at least 12 hours prior to operation of the system for preheating of the compressor oil.)

(c) Turn ON the No.4 pin of DSW5 (PCB1).

The 7-segment display will be indicated as follows.

(d) Check the 7-segment display and press PSW1. The outdoor fan and compressor will be in standby

PRGHDQGWKHVHJPHQWGLVSOD\ZLOOLQGLFDWHDVIROORZV0D[LPXP¿YHPLQXWHV

The outdoor fan and compressor will activate and the 7-segment display will indicate as follows:

(2) Judgment takes 30 to 40 minutes. Refer to the table below for results.

:KHQWKHMXGJPHQWUHVXOWLVH[FHVVLYHUHIULJHUDQWLQVXI¿FLHQWUHIULJHUDQWRUDEQRUPDOWHUPLQDWLRQ¿QG out the cause of irregularity and perform the refrigerant quantity check again.

< Judgment Result Indication >

7-segment Indication Result

6XI¿FLHQW

Refrigerant

Excessive

Refrigerant

,QVXI¿FLHQW

Refrigerant

Abnormal

Termination

Remarks

7KHUHIULJHUDQWTXDQWLW\LVVXI¿FLHQW

* Turn No.4 pin of DSW5 OFF and perform Test Run.

The refrigerant quantity is excessive.

* Calculate the additional refrigerant quantity according to the piping length. Collect the excess refrigerant and charge with the correct amount of refrigerant.

7KHUHIULJHUDQWTXDQWLW\LVLQVXI¿FLHQW

* Check if the additional refrigerant has been charged.

* Calculate the additional refrigerant quantity according to the piping length and charge the refrigerant.

NOTE:

,IWKHGH¿FLWUHDGLQJVWLOOGRHVQRWGLVDSSHDUFKDUJHWKHDGGLWLRQDOUHIULJHUDQW

In that case, standard additional refrigerant quantity is 1.1 lb (0.5kg) per one time.

Find out the cause of abnormal termination as shown below. After resolving the cause of abnormal termination, restart the check refrigerant quantity operation.

(1) Was the No.4 pin of DSW5 ON before the power supply was turned ON?

(2) Are all indoor units ready and waiting, before the No.4 pin of DSW5 is turned ON?

(3) Was the outdoor ambient air temperature within the acceptable range (32 to

109 o F DB (0 to 43 o C DB)?

(In some cases, when the connected indoor unit number exceeds the recommended number and the outdoor ambient air temperature exceeds 95 o

DB (35 o

F

C DB), this check refrigerant quantity operation cannot be performed.)

(4) Is the indoor ambient air temperature within the acceptable range (50 to 90 o F DB

(10 to 32 o C DB)?

(5) Is the total indoor units operation capacity ratio 30% (indoor units capacity ratio), or less?

Especially, if the indoor ambient air temperature is 15% or less, the total indoor unit operation capacity will be 30% (indoor units capacity ratio) or less and if this is the case, sometimes this refrigerant quantity check cannot be performed.

(6) Is switch No.4 pin of DSW4 (compressor-forced stoppage) OFF?

1-64 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

7XUQ2))WKH1RSLQRI'6:ZKHQWKHUHIULJHUDQWTXDQWLW\EHFRPHVVXI¿FLHQW

Wait for at least three minutes after turning OFF the No.4 pin of DSW5 OFF and then the outdoor unit is ready to run.

NOTE:

During the check of refrigerant quantity operation, the 7-segment display may change over to display the protection control code by the activation of protection control. However, this is normal. As for the protection control code, refer to the spec sheet attached to the inside of the outdoor unit service cover.

Ɣ Special Attention Regarding Refrigerant Gas Leakage

Pay attention to the critical gas concentration to avoid accidental refrigerant gas leakage before installing air conditioning systems.

Totally Charged Refrigerant Quantity in System (lbs)

Room Space for each Indoor Unit (ft 3 )

< Critical Concentration (lbs/ft 3 )

0.019 lbs/ft 3 (0.3 kg/)m 3 ) *

* In case of KHK S 0010, this value should be decided according to each country’s regulation.

If the calculated critical concentration is higher than 0.019 lbs/ft 3 (0.3kg/m 3 ), take the following actions:

1) Provide a gas leakage detector and exhaust fan(s) controlled by its gas leakage detector.

2) Provide each effective opening at the wall or door for ventilation to next door so that the critical gas concentration can be maintained lower than the above value.

3URYLGHDQRSHQLQJRIPRUHWKDQRIWKHÀRRUVXUIDFHDWWKHORZHUSDUWRIDGRRU

1. Maximum Permissible Concentration of HFC GAS R410A

The refrigerant R410A is an incombustible and non-toxic gas.

+RZHYHULIOHDNDJHRFFXUVDQGJDV¿OOVDURRPLWPD\FDXVHVXIIRFDWLRQ7KHPD[LPXPSHUPLVVLEOH concentration of HFC gas, R410A in air is 0.019 lbs/ft 3 (0.3 kg/m 3 ), according to the refrigeration and air conditioning facility standard (KHK S 0010) by the KHK (High Pressure Gas Protection Association) Japan.

Therefore, some effective measure must be taken to lower the R410A concentration in air below

0.019 lbs/ft 3 (0.3 kg/m 3 ), in case of leakage.

As for R410A, this consideration is applied similarly.

2. Calculation of Refrigerant Concentration

(1) Calculate the total quantity of refrigerant R (lbs) charged into the system connecting all the indoor units, rooms.

(2) Calculate the room space where this unit is to be installed V (ft

(3) Calculate the refrigerant concentration C (lbs/ft 3

3 ) of each room.

) of the room according to the following equation.

R: Total Quantity of Charged Refrigerant (lbs)

V: Room Space Where This Unit Is to Be Installed (ft 3 )

&5HIULJHUDQW&RQFHQWUDWLRQOEVIW 3 (0.3 kg/m 3 ) *

,IORFDOFRGHVRUUHJXODWLRQVDUHVSHFL¿HGIROORZWKHP

SM-16007 1-65

INSTALLATION

9. Test Run

Test Run should be performed in accordance with Section 9.2. Use Table 9.1 for recording the Test Run.

An electrical shock will occur if there is residual voltage.

Turn OFF power at the power source completely before attempting any electrical maintenance work.

Verify that no residual voltage exists after turning OFF the power at the power source.

NOTICE

Do not activate the system until all issues have been examined and cleared.

Test Run of indoor unit: refer to the installation and maintenance manual which is attached to the indoor unit.

(1) Check to ensure that the refrigerant piping and communication lines between indoor and outdoor units are connected into the same refrigerant system. If not, the result will be abnormal operation with a potentially serious accident.

Verify that all DIP switch settings for the refrigerant system numbers: (DSW1 and RSW1 [O.U.], DSW5 and RSW2 [I.U.]) and the unit number (RSW) for indoor units are applicable to the system.

&RQ¿UPWKDWDOO',3VZLWFKVHWWLQJVRQWKHSULQWHGFLUFXLWERDUGIRULQGRRUDQGRXWGRRUXQLWVDUHFRUUHFW

Pay special attention to the setting for outdoor unit number, the refrigerant system number, and end terminal resistance. Refer to Section 7; “Electrical Wiring”.

(2) Verify that electrical resistance is more than 1 megaohm, by measuring the resistance between ground and the terminal for electrical components. If the electrical resistance is less than 1 megohm, do not

RSHUDWHWKHV\VWHPXQWLOWKHVRXUFHRIHOHFWULFDOFXUUHQWRXWÀRZLVIRXQGDQG¿[HG5HIHUWR³&DXWLRQ for Insulation Resistance” for details.)

Do not impress the voltage on the terminals for communication lines; (Outdoor Unit: TB2 1, 2, 3, 4 /

Indoor Unit: TB2 A, B, 1, 2). Otherwise, failure can result .

(3) Verify that each wire, L1, L2, and L3, is correctly connected at the power source.

If any one of those is incorrectly connected, the unit will not operate and the wired controller will display the alarm code “05”. In this case, check and change the phase of the power source according to the spec sheet attached to the reverse back surface of the service cover.

(4) Apply power to outdoor unit(s) at least 12 hours prior to operation of the system to allow for adequate pre-heating of the compressor oil.

The outdoor unit does not operate for at most four hours after power supply (Stoppage Code d1-22).

If operation resumes within four hours, release the protection control as follows:

1. Supply power to the outdoor unit.

2. Wait for 30 seconds.

3. Push PSW5 on the outdoor PCB for more than three seconds in order to release the d1-22.

If using a wired controller for release:

* Press and hold “Menu” and “Back/Help” simultaneously for at least 3 seconds. The test run menu will be displayed.

* Press “ ” or “ ” to select “Cancel Preheating Control”. Press “OK” and cancel the pre-heating control.

NOTE:

As for other controllers, refer to the “Installation and Maintenance Manual” attached to each controller.

(5) Be sure to close the service cover at the front lower side when the test run is performed.

1-66 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Caution for Insulation Resistance

If the total unit insulation resistance is lower than one megaohm, the compressor insulation resistance may be lower, due to refrigerant being retained in the compressor. This can occur if the unit has not been used over prolonged periods of time.

'LVFRQQHFWWKHFDEOHVWRWKHFRPSUHVVRUDQGPHDVXUHWKHLQVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHRIWKHFRPSUHVVRU itself. If the resistance value is over one megaohm, then an insulation failure has occurred in other electrical parts.

2. If the insulation resistance is less than one megaohm, reconnect the compressor cables from the inverter PCB. Then, turn on the main power to apply current to the crankcase heater.

$IWHUDSSO\LQJFXUUHQWIRUPRUHWKDQWKUHHKRXUVPHDVXUHLQVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHDJDLQ'HSHQGLQJ on the air conditions, length of piping, or refrigerant conditions, it may be necessary to apply the current for a longer period of time.)

,IWKH*)&,*URXQG)DXOW&LUFXLW,QWHUUXSWHULVDFWLYDWHGFKHFNWKHUHFRPPHQGHGVL]HVKRZQLQ

Table 7.1.

NOTICE

&RQ¿UPWKDW¿HOGVXSSOLHGHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVPDLQVZLWFKIXVHIXVHIUHHEUHDNHU*URXQG)DXOW&LUFXLW

Interrupters (GFCI’s) breakers, wires, conduit connectors and wire terminals) have been properly selected according to the electrical data shown in Table 7.1, and ensure that these components comply with national and local electrical codes.

SM-16007 1-67

INSTALLATION

This test run method is for the wired controller. As for other controllers, refer to the “Installation and

Maintenance Manual” attached to each controller.

(1) Check to ensure that stop valves for gas and liquid of the outdoor unit are fully opened.

(In the case of combined outdoor units, check to ensure that all stop valves of the outdoor units are fully opened.)

(2) Perform the test run of indoor units one by one sequentially, and then check the accordance of the refrigerant piping system and the electrical wiring system. (If the multiple indoor units are operated simultaneously, the system accordance cannot be inspected.)

(3) Perform the test run according to the following procedure. Ensure that the unit operates without any problem.

NOTE:

In the case that two controllers (main and sub) are installed to the system, perform the test run from the main controller.

< Test Run by Wired Controller >

(a) Press and hold “Menu” and “Back/Help” simultaneously for at least 3 seconds. The test run menu will be displayed.

(b) Select “Test Run” by pressing “ ” and press “OK”.

The test run screen will be displayed.

Ɣ The total number of indoor units connected are displayed on the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). A twin combination

RQHVHWZLWKWZRLQGRRUXQLWVLVLGHQWL¿HGDV³XQLWV´ and a triple combination (of one set with three indoor

XQLWVLVLGHQWL¿HGDV³XQLWV´

Test Run Screen

Test Run Setting: 2 units

MODE : COOL

SPEED : AUTO

NOTE:

:KHQD³XQLW´LVLGHQWL¿HGWKHDXWRDGGUHVVIXQFWLRQ may be activated. Cancel “Test Run” mode and reset it.

Sel.

Adj.

ON Back Rtrn

Ɣ If the indicated number is not equal to the actual number of connected indoor units, the autoaddress function is not performed correctly due to incorrect wiring, or electronic noise (EMI).

Turn OFF the power supply, and correct the wiring after checking the following areas: (Do not repeat turning ON and OFF within 10 seconds.)

* The power supply for the indoor unit is NOT turned ON or there is incorrect wiring.

* A loose connection between indoor units or the wired controller.

* Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Address (The indoor unit address is overlapped.)

(c) Start the Test Run.

Ɣ Press “ 2Q2II´7KH7HVW5XQRSHUDWLRQZLOOVWDUW7KHRSHUDWLRQPRGHWKHDLUÀRZYROXPH

WKHDLUÀRZGLUHFWLRQDQGWKH7HVW5XQWLPHFDQEHVHWRQWKH7HVW5XQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHLWHPE\ pressing “ ” and set the detail by pressing “ ”.

The default setting for the Test Run time is a two-hour OFF timer.

Ɣ Check the temperature conditions.

Unit operation cannot be performed if the conditions are out of range.

Refer to the table below for a working range.

< Example >

The cooling operation is not performed if the outdoor temperature is below 14 o F DB (-10 o C DB).

Indoor

Temperature

Outdoor

Temperature

Minimum

Maximum

Minimum

Maximum

DB: Dry Bulb, WB: Wet Bulb

Cooling Operation



14 o F DB (-10 o C DB) *

118 o F DB (48 o C DB) *

*: Refer to “Page i” for details.

Heating Operation

59 o F DB (15 o C DB)

80 o F DB (27 o C DB)

-13 o F WB (-25 o C WB) *

59 o F WB (15 o C WB) *

1-68 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

(d) Press “ ” or “ ”, select “LOUV.” and select “ ” (auto swing) by pressing “ ” or “ ”.

The auto-swing operation will start. Check the operating sound at the louvers.

If an abnormal sound emanates from the louvers, it may be caused by a deformation in the decorative panel due to incorrect installation. In this case, carefully reinstall the decorative panel without further damage. If no weird sounds are generated, press “ ” or “ ” again to halt the autoswing operation.

(e) Though the temperature detections by the thermistors are invalid, the protection devices are valid during the Test Run. If an alarm is triggered, refer to Table 9.2, Alarm Code and perform troubleshooting. Then perform the Test Run again

(f) According to the label “Checking Method by Seven-Segment Display” attached to the back side of the service cover of the outdoor unit, check the temperature, the pressure and the operation

IUHTXHQF\RIWKHVSHFL¿HGSRUWLRQVDQGFKHFNWKHQXPEHURIWKHFRQQHFWHGLQGRRUXQLWVRQ

7-segment displays.

J 7R¿QLVKWKH7HVW5XQZDLWWZRKRXUVDVDGHIDXOWVHWWLQJRUSUHVV³ On/Off” switch again.

Ɣ :LWKWKHRSHUDWLRQ/('ÀDVKLQJWZRVHFRQGV21DQGWZRVHFRQGV2))WKLVLVDQLQGLFDWLRQWKDW the system is searching for irregularities in communication between indoor units and the wired controller. This could boil down to loose or disconnected wires, components, and incorrect wiring.

Ɣ $VPDOOVRXQGPD\EHKHDUGIURPWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDIWHUWXUQLQJ21DWWKHSRZHUVRXUFH because the electrical expansion valve is activated to adjust the opening. Therefore, there is no mechanical fault with the unit.

Ɣ 6RXQGPD\EHHPLWWHGIURPWKHRXWGRRUXQLWIRUDIHZVHFRQGVDIWHUUXQQLQJRUVWRSSLQJWKH

FRPSUHVVRUVWDUWLQJRU¿QLVKLQJWKHGHIURVWLQJDQGVRRQ,WJHQHUDWHVEHFDXVHRIWKHSUHVVXUH difference inside the compressor piping. Therefore, there is no problem with the unit.

'R127UXQWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUXQLWVWRFKHFNWKHHOHFWULFDOZLULQJXQWLOWKH7HVW5XQSUHSDUDWLRQV have been completed.

< Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side >

The procedures for the test run from the outdoor unit side are shown below. Setting this DIP switch is possible with the power source ON.

The darkened square indicates the position of the DIP switch.

6HWWLQJRI',36ZLWFK)DFWRU\6HWWLQJ

DSW4

Switch for Setting of Service Operation and Function

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

OFF

1. Test Run

2. COOL/HEAT Setting

(ON: Heating Operation)

3. OFF (Fixed)

4. Manual Compressor OFF

5. OFF (Fixed)

6. OFF (External Input/Output Setting)

Ɣ 'RQRWWRXFKDQ\RWKHUHOHFWULFDOSDUWZKHQRSHUDWLQJVZLWFKHVRQWKH3&%

Ɣ 'RQRWDWWDFKRUGHWDFKDVHUYLFHFRYHUZKHQWKHSRZHUVRXUFHIRUWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLVVXSSOLHGDQG the outdoor unit is operated.

Ɣ 7XUQDOO',3VZLWFKHVRI'6:2))ZKHQWKHWHVWUXQRSHUDWLRQLVFRPSOHWHG

SM-16007 1-69

INSTALLATION

Test Run

DIP Switch Setting

1. Setting of Operation Mode

Cooling: Set No.2 pin of DSW4 OFF.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

Heating: Set No.2 pin of DSW4 ON.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

2. Starting Test Run

Set No.1 pin of DSW4 ON and the operation is started after a few ~ 20 seconds.

Example: Cooling Operation

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

If heating operation leave

No.2 pin of DSW4 at ON.

Operation Remarks

1. The indoor unit automatically starts operating when the test run of the outdoor unit is set.

2. The ON/OFF operation can be performed from the wired controller or No.1 pin of DSW4 of the outdoor unit.

3. The operation continues for two hours without Thermo-OFF.

* Note that indoor units operate in conjunction with the test run operation for the outdoor unit.

* If the test run is started from the outdoor unit and stopped from the wired controller, the test run function of the wired controller is canceled. However, the test run function of the outdoor unit is not canceled. Check to ensure that the No.1 pin of DSW4 of the outdoor unit PCB is turned OFF.

* If multiple indoor units are connected with one wired controller, perform the test run operation individually for each refrigerant system, one by one.

Then, make sure to turn the power source OFF for the indoor units in other refrigerant systems not selected for the test run operation.

Outdoor Unit

Indoor

Unit

Manual

OFF of

Comp.

1. Setting

*Compressor Manual OFF:

Set No.4 pin of DSW4 ON.

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

OFF

2. Canceling

*Compressor ON:

Set No.4 pin of DSW4 OFF.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

Test Run

Power OFF.

* A setting of DSW4 is not required for the test run from the wired controller.

1. When No.4 pin of DSW4 is ON during compressor operation, the compressor shuts down immediately and the indoor unit is assumes the condition of

Thermo-OFF.

2. Once No.4 pin of DSW4 is placed back into the off position, the compressor will be enabled for restart following a three minute safety delay.

* Do not repeat compressor ON/OFF frequently.

1-70 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Table 9.1 Test Run and Maintenance Record

MODEL:

CUSTOMER'S NAME AND ADDRESS:

SERIAL. No.

1. Is the rotation direction of the indoor fan correct?

2. Is the rotation direction of the outdoor fan correct?

3. Are there any abnormal compressor sounds?

4. Has the unit been operated at least twenty (20) minutes?

5. Check Room Temperature

Inlet: No. 1 DB

Outlet: DB

Inlet: No. 5 DB

Outlet: DB

/WB

/WB

/WB

/WB o

F, No. 2 DB o

F, DB o

F, No. 6 DB o F, DB

6. Check Outdoor Ambient Temperature

Inlet: DB

Outlet: DB o

F, WB o F, WB

7. Check Refrigerant Temperature

Liquid Temperature:

Discharge Gas Temperature:

/WB

/WB

/WB

/WB

8. Check Pressure

Discharge Pressure:

Suction Pressure:

9. Check Voltage

Rated Voltage:

Operating Voltage:

Starting Voltage:

Phase Imbalance:

L

1

-L

1-

V

Vm

=

10. Check Compressor Input Running Current

Input:

Running Current:

2

11. Is the refrigerant charge adequate?

12. Do the operation control devices operate correctly?

13. Do the safety devices operate correctly?

14. Has the unit been checked for refrigerant leakage?

15. Is the unit clean inside and outside?

16. Are all cabinet panels fixed?

17. Are all cabinet panels free from rattles?

18. Is the filter clean?

19. Is the heat exchanger clean?

20. Are the stop valves open?

21. Does the drain water flow smoothly from the drain pipe?

o o

F

F kW

A o

F, No. 3 DB o

F, DB o

F, No. 7 DB o F, DB o F o F

Psi

Psi

V

V, L

1

-L

3

V

COMPRESSOR MFG. No.

DATE:

/WB

/WB

/WB

/WB o o

F, No. 4 DB

F,

V, L

2

-L

3

DB o

F, No. 8 DB o F, DB

/WB

/WB

/WB

/WB o

F o

F o

F o F

V

SM-16007 1-71

INSTALLATION

Table 9.2 Alarm Code

Code

01

07

08

Category

Indoor Unit

Cycle

Content of Abnormality

Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch)

02

03

04

04.

Outdoor Unit

Activation of Protection Device

(High Pressure Cut)

Operational Irregularities between

Indoor and Outdoor

Communication

Problem between Inverter PCB and

Outdoor PCB

Problem between Fan Controller and

Outdoor PCB

05 Supply Phase Problem of Power Source Phases

06

06.

Voltage

Abnormal Inverter Voltage

Abnormal Fan Controller Voltage

Decrease in Superheated Discharge Gas

Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature

22

23

24

25

29

17

19

21

11

12

13

14

15

16

0A Communication Problem between Outdoor and Outdoor

0b

0C

Outdoor Unit

Incorrect Outdoor Unit Address Setting

Incorrect Outdoor Unit Main Unit Setting

Inlet Air Thermistor

Outlet Air Thermistor

Freeze Protection Thermistor

Gas Piping Thermistor

Sensor on

Indoor Unit

Outdoor Air Thermistor (ECONO)

Remote Sensor (DOAS)

Thermistor Built-in Remote Controller (DOAS)

Fan Motor Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan

Sensor on

Outdoor Unit

High Pressure Sensor

Outdoor Air Thermistor

Discharge Gas Thermistor on Top of Compressor

Heat Exchanger Liquid Pipe Thermistor

Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor

Low Pressure Sensor

Leading Cause

Activation of Float Switch (High Water Level in

Condensation Drainage Pan, Problem with Drain Piping,

Float Switch, or Condensation Drainage Pan)

Activation of PSH (Pipe Clogging, Excessive

Refrigerant, Inert Gas Mixing)

Incorrect Wiring, Loose Terminals, Disconnected Wire,

Blown Fuse, Outdoor Unit Power OFF

Inverter PCB - Outdoor PCB Communication Failure

(Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blown Fuse)

Fan Controller - Outdoor PCB Communication Failure

(Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blown Fuse)

Incorrect Power Source, Connection to

Reversed Phase, Open-Phase

Outdoor Voltage Drop, Insufficient Power Capacity


Excessive Refrigerant Charge, Failure of Thermistor,

Incorrect Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection,

Expansion Valve Locking at Opened Position

(Disconnect Connector)

Insufficient Refrigerant Charge, Pipe Clogging,

Failure of Thermistor, Incorrect Wiring,

Incorrect Piping Connection, Expansion Valve

Locking at Closed Position (Disconnect Connector)

Incorrect Wiring, Broken Wire, Loose Terminals

Duplication of Address Setting for Outdoor Units

(Sub Units) in Same Refrigerant System

Two (or more) Outdoor Units Set as “Main Unit”

Exist in Same Refrigerant System

Incorrect Wiring, Disconnected Wiring

Breaking Wire, Short Circuit

Fan Motor Overheat, Lockup

Incorrect Wiring, Severed or Disconnected Wiring,

Short Circuit

1-72 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Code

31

35

36

38

39

3A

3b

3d

3E

43

44

45

47

48

51

53

54

55

57

5A

5b

5C

EE b1 b5

Category

System

Compressor

Sensor

Inverter

Fan

Controller

Compressor

Outdoor Unit

No. Setting

Indoor Unit

No. Setting

Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and

Indoor Unit

Content of Abnormality

Outdoor Unit

Protection

Device

Problem with Running Outdoor Unit Capacity

Incorrect Setting of Outdoor Unit Models

Combination or Voltage

Communication Problem between Main Unit and Sub Unit(s)

Communication Problem between Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB

Activation of Compression Ratio Decrease

Protection Device

Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection

Device

Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection

Device

Leading Cause

Incorrect Capacity Code Setting of Combination

Excessive or Insufficient Indoor Unit Total

Capacity Code

Duplication of Indoor Unit No. in same Refrigerant Group Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit No.

Incorrect Indoor Unit Combination

Problem with Protective Pickup Circuit in Outdoor Unit

Problem with Running Current at

Constant Speed Compressor

Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection

Device (Vacuum Operation Protection)

Indoor Unit is Designed for R22

Failure of Protection Detecting Device

(Incorrect Wiring of Outdoor PCB)

Overcurrent, Blown Fuse, Current Sensor Failure,

Instantaneous Power Failure, Voltage Drop,

Abnormal Power Supply

Outdoor Unit Capacity > 360 MBH

Incorrect Setting of Main and Sub Unit(s)


Incorrect Wiring, Disconnected Wire, Broken Wire,

PCB Failure

Incorrect Combination between Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB

Defective Compression (Failure of Compressor of Inverter, Loose Power Supply Connection)

Overload at Cooling, High Temperature at Heating,

Expansion Valve Locking (Loose Connector)

Overload Operation (Clogging, Short-Pass), Pipe

Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant, Inert Gas Mixing

Insufficient Refrigerant, Refrigerant Piping,

Clogging, Expansion Valve Locking at

Open Position (Loose Connector)

Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device Overload Operation, Compressor Failure

Problem with Inverter Current Sensor

Inverter Error Signal Detection

Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature

Inverter Failure

Activation of Fan Controller Protection

Abnormality of Fan Controller Fin Temperature

Activation of Overcurrent Protection

Problem with Fan Controller Sensor

Compressor Protection Alarm

(It can not be reset from Wired Controller)

Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant System

Number

Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection No. Setting

Current Sensor Failure

Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for

Overcurrent, Low Voltage, Short Circuit)

Abnormal Inverter Fin Thermistor,

Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor Failure

Inverter PCB Failure

Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for Overcurrent,

Low Voltage, Short Circuit), Instantaneous Overcurrent

Fin Thermistor Failure, Heat Exchanger Clogging,

Fan Motor Failure

Fan Motor Failure

Failure of Current Sensor (Instantaneous Overcurrent,

Increase of Fin Temperature, Low Voltage,

Ground Fault, Step-Out)

This alarm code appears when the following alarms* occurs three times within 6 hours.

*02, 07, 08, 39, 43 to 45, 47

There are 64 or more numbers Set for Address or

Refrigerant System.

There are 17 or More Non-Corresponding to H-LINK II

Units are Connected to One System.

SM-16007 1-73

INSTALLATION

6DIHW\DQG&RQWURO'HYLFH6HWWLQJ x Compressor Protection

The compressor is protected by the following devices and their combinations.

(1) High Pressure Switch: This switch cuts out the operation of the compressor when the discharge pressure exceeds the setting.

(2) Oil Heater: This band type heater protects against oil foaming during cold starting, as it is energized while the compressor is stopped.

1-74

< 208/230V 60Hz >

Model

High Pressure Increase Protection

High Pressure Increase Protection Control

Pressure Switch

Cut-Out psi

(MPa) psi

(MPa) psi

(MPa)

Cut-In

For Inverter Compressor

Over Current

Inverter Current Protection Control

Breaker

Over Heat

Discharge Temperature

Increase Protection Control

for 5sec

for 10min

For Fixed Speed Compressor

Over Current

Abnormality Running

Current Control

Breaker

Over Heat



208V

230V

for 5sec

for 10min

For Fan Motor

Over Current Protection Control

Fuse

< 460V 60Hz >

Model


High Pressure Increase Protection Control

Pressure Switch

Cut-Out

A

A

(

( o F o C) o F o C)

A

A

A

(

( o F o C) o F o C)

A

A psi

(MPa) psi

(MPa) psi

(MPa)

Cut-In

For Inverter Compressor

Over Current

Inverter Current Protection Control

Breaker

Over Heat



for 5sec

for 10min

For Fixed Speed Compressor

Over Current

Abnormality Running Current Control

Breaker

Over Heat



for 5sec

for 10min

For Fan Motor

Over Current Protection Control

Breaker

A

A

(

( o F o C) o F o C)

A

A

(

( o F o C) o F o C)

A

A


Automatic Reset, Non-Adjustable

551

(3.80)

551

(3.80)

(for each compressor)

601

(4.15

-7

-21

-0.05)

-0.15)

464 ±21

601

(4.15

-7

-21

-0.05)

-0.15)

464 ±21

(3.20 ±0.15) (3.20 ±0.15)


45.0

50.0

284

(140)

270

(132)


284

(140)

270

(132)


45.0

50.0

32

29

32

32

29

32

284

(140)

270

(132)

7

16



284

(140)

270

(132)

7

16



551

(3.80)

551

(3.80)

(for each compressor)

601

(4.15

-7

-21

-0.05)

-0.15)

601

(4.15

-7

-21

-0.05)

-0.15)

464 ±21

(3.20 ±0.15)

464 ±21

(3.20 ±0.15)


23.5

30.0

284

(140)

270

(132)


284

(140)

270

(132)


23.5

30.0

14.5

15

284

(140)

270

(132)


284

(140)

270

(132)


14.5

15

7

10

7

10

SM-16007

INSTALLATION

1.2.1 For Outdoor Unit


1.2.1.1 Drain Adaptor: DBS-TP10A ....................................................................................................................1-76

1.2.1.2 Protection Net .........................................................................................................................................1-78

Ɣ3URWHFWLRQ1HW5HDU 3173%% ...........................................................................................................1-78

Ɣ3URWHFWLRQ1HW5LJKW31735 ..............................................................................................................1-81

Ɣ3URWHFWLRQ1HW/HIW 3173/ ...............................................................................................................1-84

1.2.1.3 Snow Protection Hood ............................................................................................................................1-87

Ɣ6QRZ3URWHFWLRQ+RRG8SSHU $6*73)%6 ......................................................................................1-87

Ɣ6QRZ3URWHFWLRQ+RRG5HDU $6*73%%6 ......................................................................................1-95

Ɣ6QRZ3URWHFWLRQ+RRG5LJKW $6*7356 ........................................................................................1-101

Ɣ6QRZ3URWHFWLRQ+RRG/HIW $6*73/6 ........................................................................................1-107

7RSSOLQJ3UHYHQWLRQ7RRO$6*6:$ ..................................................................................................1-113

1.2.1.5 Seismic Kit: SSK-TP10A ........................................................................................................................1-115

SM-16007 1-75

INSTALLATION

This drain adaptor is for the drain pipe connection in order to enable use of the outdoor unit bottom base as a drain pan.

Install it as follows.

IMPORTANT NOTICE:

Ɣ 5HDGDQGXQGHUVWDQGWKLVPDQXDOEHIRUHXVLQJWKLV drain adaptor.

Ɣ 3HUIRUPWKHWHVWUXQDIWHULQVWDOODWLRQWRFKHFNIRUDEQRUPDOLWLHV

Ɣ )RUZDUGWKLVLQIRUPDWLRQWRWKHEXLOGLQJRZQHUDQGUHTXHVWWKDWWKH\PDLQWDLQDOOWKHHTXLSPHQWPDQXDOV

Ɣ 6LJQDOZRUGVDUHXVHGWRLGHQWLI\OHYHOVRIKD]DUGVHULRXVQHVV

'H¿QLWLRQVIRULGHQWLI\LQJKD]DUGOHYHOVDUHSURYLGHGEHORZZLWKWKHLUUHVSHFWLYHVLJQDOZRUGV

: ,QGLFDWHVDKD]DUGRXVVLWXDWLRQWKDWLIQRWDYRLGHG

could result in minor or moderate injury.

1. Applicable Outdoor Unit


(H,Y)VAH(P,R)072, 096, 120B(3,4)1S

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW

NOTE :

7KHDSSOLFDEOHRXWGRRUXQLWPD\EHGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQWKHSURGXFWVHULHV%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPZLWK the product catalog before installation.


&KHFNWKDWDOOWKHIROORZLQJDFFHVVRULHVDUHSDFNHGZLWKWKHXQLWEHIRUHLQVWDOODWLRQ

Qty.

Unit: inch (mm)

5HPDUNV No.

Accessory

1

Drain Adaptor

93(TXLYDOHQW

Outer Diameter φ 31/32 ( φ 25)

(Inner Diameter φ 25/32 ( φ 20))

2 Rubber Cap

2

4

Connecting for Drain Piping

)L[LQJIRU 1 Adaptor and 3 Cap

3 Drain Cap 2 Plug for Drain Hole

3. Installation Work

3ODFHWKHRXWGRRUXQLWRQDÀDWIRXQGDWLRQRUEORFNDQGVHFXUHLWDWOHDVWLQFKPPKLJKHUWKDQ

WKHJURXQG)RUVPRRWKGUDLQDJHLQVWDOOWKHRXWGRRUXQLWZLWKDVOLJKWLQFOLQHRQWKHGUDLQDJHVLGHUHDU side).

1-76 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

3.1 Installation of Drain Adaptor

The drain adaptor is for the drain pipe connection so as to use the outdoor unit bottom base as a drain pan.

(1) Put the

2

rubber cap in the

1

drain adaptor (to the upper part of the drain adaptor projection) in the direction of the arrow.

(2) Put the drain adaptor in the hole for the drain adaptor of the

RXWGRRUXQLWERWWRPEDVHXQWLOLWLVVHFXUHO\¿[HGDSSUR[ o )

7KHGUDLQDGDSWRUFDQEH¿WLQWRWKHERWWRPEDVHXQWLOLWVWRSV

Projection

1 Drain Adaptor

2 Rubber Cap

3.2 Installation of Drain Cap

7KHGUDLQFDSLVDFRPSRQHQWWRFRYHUDKROH

(1) Put the

2

rubber cap in the

3

drain cap (to the upper part of the drain adaptor projection) in the direction of the arrow.

(2) Put the drain cap in the hole for the drain adaptor of the

RXWGRRUXQLWERWWRPEDVHXQWLOLWLVVHFXUHO\¿[HGDSSUR[ o )

7KHGUDLQFDSFDQEH¿WLQWRWKHERWWRPEDVHXQWLOLWVWRSV

Projection

3 Drain Cap

2 Rubber Cap

Hole for

Drain Adaptor

Drain Adaptor

( 1 , 2 )

Hole for

Drain Adaptor

Drain Cap

( 2 , 3 )

8VHDUXEEHUFDSZKHQ¿[LQJWKHGUDLQDGDSWRUDQGGUDLQFDS1RUXEEHUFDSPD\OHDGWRZDWHUOHDNDJH

$IWHU¿[LQJHQVXUHWKDWWKHUHLVQRZDWHUOHDNDJHIURPWKHGUDLQFDSE\SRXULQJZDWHULQWRWKHERWWRPEDVH and then draining it from the drain adaptor.

< Installation Position >

>([DPSOH@&DSDFLW\%WXK

Unit: inch [mm]

2 3 Drain Cap Position (2 places)

(4-1/8 [105])

(Rear Side)

2-1/16 [52]

(10-5/16 [262]) < Side View >

(Front Side)

Drain Pipe

(Field-Supplied)

(1-7/8 [48])

1 2

Drain Adaptor Position (2 Places)

(Outdoor Unit Rear Side)

Bottom Base

2 3 Drain Cap

1 2 Drain Adaptor

6HFXUHO\¿[WKHGUDLQDGDSWRUUXEEHUFDSDQGGUDLQFDSDWWKHERWWRPEDVHVRLWGHVQ¶WEHFRPHORRVHZKHQ connecting the drain pipe.

4. Utilization in Cold Area

'RQRWXVHWKHGUDLQDGDSWRULQDQDUHDZKHUHGUDLQZDWHUPD\EHIUR]HQ

7KHGUDLQZDWHULQWKHGUDLQSLSHPD\EHIUR]HQDQGWKHQWKHGUDLQSLSHPD\FUDFN

,QDVQRZDUHDZDWHUIURPWKHKHDWH[FKDQJHUPD\EHIUR]HQRQWKHVXUIDFHRIWKHERWWRPEDVH7KLV may lead to poor drainage. Therefore, do not use the drain adaptor in this type of area.

(2) In the drainage method according to this manual, some of the defrost drain water dripped from the inlet

SURWHFWLRQJULOOHPD\ÀRZRXWRYHUWKHERWWRPEDVHRIWKHSURGXFW

7RSUHYHQWWKLVSURYLGHDGUDLQSDQODUJHUWKDQWKHERWWRPVXUIDFHRIWKHSURGXFW6HFXUHWKHGUDLQSDQ and the discharge pipe between the bottom part of the product and the foundation prior to discharge.

SM-16007 1-77

INSTALLATION

Ɣ

Protection Net (Rear): PN-TP10BA, PN-TP10BB

This protection net is to protect the outdoor unit heat exchanger from external damages such as being hit by a ball. Install it as instructed in this manual.


Ɣ 5HDGDQGXQGHUVWDQGWKLVPDQXDOEHIRUHXVLQJWKLV protection net.






FRXOGUHVXOWLQPLQRURUPRGHUDWHLQMXU\

1. Applicable Unit

Name

Model

Required Qty.


Protection Net (for Rear Side Installation)

PN-TP10BA PN-TP10BB

1

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)072B(3,4)1S

1

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)096, 120B(3,4)1S

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW

NOTE :



%HVXUHWRVHFXUHO\WLJKWHQWKHSURWHFWLRQQHWZLWKWKHVXSSOLHGVFUHZVDFFHVVRULHV

,IWKHVFUHZVDUHQRWVHFXUHO\WLJKWHQHGLWPD\FDXVHYLEUDWLRQRUDEQRUPDOVRXQG

,IWKH\DUHRYHUWLJKWHQHGWKHVFUHZWKUHDGZLOOEHEURNHQ:KHQWLJKWHQLQJWKHVFUHZVPDNHVXUHWR

IROORZWKHWLJKWHQLQJWRUTXHEHORZ

Ɣ7LJKWHQLQJ7RUTXH06FUHZ +0.7 ft

Ɣ

OEV +1.0 N

Ɣ m)

$SSO\WRXFKXSFRDWLQJDWWKHVFUHZKROHVRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLQRUGHUWRSUHYHQWUXVWLQJ

¿HOGVXSSOLHG

6HFXUHHQRXJKVHUYLFHVSDFHZLWKFRQVLGHUDWLRQIRUDWWDFKLQJGHWDFKLQJWKHSURWHFWLRQQHW

Ɣ6HUYLFH6SDFHZLWK3URWHFWLRQ1HW6HUYLFH6SDFHIRU2XWGRRU8QLW0LQLQFKPP

'RQRWVWHSRQWKHSURWHFWLRQQHWRUWKHRXWGRRUXQLWWRSUHYHQWIDOOVUHVXOWLQJLQLQMXU\

)DOOHQOHDYHVRUVRPHRWKHUREMHFWVPD\EHFDXJKWE\WKHSURWHFWLRQQHWDQGSLOHGXS%HVXUHWR

FKHFNIRUDFFXPXODWLRQDQGFOHDQWKHSURWHFWLRQQHWSHULRGLFDOO\

7KHSURWHFWLRQQHWPD\IUHH]HEHFDXVHRIFROGZHDWKHU

,WLVQRWSRVVLEOHWRXVHWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGIRUWKHUHDUVLGHLQOHWDQGDLURXWOHWDWWKHVDPHWLPH

1-78 SM-16007

INSTALLATION



No.

Accessory

Qty.

PN-TP10BA PN-TP10BB

Unit: inch (mm)

5HPDUNV

Top

(914)

1 -

1

Protection Net

(for Rear Side

Installation)

55-11/16

(1415) a a

Bottom (1174)

1

2 6FUHZ

0[//

ZLWK:DVKHU

11

(1)

11

(1)

(1): Spare

4. Installation Procedures

%HIRUHLQVWDOODWLRQFRQ¿UPWKHRXWGRRUXQLWPRGHO,IWKHSURWHFWLRQQHWLVDYDLODEOHWRLQVWDOOIROORZWKH installation procedures.

7LJKWHQORRVHO\WZRVFUHZV 2 at the top of the outdoor unit rear side A , and set the protection net

(for rear side installation) 1 RYHUWKHWRS6HFXUHO\WLJKWHQWKHRWKHUHLJKWVFUHZV 2 except for the top ( A WZRVFUHZVDQG¿QDOO\WLJKWHQWKHWRS A WZRVFUHZVVHFXUHO\

Outdoor Unit

A

2

A

Screws

(Accessories)

2

Protection Net

(for Rear Side Installation)

1

(for Rear Side Installation)

SM-16007 1-79

INSTALLATION

5. Installation Appearance

Screws

(Accessories)

Protection Net

(for Right Side

Installation)

(Other Protection

Net Option)

Protection Net

(for Rear Side

Installation)

Protection Net

(for Left Side

Installation)

(Other Protection

Net Option)

Unit: inch (mm)

< Right Side >

Outdoor Unit

3-15/16

(100)

< Rear Side >

3-15/16

(100)

3-15/16

(100)

29-1/2

(750)

< Left Side >

$YDLODEOH&RPELQDWLRQV


Protection Net for Rear Side

3URWHFWLRQ1HWIRU/HIW6LGH

Protection Net for Right Side

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)072B(3,4)1S

Model

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)096, 120B(3,4)1S

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW

PN-TP10BA PN-TP10BB

3173/

PN-TP10R

NOTES:

Ɣ 7KLVPDQXDODSSOLHVRQO\WRWKHFRPELQDWLRQLQGLFDWHGZLWK .

)RURWKHUSURWHFWLRQQHWRSWLRQVUHIHUWRHDFKLQVWDOODWLRQPDQXDO

Ɣ ,QVWDOOWKHUHTXLUHGSURWHFWLRQQHWGHSHQGLQJRQWKHLQVWDOODWLRQFRQGLWLRQ

1-80 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ

Protection Net (Right): PN-TP10R

This protection net is to protect the outdoor unit heat exchanger from external damages such as being hit by a ball. Install it following the instructions below.







: Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided,



Name

Model

Required Qty.


Protection Net (for Right Side Installation)

PN-TP10R

1

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)072, 096, 120B(3,4)1S

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW

NOTE :



(1) Be sure to securely tighten the protection net with the supplied screws (accessories).

If the screws are not securely tightened, it may cause vibration or abnormal sound.

If they are over-tightened, the screw thread will be broken. When tightening the screws, make sure to follow the tightening torque below.


Ɣ

OEV +1.0 N

Ɣ m)

(2) Apply touch-up coating at the screw holes of the outdoor unit in order to prevent rusting

¿HOGVXSSOLHG

(3) Secure enough service space with consideration for attaching/detaching the protection net.


(4) Do not step on the protection net or the outdoor unit in order to prevent a fall resulting in injury.

)DOOHQOHDYHVRUVRPHRWKHUREMHFWVPD\EHFDXJKWE\WKHSURWHFWLRQQHWDQGSLOHGXS%HVXUHWR check for accumulation and clean the protection net periodically.

(6) The protection net may freeze in cold weather.

(7) It is not possible to use the snow protection hood along with a right side inlet.

SM-16007 1-81

INSTALLATION


Check that all the following accessories are packed with the unit before installation.

No.

Qty.

PN-TP10R

Unit: inch (mm)

Remarks

1

Protection Net

(for Right Side

Installation)

2 Screw

Accessory

Top

55-11/16

(1415)

13-7/16

(342)

Bottom

0[//

(with Washer)

1

(1)

(1): Spare



(1) Remove the one screw for the bottom parts of the

RXWGRRUXQLWULJKWVLGHFRYHUVHHWKH¿JXUHRQWKHULJKW

Outdoor Unit

Screw for Bottom Parts of

Outdoor Unit Right Side Cover

(2) Tighten loosely two screws 2 at the top of the outdoor unit right side, and set the protection net (for right side installation) 1 RYHUWKHWRS6HFXUHO\WLJKWHQWKHRWKHU¿YHVFUHZV 2 except for the top two

VFUHZVDQG¿QDOO\WLJKWHQWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVVHFXUHO\

(For Right Side Installation)

Outdoor Unit

2

2

Screws

(Accessories)

Protection Net

(For Right Side Installation)

1-82

1

SM-16007

INSTALLATION


< Right Side >

Screws

(Accessories)

Protection Net

(for Right Side

Installation)

Outdoor Unit

3-15/16

(100)

< Rear Side >

3-15/16

(100)

Protection Net

(for Rear Side

Installation)

(Other Protection

Net Option)

Protection Net

(for Left Side

Installation)

(Other Protection

Net Option)

Unit: inch (mm)

3-15/16

(100)

29-1/2

(750)

< Left Side >

Available Combinations



3URWHFWLRQ1HWIRU/HIW6LGH


(H,Y)VAH(P,R)072B(3,4)1S

Model

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)096, 120B(3,4)1S

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW

PN-TP10BA PN-TP10BB

3173/

PN-TP10R

NOTES:




SM-16007 1-83

INSTALLATION

Ɣ

Protection Net (Left): PN-TP10L

This protection net is to protect the outdoor unit heat exchanger from external damages such as being hit by a ball. Install it following the directions below.










Name

Model

Required Qty.


Protection Net (for Left Side Installation)

PN-TP10L

1

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)072, 096, 120B(3,4)1S

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW

NOTE :



(1) Be sure to securely tighten the protection net with the supplied screws (accessories).

If the screws are not securely tightened, it may cause vibration or abnormal sound.

If they are over-tightened, the screw thread will be broken. When tightening the screws, make sure to follow the tightening torque below.


Ɣ

OEV +1.0 N

Ɣ m)

(2) Apply touch-up coating at the screw holes of the outdoor unit in order to prevent rusting

¿HOGVXSSOLHG

(3) Secure enough service space with consideration for attaching/detaching the protection net.


(4) Do not step on the protection net or the outdoor unit in order to prevent falls resulting in injury.

)DOOHQOHDYHVRUVRPHRWKHUREMHFWVPD\EHFDXJKWE\WKHSURWHFWLRQQHWDQGSLOHGXS%HVXUHWR check for accumulation and clean the protection net periodically.

(6) The protection net may freeze in cold weather.

(7) It is not possible to use the snow protection hood along with the left side inlet.

1-84 SM-16007

INSTALLATION



No.

Qty.

PN-TP10L

Unit: inch (mm)

Remarks

1

Protection Net

(for Left Side

Installation)

2 Screw

Accessory

Top

55-11/16

(1415)

23-1/8

(587)

Bottom

0[//

(with Washer)

1

9

(1)

(1): Spare



(1) Remove the two screws for the bottom parts of the

RXWGRRUXQLWOHIWVLGHFRYHUVHHWKH¿JXUHRQWKHULJKW

Outdoor Unit

Screws for Bottom Parts of

Outdoor Unit Left Side Cover

(2) Tighten loosely two screws 2 at the top of the outdoor unit left side, and set the protection net (for left side installation) 1 over the top. Securely tighten the other six screws 2 except for the top two

VFUHZVDQG¿QDOO\WLJKWHQWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVVHFXUHO\

(For Left Side Installation)

2

Outdoor Unit

2

Screws

(Accessories)

Protection Net

(For Left Side Installation)

1

SM-16007 1-85

INSTALLATION


Unit: inch (mm)

< Right Side >

Screws

(Accessories)

Protection Net

(for Right Side

Installation)

(Other Protection

Net Option)

Outdoor Unit

3-15/16

(100)

< Rear Side >

3-15/16

(100)

Protection Net

(for Rear Side

Installation)

(Other Protection

Net Option)

Protection Net

(for Left Side

Installation)

3-15/16

(100)

29-1/2

(750)

< Left Side >




Protection Net for Left Side


(H,Y)VAH(P,R)072B(3,4)1S

Model

(H,Y)VAH(P,R)096, 120B(3,4)1S

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW

PN-TP10BA PN-TP10BB

PN-TP10L

PN-TP10R

NOTES:




1-86 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

1.2.1.3 Snow Protection Hood

Ɣ

Snow Protection Hood (Upper): ASG-TP20FAS1, ASG-TP20FBS1

This snow protection hood prevents snow from entering the outdoor unit and to prevent strong winds from blowing against the heat exchanger. Be sure to read this manual carefully for correct performance before installation work.


• Johnson Controls pursues a policy of continuous improvement in design and performance of products. We

UHVHUYHWKHULJKWWRYDU\VSHFL¿FDWLRQVZLWKRXWQRWLFH

• No part of this manual may be reproduced without Johnson Controls’ written permission.

• Keep this manual for future reference.

• Johnson Controls cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard.

• This kit is designed for a combination of Johnson Control air conditioners. Do not use this kit by itself or in combination with other companies’ air conditioners.

• To hold the snow protection hood properly to the outdoor unit against the strong wind or earthquake, stay

RUVDIHW\ZLUHURSHVKDOOEHXVHGIRUUHLQIRUFHGLQVWDOODWLRQ8VHWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGVDIHW\ZLUHURSHWR prevent outdoor unit from overturning.

• Perform a test run after installation to check for abnormalities.

• 6LJQDOZRUGVDUHXVHGWRLGHQWLI\OHYHOVRIKD]DUGVHULRXVQHVV'H¿QLWLRQVIRULGHQWLI\LQJKD]DUGOHYHOVDUH provided below with their respective signal words.


could result in death or serious injury.




Name

Model


$6*73)$6

Hood for Air Outlet

+<9$+35%6

$6*73)%6

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

NOTE :

7KHDSSOLFDEOHRXWGRRUXQLWPD\EHGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQWKHSURGXFWVHULHV%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPZLWK the product catalogue before installation.


$IWHUWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVLQVWDOOHGHOHFWURPDJQHWLFQRLVHDWWKHDLURXWOHWVLGHPD\VOLJKWO\ increase. Therefore, it is necessary to carefully consider the air discharge direction when installed.

%HVXUHWRWLJKWHQWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGVHFXUHO\WRWKHWRSSDQHODQGVLGHSDQHORIWKHRXWGRRU unit with the supplied screws (accessories). Not doing so may cause vibration or abnormal noise.

7KHUHPXVWEHQRREVWDFOHVLQWKHDLUGLVFKDUJHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRG,IWKHUHDUHLW

PD\FDXVHDVKRUWFLUFXLWRUDQLQVXI¿FLHQWDLUÀRZUDWH

'RQRWLQVWDOORWKHURXWGRRUXQLWVLQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIDLURXWOHW,IWKHDLUEORZQRXWRIWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQ hood is sucked into the other outdoor unit, it may cause of a malfunction of the unit.

(5) The wind loads which the outdoor unit receives changes by attaching the snow protection hood. The required installation strength will also change in strong wind. Therefore, recheck the strength of the anchor bolts of the outdoor unit.

,IWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVLQVWDOOHGFRROLQJKHDWLQJSHUIRUPDQFHPD\EHVOLJKWO\ORZHUHG depending on the usage conditions.

SM-16007 1-87

INSTALLATION

To hold the snow protection hood properly to the outdoor unit against a strong wind or an earthquake, safety

ZLUHURSHVKRXOGEHXVHGIRUUHLQIRUFHGLQVWDOODWLRQ8VHWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGVDIHW\ZLUHURSHWRSUHYHQWWKH outdoor unit from overturning.

Ɣ ,QVWDOOWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGVRDVWRDYRLGIDFLQJGLUHFWO\WRZDUGVHDVRQDORUVWURQJZLQGV

Ɣ $SSO\WRXFKXSFRDWLQJRUFDXONLQJ¿HOGVXSSOLHGDWWKHVFUHZKROHVRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLQRUGHUWR prevent rusting.

Ɣ (YHQWKRXJKWKHKRRGLVVWDLQOHVVVDOWRULURQPD\FDXVHUXVW%HDZDUHRIWKLVGXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQRU maintenance.

Ɣ 7KHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVKHDY\ZHLJKW0RUHWKDQWZRSHRSOHDUHUHTXLUHGIRULQVWDOODWLRQ%HVXUH to wear protective equipment (such as gloves).

Ɣ 7KHVFUHZVDQGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGPXVWEHSURWHFWHGIURPVFUDWFKHVRUVFUDSHV,IWKH\DUHQ¶W it may be the cause of rusting. Handle with care when the snow protection hood is installed and assembled.

&DXONLQJ3URFHGXUHV([DPSOH!

Preparation Articles

Caulking Agent (with high viscosity)

(Recommended Product: SHINETSU Silicon KE45RTV (transparent type),

Cloth (for wiping off surplus caulking agent)

Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)

Screw

(accessories)

2

Screw into the hole filled with caulking agent.

* Wipe off any excess agent

with a cloth.

1

Fill the screw hole with caulking agent.

Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)

3. Selection of Installation Location

,QVWDOOWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDWWKHVXLWDEOHKHLJKWZLWKFRQVLGHUDWLRQIRUVQRZDFFXPXODWLRQ,QFUHDVHWKH

EDVHKHLJKWRUDGGLWLRQDOO\SURYLGHWKHIUDPHXQGHUWKHXQLWKLJKHUWKDQVQRZDFFXPXODWLRQDQG¿[ the outdoor unit securely with anchor bolts.

6HFXUHHQRXJKVHUYLFHVSDFHZLWKFRQVLGHUDWLRQIRUVQRZDFFXPXODWLRQKHLJKWDQGVQRZUHPRYDO operation.

7KHUHPXVWEHQRREVWDFOHVLQWKHDLUGLVFKDUJHGLUHFWLRQ

%HVXUHWRDSSO\WRXFKXSFRDWLQJRUFDXONLQJDJHQWDWWKHVFUHZDWWDFKLQJSRUWLRQVIRUUXVWSURR¿QJ

(5) In case of multiple outdoor units installation, provide the service space as shown below.

< Service Space for Multiple Outdoor Units Installation >

Hood for Left Side Air Inlet

(Other Snow Protection

Hood Option)

Outdoor Units

If no air inlet hood is provided between outdoor units,

2 inches (50mm) or more space is required for servicing.

Min. 2 inch (50mm)

Hood for Right Side Air Inlet

(Other Snow Protection Hood Option)

Min. 2 inch (50mm)

1-88 SM-16007

INSTALLATION



No.

Accessory

$6*

73)$6

Qty.

$6*

73)%6

Right Side Plate

Unit: inch (mm)

Remarks

Left Side Plate

)DFHSODWH

)DFHSODWH

5 )DFHSODWH

Horizontal Plate

)L[LQJ3ODWH for Left Side

)URQW6LGH

8

)L[LQJ3ODWH for Left Side

(Rear Side)

)L[LQJ3ODWH for Right Side

)URQW6LGH

)L[LQJ3ODWH for Right Side

(Rear Side)

Screw

(for Installation)

Screw

(for Assembling)

Drill Screw

0[//

(tapping screw type B)

0[//

(tapping screw type C)

0[//

)RULQVWDOODWLRQ accepting burring TP hole

6SDUH

)RULQVWDOODWLRQ accepting weld nut

6SDUH

)RUSUHSDUHGKROH

SM-16007 1-89

INSTALLATION


6HWWKHIDFHSODWH ZLWKLWVSURWUXGLQJSDUWRQWKHLQVLGHDQG¿[LWZLWKWKHULJKWVLGHSODWH ) and left side plate ( ) together (two places) by using screws for assembling ( ).

12 1

3

2

7LJKWHQWKHKRUL]RQWDOSODWH ) (in four places) by using screws for assembling ( ).

6

12

7LJKWHQWKHIDFHSODWHWKUHHSLHFHV ) by using screws for assembling ( ).

[ Screws for Assembling ( ) ]

$6*73)$6 SODFHV

$6*73)%6 SODFHV

12

4

1-90 SM-16007

7LJKWHQWKHIDFHSODWH 5 ) by using screws for assembling ( ).


$6*73)$6 SODFHV

$6*73)%6 SODFHV

12

5

INSTALLATION

(5) Remove the screws for securing the outdoor unit top plate (six places), then secure the snow protection hood (for the air outlet) with those removed screws.

Snow Protection Hood

(for Air Outlet)

Screws for Fixing Top Plate

(six places)

Outdoor Unit

SM-16007 1-91

INSTALLATION

7LJKWHQWKH¿[LQJSODWHIRUWKHOHIWVLGHIURQWVLGH ¿[LQJSODWHIRUWKHOHIWVLGHUHDUVLGH 8

¿[LQJSODWHIRUWKHULJKWVLGHIURQWVLGH ¿[LQJSODWHIRUWKHULJKWVLGHUHDUVLGH ) with the

VFUHZVIRUDVVHPEOLQJSODFHV or 8VHWKHVFUHZVLQVSHFL¿HGSRVLWLRQVDVVKRZQLQWKH

¿JXUH

12

10


(for Air Outlet)

11

12

11

8

Outdoor Unit

7

11

12

9

12

11

(Tighten the fixing plate

with the screws for

1-92 SM-16007


Hood for

Left Side Air Inlet

(other snow protection hood option) b

INSTALLATION

Dimension


+<9$+35%6

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

Unit: inch (mm) a b

Hood for

Right Side Air Inlet

(other snow protection hood option)

Safety Wire Rope to Prevent Overturning

(field-supplied)

29-27/32

(758)

Hood for Air Outlet

Hood for

Rear Side Air Inlet


Outdoor Unit

7-7/8

(200) a 7-7/8

(200)

29-17/32

(750)

15-3/4

(400)



Hood for Air Outlet

Hood for Rear Side Air Inlet



+<9$+35%6

Model

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

$6*73)$6 $6*73)%6

$6*73%$6 $6*73%%6

$6*73/6

$6*7356

127(

This manual applies only to the combination indicated with .

)RURWKHUVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGRSWLRQVUHIHUWRHDFKLQVWDOODWLRQPDQXDO

SM-16007 1-93

INSTALLATION

7. Maintenance and Servicing

(YHQLIGXULQJWKHZDUUDQW\SHULRGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGEHFRPHVUXVWHGXQGHUFRQGLWLRQVWKDWDUH caused by alkaline or corrosive moisture, recommendations are to provide salt damage resistance products to prevent such damage. In order to prolong the product life, perform periodical maintenance to prevent

VLJQL¿FDQWDJLQJGXHWRGHWHULRUDWLRQ&DUU\RXWWKHIROORZLQJSHULRGLFDOLQVSHFWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHZRUNV in conjunction with air conditioners’ inspection.

5HG5XVW*HQHUDWLRQDQG&RDWLQJ)LOP&KHFN

,IUHGUXVWLVJHQHUDWHGRUFRDWLQJ¿OPLVSHHOHGFUDFNHGVFRXUWKHUXVWRIIRUDSSO\WRXFKXSFRDWLQJ

:KHQUHFRDWLQJVXFKSDUWVEHVXUHWRJULQGWKHFRDWLQJXVLQJVDQGSDSHUWREHIRUHUH applying coating agent. Wear protective equipment such as vinyl gloves when handling the coating agent to prevent contact with skin.

5HWLJKWHQLQJ6FUHZVIRU,QVWDOODWLRQDQG$VVHPEO\

Check for loose screws and retighten when inspection and maintenance is performed. In order to prevent screw breakage, be sure to tighten with the following torques:

* M5 Tapping Screw Type C for Assembling

* M5 Tapping Screw Type B for Installation

+ >,EIIW@ + >1P@

+ >,EIIW@ + >1P@

1-94 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ

Snow Protection Hood (Rear): ASG-TP20BAS1, ASG-TP20BBS1

This snow protection hood prevents snow from entering the outdoor unit and prevents strong winds from blowing against the heat exchanger. Be sure to read this manual carefully for correct performance before installation work.


• Johnson Controls pursues a policy of continuous improvement in design and performance of products. We

UHVHUYHWKHULJKWWRYDU\VSHFL¿FDWLRQVZLWKRXWQRWLFH














Name

Model



$6*73%$6

+<9$+35%6

$6*73%%6

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

NOTE :



$IWHUWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVLQVWDOOHGHOHFWURPDJQHWLFQRLVHDWWKHDLURXWOHWVLGHPD\VOLJKWO\ increase. Therefore, it is necessary to carefully consider the air discharge direction when installed.




'RQRWLQVWDOORWKHURXWGRRUXQLWVLQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHDLURXWOHW,IWKHDLUEORZQRXWRIWKHVQRZ protection hood is sucked into the other outdoor unit, it may cause a malfunction of the unit.



SM-16007 1-95

INSTALLATION

To hold the snow protection hood properly to the outdoor unit against a strong wind or an earthquake, safety





Ɣ 7KHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVKHDY\ZHLJKW0RUHWKDQWZRSHRSOHDUHUHTXLUHGIRULQVWDOODWLRQ%HVXUH to wear protective equipment (such as gloves).

Ɣ 7KHVFUHZVDQGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGPXVWEHSURWHFWHGIURPVFUDWFKHVRUVFUDSHV,IWKH\DUHQ¶W it may be the cause of rusting. Handle with care when the snow protection hood is installed and assembled.






Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)

Screw

(accessories)

2


* Wipe off any excess agent

with a cloth.

1


Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)


,QVWDOOWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDWDVXLWDEOHKHLJKWZLWKFRQVLGHUDWLRQIRUVQRZDFFXPXODWLRQ,QFUHDVHWKH





(5) In an instance of multiple outdoor units being installed, provide service space as shown below.



(Other Snow Protection

Hood Option)

Outdoor Units


2 inches (50mm) or more space is required for servicing.

Min. 2 inch (50mm)



Min. 2 inch (50mm)

1-96 SM-16007

INSTALLATION



No.

Accessory

$6*

73%$6

Qty.

$6*

73%%6

Right Side Plate

Unit: inch (mm)

Remarks

Left Side Plate

Faceplate

(Top Side)

Faceplate

(Back Side)

5

Screw

(for Installation)

Screw

(for Assembling)

0[//


0[//


8 8

For installation: accepting burring TP hole

6SDUH

For installation: accepting weld nut

6SDUH

SM-16007 1-97

INSTALLATION


$VVHPEOHWKHIDFHSODWHIRUWKHEDFNVLGH ) with the right side plate ( ) and left side plate ( ), and tighten by using six screws for assembling ( ).

1

4

2

6

)L[WKHIDFHSODWHIRUWKHWRSVLGHE\WLJKWHQLQJZLWKVFUHZVIRUDVVHPEOLQJ


$6*73%$6 SODFHV

$6*73%%6 SODFHV

6

3

1-98

7LJKWHQORRVHO\WZRVFUHZVIRULQVWDOODWLRQDWWKHWRSRIWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRG 5 ) to the outdoor unit, and set the snow protection hood (for rear side air inlet) to the outdoor unit. Tighten the other six screws ( 5 H[FHSWIRUWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVDQG¿QDOO\WLJKWHQWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVVHFXUHO\

5

(Screws at the Top of

the Snow Protection Hood)


(for Rear Side Air Inlet)

5

Outdoor Unit

SM-16007

INSTALLATION



(field-supplied) Hood for Air Outlet


Hood for



Hood for

Rear Side Air Inlet

Unit: inch (mm)

Dimension


+<9$+35%6

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&: a

Hood for

Left Side Air Inlet


29-17/32

(750)

15-3/4

(400)

7-7/8

(200) a 7-7/8

(200)

Outdoor Unit



Hood for Air Outlet




+<9$+35%6

Model

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

$6*73)$6 $6*73)%6

$6*73%$6 $6*73%%6

$6*73/6

$6*7356

127(


For other snow protection hood options, refer to each installation manual.

SM-16007 1-99

INSTALLATION


(YHQLIGXULQJWKHZDUUDQW\SHULRGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGEHFRPHVUXVWHGXQGHUFRQGLWLRQVWKDWDUH caused by alkaline or corrosive moisture, recommendations are to provide salt damage resistance products to prevent such damage.

,QRUGHUWRSURORQJSURGXFWOLIHSHUIRUPSHULRGLFDOPDLQWHQDQFHWRSUHYHQWVLJQL¿FDQWDJLQJGXHWR deterioration. Carry out the following periodical inspection and maintenance works in conjunction with air conditioners’ inspection.



:KHQUHFRDWLQJVXFKSDUWVEHVXUHWRJULQGWKHFRDWLQJXVLQJVDQGSDSHUWREHIRUHUH applying coating agent. Wear protective equipment such as vinyl gloves when handling the coating agent to prevent contact with skin.



* M5 Tapping Screw Type C for Assembling

* M5 Tapping Screw Type B for Installation 5

+ >,EIIW@ + >1P@

+ >,EIIW@ + >1P@

1-100 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ6QRZ3URWHFWLRQ+RRG5LJKW$6*7356

This snow protection hood prevents snow from entering the outdoor unit and prevents strong winds from blowing against the heat exchanger. Be sure to read this manual carefully for correct performance before installation work.


• Johnson Controls pursues a policy of continuous improvement in design and performance of products.

:HUHVHUYHWKHULJKWWRYDU\VSHFL¿FDWLRQVZLWKRXWQRWLFH














Name

Model

Required Qty.



$6*7356

1

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

NOTE :

$SSOLFDEOHRXWGRRUXQLWPD\EHGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQWKHSURGXFWVHULHV%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPZLWKWKH product catalogue before installation.


(1) After the snow protection hood is installed, electromagnetic noise at the air outlet side may slightly increase. Therefore, it is necessary to carefully consider the air discharge direction when installed.




'RQRWLQVWDOORWKHURXWGRRUXQLWVLQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHDLURXWOHW,IWKHDLUEORZQRXWRIWKHVQRZ protection hood is sucked into the other outdoor unit, it may cause a malfunction of the unit.



SM-16007 1-101

INSTALLATION

To hold the snow protection hood properly to the outdoor unit against the strong wind or earthquake, stay or

VDIHW\ZLUHURSHVKDOOEHXVHGIRUUHLQIRUFHGLQVWDOODWLRQ8VHWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGVDIHW\ZLUHURSHWRSUHYHQW outdoor unit from overturning.

Ɣ ,QVWDOOWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGWRDYRLGGLUHFWIDFLQJWRWKHVHDVRQDORUVWURQJZLQG

Ɣ $SSO\WRXFKXSFRDWLQJRUFDXONLQJDWWKHVFUHZKROHVRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLQRUGHUWRSUHYHQWUXVWLQJ

¿HOGVXSSOLHG

Ɣ (YHQWKRXJKWKHVWDLQOHVVLWPD\UXVWE\FRQWDFWLQJZLWKVDOWRULURQ3D\JRRGDWWHQWLRQZKHQ installation or maintenance.

Ɣ 7KHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVKHDY\ZHLJKW0RUHWKDQWZRSHUVRQQHODUHUHTXLUHGIRULQVWDOODWLRQDQGEH sure to wear the protective equipment (such as gloves).

Ɣ 7KHVFUHZVDQGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGPXVWEHSURWHFWHGIURPVFUDWFKRUVFUDSH,IQRWLWPD\ cause of rusting. Handle with care when the snow protection hood is installed and assembled.






Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)

Screw

(accessories)

2


* Wipe off the protruding agent

with a cloth.

1

Fill up the screw hole with caulking agent.

Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)

3. Selection of Installation Place

(1) Install the outdoor unit at the suitable height with consideration for snow accumulation. Increase the





(5) In case of multiple outdoor units installation, provide the service space as shown below.



(Other Snow

Protection Hood Option)

Outdoor Units


2 inch (50mm) or more space is required for servicing.

Min. 2 inch (50mm)


Min. 2 inch (50mm)

1-102 SM-16007

INSTALLATION



No.

Accessory

Qty.

$6*7356

Unit: inch (mm)

Remarks

1 Right Side Plate 1

Left Side Plate

Faceplate

(Top Side)

Faceplate

(Back Side)

5

Screw

(for Installation)

Screw

(for Assembling)

0[//


0[//


1

1

1

8


6SDUH

For installation: accepting weld nut

6SDUH

SM-16007 1-103

INSTALLATION


(1) Tighten the faceplate (back side) ( ) with the right side plate ( 1 ) and left side plate ( ) together

(8 places) by using screws for assembling ( ).

2

1

4

6

7LJKWHQWKHIDFHSODWHWRSVLGH SODFHVE\XVLQJVFUHZVIRUDVVHPEOLQJ ).

3

6

7LJKWHQORRVHO\WZRVFUHZVIRULQVWDOODWLRQDWWKHWRSRIWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRG 5 ) to the outdoor unit, and set the snow protection hood (for right side air inlet) to the outdoor unit. Tighten the other four screws ( 5 H[FHSWIRUWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVDQG¿QDOO\WLJKWHQWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVVHFXUHO\

127(

7KH¿WWLQJVORWVIRUWKHKRRGDUHDGMXVWDEOHZLWKWKHVHFXULQJSRVLWLRQVZLWKLQ + LQFK + PP)RU hood installation, there must be no gap between the outdoor unit top plate and the hood upper part. If there is a gap, ice may form inside the hood.

(Screws for Installation at

Top of Snow Protection Hood)

5

Hood Upper Part


(for Right Side Air Inlet)

5

Shape of

Fitting Slot

9/32

(7)

Outdoor Unit

1-104 SM-16007

INSTALLATION



(field-supplied)

Hood for Air Outlet


Hood for


Hood for

Rear Side Air Inlet


Unit: inch (mm)

Dimension


+<9$+35%6

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&: a

Hood for

Left Side Air Inlet


29-17/32

(750)

15-3/4

(400)

7-7/8

(200) a 7-7/8

(200)

Outdoor Unit



Hood for Air Outlet




+<9$+35%6

Model

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

$6*73)$6 $6*73)%6

$6*73%$6 $6*73%%6

$6*73/6

$6*7356

127(


For other snow protection hood options, refer to each installation manual.

SM-16007 1-105

INSTALLATION


(YHQLIGXULQJWKHZDUUDQW\SHULRGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGPD\EHUXVWXQGHUWKHVDOWGDPDJHRUUXVW\

FRQGLWLRQVVXFKDSODFHWKDWDLGDONDOLQHRUFRUURVLYHPRLVWXUHLVDOZD\V¿OOHGZLWK,WLVUHFRPPHQGHG

WRSURYLGHWKHVDOWGDPDJHUHVLVWDQFHVHULRXVVDOWGDPDJHUHVLVWDQFHSURGXFWVPDGHWRRUGHULIWKHVQRZ protection hood is used under such condition.

,QRUGHUWRSURORQJWKHSURGXFWOLIHSHUIRUPWKHSHULRGLFDOPDLQWHQDQFHWRSUHYHQWVLJQL¿FDQWDJLQJGXHWR the deterioration. Carry out the following periodical inspection and maintenance works in conjunction with air conditioners’ inspection.

(1) Red Rust Generation and Coating Film Check


:KHQUHFRDWVXFKSRUWLRQVDIWHUZDUGVEHVXUHWRJULQGWKHFRDWLQJE\VDQGSDSHUV±EHIRUH applying coating agent. The coating agent may give bad effects to your skin. Wear the protective equipment such as vinyl gloves when handling coating agent to prevent contacting with skin.



* M5 Tapping Screw Type C for Assembling + >,EIIW@ + >1P@

* M5 Tapping Screw Type B for Installation 5 : 1.8 + >,EIIW@ + >1P@

1-106 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

Ɣ6QRZ3URWHFWLRQ+RRG/HIW$6*73/6

7KLVVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGSUHYHQWVVQRZIURPHQWHULQJWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDQGSUHYHQWVDVWURQJZLQGIURP

EORZLQJDJDLQVWWKHKHDWH[FKDQJHU%HVXUHWRUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\IRUFRUUHFWSHUIRUPDQFHEHIRUH

LQVWDOODWLRQZRUN




• 1RSDUWRIWKLVPDQXDOPD\EHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXW-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV¶ZULWWHQSHUPLVVLRQ



• This kit is designed for a combination of Johnson Control air conditioners. Do not use this kit by itself

RULQFRPELQDWLRQZLWKRWKHUFRPSDQLHV¶DLUFRQGLWLRQHUV

• 7RKROGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGSURSHUO\WRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDJDLQVWWKHVWURQJZLQGRUHDUWKTXDNH

VWD\RUVDIHW\ZLUHURSHVKDOOEHXVHGIRUUHLQIRUFHGLQVWDOODWLRQ8VHWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGVDIHW\ZLUH rope to prevent outdoor unit from overturning.


• 6LJQDOZRUGVDUHXVHGWRLGHQWLI\OHYHOVRIKD]DUGVHULRXVQHVV'H¿QLWLRQVIRULGHQWLI\LQJKD]DUGOHYHOV

DUHSURYLGHGEHORZZLWKWKHLUUHVSHFWLYHVLJQDOZRUGV






Name

Model

5HTXLUHG4W\

$SSOLFDEOH2XWGRRU8QLW


$6*73/6

1

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

NOTE :



$IWHUWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVLQVWDOOHGHOHFWURPDJQHWLFQRLVHDWWKHDLURXWOHWVLGHPD\VOLJKWO\

LQFUHDVH7KHUHIRUHLWLVQHFHVVDU\WRFDUHIXOO\FRQVLGHUWKHDLUGLVFKDUJHGLUHFWLRQZKHQLQVWDOOHG

%HVXUHWRWLJKWHQWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGVHFXUHO\WRWKHWRSSDQHODQGVLGHSDQHORIWKHRXWGRRU

XQLWZLWKWKHVXSSOLHGVFUHZVDFFHVVRULHV1RWGRLQJVRPD\FDXVHYLEUDWLRQRUDEQRUPDOQRLVH



'RQRWLQVWDOORWKHURXWGRRUXQLWVLQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHDLURXWOHW,IWKHDLUEORZQRXWRIWKHVQRZ

SURWHFWLRQKRRGLVVXFNHGLQWRWKHRWKHURXWGRRUXQLWLWPD\FDXVHDPDOIXQFWLRQRIWKHXQLW

7KHZLQGORDGVZKLFKWKHRXWGRRUXQLWUHFHLYHVFKDQJHVE\DWWDFKLQJWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRG7KH

UHTXLUHGLQVWDOODWLRQVWUHQJWKZLOODOVRFKDQJHLQVWURQJZLQG7KHUHIRUHUHFKHFNWKHVWUHQJWKRIWKH anchor bolts of the outdoor unit.


SM-16007 1-107

INSTALLATION

7RKROGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGSURSHUO\WRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDJDLQVWDVWURQJZLQGRUDQHDUWKTXDNHVDIHW\





Ɣ 7KHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVKHDY\ZHLJKW0RUHWKDQWZRSHRSOHDUHUHTXLUHGIRULQVWDOODWLRQ%HVXUH

WRZHDUSURWHFWLYHHTXLSPHQWVXFKDVJORYHV

Ɣ 7KHVFUHZVDQGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGPXVWEHSURWHFWHGIURPVFUDWFKHVRUVFUDSHV,IWKH\DUHQ¶W

LWPD\EHWKHFDXVHRIUXVWLQJ+DQGOHZLWKFDUHZKHQWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGLVLQVWDOOHGDQG assembled.






Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)

Screw

(accessories)

2


* Wipe off excess agent

with a cloth.

1


Caulking Agent

(field-supplied)


,QVWDOOWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDWDVXLWDEOHKHLJKWZLWKFRQVLGHUDWLRQIRUVQRZDFFXPXODWLRQ,QFUHDVHWKH

EDVHKHLJKWRUDGGLWLRQDOO\SURYLGHWKHIUDPHXQGHUWKHXQLWKLJKHUWKDQVQRZDFFXPXODWLRQDQG¿[

WKHRXWGRRUXQLWVHFXUHO\ZLWKDQFKRUEROWV




,QDQLQVWDQFHRIPXOWLSOHRXWGRRUXQLWVEHLQJLQVWDOOHGSURYLGHVHUYLFHVSDFHDVVKRZQEHORZ

6HUYLFH6SDFHIRU0XOWLSOH2XWGRRU8QLWV,QVWDOODWLRQ!

Hood for Left Side Air Inlet Outdoor Units


2 inch (50mm) or more space is required for servicing.

Min. 2 inch (50mm)



Min. 2 inch (50mm)

1-108 SM-16007

INSTALLATION



No.

Accessory

4W\

$6*73/6

8QLWLQFKPP

Remarks

1 Right Side Plate 1

Left Side Plate

Faceplate

7RS6LGH

Faceplate

%DFN6LGH

5

6FUHZ

IRU,QVWDOODWLRQ

6FUHZ

IRU$VVHPEOLQJ

0[//

WDSSLQJVFUHZ

W\SH%

0[//

WDSSLQJVFUHZ

W\SH&

1

1

1

8


6SDUH

For installation:

DFFHSWLQJZHOGQXW

6SDUH

SM-16007 1-109

INSTALLATION


7LJKWHQWKHIDFHSODWHEDFNVLGH ZLWKWKHULJKWVLGHSODWH 1 DQGOHIWVLGHSODWH WRJHWKHU

SODFHVE\XVLQJVFUHZVIRUDVVHPEOLQJ

2

1

4

6

7LJKWHQWKHIDFHSODWHWRSVLGH SODFHVE\XVLQJVFUHZVIRUDVVHPEOLQJ

3

6

7LJKWHQORRVHO\WZRVFUHZVIRULQVWDOODWLRQDWWKHWRSRIWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRG 5 WRWKHRXWGRRU

XQLWDQGVHWWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGIRUOHIWVLGHDLULQOHWWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLW7LJKWHQWKHRWKHUIRXU

VFUHZV 5 H[FHSWIRUWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVDQG¿QDOO\WLJKWHQWKHWRSWZRVFUHZVVHFXUHO\

127(

7KH¿WWLQJVORWVIRUWKHKRRGDUHDGMXVWDEOHLQLWV¿[LQJSRVLWLRQZLWKLQ + LQFK + PP)RUKRRG

LQVWDOODWLRQWKHUHPXVWEHQRJDSEHWZHHQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWWRSSODWHDQGWKHKRRGXSSHUSDUW,IWKHUH

LVDJDSLFHPD\IRUPLQVLGHWKHKRRG

(Screws for Installation at

the Top of the Snow Protection Hood)

5

Hood Upper Part


(for Left Side Air Inlet)

5

Shape of

Fitting Slot

9/32

(7)

Outdoor Unit

1-110 SM-16007

INSTALLATION


Hood for Air Outlet


Hood for

Rear Side Air Inlet


29-27/32

(758)

Hood for

Left Side Air Inlet


(field-supplied)

8QLWLQFKPP

Dimension


+<9$+35%6

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&: a


(other protection hood option)

15-3/4

(400)

29-17/32

(750)

7-7/8

(200) a 7-7/8

(200)

Outdoor Unit



Hood for Air Outlet




+<9$+35%6

Model

+<9$+35%6

+<9$+3%&:

$6*73)$6 $6*73)%6

$6*73%$6 $6*73%%6

$6*73/6

$6*7356

127(

7KLVPDQXDODSSOLHVRQO\WRWKHFRPELQDWLRQLQGLFDWHGZLWK .

)RURWKHUVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGRSWLRQVUHIHUWRHDFKLQVWDOODWLRQPDQXDO

SM-16007 1-111

INSTALLATION


(YHQLIGXULQJWKHZDUUDQW\SHULRGWKHVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGEHFRPHVUXVWHGXQGHUFRQGLWLRQVWKDW

DUHFDXVHGE\DONDOLQHRUFRUURVLYHPRLVWXUHUHFRPPHQGDWLRQVDUHWRSURYLGHVDOWGDPDJHUHVLVWDQFH products to prevent such damage.

,QRUGHUWRSURORQJSURGXFWOLIHSHUIRUPSHULRGLFDOPDLQWHQDQFHWRSUHYHQWVLJQL¿FDQWDJLQJGXHWR

GHWHULRUDWLRQ&DUU\RXWWKHIROORZLQJSHULRGLFDOLQVSHFWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHZRUNVLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDLU

FRQGLWLRQHUV¶LQVSHFWLRQ



:KHQUHFRDWLQJVXFKSDUWVEHVXUHWRJULQGWKHFRDWLQJXVLQJVDQGSDSHUWREHIRUHUH

DSSO\LQJFRDWLQJDJHQW:HDUSURWHFWLYHHTXLSPHQWVXFKDVYLQ\OJORYHVZKHQKDQGOLQJWKHFRDWLQJ

DJHQWWRSUHYHQWFRQWDFWZLWKVNLQ


&KHFNIRUORRVHVFUHZVDQGUHWLJKWHQZKHQLQVSHFWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHLVSHUIRUPHG,QRUGHUWR

SUHYHQWVFUHZEUHDNDJHEHVXUHWRWLJKWHQZLWKWKHIROORZLQJWRUTXHV

07DSSLQJ6FUHZ7\SH&IRU$VVHPEOLQJ + >,EIIW@ + >1P@

07DSSLQJ6FUHZ7\SH%IRU,QVWDOODWLRQ 5 : 1.8 + >,EIIW@ + >1P@

1-112 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

1.2.1.4 Toppling Prevention Tool: ASG-SW20A

This Toppling Prevention Tool is to prevent the outdoor unit from overturning by strong winds or an earthquake (when the Snow Protection Hood is attached). Install it as instructed in this manual.


Ɣ 5HDGDQGXQGHUVWDQGWKLVPDQXDOEHIRUHXVLQJWKLV Toppling Prevention Tool.








Name

Model

Required Qty.


Toppling Prevention Tool

ASG-SW20A

1

Top Flow Type

72,000 to 120,000 Btu/h

1

Side Flow Type

36,000 to 60,000 Btu/h

NOTE :




No.

Accessory

1 Eyebolt (SUS, M6)

2

Securing Plate

(SUS)

Qty.

(with Square Washer, Spring Washer and Nut)

Hole for M8

4 sets for each

4

3 Wire (SUS) 1

I 1/16 inch (2mm) x 66 ft (20m)

4 Fastening Fitting 8

SM-16007 1-113

INSTALLATION


5HIHUWR¿JXUH A below and attach the eyebolt ( 1 ) to the I 5/16inch (8mm) hole on the lower part of the Snow Protection Hood.

(2) Tighten the securing plate ( 2 ) to the foundation with the anchor bolt for assembling.

5HIHUWR¿JXUH B below and tighten the anchor bolt.

Insert the wire ( 3 WRWKHIDVWHQLQJ¿WWLQJ 4 ) in the tightening direction.

Pull the wire with pliers and adjust it to be tight and securely hold the unit in place.

(3) Cut the extra length of the wire with cutting pliers after adjustment.

Unit: inch (mm)

● For Side Flow Type ● For Top Flow Type

Snow Protection

Hood (for Top)


(for Rear Side)

Toppling

Prevention Tool

A


(for Front Side)

A

Toppling

Prevention Tool

Toppling

Prevention Tool

A A

Toppling

Prevention Tool

Snow Protection

Hood (for Rear)

B

(60 o )

* 37-13/16

(960)

Snow Protection

Hood (for Side)

B

(60 o )

* 36-13/16

(935)

(55 o )

* 49-1/2

(1258)

* The estimated dimensions of installation with a recommended wire angle.

* 49-1/2

(1258)

(55 o )

1 Eyebolt

4 Fastening Fitting

3

φ

1/16 (2) Wire

Square Washer

Spring Washer

Nut

A


1 Eyebolt

3

φ

1/16 (2) Wire

4 Fastening Fitting

3

φ

1/16 (2) Wire

4 Fastening Fitting

2 Securing Plate

Anchor Bolt

(Field-Supplied)

The arrow indicates the insert direction of the wire

Pull the lever to disengage locking mechanism to adjust wire tension.

Re-engage lever after proper tension.

< Caution for Installation >

(1) To prevent split wire edge, wrap up the wire with plastic tape when cutting for length adjustment.

(2) It may be difficult to unlock the fastening fitting while applying tension to the wire.

Pay attention for sudden change in wire tension when unlock the fastening fitting.

(3) Wrap the fastening fitting with plastic tape to prevent unexpected unlocking after securing the wire position.

Foundation

B

1-114 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

1.2.1.5 Seismic Kit: SSK-TP10A

During an earthquake this Seismic Kit prevents destruction or damage to the outdoor unit by improving its strength and fracture toughness.




• 1RSDUWRIWKLVPDQXDOPD\EHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXW-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV¶ZULWWHQSHUPLVVLRQ



• This kit is designed for a combination of Johnson Control air conditioners. Do not use this kit by itself or in

FRPELQDWLRQZLWKRWKHUFRPSDQLHV¶DLUFRQGLWLRQHUV

• Read and understand this manual before using this Seismic Kit.

• %HVXUHWRIROORZWKLV³,PSRUWDQW1RWLFHÚHODWHGWRVDIHW\


• 6LJQDOZRUGVDUHXVHGWRLGHQWLI\OHYHOVRIKD]DUGVHULRXVQHVV'H¿QLWLRQVIRULGHQWLI\LQJKD]DUGOHYHOVDUH

SURYLGHGEHORZZLWKWKHLUUHVSHFWLYHVLJQDOZRUGV




Name

Model

Required Qty.


Seismic Kit

SSK-TP10A x 1

+<9$+3%6

+<9$+5%6

+<9$+3%&:


%HVXUHWRXVHVXSSOLHGEROWVDQGVHFXUHO\WKHPZKHQ\RXLQVWDOOWKH6HLVPLF.LWWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLW

7KHDGGLWLRQDOVHUYLFHVSDFHLVUHTXLUHGWRLQVWDOOWKH6HLVPLF.LW

SM-16007 1-115

INSTALLATION



Accessory Remarks No.

1 Left Support

Qty.

2

2 Right Support 2

Washer

%ROW0

5 1XW0

8

8

6SDUH

6SDUH

6SDUH

1-116 SM-16007

INSTALLATION

4. Seismic Kit Installation Procedures

$IWHUFRQ¿UPLQJWKHRXWGRRUXQLWPRGHOLQVWDOOWKH6HLVPLF.LWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUHV,QVWDOO

WKH6HLVPLF.LWVHFXUHO\ZLWKWKHVXSSOLHGEROWV,I\RXGRQ¶WWLJKWHQWKHEROWVZHOOHQRXJKWKHXQLWPD\

YLEUDWH,I\RXVFUHZWKHEROWVWRRWLJKWO\\RXPD\GDPDJHWKHEROWWKUHDGV

[for Front Left]

$GMXVWWKHLQVWDOODWLRQKROHSRVLWLRQRIWKHOHIWVXSSRUW 1 WRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWERWWRPEDVH

1

$WWDFKWKHOHIWVXSSRUW 1 WRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWZLWKEROWV WKURXJKWKHLQVWDOODWLRQKROH3XWDKDQG into the square hole on the outdoor unit bottom base to temporarily fasten the bolt and the nut ( 5

WZRSRUWLRQV

5

4

7KHQXW 5 ZLWKDQDGMXVWDEOHZUHQFKRUHWFWKHQVHFXUHO\WLJKWHQWKHEROW ZLWKD3KLOOLSVKHDG

GULYHUIURPWKHIURQWRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWWZRSRUWLRQV

5

Wrench

4

Phillips-head Driver

,QVWDOOWKHOHIWVXSSRUW 1 WRWKHEDFNOHIWRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWERWWRPEDVHDQGWKHULJKWVXSSRUW 2 WR the front and back right of the outdoor unit bottom base.

NOTE:

7KHZDVKHU LQFOXGHGZLWKWKLVSURGXFWLVIRUWKHRXWGRRUXQLW¶VLQVWDOODWLRQ6WLFNWKHZDVKHU WR

WKHRXWGRRUXQLWZLWKGXFWWDSHRUNHHSWKHZDVKHU LQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDFFHVVRU\EDJ

SM-16007 1-117

INSTALLATION


Seismic Kit Seismic Kit Seismic Kit

Front Side Rear Side

6. Outdoor Unit Installation Procedure

,QVWDOOWKH6HLVPLF.LWWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWEHIRUH\RXLQVWDOOWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDWWKHVLWH,QVWDOOWKHRXWGRRU

XQLWZLWKDQDQFKRUEROW0DWWDFKHGDWWKHLQVWDOODWLRQSRVLWLRQZLWKWKHQXW0WKURXJKWKHZDVKHU

Fasten the bolt tightly.

NOTE:

7RVHFXUHWKHHDUWKTXDNHUHVLVWDQWVWUHQJWKRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWXVHWKHZDVKHU IRUWKHLQVWDOODWLRQ

5HIHUWRWKH³2XWGRRU8QLW,QVWDOODWLRQ0DQXDO´WRWKHLQVWDOODWLRQZRUN

Enlarged Cross Section of Installing Anchor Bolt

3/16

11/16

Min.

3-3/16

2-3/4

Anchor Bolt (M12) (Field-Supplied)

Nut (Field-Supplied)

3 Washer (Accessories)

Vibration Proof Mat (Field-Supplied)

Place the edge of the unit onto the vibration proof mat.

Filled Mortar

Foundation

Min. 3-15/16

Drainage (example)

Drainage

11/16

2-3/4

Right Side of Unit

Refrigerant

Pipe

28-11/16

24-9/16

30-1/8

(Unit: inch)

11/16

2-3/4

1-118 SM-16007

INSTALLATION


1.2.2.1 Piping Connection Kit

Ɣ0&13$0&13$ .........................................................................................................................

0XOWL.LW/LQH%UDQFK

Ɣ0:13$0:13$0:13$0:13$ ..................................................................

0XOWL.LW+HDGHU%UDQFK

Ɣ0+13$0+13$ ..........................................................................................................................

60

INSTALLATION

1.2.2.1 Piping Connection Kit

Ɣ0&13$0&13$

1. Applicable Outdoor Units

These multiple piping connecting kits can be applied to the R410A VRF systems.

2. Transportation

Transport this product as close to the installation site as is practical before unpacking. Do not discard any foam packaging as it is used as insulation for the joint kits after pressure testing is complete






International Organization for Standardization: (ISO 5149 or European Standard, EN 378). No part of this manual may be reproduced in any way without the expressed written consent of Johnson Controls Inc.





Product Inspection Upon Arrival






PDLQWHQDQFHDULVH/LDELOLW\GRHVQRWFRYHUGHIHFWVRULJLQDWLQJIURPXQDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQVSHUIRUPHG by a customer without the written consent of Johnson Controls, Inc. Performing any mechanical alterations on this product without the consent of the manufacturer will render your warranty null and void.

60

INSTALLATION

Signal Words






Ɣ 7KLVV\VWHPVKRXOGEHLQVWDOOHGE\SHUVRQQHOFHUWL¿HGE\-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV,QF3HUVRQQHOPXVWEHTXDOL¿HG according to local, state and national building and safety codes and regulations. Incorrect installation could

FDXVHOHDNVHOHFWULFVKRFN¿UHRUH[SORVLRQ,QDUHDVZKHUH6HLVPLFµ¶3HUIRUPDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWVDUHVSHFL¿HG the appropriate measures should be taken during installation to guard against possible damage or injury that might occur in an earthquake if the unit is not installed correctly, injuries may occur due to a falling unit.

Ɣ Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), such as gloves and protective goggles and, where appropriate, have a gas mask nearby. Also use electrical protection equipment and tools suited for electrical

RSHUDWLRQSXUSRVHV.HHSDTXHQFKLQJFORWKDQGD¿UHH[WLQJXLVKHUQHDUE\GXULQJEUD]LQJ8VHFDUHLQKDQGOLQJ rigging, and setting of bulky equipment.

Ɣ When transporting, be careful when picking up, moving and mounting these units. Although the unit may be packed using plastic straps, do not use them for transporting the unit from one location to another. Do not stand on or put any material on the unit. Get a partner to help, and bend with your knees when lifting to reduce strain

RQ\RXUEDFN6KDUSHGJHVRUWKLQDOXPLQXP¿QVRQWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUFDQFXW¿QJHUVVRZHDUSURWHFWLYH gloves.


Ɣ Johnson Controls will not assume any liability for injuries or damage caused by not following steps outlined or

GHVFULEHGLQWKLVPDQXDO8QDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQVWR-RKQVRQ&RQWUROVSURGXFWVDUHSURKLELWHGDVWKH\« ƕ May create hazards which could result in death, serious injury or equipment damage; ƕ Will void product warranties; ƕ 0D\LQYDOLGDWHSURGXFWUHJXODWRU\FHUWL¿FDWLRQV ƕ May violate OSHA standards;


Ɣ Be careful that moisture, dust, or variant refrigerant compounds not enter the refrigerant cycle during installation work. Foreign matter could damage internal components or cause blockages.

Ɣ ,IDLU¿OWHUVDUHUHTXLUHGRQWKLVXQLWGRQRWRSHUDWHWKHXQLWZLWKRXWWKHDLU¿OWHUVHWLQSODFH,IWKHDLU¿OWHULVQRW installed, dust may accumulate and breakdown may result.

Ɣ Do not install this unit in any place where silicon gases can coalesce. If the silicon gas molecules attach

WKHPVHOYHVWRWKHVXUIDFHRIWKHKHDWH[FKDQJHUWKH¿QQHGVXUIDFHVZLOOUHSHOZDWHU$VDUHVXOWDQ\DPRXQWRI

GUDLQDJHPRLVWXUHFRQGHQVDWHFDQRYHUÀRZIURPWKHGUDLQFRQGHQVDWHSDQDQGFRXOGUXQLQVLGHRIWKHHOHFWULFDO box, possibly causing electrical failures.

Ɣ When installing the unit in a hospital or other facility where electromagnetic waves are generated from nearby medical and/or electronic devices, be prepared for noise and electronic interference Electromagnetic

Interference (EMI). Do not install where the waves can directly radiate into the electrical box, controller cable, or controller. Inverters, appliances, high-frequency medical equipment, and radio communications equipment may cause the unit to malfunction. The operation of the unit may also adversely affect these same devices. Install the unit at least 10 ft. (approximately 3m) away from such devices.

60

INSTALLATION

Ɣ When a wireless controller is used, locate at a distance of at least 3.3 ft. (1m) between the indoor unit and

HOHFWULFOLJKWLQJ,IQRWWKHUHFHLYHUSDUWRIWKHXQLWPD\KDYHGLI¿FXOW\UHFHLYLQJRSHUDWLRQFRPPDQGV

Ɣ Do not install the unit in any location where animals and plants can come into direct contact with the outlet air stream. Exposure could adversely affect the animals and plants.

Ɣ Do not install the unit with any downward slope to the side of the drain adaptor. If you do, you may have drain

ZDWHUÀRZLQJEDFNZKLFKPD\FDXVHOHDNV

Ɣ Be sure the drain hose discharges water properly. If connected incorrectly, it may cause leaks.

Ɣ Do not install the unit in any place where oil can seep onto the units, such as table or seating areas in restaurants, and so forth. For these locations or social venues, use specialized units with oil-resistant features built into them. In addition, use a specialized ceiling fan designed for restaurant use. These specialized oilresistant units can be ordered for such applications. However, in places where large quantities of oil can splash onto the unit, such as a factory, even the specialized units cannot be used. These products should not be installed in such locations.


To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the following installation precautions must be followed:

Ɣ :KHQLQVWDOOLQJWKHXQLWLQWR« ƕ $ZDOO0DNHVXUHWKHZDOOLVVWURQJHQRXJKWRKROGWKHXQLW¶VZHLJKW,WPD\EHQHFHVVDU\WRFRQVWUXFWD strong wood or metal frame to provide added support.

ƕ A room: Properly insulate any refrigerant tubing run inside a room to prevent “sweating” that can cause

GULSSLQJDQGZDWHUGDPDJHWRZDOODQGÀRRUV ƕ Moist or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

ƕ An area with high winds: Securely anchor the outdoor unit down with bolts and a metal frame. Provide a

VXLWDEOHDLUEDIÀH ƕ A snowy area: Install the outdoor unit on a raised platform that is higher than drifting snow. Provide snow vents.

Ɣ 'RQRWLQVWDOOWKHXQLWLQWKHIROORZLQJSODFHV'RLQJVRFDQUHVXOWLQDQH[SORVLRQ¿UHGHIRUPDWLRQFRUURVLRQRU product failure.

ƕ ([SORVLYHRUÀDPPDEOHDWPRVSKHUH ƕ :KHUHD¿UHRLOVWHDPRUSRZGHUFDQGLUHFWO\HQWHUWKHXQLWVXFKDVQHDUE\RUDERYHDNLWFKHQVWRYH ƕ Where oil (including machinery oil) may be present.

ƕ :KHUHFRUURVLYHJDVHVVXFKDVFKORULQHEURPLQHRUVXO¿GHFDQDFFXPXODWHVXFKDVQHDUDKRWWXERU hot spring.

ƕ :KHUHGHQVHVDOWODGHQDLUÀRZLVKHDY\VXFKDVLQFRDVWDOUHJLRQV ƕ Where the air quality is of high acidity.

ƕ Where harmful gases can be generated from decomposition.

Ɣ Do not position the drain pipe for the indoor unit near any sanitary sewers where corrosive gases may be present. If you do, toxic gases can seep into breathable air spaces and can cause respiratory injuries. If the

GUDLQSLSHLVLQVWDOOHGLQFRUUHFWO\ZDWHUOHDNDJHDQGGDPDJHWRWKHFHLOLQJÀRRUIXUQLWXUHRURWKHUSRVVHVVLRQV may result. If the condensate piping becomes clogged, water may drip from the indoor unit. Do not install the indoor unit where such dripping can cause moisture damage or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

Ɣ %HIRUHSHUIRUPLQJDQ\EUD]LQJZRUNEHVXUHWKDWWKHUHDUHQRÀDPPDEOHPDWHULDOVRURSHQÀDPHVQHDUE\

Ɣ Perform a test run to ensure normal operation. Safety guards, shields, barriers, covers, and protective devices

PXVWEHLQSODFHZKLOHWKHFRPSUHVVRUXQLWLVRSHUDWLQJ'XULQJWKHWHVWUXQNHHS¿QJHUVDQGFORWKLQJDZD\IURP any moving parts.

Ɣ &OHDQXSWKHVLWHZKHQ¿QLVKHGUHPHPEHULQJWRFKHFNWKDWQRPHWDOVFUDSVRUELWVRIZLULQJKDYHEHHQOHIW inside the unit being installed.

After installation work for the system has been completed, explain the “Safety Precautions,” use, and maintenance of the unit to the customer according to the information in all manuals that accompanied the system. All manuals and warranty information must be given to the user or left near the Indoor Unit.

60

INSTALLATION

Refrigerant Precaution


Ɣ As originally manufactured, this unit contains refrigerant installed by Johnson Controls. Johnson Controls uses

RQO\UHIULJHUDQWVWKDWKDYHEHHQDSSURYHGIRUXVHLQWKHXQLW¶VLQWHQGHGKRPHFRXQWU\RUPDUNHW-RKQVRQ

Controls distributors similarly are only authorized to provide refrigerants that have been approved for use in the

FRXQWULHVRUPDUNHWVWKH\VHUYH7KHUHIULJHUDQWXVHGLQWKLVXQLWLVLGHQWL¿HGRQWKHXQLW¶VIDFHSODWHDQGRULQWKH

DVVRFLDWHGPDQXDOV$Q\DGGLWLRQVRIUHIULJHUDQWLQWRWKLVXQLWPXVWFRPSO\ZLWKWKHFRXQWU\¶VUHTXLUHPHQWVZLWK regard to refrigerant use and should be obtained from Johnson Controls distributors. Use of any non-approved refrigerant substitutes will void the warranty and will increase the potential risk of injury or death.

Ɣ If installed in a small room, take measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the maximum allowable concentration in the event that refrigerant gases should escape. Refrigerant gases can cause asphyxiation

(0.026lbs/ft 3 (0.42 kg/m 3 ) based on ISO 5149 for R410A). Consult with your distributor for countermeasures

(ventilation system and so on). If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.

Ɣ Before installation is complete, make sure that the refrigerant leak test has been performed. If refrigerant gases

HVFDSHLQWRWKHDLUWXUQ2))WKHPDLQVZLWFKH[WLQJXLVKDQ\RSHQÀDPHVDQGFRQWDFW\RXUVHUYLFHFRQWUDFWRU

Refrigerant (Fluorocarbon) for this unit is odorless. If the refrigerant should leak and come into contact with open

ÀDPHVWR[LFJDVFRXOGEHJHQHUDWHG$OVREHFDXVHWKHÀXRURFDUERQVDUHKHDYLHUWKDQDLUWKH\VHWWOHWRWKH

ÀRRUZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDVSK\[LDWLRQ

Ɣ When installing the unit, and connecting refrigerant piping, keep all piping runs as short as possible, and make sure to securely connect the refrigerant piping before the compressor starts operating. If the refrigerant piping is not connected and the compressor activates with the stop valve opened, the refrigerant cycle will become

VXEMHFWHGWRH[WUHPHO\KLJKSUHVVXUHZKLFKFDQFDXVHDQH[SORVLRQRU¿UH

Ɣ 7LJKWHQWKHÀDUHQXWZLWKDWRUTXHZUHQFKLQWKHVSHFL¿HGPDQQHU'RQRWDSSO\H[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRWKHÀDUHQXW

ZKHQWLJKWHQLQJ,I\RXGRWKHÀDUHQXWFDQFUDFNDQGUHIULJHUDQWOHDNDJHPD\RFFXU












Ɣ Be sure to install circuit breakers (ground fault interrupter, isolating switch, molded case circuit breaker and so

RQZLWKWKHVSHFL¿HGFDSDFLW\(QVXUHWKDWWKHZLULQJWHUPLQDOVDUHWLJKWHQHGVHFXUHO\WRUHFRPPHQGHGWRUTXH

VSHFL¿FDWLRQV

Ɣ Clamp electrical wires securely with a cord clamp after all wiring is connected to the terminal block. In addition, run wires securely through the wiring access channel.

60

INSTALLATION




Ɣ $IWHUVWRSSLQJRSHUDWLRQEHVXUHWRZDLWDWOHDVW¿YHPLQXWHVEHIRUHWXUQLQJRIIWKHPDLQSRZHUVZLWFK

Otherwise, water leakage or electrical breakdown may result. Disconnect the power source completely before attempting any maintenance for electrical parts. Check to ensure that no residual voltage is present after disconnecting the power source.




60

INSTALLATION

Do not place any material on this product


IMPORTANT!

&RQ¿UPWKHQXPEHURIWKHIROORZLQJSDUWVNLWE\UHIHUHQFLQJWKHPRGHOQXPEHUSULQWHGRQWKH package before opening. Do NOT intermix any foreign objects within this kit. Verify that no foreign objects are present inside any kit components prior to installation.

Name of Parts

MC-NP20A1

Qty.

MC-NP21A1

Qty.

MC-NP30A1


Qty.


Qty.

Branch Pipe for

High/Low Pressure

Gas Line

1 1 1 1

Branch Pipe for

Liquid Line

1 1 1 1

Insulation for

High/Low Pressure

Gas Line

1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set

Insulation for

Liquid Line


1 1 1 1

Reducer for

High/Low Pressure

Gas Line Connection

(For Connecting Pipe

(Field-Supplied))

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

-

None 1 2 1 1 2

Reducer for

Liquid Line Connection

(For Connecting Pipe

(Field-Supplied))

1 1 1 1

-

1 None None None

Tape

2 2 2

NOTE :

If any of these parts are missing, please contact your distributor. Do not discard any foam packaging as it is used as insulation for the joint kits after pressure testing is complete.

2


4.1 Piping Connection Size

7KHHQGVRIWKHPXOWLNLWVDUH¿QLVKHGDVVKRZQLQWKHIROORZLQJ¿JXUHV&XWWKHHQGRIWKHSLSHWRFRUUHVSRQG with the pipe size.

Allow adequate space for elbow, angled, and irregular piping arrangements to compensate for expansion and contraction brought on by temperature change.

60

INSTALLATION

Model

Branch Pipe for

High/Low Pressure Gas Line

ID 7/8

ID 1

ID 1-1/8

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

Branch Pipe for

Liquid Line

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 3/8

ID 1/2

ID 7/8

Reducer for


OD 1

ID 1

ID 7/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8 ID 3/4

Reducer for

Liquid Line

OD 3/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

MC-NP20A1

OD 7/8 OD 5/8

(To Indoor Unit)

ID 1

(To Outdoor Unit)

ID 1-1/4

ID 1

ID 1-1/8

ID 1-1/4

ID 3/4

(To Indoor Unit)

(To Outdoor Unit)

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 3/8

ID 1/2

ID 1-1/8

ID 1

ID 1

OD 7/8

OD 1-1/4

ID 1/2

MC-NP21A1

ID 1-1/2

ID 1

ID 1-1/8

OD 3/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

(To Indoor Unit)

ID 1-1/4

(To Outdoor Unit)

ID 3/4

(To Indoor Unit)

(To Outdoor Unit)

OD 1-1/4

ID 1-1/8 ID 1-3/8

ID 1-1/4

ID 1-1/2

(To Piping Connection Kit 2)

ID 1

ID 1-1/8

ID 1-1/4

ID 5/8

ID 3/4


ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 3/8

ID 1/2

ID 7/8

OD 1-1/4 OD 1-1/2

OD 1-1/4

ID 1-1/8

ID 1

ID 1-1/4 ID 1-1/8

OD 1-1/4

OD 1 ID 3/4

OD 3/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

(To Indoor Unit)

ID 1-1/4

(To Outdoor Unit)

ID 3/4

(To Indoor Unit)

(To Outdoor Unit)

OD 1-1/4

ID 7/8

OD 1-1/2

MC-NP30A1

ID 1-3/8

(Qty. 2)

ID 1-5/8

OD 1-1/4

( )

ID 1-1/4

ID 1-1/2

ID 1

ID 1-1/8

ID 1-1/4

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 3/8

ID 1/2

ID 1-1/8

ID 1

ID 1

ID 1-1/8

OD 3/4

OD 1-1/4

( )

OD 1-1/4 ID 1-3/8 ID 1-1/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8


ID 1-1/4

(To Outdoor Unit)

ID 3/4


(To Outdoor Unit)

OD 1-1/4

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

ID 1-1/8

OD 1

(Qty. 2)

Unit: inch, ID: Inner Diameter, OD: Outer Diameter

( ): When installing the “Branch Pipe for High/Low Pressure Gas Line” for “Piping Connection Kit 2”, install “Long

Reducer” at “To Piping Connection Kit 1” side of “Piping Connection Kit 2”. Otherwise, it could result in abnormal oil distribution between each of the outdoor units.

60

INSTALLATION

4.2 Installation Position

• Horizontal Installation

/RFDWHWKHEUDQFKSLSHVWREHFRPHWKH³<´XQLRQSLSHVHFWLRQZLWKWKHDI¿[HGFDXWLRQODEHO

(Inclination within +15 o )

Make the straight section a minimum of 1.6ft (0.5m) after the vertical bend.

Incorrect installation can result in the failure of the outdoor unit.

Upward

Straight Length

Min. 1.6ff (0.5m)

Caution Label

Horizontally

Downward

INCORRECT

Inclination within +15 o

A

+15 o

Inclination

(View from A)

4.3 Piping Connection

3HUIRUPSLSLQJFRQQHFWLRQVZRUNE\UHIHUULQJWRWKH¿JXUHEHORZ

Refer to the installation and maintenance manual for outdoor units for piping length between outdoor units and between piping connection kits.

Example: Combination of three Outdoor Units

Front Side or Rear Side Piping Connection


(Liquid)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Outdoor Unit A


(Liquid)

Outdoor Unit B

Outdoor Unit C

High/Low Pressure Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(High/Low Pressure Gas)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(Field-Supplied)



Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(Field-Supplied)

Foundation

Downward Piping Connection

Base

(Field-Supplied)

Outdoor Unit A

Accessory Pipe

(Z-Shape)

High/Low Pressure

Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)

Outdoor Unit C


(Field-Supplied)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)




(Liquid)

Outdoor Unit B

Accessory Pipe

(Z-Shape)

Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)



Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied) Accessory Pipe

(L-Shape)

Liquid Piping

(Field-Supplied)


(Liquid) High/Low Pressure Gas Piping

(Field-Supplied)

NOTE:

8VHWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGFRQQHFWLQJSLSHLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHLQVWDOODWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHPDQXDOIRUWKHRXWGRRU units. If necessary, use a reducer (accessory).

60

INSTALLATION

4.4 Piping Work

1. :KHQWKHEUDQFKHGSLSHVL]HLVLQFKPPRUOHVVLQLQQHUGLDPHWHUD¿HOGVXSSOLHGPLQLSLSHFXWWHU is required.

inch (mm)

Recommended Mini-Pipe Cutter Available Cut Size Rotating Radius

13/16

(21)

3/16 - 1-1/8

(5 - 29)

2 inches (51)

2-3/4

(70)

2-3/4 inch (70mm) or less

2. Use clean copper piping with no dust or moisture on internal surfaces present. When connecting refrigerant piping, cut copper pipes with a pipe cutter as shown below. Blow-out the pipes with nitrogen or compressed air

WRUHPRYHDQ\GXVWRUPHWDO¿OLQJV'RQRWXVHDVDZRUDJULQGVWRQHZKLFKFDQOHDYHEHKLQGODUJHDPRXQWVRI

¿OLQJVDQGFXWWLQJUHVLGXH

Pipe Cutter

Pipe

Deburring

Connection

Part

3. When cutting the pipe, allow for an adequate depth for brazing as shown in the following table.

Diameter

(A)

3/16 < A < 5/16

(5 < A < 8)

5/16 < A < 15/32

(8 < A < 12)

15/32 < A < 5/8

(12 < A < 16)

5/8 < A < 31/32

(16 < A < 25)

31/32 < A < 1-3/8

(25 < A < 35)

1-3/8 < A < 1-25/32

(35 < A < 45) inch (mm)


(B)

1/4 (6)

9/32 (7)

5/16 (8)

13/32 (10)

15/32 (12)

9/16 (14)

B

Ɣ&DXWLRQIRU5HIULJHUDQW3LSLQJ

When installing pipe through the wall, secure a cap at the end of the pipe.

INCORRECT

Hole


CORRECT

Do NOT place the pipe directly on the ground.

CORRECT INCORRECT


CORRECT

Attach a cap or vinyl tape with rubber band.

INCORRECT


60

INSTALLATION

4. Make sure that all stop valves of the outdoor unit are closed completely.

5. Bleed nitrogen gas through refrigerant lines when brazing. Pressure should not exceed 2.9psi (0.02MPa).

Make sure that a test for leakage of refrigerant gases has been performed. The refrigerant used for this unit

+)&5$LVDQRQÀDPPDEOHQRQWR[LFDQGRGRUOHVVJDV+RZHYHULIUHIULJHUDQWVKRXOGOHDNDQGPDNH

FRQWDFWZLWKVSDUNV¿UHWR[LFJDVZLOOEHJHQHUDWHG$OVREHFDXVHWKHÀXRURFDUERQLVKHDYLHUWKDQDLUWKH

ÀRRUVXUIDFHZLOOEH¿OOHGZLWKLWZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHVXIIRFDWLRQ

6. The air-tight test pressure for this product is 601psi (4.15MPa).

7. ,QVWDOOWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGLQVXODWLRQZLWKWKHVHPXOWLNLWVWRHDFKEUDQFKOLTXLGVLGHDQGJDVHRXVVLGHZLWK

WDSH$OVRDSSO\WKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGLQVXODWLRQIRUWKHVHXQLWV

NOTE

When polyethylene foam is applied, a thickness of 13/32 inch (10mm) for liquid piping and 19/32 to 25/32 inch

(15 to 20mm) for gas piping is recommended. (Use a grade of insulation with heat resistance value of 212ºF

(100ºC) for gas piping.)

Insulation (Field-Supplied)

Insulation for Gas and

Liquid Line (Accessory)

Wrap the insultation tape without gap between accessory insulation and field-supplied insulation.

Do NOT leave a gap between the insulation.

Fix the insulation with tape (accessory) completely after taping temporary.

Insulation Tape (Field-Supplied)

Ɣ 3HUIRUPLQVXODWLRQZRUNRQO\ZKHQWKHVXUIDFHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHSLSHPDWHULDOKDVFRROHGWRURRP temperature. Anything done immediately after brazing can cause the insulation to melt.

Ɣ During piping work, always cover over or plug the open end to keep the inside free of dust and moisture.

After installation, it is recommended that the customer retain this manual for future reference.

60

INSTALLATION

0XOWL.LW/LQH%UDQFK

Ɣ0:13$0:13$0:13$0:13$


These multiple line branches can be applied to the R410A VRF systems.


Transport this product as close to the installation site as practical before unpacking. Do not discard any foam packaging as it is used as insulation for the joint kits after pressure testing is complete.

Do not place any material on this product.





Ɣ The installer and system specialist shall safeguard against leakage in accordance with local

SLSH¿WWHUDQGHOHFWULFDOFRGHV7KHIROORZLQJVWDQGDUGVPD\EHDSSOLFDEOHLIORFDOUHJXODWLRQVDUH not available. International Organization for Standardization: (ISO 5149 or European Standard, EN

378). No part of this manual may be reproduced in any way without the expressed written consent of

Johnson Controls Inc.





Product Inspection upon Arrival






PDLQWHQDQFHDULVH/LDELOLW\GRHVQRWFRYHUGHIHFWVRULJLQDWLQJIURPXQDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQVSHUIRUPHGE\ a customer without the written consent of Johnson Controls, Inc. Performing any mechanical alterations on this product without the consent of the manufacturer will render your warranty null and void.

60

INSTALLATION

Signal Words









RSHUDWLRQSXUSRVHV.HHSDTXHQFKLQJFORWKDQGD¿UHH[WLQJXLVKHUQHDUE\GXULQJEUD]LQJ8VHFDUHLQ handling, rigging, and setting of bulky equipment.

Ɣ When transporting, be careful when picking up, moving and mounting these units. Although the unit may be packed using plastic straps, do not use them for transporting the unit from one location to another. Do not stand on or put any material on the unit. Get a partner to help, and bend with your knees when lifting to

UHGXFHVWUDLQRQ\RXUEDFN6KDUSHGJHVRUWKLQDOXPLQXP¿QVRQWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUFDQFXW¿QJHUVVRZHDU protective gloves.

Ɣ Do not touch or adjust any safety devices inside the indoor or outdoor units. All safety features, disengagement, and interlocks must be in place and functioning correctly before the equipment is put into operation. If these devices are improperly adjusted or tampered with in any way, a serious accident can occur.

Never bypass or jump-out any safety device or switch.




Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ


,IDLU¿OWHUVDUHUHTXLUHGRQWKLVXQLWGRQRWRSHUDWHWKHXQLWZLWKRXWWKHDLU¿OWHUVHWLQSODFH,IWKHDLU¿OWHULV not installed, dust may accumulate and breakdown may result.

Do not install this unit in any place where silicon gases can coalesce. If the silicon gas molecules attach

WKHPVHOYHVWRWKHVXUIDFHRIWKHKHDWH[FKDQJHUWKH¿QQHGVXUIDFHVZLOOUHSHOZDWHU$VDUHVXOWDQ\

DPRXQWRIGUDLQDJHPRLVWXUHFRQGHQVDWHFDQRYHUÀRZIURPWKHGUDLQFRQGHQVDWHSDQDQGFRXOGUXQLQVLGH of the electrical box, possibly causing electrical failures.



60

INSTALLATION

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

When a wireless controller is used, locate at a distance of at least 3.3 ft. (1m) between the indoor unit and



Do not install the unit with any downward slope to the side of the drain adaptor. If you do, you may have

GUDLQZDWHUÀRZLQJEDFNZKLFKPD\FDXVHOHDNV






Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

:KHQLQVWDOOLQJWKHXQLWLQWR«

Ɠ $ZDOO0DNHVXUHWKHZDOOLVVWURQJHQRXJKWRKROGWKHXQLW¶VZHLJKW,WPD\EHQHFHVVDU\WRFRQVWUXFWD strong wood or metal frame to provide added support.

Ɠ A room: Properly insulate any refrigerant tubing run inside a room to prevent “sweating” that can cause

GULSSLQJDQGZDWHUGDPDJHWRZDOODQGÀRRUV

Ɠ Moist or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

Ɠ An area with high winds: Securely anchor the outdoor unit down with bolts and a metal frame. Provide a

VXLWDEOHDLUEDIÀH




Ɠ :KHUHD¿UHRLOVWHDPRUSRZGHUFDQGLUHFWO\HQWHUWKHXQLWVXFKDVQHDUE\RUDERYHDNLWFKHQVWRYH


Ɠ :KHUHFRUURVLYHJDVHVVXFKDVFKORULQHEURPLQHRUVXO¿GHFDQDFFXPXODWHVXFKDVQHDUDKRWWXERUKRWVSULQJ




Do not position the drain pipe for the indoor unit near any sanitary sewers where corrosive gases may be present. If you do, toxic gases can seep into breathable air spaces and can cause respiratory injuries.

,IWKHGUDLQSLSHLVLQVWDOOHGLQFRUUHFWO\ZDWHUOHDNDJHDQGGDPDJHWRWKHFHLOLQJÀRRUIXUQLWXUHRURWKHU possessions may result. If the condensate piping becomes clogged, water may drip from the indoor unit.

Do not install the indoor unit where such dripping can cause moisture damage or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

%HIRUHSHUIRUPLQJDQ\EUD]LQJZRUNEHVXUHWKDWWKHUHDUHQRÀDPPDEOHPDWHULDOVRURSHQÀDPHVQHDUE\

Perform a test run to ensure normal operation. Safety guards, shields, barriers, covers, and protective


&OHDQXSWKHVLWHZKHQ¿QLVKHGUHPHPEHULQJWRFKHFNWKDWQRPHWDOVFUDSVRUELWVRIZLULQJKDYHEHHQOHIW inside the unit being installed.


60

INSTALLATION



Ɣ As originally manufactured, this unit contains refrigerant installed by Johnson Controls. Johnson Controls

XVHVRQO\UHIULJHUDQWVWKDWKDYHEHHQDSSURYHGIRUXVHLQWKHXQLW¶VLQWHQGHGKRPHFRXQWU\RUPDUNHW

Johnson Controls distributors similarly are only authorized to provide refrigerants that have been approved

IRUXVHLQWKHFRXQWULHVRUPDUNHWVWKH\VHUYH7KHUHIULJHUDQWXVHGLQWKLVXQLWLVLGHQWL¿HGRQWKHXQLW¶V faceplate and/or in the associated manuals. Any additions of refrigerant into this unit must comply with

WKHFRXQWU\¶VUHTXLUHPHQWVZLWKUHJDUGWRUHIULJHUDQWXVHDQGVKRXOGEHREWDLQHGIURP-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV distributors. Use of any non-approved refrigerant substitutes will void the warranty and will increase the potential risk of injury or death.

Ɣ If installed in a small room, take measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the maximum allowable concentration in the event that refrigerant gases should escape. Refrigerant gases can cause asphyxiation (0.026lbs/ft 3 (0.42 kg/m 3 ) based on ISO 5149 for R410A). Consult with your distributor for countermeasures (ventilation system and so on). If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.

Ɣ Before installation is complete, make sure that the refrigerant leak test has been performed. If refrigerant

JDVHVHVFDSHLQWRWKHDLUWXUQ2))WKHPDLQVZLWFKH[WLQJXLVKDQ\RSHQÀDPHVDQGFRQWDFW\RXUVHUYLFH contractor. Refrigerant (Fluorocarbon) for this unit is odorless. If the refrigerant should leak and come into

FRQWDFWZLWKRSHQÀDPHVWR[LFJDVFRXOGEHJHQHUDWHG$OVREHFDXVHWKHÀXRURFDUERQVDUHKHDYLHUWKDQ

DLUWKH\VHWWOHWRWKHÀRRUZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDVSK\[LDWLRQ

Ɣ When installing the unit, and connecting refrigerant piping, keep all piping runs as short as possible, and make sure to securely connect the refrigerant piping before the compressor starts operating. If the refrigerant piping is not connected and the compressor activates with the stop valve opened, the refrigerant

F\FOHZLOOEHFRPHVXEMHFWHGWRH[WUHPHO\KLJKSUHVVXUHZKLFKFDQFDXVHDQH[SORVLRQRU¿UH

Ɣ 7LJKWHQWKHÀDUHQXWZLWKDWRUTXHZUHQFKLQWKHVSHFL¿HGPDQQHU'RQRWDSSO\H[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRWKHÀDUH

QXWZKHQWLJKWHQLQJ,I\RXGRWKHÀDUHQXWFDQFUDFNDQGUHIULJHUDQWOHDNDJHPD\RFFXU






Ɣ Before servicing, open and tag all disconnect switches. Never assume electrical power is disconnected.

Check with meter and equipment.





Shielded cable must be considered for applications and routing in areas of high EMI and other sources of potentially excessive electrical noise to reduce the potential for communication errors. When shielded cabling is applied, proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per

Johnson Controls guidelines. Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements.


Ɣ Be sure to install circuit breakers (ground fault interrupter, isolating switch, molded case circuit breaker

DQGVRRQZLWKWKHVSHFL¿HGFDSDFLW\(QVXUHWKDWWKHZLULQJWHUPLQDOVDUHWLJKWHQHGVHFXUHO\WR

UHFRPPHQGHGWRUTXHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV


60

INSTALLATION






Ɣ Do not clean with, or pour water into, the controller as it could cause electric shock and/or damage the unit.

Do not use strong detergent such as a solvent. Clean with a soft cloth.




,03257$17&RQ¿UPWKHQXPEHURIWKHIROORZLQJSDUWVNLWE\UHIHUHQFLQJWKHPRGHOQXPEHUSULQWHGRQWKH package before opening. Do NOT intermix any foreign objects within this kit. Verify that no foreign objects are present inside any kit components prior to installation.

Name of Parts

MW-NP282A2

Qty.

MW-NP452A2

Qty.

MW-NP692A2

Qty.

MW-NP902A2

Qty.

Branch Pipe for

High/Low Pressure

Gas Line

1 1 1 1

Branch Pipe for

Liquid Line

1 1 1 1

Insulation for

High/Low

Pressure

Gas Line


Insulation for

Liquid Line


Reducer for

High/Low

Pressure Gas

Line Connection

(For Connecting

Pipe

(Field-Supplied))

None

None

None

None

1

None

None

None

1

1

2

None

None None None 2

Reducer for

Liquid Line

Connection

(For Connecting

Pipe

(Field-Supplied))

2

None

1

2

1

None

1

1

Tape

2 2 2 2

NOTE : If any of these parts are missing, please contact your distributor. Do not discard any foam packaging as it is used as insulation for the joint kits after pressure testing is complete.

1

1

1

1

60

INSTALLATION




Allow adequate space for elbow, angled, and irregular piping arrangements to compensate for expansion and contraction brought on by temperature change.

Model

MW-NP282A2

Branch Pipe for


ID 7/8

ID 3/4

ID 5/8

(To Main Piping)

ID 1/2

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

(To Outdoor Unit)

ID 3/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

(To Indoor Unit)

ID 3/8

Branch Pipe for

Liquid Line

(To Main Piping)

ID 1/4

ID 3/8

ID 3/8

ID 1/4

(To Indoor Unit)

(To Outdoor Unit)

Reducer for

High/Low Pressure

Gas Line

Reducer for

Liquid Line

ID 3/8

OD 1/4

(Qty. 2)

MW-NP452A2

MW-NP692A2

MW-NP902A2

ID 7/8

ID 1-1/8

ID 1

(To Main Piping)

ID 1-1/8

ID 1/2

(To Main Piping)

ID 3/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

(To Outdoor Unit)

ID 7/8

ID 3/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

(To Outdoor Unit)

(To Indoor Unit)

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

ID 1/4

ID 1

OD 1-1/8

ID 7/8

ID 3/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

OD 1/4

ID 5/8

(To Indoor Unit)

(Qty. 2)

OD 1/2

ID 1-1/8

ID 7/8

ID 1

(To Main Piping)

ID 1-1/8

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

(To Main Piping)

ID 3/8

ID 1/2

ID 5/8

ID 1

OD 1-1/8 ID 5/8

ID 7/8

ID 3/4

ID 1-1/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

(To Outdoor Unit)

(To Indoor Unit)

ID 7/8

ID 3/4

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

(To Outdoor Unit)

(To Indoor Unit)

ID 1/4

OD 7/8

ID 1-3/8

OD 1/4

ID 1-1/4

ID 1-1/2

(To Outdoor Unit)

(To Indoor Unit)

(To Main Piping)

ID 1-1/2

ID 1-3/8

ID 1-1/4

ID 1-1/8

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

(To Outdoor Unit)

(To Indoor Unit)

(To Main Piping)

ID 1/2

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8

ID 3/8

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 3/8

ID 1/4

OD 1-1/8

OD 1-1/4

ID 1

ID 7/8

(Qty. 2)

ID 3/8

ID 1-1/8

ID 1

OD 1-1/8 ID 5/8

OD 1/4

ID 1-3/8

ID 7/8

ID 3/4

ID 1-3/8

ID 1/2

ID 1-5/8

ID 3/4

OD 5/8

OD 1-1/8 OD 1-1/4 OD 1-1/2

(Qty. 2)


60

INSTALLATION

4.2 Installation Position

Locate the “Y” union pipe section on the same horizontal plane. (Inclination within 30 o )

Make the straight section a minimum of 1.6ft (0.5m) after the vertical bend.

Total Straight Section

Min. 1.6ft (0.5m)

Upward

Inclination within 30 o

30 o

Horizontally

A Downward

INCORRECT

Inclination

(View from A)

Straight section of the pipe connection on the outdoor unit side is made as follows: a) The collective pipe connection part is installed upward, the straight section must be a minimum of 1.6ft (0.5m). b) The collective pipe connection part is installed downward, the straight section must be a minimum of 1.6ft (0.5m).

Upward


Min. 1.6ft (0.5m)


Min. 1.6ft (0.5m)

Downward

3. Piping Form from Multi-Kit to Indoor Unit

Example: Recommended From each Indoor Unit to Multi-Kit have bending pipes and they will not tend to be deformed.

Copper Piping will expand and contract due to temperature changes in piping.

Outdoor Unit

Multi-Kit

Install Horizontally

Multi-Kit

Bending Pipe

Connection Pipe

Indoor Unit

NOTE:

When on site piping is installed using soft or hard copper make sure that the piping is installed to allow for movement of the piping. Caused by contraction and expansion of the piping due to temperature changes.

[ Fixing for Liquid Piping, Low Pressure Gas Piping and High/Low Pressure Gas Piping ]

High/Low Pressure

Gas Piping

Installing Part for Piping

Liquid Piping

NOTE:

Due to the properties of copper piping material, expansion and contraction take place during seasons of heat and cold. Do not strap gas refrigerant and piping containing liquids together as deformation and cracks can result.

Example: Recommended

Copper Piping will expand and contract due to temperature changes in piping.

Straight piping does not allow for movement of the piping when it expands or contracts.

Outdoor Unit

60

INSTALLATION

4.3 Connection Procedure for Piping Joint

When connecting liquid piping for the unit with a capacity 15 MBH or smaller, and when the length of piping is

49.2ft (15m) or longer, use a piping diameter size of 3/8 inch (9.52mm). Secure the connecting pipe as shown below. Use the insulation attached to the indoor unit.

Expander for Liquid Line (Accessory)

Flare the pipe after inserting the flare nut.

Use the flare nut of the indoor unit.

Fix this part with the attached cord band or field-supplied vinyl tape.

Insulate this part with the attached insulation.

Indoor

Unit

Insulation Attached to Indoor Unit

Field-Supplied Refrigerant Piping

Brazing Field-Supplied Insulation

4.4 Piping Work

1. Use clean copper pipes without any moisture or foreign materials on inner surface of pipes. When connecting refrigerant pipe, cut the copper pipes with a pipe cutter as shown below. Also blow-out the pipes with nitrogen or compressed air to ensure that no dust remains inside the pipe. Do NOT use a saw, a grindstone or others which causes a large amount of cutting powder.

Pipe Cutter

Pipe

Deburring

Connection

Part

2. When cutting the pipe, allow for an adequate depth for brazing as shown in the following table.

Diameter

(A)

3/16 < A < 5/16

(5 < A < 8)

5/16 < A < 15/32

(8 < A < 12)

15/32 < A < 5/8

(12 < A < 16)

5/8 < A < 31/32

(16 < A < 25)

31/32 < A < 1-3/8

(25 < A < 35)

1-3/8 < A < 1-25/32

(35 < A < 45) inch (mm)


(B)

1/4 (6)

9/32 (7)

5/16 (8)

13/32 (10)

15/32 (12)

9/16 (14)

B


When installing pipe through the wall, install an end cap at the end of the pipe.

INCORRECT

Hole

Do NOT lay the pipe directly on the ground.

CORRECT INCORRECT

Attach an end cap or vinyl tape

CORRECT

Attach an end cap or vinyl tape.

CORRECT

Install an end cap or vinyl tape with a rubber band.

INCORRECT


60

INSTALLATION

3. Make sure that all stop valves on the outdoor unit are closed completely.

4. Blow-out the inside of the pipes with nitrogen gas before brazing. Bleed nitrogen gas through refrigerant lines when brazing. Pressure should not exceed 2.9psi (0.02MPa).





NOTE

When polyethylene foam is applied, a thickness of 13/32 inch (10mm) for liquid piping and 19/32 to 25/32 inch (15 to 20mm) for gas piping is recommended. (Use a grade of insulation with a heat resistance of 212ºF (100ºC) for gas piping.)

5. The airtight test pressure of this product is 601psi (4.15MPa).

6. ,QVWDOOWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGLQVXODWLRQZLWKWKHVHPXOWLNLWVWRHDFKEUDQFKOLTXLGVLGHDQGJDVHRXVVLGHZLWK


Insulation

(Field-Supplied)

Wrap insulation tape between the accessory insulation and the field-supplied insulation.

There should be no gaps showing.

Insulation for Gas and

Liquid Line (Accessory)

Do not leave any gaps between layers of insulation.

After positioning all insulation with tape, follow up and secure it permanently with a second application of tape.

Insulation Tape

(Field-Supplied)

Ɣ 3HUIRUPLQVXODWLRQZRUNRQO\ZKHQWKHVXUIDFHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHSLSHPDWHULDOKDVFRROHGWRURRP temperature. Anything done immediately after brazing can cause the insulation to melt.

Ɣ 'XULQJSLSLQJZRUNDOZD\VFRYHURYHURUSOXJWKHRSHQHQGWRNHHSWKHLQVLGHIUHHRIGXVWDQGPRLVWXUH


60

INSTALLATION

0XOWL.LW+HDGHU%UDQFK

Ɣ0+13$0+13$


These multiple header branches can be applied to the R410A VRF systems.


Transport this product as close to the installation site as practical before unpacking. Do not discard any foam packaging as it is used as insulation for the joint kits after pressure testing is complete.






International Organization for Standardization: (ISO 5149 or European Standard, EN 378). No part of this manual may be reproduced in any way without the expressed written consent of Johnson Controls Inc.





Product Inspection Upon Arrival






PDLQWHQDQFHDULVH/LDELOLW\GRHVQRWFRYHUGHIHFWVRULJLQDWLQJIURPXQDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQVSHUIRUPHG by a customer without the written consent of Johnson Controls, Inc. Performing any mechanical alterations on this product without the consent of the manufacturer will render your warranty null and void.

60

INSTALLATION

Signal Words









RSHUDWLRQSXUSRVHV.HHSDTXHQFKLQJFORWKDQGD¿UHH[WLQJXLVKHUQHDUE\GXULQJEUD]LQJ8VHFDUHLQ handling, rigging, and setting of bulky equipment.

Ɣ When transporting, be careful when picking up, moving and mounting these units. Although the unit may be packed using plastic straps, do not use them for transporting the unit from one location to another. Do not stand on or put any material on the unit. Get a partner to help, and bend with your knees when lifting to

UHGXFHVWUDLQRQ\RXUEDFN6KDUSHGJHVRUWKLQDOXPLQXP¿QVRQWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUFDQFXW¿QJHUVVRZHDU protective gloves.

Ɣ Do not touch or adjust any safety devices inside the indoor or outdoor units. All safety features, disengagement, and interlocks must be in place and functioning correctly before the equipment is put into operation. If these devices are improperly adjusted or tampered with in any way, a serious accident can occur.

Never bypass or jump-out any safety device or switch.




Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ


,IDLU¿OWHUVDUHUHTXLUHGRQWKLVXQLWGRQRWRSHUDWHWKHXQLWZLWKRXWWKHDLU¿OWHUVHWLQSODFH,IWKHDLU¿OWHULV not installed, dust may accumulate and breakdown may result.

Do not install this unit in any place where silicon gases can coalesce. If the silicon gas molecules attach

WKHPVHOYHVWRWKHVXUIDFHRIWKHKHDWH[FKDQJHUWKH¿QQHGVXUIDFHVZLOOUHSHOZDWHU$VDUHVXOWDQ\

DPRXQWRIGUDLQDJHPRLVWXUHFRQGHQVDWHFDQRYHUÀRZIURPWKHGUDLQFRQGHQVDWHSDQDQGFRXOGUXQLQVLGH of the electrical box, possibly causing electrical failures.



60

INSTALLATION

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

When a wireless controller is used, locate at a distance of at least 3.3 ft. (1m) between the indoor unit and



Do not install the unit with any downward slope to the side of the drain adaptor. If you do, you may have

GUDLQZDWHUÀRZLQJEDFNZKLFKPD\FDXVHOHDNV





To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the following installation precautions must be followed:

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

Ɣ

:KHQLQVWDOOLQJWKHXQLWLQWR«

Ɠ $ZDOO0DNHVXUHWKHZDOOLVVWURQJHQRXJKWRKROGWKHXQLW¶VZHLJKW,WPD\EHQHFHVVDU\WRFRQVWUXFWD strong wood or metal frame to provide added support.

Ɠ A room: Properly insulate any refrigerant tubing run inside a room to prevent “sweating” that can cause

GULSSLQJDQGZDWHUGDPDJHWRZDOODQGÀRRUV

Ɠ Moist or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

Ɠ An area with high winds: Securely anchor the outdoor unit down with bolts and a metal frame. Provide a

VXLWDEOHDLUEDIÀH




Ɠ :KHUHD¿UHRLOVWHDPRUSRZGHUFDQGLUHFWO\HQWHUWKHXQLWVXFKDVQHDUE\RUDERYHDNLWFKHQVWRYH


Ɠ :KHUHFRUURVLYHJDVHVVXFKDVFKORULQHEURPLQHRUVXO¿GHFDQDFFXPXODWHVXFKDVQHDUDKRWWXERUKRWVSULQJ




Do not position the drain pipe for the indoor unit near any sanitary sewers where corrosive gases may be present. If you do, toxic gases can seep into breathable air spaces and can cause respiratory injuries.

,IWKHGUDLQSLSHLVLQVWDOOHGLQFRUUHFWO\ZDWHUOHDNDJHDQGGDPDJHWRWKHFHLOLQJÀRRUIXUQLWXUHRURWKHU possessions may result. If the condensate piping becomes clogged, water may drip from the indoor unit.

Do not install the indoor unit where such dripping can cause moisture damage or uneven locations: Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide a solid, level foundation for the unit to prevent water damage and abnormal vibration.

%HIRUHSHUIRUPLQJDQ\EUD]LQJZRUNEHVXUHWKDWWKHUHDUHQRÀDPPDEOHPDWHULDOVRURSHQÀDPHVQHDUE\

Perform a test run to ensure normal operation. Safety guards, shields, barriers, covers, and protective


&OHDQXSWKHVLWHZKHQ¿QLVKHGUHPHPEHULQJWRFKHFNWKDWQRPHWDOVFUDSVRUELWVRIZLULQJKDYHEHHQOHIW inside the unit being installed.


60

INSTALLATION




&RQWUROVXVHVRQO\UHIULJHUDQWVWKDWKDYHEHHQDSSURYHGIRUXVHLQWKHXQLW¶VLQWHQGHGKRPHFRXQWU\ or market. Johnson Controls distributors similarly are only authorized to provide refrigerants that have been approved for use in the countries or markets they serve. The refrigerant used in this unit is

LGHQWL¿HGRQWKHXQLW¶VIDFHSODWHDQGRULQWKHDVVRFLDWHGPDQXDOV$Q\DGGLWLRQVRIUHIULJHUDQWLQWRWKLV

XQLWPXVWFRPSO\ZLWKWKHFRXQWU\¶VUHTXLUHPHQWVZLWKUHJDUGWRUHIULJHUDQWXVHDQGVKRXOGEHREWDLQHG from Johnson Controls distributors. Use of any non-approved refrigerant substitutes will void the warranty and will increase the potential risk of injury or death.

Ɣ If installed in a small room, take measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the maximum allowable concentration in the event that refrigerant gases should escape. Refrigerant gases can cause asphyxiation (0.026lbs/ft 3 (0.42 kg/m 3 ) based on ISO 5149 for R410A). Consult with your distributor for countermeasures (ventilation system and so on). If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.


UHIULJHUDQWJDVHVHVFDSHLQWRWKHDLUWXUQ2))WKHPDLQVZLWFKH[WLQJXLVKDQ\RSHQÀDPHVDQGFRQWDFW your service contractor. Refrigerant (Fluorocarbon) for this unit is odorless. If the refrigerant should leak

DQGFRPHLQWRFRQWDFWZLWKRSHQÀDPHVWR[LFJDVFRXOGEHJHQHUDWHG$OVREHFDXVHWKHÀXRURFDUERQV

DUHKHDYLHUWKDQDLUWKH\VHWWOHWRWKHÀRRUZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDVSK\[LDWLRQ

Ɣ When installing the unit, and connecting refrigerant piping, keep all piping runs as short as possible, and make sure to securely connect the refrigerant piping before the compressor starts operating.

If the refrigerant piping is not connected and the compressor activates with the stop valve opened, the refrigerant cycle will become subjected to extremely high pressure, which can cause an

H[SORVLRQRU¿UH








Ɣ Before servicing, open and tag all disconnect switches. Never assume electrical power is disconnected.

Check with meter and equipment.





Shielded cable must be considered for applications and routing in areas of high EMI and other sources of potentially excessive electrical noise to reduce the potential for communication errors. When shielded cabling is applied, proper bonding and termination of the cable shield is required as per Johnson Controls guidelines. Plenum and riser ratings for communication cables must be considered per application and local code requirements.


Ɣ Be sure to install circuit breakers (ground fault interrupter, isolating switch, molded case circuit breaker and

VRRQZLWKWKHVSHFL¿HGFDSDFLW\(QVXUHWKDWWKHZLULQJWHUPLQDOVDUHWLJKWHQHGVHFXUHO\WRUHFRPPHQGHG

WRUTXHVSHFL¿FDWLRQV


60

INSTALLATION






Ɣ Do not clean with, or pour water into, the controller as it could cause electric shock and/or damage the unit.

Do not use strong detergent such as a solvent. Clean with a soft cloth.


Ɣ If a circuit breaker or fuse is frequently activated, shut down the system and contact your service contractor

60

INSTALLATION

Do not lay any material on this product.


,03257$17&RQ¿UPWKHQXPEHURIWKHIROORZLQJSDUWVNLWE\UHIHUHQFLQJWKHPRGHOQXPEHUSULQWHGRQWKH package before opening. Do NOT intermix any foreign objects within this kit. Verify that no foreign objects are present inside any kit components prior to installation.

Name of Parts MH-NP224A MH-NP288A

Qty.

Qty.

Branch Pipe for Gas Line

1 1

Branch Pipe for Liquid Line

1 1

Insulation for Gas Line

Expander for Gas Line

1

None

1

Insulation for Liquid Line

Closing

Pipe

For Gas Line

φ 1/2

2

1

For Liquid Line

φ 1/4

For Liquid Header

φ 3/8

For Gas Line

φ 1/2

2 1 6

1

For Liquid Line

φ 1/4

For Liquid Header

φ 3/8

6 1

2

Expander for Liquid Line

4 8

Insulation for

Closing Pipe

2 sets 6 sets

Insulation for

Liquid Line

4 sets 8 sets

Tape

24 48

Unit: inch

NOTE : If any of these parts are missing, please contact your distributor. Do not discard any foam packaging as it is used as insulation for the joint kits after pressure testing is complete.

60

INSTALLATION




Allow adequate room for elbow, angled, and irregular piping arrangements to compensate for expansion and contraction brought on by temperature change.

Models

MH-NP224A

MH-NP288A

Gas Line

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

φ

3/4

φ 5/8

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

ID 5/8

ID 3/4

ID 7/8 φ 7/8

φ

5/8

ID 5/8

ID 1/2

Liquid Line Expander Closing Pipe

(For Gas Line)

φ 3/4

ID 3/8

ID 1/4

ID 3/8

φ 3/8

φ

3/8

OD 1/2

(For Liquid Line)

ID 3/8

Qty.: 2

(For Liquid Line)

φ

3/8

(For Closing)

φ 3/8

ID 3/8

ID 3/8

ID 1/4

φ 3/4

OD 1/4 OD 1/4

Qty.: 4

(For Gas Line)

ID 3/4

Qty.: 2

(For Gas Line)

OD 1/2

OD 5/8

Qty.: 2

(For Liquid Line)

ID 3/8

Qty.: 6

(For Liquid Line)

φ 3/8

(For Closing)

OD 1/4 OD 1/4

Qty.: 8 Qty.: 6


4.2 Installation Position

Perform to install horizontally always.

(Example: Model MH-NP288A)

Horizontally

Gas Piping Side

Horizontally

Liquid Piping Side

60

INSTALLATION

4.3 Connection Procedure for Piping Joint

When connecting liquid piping for a unit with a capacity of 15 MBH or smaller, and with a length of piping 49.2ft (15m)

RUORQJHUDSSO\DSLSLQJVL]HRILQFKPP6HFXUHWKHFRQQHFWLQJSLSHDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ8VH the insulation attached to the indoor unit.

Expander for Liquid Line (Accessory)

Flare the pipe after inserting the flare nut.

Use the flare nut of the indoor unit.

Fix this part with the attached cord band or field-supplied vinyl tape.

Insulate this part with the attached insulation.

Indoor

Unit

Insulation Attached to Indoor Unit

Field-Supplied Refrigerant Piping

Brazing Field-Supplied Insulation

4.4 Piping Work

(1) Use clean copper pipes without any moisture or foreign materials on inner surface of pipes. When connecting refrigerant pipe, cut the copper pipes with a pipe cutter as shown below. Also blow-out the pipes with nitrogen or compressed air to ensure that no dust remains inside the pipe. Do NOT use a saw, a grindstone or others which causes a large amount of cutting powder.

Pipe Cutter

Pipe

Deburring

Connection

Part

(2) When cutting piping, secure the adequate depth for brazing as shown in the following table.

Diameter

(A)

3/16 < A < 5/16

(5 < A < 8)

5/16 < A < 15/32

(8 < A < 12)

15/32 < A < 5/8

(12 < A < 16)

5/8 < A < 31/32

(16 < A < 25)

31/32 < A < 1-3/8

(25 < A < 35)

1-3/8 < A < 1-25/32

(35 < A < 45) inch (mm)


(B)

1/4 (6)

9/32 (7)

5/16 (8)

13/32 (10)

15/32 (12)

9/16 (14)

B


When installing pipe through the wall, install an end cap at the end of the pipe.

INCORRECT

Hole

Do NOT lay the pipe directly on the ground.

CORRECT INCORRECT


CORRECT


CORRECT

Attach an end cap or vinyl tape with a rubber band.

INCORRECT


60

INSTALLATION

(3) Make sure that all stop valves for the outdoor unit are closed completely.

(4) Bleed nitrogen gas through refrigerant lines when brazing. Pressure should not exceed 2.9psi (0.02MPa).





(5) The air-tight test pressure of this product is 601psi (4.15MPa).

,QVWDOOWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGLQVXODWLRQZLWKWKHVHPXOWLNLWVWRHDFKEUDQFKOLTXLGVLGHDQGJDVHRXVVLGHZLWK


NOTE

When polyethylene foam is applied, a thickness of 13/32 inch (10mm) for liquid piping and 19/32 to 25/32 inch

(15 to 20mm) for gas piping is recommended. (Use a grade of insulation with a heat resistance value of 212ºF

(100ºC) for gas piping.)

For Gas Side a) Cover the gas header with the insulation as shown below.

For Liquid Side a) Braze the pipe cap to the open end of the liquid header, opposite the liquid line connection. Cover the liquid line header with the insulation after pipe temperature decreases to room temperature.

Insulation

(Accessory)

Header for

Gas Line

Tape

(Accessory) b) Seal the joint portion of insulation with tape

(accessory).

Tape

(Accessory)

Insulation for

Header Multi-Kit

(Accessory)

Insulation

(Field-Supplied) c) Attach the insulation (accessory) to the closed-off end of pipe. Then seal the joint portion with tape

(accessory).

Insulation for Gas

Line Closing Pipe

(Accessory)

Closing Pipe

(Accessory)

60

Tape

(Accessory)

Header for

Liquid Line

Insulation

(Accessory)

Closing Pipe for Liquid Line Header

Tape

(Accessory) b) Cut the sections of insulation for liquid piping as often as required.

Tape

(Accessory)

Cut off as many as required for field connection.

Insulation for Liquid

Pipe Adjusted for

Attaching (Accessory) c) Seal the joint for the closed-off end of pipe with tape

(accessory) after attaching the liquid pipe insulation.

Closing Pipe

(Accessory)

Tape

(Accessory)

INSTALLATION

Ɣ&DXWLRQIRU,QVWDOODWLRQ

Branch Pipe for Gas Line

Install the branch pipe horizontally by placing it on the platform.

Ceiling

Horizontally

Branch Pipe for Liquid Line

Suspend the branch pipe from the ceiling so that the branch pipe port openings are horizontal.

Ceiling

Suspension

Bracket

(Field-Supplied)

Horizontally

Platform (Field-Supplied)

Ɣ 3HUIRUPLQVXODWLRQZRUNRQO\ZKHQWKHVXUIDFHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHSLSHPDWHULDOKDVFRROHGWRURRP temperature. Anything done immediately after brazing can cause insulation to melt.

Ɣ 'XULQJSLSLQJZRUNDOZD\VFRYHURYHURUSOXJWKHRSHQHQGWRNHHSWKHLQVLGHIUHHRIGXVWDQGPRLVWXUH


60

2. Operation

OPERATION

SM-16007 2-1

OPERATION

Ɣ5HIHUWRWKH6HUYLFH0DQXDOIRU,QGRRU8QLWRU&RQWUROOHU

2-2 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Troubleshooting

SM-16007 3-1

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1.1 Checking Electrical Wiring and Power Source

Check the following items for any abnormalities in the activation of the system.

No.

Check Situation

1 Is any power source breaker or fuse open?

2 Is the voltage at the secondary side of the transformer correct?

3 ,VWKHZLULQJ¿UPO\VHFXUHGDQG correctly connected?

Check Method

Check the voltage (secondary side) of the breaker and also check the continuity of the fuse with a tester.

Disconnect at the secondary side of the transformer and measure voltage with a tester.

Check that the following wiring connections on O.U./I.U. printed circuit boards (PCBs) are not loose.

• The connection for thermistors

• The connection for the wired controller cable

• The connection for communication cabling

• Each connection for power source line

Check that the wiring connection on O.U./I.U. PCBs are not loose or misconnected on the site according to the “Electrical Wiring Diagram” of the Engineering Manual.

NOTE:

If the fuse(s) on an I.U. PCB is blown, diagnose the cause of overcurrent and replace the fuse(s).

In addition, check the power source of optional parts because the fuse may blow out by the power source failure. Turn off power for safety.

3-2 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Example for Electrical Wiring Connection

Outdoor Unit A (Main)

TB1

L1 L2 L3

TB2

1 2 3 4

Outdoor Unit B (Sub)

TB1

L1 L2 L3

TB2

1 2 3 4

Ground Ground

Main Switch

S

3

208/230V 60Hz

460V 60Hz

GFCI GFCI

S

GFCI GFCI

Main Switch

3

208/230V 60Hz

460V 60Hz

S Main Switch

GFCI GFCI

1

208/230V 60Hz


L1 L2

TB1

N

No. 0

Indoor Unit

TB2

1 2 A B

Controller

Cable

Wired

Controller

PCB : Printed Circuit Board

:

DC5V (Non-Pole Communication H-LINK System)

: Field-Supplied

: Optional Accessory


L1 L2 N

TB1

No. 1

Indoor Unit

TB2

1 2 A B

Controller

Cable

Wired

Controller

No. 0 System Indoor Units

Figure 1.1 Instruction for Electrical Wiring Connection

No.1 System Indoor Units

SM-16007 3-3

TROUBLESHOOTING

Model

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

Table 1.1 Electrical Characteristics and Recommended Wiring Size

Hz

(Hz)

60

60

60

60

Voltage

(V)

208/230

208/230

460

460

Max.

(V)

253

253

506

506

Outdoor Unit

Min.

(V)

188

MCA

(A)

51/46

188

414

414

51/46

24

24

MOP Max. Fuse RLA

(A) (A) (A)

72/65

INV Comp.

70/60 24.2/22.0

LRA

(A)

150

72/65

34

34

70/60

30

30

24.2/22.0

15.3

15.3

150

75

75

Fix Speed Comp.

Model RLA

(A)

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW 28.8/26.0

(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW 28.8/26.0



LRA

(A)

155

155

74

74

MCA: Minimum Circuit Ampacity (A)

MOP: Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device (A)

RLA: Rated Load Ampacity (A)

LRA: Locked Rotor Ampacity (A)

FLA: Full Load Ampacity (A)

Fan Motor

Output

(kW)

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

FLA

(A)

5.6/5.1

5.6/5.1

9

9

Power Supply

Wiring

(AWG)

6

6

12

12

Wiring Size

Ground Wiring

(AWG)

6

6

12

12

Communication

Cable

(AWG)

18

18

18

18

NOTES:

1. Select wire size based on the value of MCA.

2. MOP is used to select the fuse, circuit breaker, or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI).

3. Communication cabling shall be a minimum of AWG18 (0.82mm


Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 1/8 inch (3.5mm) or more between each phase.

NOTES:

1. When the power supply wiring is longer, select the minimum wiring size which the voltage drop is within 2%.

3RZHUVXSSO\YROWDJHVKRXOGEHVDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHIROORZLQJV

Supply Voltage: Rated Voltage within +10%

Starting Voltage: Rated Voltage within -15%

Operating Voltage: Rated Voltage within +10%

Imbalance between Phases: within 3%

3. Do not connect the ground wiring to gas piping, water piping, or a lightening conductor.

Gas Piping: An explosion and ignition may occur if there is escaping gas.

Water Piping: There is no effective electrical ground provided when hard vinyl piping is used.

Lightning Conductor: The electrical potential of the earth increases when a lightening conductor is used.

3-4 SM-16007

Ɣ:LUHG&RQWUROOHU&RQQHFWLQJ'LDJUDP

(a) Wired Controllers to each Unit for Individual Operation Setting

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

A B

Indoor Unit

A B

Wired

Controller

Wired

Controller

(b) One Wired Controller for Individual Operation Setting

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

A B

Indoor Unit

A B

Wired

Controller

The communication cabling for the wired controller is necessary.

(c) Connecting Wired Controller if Connecting between Individual Systems

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

A B

Indoor Unit

A B

Indoor Unit

A B

Indoor Unit

A B

Outdoor Unit

Wired

Controller

Individual

Wired

Controller

Simultaneous

(Thermo ON / OFF individually)

Wired

Controller

Individual

NOTE:

Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.

Thermo-OFF: The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.

TROUBLESHOOTING

SM-16007 3-5

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1.2 Location of Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs)

Model: (H,Y)VAHP072B31CW and (H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

DCL

CS

NF7 IPM

RS

CMC1

FANM

THM

DM

ZNR

FFB1

TB2

PCB1

PCB2

CB

NF1

TB1

Model: (H,Y)VAHP072B41CW and (H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

RS2

RS1

DCL1 FANM1

CMC1

NF6

CS1

CS2

ZNR2

IPM

THM

EF3

DM

ZNR1

FFB1

NF5

TB2

PCB1

PCB2

CB3

NF1

TB1

3-6 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

] Purpose

Symbol

PCB1

PCB2

FANM

PCB

Outdoor Unit PCB

(for Control)

Inverter PCB

Fan Controller

Purpose

1. Transmitting between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit

2. Processing for Sensor Input

3. Processing for DIP Switch Input

4. Operation Control for Above Items 1 to 3.

Compressor Operation Control, Bypass Valve Control, Fan Control and Overcurrent Control

5. 7-Segment Indication

6. Processing of Safety Device Input

7. Processing of Relay Output

8. Reverse Phase Detection for Power Source

1. Inverter power part is driven by outdoor unit PCB to drive compressor.

2. Overcurrent Control

3. Protection Control for Inverter Part

1. DC Fan Motor Speed Control

2. Overcurrent Control a. Control Printed Circuit Board: PCB1 (Outdoor Unit PCB)

PSW4 PSW5 PSW1 PSW2 PSW3 DSW2 DSW3

DSW4

DSW5

DSW7

SEG2

SEG1

LED2

LED3

LED4

DSW10

LED5

SM-16007

TB2

DSW6

LED1

RSW1

DSW1

* Further explanation of this diagram can be found on the next page.

3-7

TROUBLESHOOTING

LEDs

SEGs

Part Name

LED1 (Red)

LED2 (Green)

LED3 (Yellow)

LED4 (Orange)

LED5 (Red)

SEG1, SEG2

Function Information

Power Source Indicator for Outdoor Unit PCB (Low Voltage)

Normal Condition: Activated / ON

Abnormal Condition: Deactivated / OFF

This LED2 indicates the communication state between the outdoor unit

PCB and inverter PCB.

Condition: Flashing

Abnormal Condition: Activated / ON or Deactivated / OFF

This LED3 indicates the communication state between the indoor unit and outdoor unit.

Condition: Flashing


This LED4 indicates the communication state between the outdoor units.

Condition: Flashing


Power Source Indicator for Outdoor Unit PCB (High Voltage)



These indicate: “Alarm”, “Protective Safety Device has Tripped” or

“Checking Items”.

b. Inverter Printed Circuit Board: PCB2 (Inverter PCB) and Transistor Module

Securing Screw for

Transistor Module (M4)

N

Screw (M5)

P B

Transistor Module

PCN301

PCN302

LED201

Terminal Screw (M5)

3-8

DSW1

Part Name

LED201 (Red)

LED202 (Yellow)

LED202

CN2 CN206 CN207

PCB for Inverter

(PV113)


Power Source Indicator for Inverter PCB



This indicates the state of the microcomputer.



• DSW1


When setting the No.1 pin to ON, the electric current detection is canceled.

The No.1 pin should be set back to OFF after electrical work.

ON

OFF

1 2 3

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING c. FANM (Fan Controller)

< 208/230V 60Hz >

CN206

CN207

LED202 (Yellow)

W

V

U

R

DCL1

DCL2 S

T

DSW1

HIC1

102

(L3)

LED501 (Red)

CB1

N

< 460V 60Hz >

CN206

CN207

LED202 (Yellow)

W

V

U

R

DCL1

DCL2 S

T

DSW1

Part Name

LED501 (Red)

LED202 (Yellow)

• DSW1


ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

SM-16007

HIC1

102

(L3)

LED501 (Red)

P2

N


Power Source Indicator for the Fan Controller



This indicates the state of the microcomputer.



3-9

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1.3 Checking Rotary Switch and DIP Switch Settings

The following diagram indicates the factory settings of DSWs on PCBs in the indoor and outdoor units.

When simultaneous operation control of multiple units or room thermo control is operated, the DSW setting will be different as shown below.

(1) Outdoor Unit (factory setting)

Turn OFF all power sources before the setting.

Without turning OFF all power sources, the switches do not work and the settings are invalid.

(However, DSW4-No.1, 2, 4 and push switches can be operated while the power source is ON.)

The “ Q ” mark indicates positions of DIP switches.




ON

DSW1

1 2 3 4 5 6

Tens Digit

Setting Position

RSW1

8

7

9

0

6 5

4

1

2

3

Last Digit



Capacity

[x 1000 Btu/h]

DSW3


72 96



Setting Before

Shipment

ON

For Test Run,



Setting



DSW2

Setting

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting Before

Shipment

ON

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting Item





Pin No.

1

1, 2

4

4, 6

DSW5




Setting Before

Shipment

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6


Setting Item





Pin No.

1

2

4

5



IMPORTANT NOTICE



Single Setting


ON

1 2 3 4

Combination Setting

Unit A

(No.0 Unit)

Unit B

(No.1 Unit)

ON ON

Unit C

(No.2 Unit)

ON

IMPORTANT NOTICE


1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4


208V Unit:

230V, 460V Unit:





ON

208V

ON

230V

ON

460V

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Setting Item


Function Setting

Pin No.

3

4



For End Resistance

Cancellation



Setting Before

Shipment

ON

End Resistance

Cancellation

ON

1 2 1 2

Figure 1.2 DSW Setting

Ɣ +LJK6WDWLF3UHVVXUH6HWWLQJ'6:1R21

Turn ON the DSW5-No.5 pin for the high static pressure setting.

This setting enables high static pressure operation up to a maximum of 0.24 in.W.G. (60Pa).

:KHQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLVLQVWDOOHGLQVSDFHVVXFKDVDEDOFRQ\RUDÀRRUZKHUHDQH[WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH is required to secure a louver or a duct, this setting should be used.

NOTES:

1. If there is a combination of outdoor units, set this function for all the outdoor units.

2. While the unit operates in high static pressure mode, the operation sound value increases by 3dB from the nominal value.

3-10 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Ɣ 6HWWLQJIRU&RPPXQLFDWLRQ

Setting the outdoor unit numbers, system numbers, and end terminal resistance are requirements for this

H-LINK system.

Ɣ 6HWWLQJRI2XWGRRU8QLW1R

If there are combined outdoor units, set DSW6 as shown below.

Base Unit

(Factory Setting)

Unit A

(No.0)

Combination of Base Unit

Unit B

(No.1)

Unit C

(No.2)

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Ɣ 6HWWLQJRI5HIULJHUDQW&\FOH1XPEHUV

In the same refrigerant cycle, set the same cycle number for the outdoor unit and the indoor units as shown below.

Setting the outdoor unit refrigerant cycle number is required only for the main unit.

The sub unit settings are not required.

As for setting the indoor unit refrigerant cycle number, set RSW2 and DSW5 on the indoor unit PCB.

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

10 digit

Setting Switch

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 digit

8

9

6 5

0 1

2

4

Setting Position


DSW1

DSW5

RSW1

RSW2

Ex.: Instance of Setting Refrigerant Cycle No. 25

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

8

7

9

6 5

0 1

2

3

4

Turn ON No. 2 pin.

Set Dial No.5.

DSW and RSW factory setting is 0. Maximum in setting refrigerant cycle numbers is 63.

< Setting Example >

Sub Unit

DSW1:

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

RSW1:

8

9

6

0

5

1

2

4



Sub Unit

DSW1:

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

RSW1:

8

9

6

0

5

1

2

4

Main Unit

DSW1:

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

RSW1:

8

9

6

0

5

1

2

4

DSW6: ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

DSW6: ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

DSW6: ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Setting of

Sub Unit (Unit C)

Setting of

Sub Unit (Unit B)

Ref. Cycle No. 25

Setting of Main Unit (Unit A)

H-LINK II (Factory-Setting) to the Indoor Units

Set the refrigerant cycle number so there is no duplication of numbers with the other outdoor units.

Refrigerant Cycle Number for

This Outdoor Unit

Outdoor Unit

Communication Cable

(No Polarity)

H-LINK II

Set to the same refrigerant cycle number.

Indoor

Unit

Wired Controller

SM-16007

Centralized Controller

Maximum Number of Connectable


Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

64

160

3-11

TROUBLESHOOTING

Ɣ '6:6HWWLQJIRU5DWHG9ROWDJH

DSW7 is used for setting of rated voltage for the outdoor unit as shown at the right.

When the site power source voltage is different from the factory setting, DSW7 setting is required.

NOTE:

The same voltage setting is required for the main unit and sub unit(s).

Verify the DSW7 DIP switch settings match the same voltage as the power source.

Ɣ 6HWWLQJRI(QG7HUPLQDO5HVLVWDQFH

The factory setting for the No. 1 pin of DSW10 (for the setting of end terminal resistance) is in the “ON” position.

If there is one number in the same communication line (H-LINK ll), set all No. 1 pins of DSW10 in the “OFF” position except the main outdoor Unit A.

Outdoor Unit

(Unit Combination)


Communication Line

(No Polarity)

H-LINK II

DSW10

Unit A

(Main)

1 2

DSW10

Unit B

(Sub)

1 2

DSW10

1 2

Unit C

(Sub)


Indoor

Unit

Voltage

208V

230V

460V

DSW7 Setting

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4

Setting of End Terminal Resistance

DSW10

Factory Setting

ON

Cancellation

ON

1 2 OFF 1 2 OFF

If there is more than one refrigerant cycle in the same communication line (H-LINK ll), set all No. 1 pins of

DSW10 in the “OFF” position except one outdoor unit.


Outdoor Unit

(Base Unit)

Outdoor unit being set end terminal

Outdoor Unit

(Unit Combination)



Outdoor Unit

(Unit Combination)


Outdoor Unit

(Base Unit)

DSW10

1 2

DSW10

1 2

Unit A

(Main)

DSW10

1 2

Unit B

(Sub)

DSW10

1 2

Unit C

(Sub)


DSW10

1 2

Unit A

(Main)

DSW10

1 2

Unit B

(Sub)

DSW10

1 2

Communication Line

(No Polarity)

H-LINK II

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Indoor

Unit

Wired Controller

3-12 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1.4 Checking Wired Controller

Wired Controller Model: CIW01

Each “Check Menu” item and its function are explained in the following table.

Check Menu Item

Check 1

Function

Sensor condition of air conditioner will be monitored and indicated.

Check 2 Sensor data of air conditioner prior to alarm occurrence will be indicated.

Alarm History Display Previous alarm record (date, time, alarm code) will be indicated.

Model Display Model name and manufacturing number will be indicated.

I.U./O.U. PCB Check The result of PCB check will be indicated.

Self Checking Checking of wired controller will be carried out.

O Setting Method

< Normal Mode Display > < Check Menu Display >

A/C Meeting Room

MODE SPEED LOUV.

TEMP

FLTR

Avoid

COOL

LOUV.

Motion Sensor ON

Adj.

Menu

Check Menu

Check 1

Check 2

Alarm History Display

Model Display

Function 5

Sel.

OK Entr Back Rtrn

01

/

02

On/Off

OK

Back/Help ECO

Press and hold “Menu” and “ECO” simultaneously for three seconds during the normal mode.

(1) Check 1 and Check 2

(1) Press and hold “Menu” and “ECO” simultaneously for three seconds during the normal mode.

The Check Menu is displayed.

(2) Select “Check 1” (or “Check 2”) from the

Check Menu and press “OK”.

Check Menu

Check 1

Check 2


Model Display

Function 5

Sel.

OK Entr Back Rtrn

01

/

02

(3) Select the Set Indoor Unit by pressing

“ ” and press “OK”. This screen is NOT displayed when there is only one indoor unit connected with the wired controller. In this case,

(4) below will be displayed.

Check 1

01-01 02-01 03-01 04-01

01-02

01-03

01-04

02-02

02-03

02-04

03-02

03-03

03-04

04-02

04-03

04-04

Sel.

OK Entr Back Rtrn

(4) Press “ “ or “ “ to change the screen.

Check 1:01-03

Item Value b1 22 b2 20 b3 55 b4 20 b5 25

Next Page

01

/

07

Back Rtrn

SM-16007 3-13

TROUBLESHOOTING

Features of Check Mode 1

No. Item

1 b1 Set Temp.

Data Name

2 b2 Inlet Air Temp.

3 b3 Discharge Air Temp.

4 b4 Liquid Pipe Temp.

5 b5 Remote Thermistor Temp.

6 b6 Outdoor Air Temp.

7 b7 Gas Pipe Temp.

8 b8 Evaporating Temp. at Heating

9 b9 Condensing Temp. at Cooling

10 bA Comp. Top Temp.

11 bb Thermo Temp. of Wired Controller

12 bC Not Prepared

13 C1 I.U. Micro-Computer

14 C2 O.U. Micro-Computer

15 d1 Stopping Cause State Indication

16 E1 Times of Abnormality

17 E2 Times of Power Failure

18 E3 Times of Abnormal Transmitting

19 E4 Times of Inverter Tripping

20 F1 Louver Sensor State

21 H1 Discharge Pressure

Features of Check Mode 2

No. Item

1 q1 Inlet Air Temp.

Data Name

2 q2 Discharge Air Temp.

3 q3 Liquid Pipe Temp.

4 q4 Outdoor Air Temp.

5 q5 Gas Pipe Temp.

6 q6 Evaporating Temp. at Heating

7 q7 Condensing Temp. at Cooling

8 q8 Comp. Top Temp.

No. Item Data Name

22 H2 Suction Pressure

23 H3 Control Information

24 H4 Operating Frequency

25 J1 I.U. Capacity

26 J2 O.U. Code

27 J3 System Number (1)

28 J4 System Number (2)

29 L1 I.U. Expansion Valve

30 L2 O.U. Expansion Valve 1

31 L3 O.U. Expansion Valve 2

32 L4 O.U. Expansion Valve B

33 P1 Comp. Current

34 P2 Comp. Operating Accumulated Time

35 q1 Motion Sensor Reaction Rate * 1

36 q2 Radiation Sensor Temp. * 1

37 q3 Motion Sensor 1 Reaction Rate * 1




41 q7 Setting Temp. Collected Value

* 1 The average value for 30 seconds (update cycle time of Check Mode) is displayed on the LCD.

No. Item Data Name

9 q9 Discharge Pressure

10 qA Suction Pressure

11 qb Control Information

12 qC Operating Frequency

13 qd I.U. Expansion Valve

14 qE O.U. Expansion Valve 1

15 qF Comp. Current

3-14 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

(2) Alarm History Display

The Alarm History Display is accessed from the Check Menu.

(1) Press and hold “Menu” and “ECO” simultaneously for 3 seconds during the normal mode.


(2) Select “Alarm History Display” from Check Menu and press “OK”.

Check Menu

Check 1

Check 2


Model Display

Function 5

Sel.

OK Entr Back Rtrn

01

/

02

(3) The Alarm History Display changes by pressing

“ “ or “ “.

Alarm History

2008/10/28 PM02:10 01-01 22

2008/10/29 PM03:45 01-03 11

2008/11/06 AM11:37 01-02 14

2008/11/07 PM07:15 01-03 13

2008/11/07 PM11:55 01-01 29

01

/

03

Next Page OK Delete Back Rtrn

(4) To delete the alarm history, press “OK”. The

FRQ¿UPDWLRQVFUHHQZLOOEHGLVSOD\HG

Select “Yes” and press “OK”. The alarm history is deleted and the screen will return to (3) above.

If “No” is pressed, the screen will return to (3) above.

Alarm History

Delete alarm history?

Sel.

Yes No

OK Entr Back Rtrn

SM-16007 3-15

TROUBLESHOOTING

(3) I.U./O.U. PCB Check

(1) Press and hold “Menu” and “ECO” simultaneously for three seconds during the normal mode.

Check Menu is displayed.

(2) Select “I.U./O.U. PCB Check” from the Check

Menu and press “OK”.

(3) Select the indoor unit to be set by pressing

“ ” and press “OK”. This screen is NOT displayed when there is only one indoor unit connected with the wired controller. In this case,

(4) below will be displayed.

(4) The indoor unit PCB and the outdoor unit PCB checks are started.

* If “Menu“ is pressed during the check, the check is canceled and the screen will return to

(2).

* If “Back/Help” is pressed during the check, the check is canceled and the screen will return to

(3) above.

(5) After completing the check, the results of the

PCB check will be indicated. Press “Back/Help” and return to (3) above.

Check Menu

I. U./O. U. PCB Check

Self Checking

Sel.

02

/

02

OK Entr Back Rtrn

I.U./O.U. PCB Check

01-01 02-01 03-01 04-01

01-02

01-03

01-04

02-02

02-03

02-04

03-02

03-03

03-04

04-02

04-03

04-04

Sel.

OK Entr Back Rtrn

I.U./O.U. PCB: Check 01-01

Check 1: Checking

Check 2: Checking

Check 3: Checking

I.U./O.U. PCB: Check 01-01

Check 1: 00

Check 2: 00

Check 3: 00

< Results of Check Table >

Indoor Unit PCB

Normal

Abnormality of Inlet Air Temp. Thermistor

Abnormality of Outlet Air Temp. Thermistor

Abnormality of Liquid Pipe Temp. Thermistor

Abnormality of Remote Thermistor

Abnormality of Gas Pipe Temp. Thermistor

Abnormality of Transmission of Central Station

Abnormality of EEPROM

Zero Cross Input Failure

Abnormality of Transmission of I.U. during Check

3-16

Outdoor Unit PCB

Normal

Abnormality of Transmission of Outdoor Unit

ITO Input Failure

PSH Input Failure

Abnormality of Protection Signal Detection Circuit

Abnormality of Phase Detection

Abnormality of Transmission of Inverter

Abnormality of High Pressure Sensor

Abnormality of Comp. Discharge Gas Temp. Thermistor

Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor

Abnormality of Evaporating Temp. Thermistor at Heating

Abnormality of Ambient Air Temp. Thermistor

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

(4) Self-Checking

Self-Checking checks the wired controller and clears EEPROM (storage cell inside of the wired controller).

(1) Press and hold “Menu” and “ECO” simultaneously for three seconds during the normal mode (when unit is not operating).


(2) Select “Self Checking” from the Check Menu and press “OK”.

Check Menu

I. U./O. U. PCB Check

Self Checking 02

/

02

Sel.

OK Entr Back Rtrn

(3) Select the process for “Self Checking”.

* To start self check, press “ECO”.

* To clear EEPROM, press “ ” and “ECO” simultaneously.

See EEPROM clear process (15) below.

Self Checking

0 1 : 0 0 0

P-3400

(4) LCD Test

Press “OK” and the screen will change as shown at the right.

Self Checking

0 2 : 0 0 0

(5) Backlight Test

LCD brightness is changed gradually by pressing

“OK”.

(6) Contrast Test

Contrast of the LCD gradually changes by pressing “OK”.

(7) Run Indicator Test

3UHVV³2.´DQGWKHUXQLQGLFDWRUZLOOÀDVKLQUHG and green twice for each.

(8) Button Input Test

Press the nine buttons one-by-one. The number indicated with “ A ” will count up as buttons are being pressed.

* The order of pressing buttons is random.

Do not press more than one button at a time. It will not be counted.

03: Backlight Test

04: Contrast Test

05: Run Indicator Test

Self Checking

Self Checking

0 3 : 0 0 0

0 6 : 0 0 0

A

SM-16007 3-17

TROUBLESHOOTING

(9) No Function

This function is not used.

Press “OK” to proceed.

(10) Communication (Transmission) Circuit Test

The wired controller automatically starts to check the communication circuit.

07: No Function

08: Transmission Test

Self Checking

0 7 : 0 0 0

(11) Wired Controller Thermistor Test

The detected temperature by the wired controller thermistor is displayed at “ A ´LQWKH¿JXUHDWWKH right.

Self Checking

0 9 : 0 2 5

A

(12) Date/Time Test

The date and time is changed from “2012.03.04

12:34” to “2008. 01. 01 00:00”.

Self Checking

1 0 : 0 0 0

(13) EEPROM Test

< EEPROM Clearing Cancel >

Press “?“ (help).

< EEPROM Clear >

Press “OK” or wait 15 seconds. EEPROM data will be cleared. During the process, the numbers will indicate the location with “ A ”.

If A has a value of “999”, EEPROM is in a faulty condition.

*If “ A ” has “999”, the process does not proceed to the next step.

Self Checking

1 1 : 0 0 0

A

EEPROM Process

(14) Clear EEPROM

The wired controller will automatically start the

EEPROM clearing process.

Self Checking

1 3 : 0 0 0

3-18

(15) After several seconds pass, the self checking is completed and the wired controller is automatically restarted.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

(5) Contact Information Registration

Contact information can be registered from “Contact Information”.

(1) Press and hold “Menu” and “Back/Help” simultaneously for at least three seconds during the normal mode (when unit is not operating). The Test Run Menu will be displayed.

(2) Select “Contact Information” from the Test Run Menu and press “OK”.

Contact Information 1 will be displayed.

(3) Press “Back/Help” to change font types.

(4) Press “ ” to select letters.

3UHVV³2.´WRFRQ¿UPWKHOHWWHUV0D[ letters)

(6) Select “Fin.” and press “OK” (or simply press

“Menu”), (7) will be displayed.

Contact Information 1

Electric Cor p

ABC abc

Sym.1

Sym.2

q

€

'

1

+

2 w a

*

3 e s

< > z x

Spce Del.

r d

;

4 f t

.

5 c v

← → y g

?

6

Sel.

ECO Letter u h

-

7 b

OK Entr j i

/

8 o k

:

9 n m

Fin.

p l

=

0

,

Menu Fin.

(7) Repeat (3) through (5) to register contact information and continue.

6HOHFW³)LQ´DQGSUHVV³2.´WKHFRQ¿UPDWLRQVFUHHQZLOOEHGLVSOD\HG

$OVRSUHVV³0HQX´DQGWKHFRQ¿UPDWLRQVFUHHQZLOOEHGLVSOD\HG

(8) Select “Yes” and press “OK”. The Test Run Menu

ZLOOEHGLVSOD\HGDIWHUWKHVHWWLQJLVFRQ¿UPHG

If “No” is pressed, the screen will return to (3) above.

Contact Information

Electric Corp.

Sel.

Register these contents?

Yes No

OK Entr Back Rtrn

SM-16007 3-19

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1.5 Checking Using 7-Segment Display

2QO\DQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQFDQFKHFNXVLQJWKLVPHWKRG

Ɣ %HIRUH&KHFNLQJ

1) Turn ON the main power source. Wait for more than 20 seconds to start checking.

2) Checking Items

* Expansion Valve Opening

* Temperature Readings from Thermistors

* Number of Indoor Units Connecting in the Same System

3) Check the locations of 7-segment and push switches.

4) AC208-230V is applied to the PCB and electrical parts. Never touch electrical parts and wires without appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) when checking.

Ɣ /RFDWLRQRI3XVK6ZLWFKHVDQG6HJPHQW'LVSOD\

The push switches and 7-segment display are located on the PCB1.

SEG2

SEG1 PSW5 PSW2

PSW1 PSW3

SEG2 SEG1

PSW5

PSW2

PSW1

PSW3

DSW1

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

RSW1

1 2

6

8

9 0

PSW4

DSW2

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW4

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

DSW6

1 2 3 4

ON

DSW3

1 2 3 4

DSW5

ON

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW7

1 2 3 4

PSW4

ON

1 2

DSW10

3-20 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Ɣ 6LPSOH&KHFNLQJXVLQJ6HJPHQW'LVSOD\

1 * Turn on All Indoor Units * All the Indoor Units Connected in the Same System

2 Turn on the Outdoor Unit

3 Auto-addressing Starts

Outdoor Unit

Printed

Circuit Board

(PCB)

During auto-addressing, the following items can be checked using the outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display

(1) Disconnection of power supply to the indoor unit.

(2) Reverse connection of the operating line between the outdoor and

In this instance, "03" appears after 30 seconds

(3) Duplication of indoor unit number. See Alarm Code 35.

Normal

Case

(1) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display is not indicated.

(2) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display indicates the following if there is something wrong.

(A) Alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment LED display when an alarm is received from an indoor unit in normal mode.

As for the following alarm codes, however, an alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment LED display when an alarm is detected by an outdoor unit itself.

* Alarm Code “03” (Abnormal Transmission between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)

* Alarm Code “35” (Incorrect Indoor and Outdoor Unit No. Setting)

(B) Alarm code of smaller indoor unit Address No. will be displayed when alarm is received from multiple indoor units.

Abnormal

Instance

(C) The following 7-segment LED display appears and flashes every 0.5 seconds.

SEG2 SEG1

(D) SEG1 and SEG2 are as follows.

Alarm Code

7-Segment Display

<Instance of Unit No. 63, Alarm Code “01”>

SEG2: Indoor Unit No. (0~63)

SEG1: Alarm Code

SEG2 SEG1

Indoor Unit No.

Alarm Code

SM-16007 3-21

TROUBLESHOOTING

Ɣ &KHFNLQJ0HWKRG8VLQJ&KHFNLQJ0RGH

Operating conditions and each part of a system can be checked using a 7-segment display and push on the PCB1 in the outdoor unit.

To Start Checking

Press PSW1 more than

3 seconds.

Check Mode will begin.

To Cancel Checking

Press PSW1 for more than

3 seconds and release while

Check Mode is displayed.

The indication of LCD will be turned off and condition will return to normal.

NOTICE:

Make sure to cancel Checking

Mode after checking is completed.

Details of External Input/Output

Setting Mode and Optional

Function Setting Mode should be according to the exhibit of

“ External Input/Output and

Function Setting ” attached to the back side of the service cover.

Push Switch Operation

PSW2 for Checking

PSW5 for Manual

Defrost

PSW1

Enter

PSW4 for Checking

PSW3

Press PSW1 for once.

Check Mode

“ ”

(A) Outdoor Combination Unit No.

The outdoor combination unit No.

is indicated on the 7-segment display as follows.

Unit

Unit A (No.0)

Unit B (No.1)

Unit C (No.2)

Indication

PrT0

PrT1

PrT2

Indication Example

Unit A (No.0) for

Checking

Connecting Information

Outdoor Unit Information

Indoor Unit Information

Cause of Alarm Code

History of Alarm Code

The Details of indicated informations shall be according to the (B)

“Connecting Information”.

The Details of indicated informations shall be according to the (C)

“Outdoor Unit Information”.

The Details of indicated informations shall be according to the (D)

“Indoor Unit Information”.

The Details of indicated informations shall be according to the (E)

“Cause of Alarm Code

Information”.

The Details of indicated informations shall be according to the (F)

“Alarm Code History

Information”.

(B) Connecting Information

This information is indicated on Unit A (No. 0) only.

3UHVV36:źWRPRYHIRUZDUGRU36:ŸWRPRYHEDFNZDUG

7KHLQIRUPDWLRQZLOOEHLQGLFDWHGDOWHUQDWHO\DV³,WHP´ĺ³'HWDLOV´

Indication Details

Item

1

2

3

Total Capacity of

Connected Outdoor Units

O.U. Constitution

Quantities

Total Capacity of

Connected Indoor Units

4 Connected I.U. Number

5 Refrigerant Group

6

Total Capacity of Operated

I.U.

7 Total Comp. Frequency

8

Accumulated Operation

Time

7-Segment Display

SEG2 SEG1

Details

Total Capacity of O.U. Combination

Refer to “Outdoor Unit Capacity Table”.

Constitution Quantities of O.U.

Combination

Total Capacity of Connected Indoor Units

Connected Indoor Unit Number

Refrigerant Group Number

Total Capacity of Operated Indoor Units

Refer to “Indoor Unit Capacity Table”.

Unit: Hz

Unit: Hour (Indication x 10 Hours)

3-22

Outdoor Unit Capacity Table

Indication

Type

(Capacity)

[x 1000 Btu/h]

Refrigeration

Ton

[RT]

72

96

072

096

6.0

8.0

NOTE:

In case of combination unit, the indication of outdoor unit capacity is total capacity of each unit.

< Example >

In case of 288 type

288 type = 096 type x 3

96 x 3 = 288

Indication “288” will be displayed.

Indoor Unit Capacity Table

Indication

6

8

12

15

18

24

30

36

48

72

96

Type

(Capacity)

[x 1000 Btu/h]

006

008

012

015

018

024

030

036

048

064

080

Refrigeration

Ton

[RT]

0.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

4.0

6.0

0.7

1.0

1.3

1.5

8.0

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

(C) Outdoor Unit Information

Select the outdoor unit number to be displayed only for the example of Unit A

(No.0).

Units B and C (Nos.1 and 2) show each unit number only.

:KHQWKHVHOHFWLRQLVFKDQJHGSUHVV36:źWRIRUZDUGRU36:ŸWR backward.

Unit

Unit A (No.0)

Unit B (No.1)

Unit C (No.2)

Indication

Select the outdoor unit number for indication.

3UHVV36:ŹIRUGHWDLOHGLQIRUPDWLRQRIVHOHFWHGXQLWQXPEHU

3UHVV36:źWRPRYHIRUZDUGRU36:ŸWRPRYHEDFNZDUG7KHLQIRUPDWLRQZLOOEHLQGLFDWHG

DOWHUQDWHO\DV³,WHP´ĺ³'HWDLOV´

3UHVV36:ŻWRUHWXUQWR2XWGRRU&RPELQDWLRQ8QLW1R6HOHFWLRQ

Details of Indication

Item

7-Segment

Display

SEG2 SEG1 *3)

Details

1

2

3

4

Output State of Outdoor

Micro-Computer

Running Frequency of

Inverter Compressor MC1

Total Number of Running

Compressor

5 Air Flow Rate

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16



MV1 Opening


MVB Opening for Bypass

Discharge Pressure (High)

Suction Pressure (Low)

Ambient Air Temperature

(Ta)

Discharge Gas Temperature on the Top of Compressor

MC1 (TD1)

Discharge Gas Temperature on the Top of Compressor

MC2 (TD2)

Evaporating Temperature

TE at Heating

Outdoor Heat Exchanger

Gas Temperature

Supercooling Temperature

Supercooling Temperature at Bypass

17 Inverter Fin Temperature

18 Fan Controller Fin Temp.

19 Compressor MC1 Current *1)

20 Compressor MC2 Current *1)

21 Fan Motor (MOF1) Current

*1)

22

23

24

25

26

27

Accumulated Operation Time of

Compressor MC1


Compressor MC2


Compressor MC1


Compressor MC2

Cause of Inverter Stoppage

Cause of Fan Controller

Stoppage

Unit Capacity Indication

Refer to “Outdoor Unit Capacity Table”

Output State of Outdoor Micro-Computer Indication

Refer to “Location of Push Switches and

7-Segment Display”

Running Frequency of INV. Compressor

Indication (Hz)

Total Number of Running Compressor

Indication

Air Flow Rate Indication (0 to 25 Steps)

Outdoor Expansion Valve MV1 Opening

Indication (Unit: %)

Expansion Valve Opening for Bypass

Indication (Unit: %)

Unit: Psi

Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:

Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:

Unit: Psi



Unit: o F



Unit: o F



Unit: o F



Unit: o F



Unit: o F



Unit: o F



Unit: o F



Unit: o F

Unit: o F

Unit: A

Unit: A

Unit: A




Accumulated operation time can be reset.

*2)


Accumulated operation time can be reset.

*2)

Refer to “Inverter

Stoppage Cause Table”

Refer to “Fan Controller

Stoppage Cause Table”

Comp. No.

Fan Controller No.

O.U. No.

O.U. No.

*1) The indicated current is reduced value. Use a clamp meter for the accurate current value.

*2) For resetting the accumulated operation time, press “PSW1 + PSW3” for 5 seconds while the accumulated data is displayed.

(Example)

SEG2 SEG1

*3) The outdoor unit No. is indicated on the one digit of “SEG1”.

SM-16007 3-23

TROUBLESHOOTING

(D) Indoor Unit Information


6HOHFWWKHLQGRRUXQLWQXPEHUIRUWKHLQIRUPDWLRQLQGLFDWLRQ3UHVV36:źWRPRYHIRUZDUGRU36:Ÿ to move backward.

Unit No.

Indication

No.0

No.1

No.63

NOTE:

For indoor unit connecting to change-over box,

“ ” will be indicated next to “d”.

(Example)

Instance of change-over box connecting to

Indoor Unit No.5; the indication is as shown at the left.

Select the outdoor unit number for indication.

3UHVV36:ŹIRUGHWDLOHGLQIRUPDWLRQRIVHOHFWHGXQLWQXPEHU

3UHVV36:źWRPRYHIRUZDUGRU36:ŸWRPRYHEDFNZDUG7KHLQIRUPDWLRQZLOOEHLQGLFDWHG

DOWHUQDWHO\DV³,WHP´ĺ³'HWDLOV´

3UHVV36:ŻWRUHWXUQWRWKH2XWGRRU&RPELQDWLRQ8QLW1R6HOHFWLRQ


Item

1

2

3

4

Indoor Unit

Capacity

Expansion Valve

Opening

Heat Exchanger

Liquid Piping Temp.

Heat Exchanger

Gas Piping Temp.

5 Air Inlet Temp.

7-Segment Display

SEG2 SEG1 *1)

Details

Unit Capacity Indication

Refer to “Indoor Unit Capacity Table”.

Unit: %

Unit:

Unit:

Unit: o o o

F

F

F

6 Air Outlet Temp.

Unit: o

F

7

Unit Stoppage

Cause Code

Indoor Unit Stoppage Cause Code Indication

Refer to “Cause of Indoor Unit Stoppage Table”.

SEG2 SEG1

(Example)

*1) The indoor unit number is indicated on “SEG1”.

(E) Cause of Alarm Code Information



7KHLQIRUPDWLRQZLOOEHLQGLFDWHGDOWHUQDWHO\DV³,WHP´ĺ³'HWDLOV´


Item

1 Alarm Cause Code

2

3

4

5

6

Degeneracy Control for

Pressure Ratio

Decrease Protection


High Pressure

Increase Protection


Inverter Fin Temp.

Increase Protection


Discharge Gas Temp.

Increase Protection


Td SH Decrease

Protection

7


Overcurrent Protection

7-Segment Display

SEG2 SEG1

Details

Latest O.U. Stoppage Alarm Code Indication

Refer to “Alarm Code Table”.

: Degeneracy Control is not Activated.

: Degeneracy Control is Activated.











3-24 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

(F) Alarm Code History Information


If a history of abnormality exists, it is indicated up to a maximum of

15 instances in chronological order.


3UHVV36:ŹIRUGHWDLOHGLQIRUPDWLRQ


3UHVV36:ŻWRUHWXUQWR'DWD1R6HOHFWLRQ

Data No.

1 (Latest Data)

7-Segment

Display

SEG2 SEG1

15 (Oldest Data)


Item

1

Unit Accumulated

Operation Time

2 Cause of Stoppage

3

4

Alarm

/ Stoppage

Cause Code

Abnormal Data

Indication

7-Segment Display

SEG2 SEG1

Details

O.U. Accumulated Operation Time at Stoppage


Alarm Stoppage

Retry Stoppage

Control Information

Alarm and Stoppage Cause Code

O.U. No. is indicated on 10 digit of SEG2.

Compressor and fan controller No. are indicated on one digit of SEG2. Alarm and stoppage code are indicated on SEG1.

Inverter stoppage cause code is indicated when IT code is existing on SEG2.

Fan controller stoppage cause code is indicated when FT code is existing on SEG2.

Stoppage cause of constant speed compressor abnormal current is 0A stoppage.

Overcurrent Stoppage of Constant Speed Comp.

No Data

SM-16007 3-25

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1.6 Checking Alarm Code History

Alarm code history is indicated in the following order while the Check Mode is displayed.

history data

5HIHUWRWKH¿JXUHEHORZDVDQH[DPSOH

PSW1

PSW4(▼)

PSW4(▼)

PSW4(▼)

PSW2(▲)

PSW2(▲)

PSW2(▲)

History can display a maximum of 15 instances in alarm occurrence order.

Subject compressor when alarm/retry code is displayed.

(Example: (H,Y)VAHP288B(3,4)1CW)

Outdoor Unit A Outdoor Unit B

INV

Fixed

Speed

INV

Fixed

Speed

Combination of Compressor(s)

Comp.

Comp.

Comp.

Comp.

Outdoor Unit C

INV

Fixed

Speed

Comp.

Comp.

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

Unit Code

Compressor Code

INV

1

0

Fixed

Speed

2

INV

1

1

Fixed

Speed

2

INV

1

1

Fixed

Speed

2

PSW3( )

PSW2(▲)

Alarm

Accumulated time when alarm occurs.

PSW2(▲)

PSW3( )▼

PSW5( )

PSW4(▼)

PSW4(▼)

PSW2(▲)

PSW2(▲)

Indication of Stoppage Cause

Item

AC d1.

Contents

Alarm Code

Retry Stoppage c1.

Micro Computer Reset

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼)

Alarm/Retry Code

Item

Seg2

10th

1st

Seg1

Contents

Outdoor Unit No.

Compressor/Fan Controller No.

Alarm/Retry Code

Inverter Retry

PSW3( )▼

PSW5( )

PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

Abnormal Data

Item Contents iT.

FT.

ITC

FTC

CT.

CT.

0

FF

Remarks

In case of ITC

In case of FTC

Fixed Speed Comp.

0(A) Stoppage

Fixed Speed Comp.

Overcurrent

No Data

Fan Controller

PSW3( )▼

PSW5( )

PSW2(▲)

3-26

PSW4(▼)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼)

NOTES:

1. Refer to (2)-(B) Alarm Code Table for details of the alarm codes.

2. Refer to (2)-(A) Protection Control Code for details of the retry codes.

3. Refer to (2)-(D) and (E) for details of the iT codes and FT codes.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

(1) Register of Alarm Code History

21

22

0b

0c

23

Cause of

Stoppage

(Alarm Code or Stoppage

Code)

02

Contents

Activation of protection device

03

04

04.

05

Abnormality transmitting between indoor units and outdoor units

Abnormality transmitting between inverter PCB and outdoor unit PCB

Abnormality transmitting between fan controller and outdoor unit PCB

Abnormality of power source phase

06 d1-18

06.

07

Abnormality of inverter voltage

Abnormality of fan controller voltage

Decrease in discharge gas superheat d1-16

08 d1-15

0A

Increase in discharge gas temperature at the top of compressor

24

25

Abnormality transmitting between outdoor units

Incorrect outdoor unit address setting

Incorrect outdoor main unit setting

Abnormality of high pressure sensor

Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor air temperature

Abnormality of thermistor for discharge gas temp. on top of compressor

Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor unit heat exchanger liquid pipe (Te/Tchg)

Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor unit heat exchanger gas pipe (Tg/TbG)

35

36

29

31

Abnormality of low pressure sensor

Incorrect capacity setting of indoor unit and outdoor unit

Incorrect indoor unit No. setting

Incorrect indoor unit combination

38

39

Abnormality of picking up circuit for protection in outdoor unit

Abnormality of running current at constant speed compressor d1-14

3A Abnormality of outdoor unit capacity

Incorrect setting of outdoor unit model combination or voltage 3b

3d Abnormality transmitting between main unit and sub unit(s)

3E Abnormal Combination between Inverter PCB

7 (Details of Alarm)

AC.: Alarm d1.: Retry iTC: Inverter Stoppage Code

FTC: Fan Controller Stoppage Code

Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Indication of Alarm Code History

Alarm Code

7 Alarm

AC.

O.U.

Unit No.

Comp.

No.

ż ż

Fan No.

AC.

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

d1.

AC.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż

Abnormal

Data

--

--

--

--

-iTC iTC

FTC

--

--

--

--

Accumulated Time AC.

--

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

ż ż ż ż ż ż ż

Thermistor Signal

E

Thermistor Signal

G

TbG:

--

--

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

AC.

AC.

d1.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

ż ż ż ż

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

CT Detected

Value

SM-16007 3-27

TROUBLESHOOTING

5b

5C b5

EE

55 d1-17

57

5A

A1 d1-05 d1-18 d1-26 d1-32

48 d1-17

51 d1-17

53 d1-17

54 d1-17

Cause of

Stoppage

(Alarm Code or Stoppage

Code)

43

Contents

Abnormality of low compression ratio d1-11

44 d1-12

Abnormality of low-pressure increase

45 d1-13

47 d1-15

Abnormality of high-pressure increase

Activation of low-pressure decrease protection device

(Vacuum operation protection)

Activation of inverter overcurrent protection device

Abnormality of inverter current sensor

Inverter error signal detection

$EQRUPDOLW\RILQYHUWHU¿QWHPSHUDWXUH d1-36

Inverter failure

Activation of fan controller protection device

$EQRUPDOLW\RIIDQFRQWUROOHU¿QWHPSHUDWXUH

Activation of overcurrent protection

Abnormality of fan controller sensor

Incorrect setting of indoor unit connection number

Compressor protection alarm

Abnormality of Active Filter

Instantaneous power failure

Abnormality of inverter and other

Abnormality of high pressure decrease

Retry stoppage by indoor unit auto address setting

Retry stoppage by outdoor unit thermo-OFF stoppage after defrosting operation

Micro-computer reset by abnormality of inverter transmission

Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

AC.

AC.

d1 d1 d1 d1

Indication of Alarm Code History

Alarm Code

7 Alarm

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

d1.

AC.

AC.

AC.

AC.

O.U.

Unit No.

Comp.

No.

ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż

Fan No.

Abnormal

Data

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

-iTC iTC iTC iTC iTC iTC iTC iTC iTC iTC ż

FTC ż

FTC ż

FTC ż

FTC

AC.

-d1

Ci.

ż

Accumulated Time

Micro-computer reset by abnormality of fan controller transmission Accumulated Time Ci.

2

Control

Information

Micro-computer reset by abnormality of indoor unit transmission

Micro-computer reset by abnormality transmitting between outdoor unit and outdoor unit

Micro-computer reset for abnormality of control state

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

Accumulated Time

7 (Details of Alarm)

AC.: Alarm d1.: Retry

*

Ci.

Ci.

Ci.



3

4

6

--

--

-iTC

--

--

--

1 iTC: Inverter Stoppage Code

FTC: Fan Controller Stoppage Code

3-28 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

(2) Deletion of Alarm Code History

3UHVV36:DQG36:IRU¿YHVHFRQGVWRFOHDUWKHDODUPFRGHKLVWRU\ZKLOHWKHKLVWRU\GDWDLV displayed. (All history can be deleted.)

PSW4(▼)

PSW3( )

PSW2(▲)

PSW5( )

PSW4(▼)

PSW2(▲)

PSW2(▲)

In order to delete all the history, press PSW1 and PSW3 ( ) for five seconds while history is displayed.

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼)

SM-16007 3-29

TROUBLESHOOTING

(A) Protection Control Code

The control information during operation are displayed.

The protection control code is different from the code displayed during unit operation stoppage.

Code

P01

P02

P03

Protection Control

Pressure Ratio Control


Inverter Current Protection

P04 Inverter Fin Temp. Increase Protection

P05 Discharge Gas Temp. on Top of Comp. Increase Protection

P06

P09

Low Pressure Decrease Protection

High Pressure Decrease Protection

P0A Demand Current Control

P0d Low Pressure Increase Protection

Code Protection Control

P11 Pressure Ratio Decrease Retry

P12

P13

P14

P15

Low Pressure Increase Retry

High Pressure Increase Retry

Overcurrent Retry of Constant Speed Comp.

Vacuum/Discharge Gas Temp. Increase Retry

P16

P17

Discharge Gas SUPER HEAT Decrease Retry

Inverter Trip Retry

P18 Retry Related to Inverter

P26 High Pressure Decrease Retry

NOTE: If the degeneration control is activated, the indications PC1 to PC5

are indicated instead of P01 to P05.

(B) Alarm Code Table

Code Category Content of Abnormality

01

02

03

04

04.

Outdoor Unit

Communication

Activation of Protection Device

(High Pressure Cut)

Operational Irregularities between

Indoor and Outdoor

Problem between Inverter PCB and

Outdoor PCB

Problem between Fan Controller and

Outdoor PCB

05 Supply Phase Problem of Power Source Phases

06

06.

Voltage



07

08

Indoor Unit Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch)

Cycle

Decrease in Superheated Discharge Gas

Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature

Leading Cause

Activation of Float Switch (High Water Level in

Condensation Drainage Pan, Problem with Drain Piping,

Float Switch, or Condensation Drainage Pan)

Activation of PSH (Pipe Clogging, Excessive

Refrigerant, Inert Gas Mixing)

Incorrect Wiring, Loose Terminals, Disconnect Wire,

Blowout of Fuse, Outdoor Unit Power OFF

Inverter PCB - Outdoor PCB Communication Failure

(Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blown of Fuse)

Fan Controller - Outdoor PCB Communication Failure

(Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blown of Fuse)

Incorrect Power Source, Connection to

Reversed Phase, Open-Phase



Excessive Refrigerant Charge, Failure of Thermistor,

Incorrect Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection,

Expansion Valve Locking at Opened Position

(Disconnect Connector)

Insufficient Refrigerant Charge, Pipe Clogging,

Failure of Thermistor, Incorrect Wiring,

Incorrect Piping Connection, Expansion Valve

Locking at Closed Position (Disconnect Connector)

Incorrect Wiring, Breaking Wire, Loose Terminals

Duplication of Address Setting for Outdoor Units

(Sub Units) in Same Refrigerant Cycle System

Two (or more) Outdoor Units Set as “Main Unit”

Exist in Same Refrigerant Cycle System

22

23

24

25

29

17

19

21

11

12

13

14

15

16

0A Communication Problem between Outdoor and Outdoor

0b

0C

Outdoor Unit


Incorrect Outdoor Unit Main Unit Setting



Freeze Protection Thermistor

Gas Piping Thermistor

Sensor on

Indoor Unit

Outdoor Air Thermistor (ECONO)

Remote Sensor (DOAS)

Thermistor Built-in Remote Controller (DOAS)

Fan Motor Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan

Sensor on

Outdoor Unit


Outdoor Air Thermistor

Discharge Gas Thermistor on Top of Compressor

Heat Exchanger Liquid Pipe Thermistor

Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor

Low Pressure Sensor

3-30

Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring

Breaking Wire, Short Circuit

Fan Motor Overheat, Lockup

Incorrect Wiring, Severed or Disconnecting Wiring,

Short Circuit

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Code

31

35

36

38

3A

3b

48

51

Category

System

39 Compressor

3d

3E

43

44

45

47

53

54

55

57

5A

5b

5C b1 b5

Outdoor Unit

Protection

Device

Sensor

Inverter

Fan

Controller

EE Compressor

Outdoor Unit

No. Setting

Indoor Unit

No. Setting

Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and

Indoor Unit

Content of Abnormality Leading Cause

Incorrect Capacity Code Setting of Combination

Excessive or Insufficient Indoor Unit Total

Capacity Code

Duplication of Indoor Unit No. in same Refrigerant Group Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit No.

Incorrect Indoor Unit Combination

Problem with Protective Pickup Circuit in Outdoor Unit

Problem with Running Current at

Constant Speed Compressor

Problem with Running Outdoor Unit Capacity

Incorrect Setting of Outdoor Unit Models


Communication Problem between Main Unit and Sub Unit(s)

Communication Problem between Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB

Activation of Compression Ratio Decrease

Protection Device

Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection

Device

Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection

Device

Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection

Device (Vacuum Operation Protection)

Indoor Unit is Designed for R22

Failure of Protection Detecting Device

(Incorrect Wiring of Outdoor PCB)

Overcurrent, Blown Fuse, Current Sensor Failure,

Instantaneous Power Failure, Voltage Drop,

Abnormal Power Supply

Outdoor Unit Capacity > 288 MBH

Incorrect Setting of Main and Sub Unit(s)


Incorrect Wiring, Disconnect Wire, Breaking Wire,

PCB Failure

Incorrect Combination between Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB

Defective Compression (Failure of Compressor of Inverter, Loose Power Supply Connection)

Overload at Cooling, High Temperature at Heating,

Expansion Valve Locking (Loose Connector)

Overload Operation (Clogging, Short-Pass), Pipe

Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant, Inert Gas Mixing

Insufficient Refrigerant, Refrigerant Piping,

Clogging, Expansion Valve Locking at

Open Position (Loose Connector)

Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device Overload Operation, Compressor Failure

Problem with Inverter Current Sensor

Inverter Error Signal Detection

Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature

Inverter Failure

Activation of Fan Controller Protection

Abnormality of Fan Controller Fin Temperature

Activation of Overcurrent Protection

Problem with Fan Controller Sensor

Compressor Protection Alarm

(It can not be reset from Wired Controller)

Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant Cycle

Number

Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection No. Setting

Current Sensor Failure

Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for

Overcurrent, Low Voltage, Short Circuit)

Abnormal Inverter Fin Thermistor,

Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor Failure

Inverter PCB Failure

Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for Overcurrent,

Low Voltage, Short Circuit), Instantaneous Overcurrent

Fin Thermistor Failure, Heat Exchanger Clogging,

Fan Motor Failure

Fan Motor Failure

Failure of Current Sensor (Instantaneous Overcurrent,

Increase of Fin Temperature, Low Voltage,

Ground Fault, Step-Out)

This alarm code appears when the following alarms* occurs three times within 6 hours.

*02, 07, 08, 39, 43 to 45, 47

There are 64 or More Number is Set for Address or

Refrigerant Cycle.

There are 17 or More Non-Corresponding to H-LINK II

Units are Connected to One System.

SM-16007 3-31

TROUBLESHOOTING

(C) Cause of Indoor Unit Stoppage

Code Cause

0 Operation OFF, Power OFF

1

Thermo-OFF,

Activation of Float Switch

2 Alarm

3

5

6

7

Freeze Protection,

Overheating Protection

Instantaneous Power Failure at Outdoor Unit/Reset

Instantaneous Power Failure at Indoor Unit/Reset

Stoppage of Cooling Operation due to Low Outdoor Air Temp.

Stoppage of Heating Operation due to High Outdoor Air Temp.

9

Stoppage of Reversing

Valve Switching Control

10 Demand Enforced Stoppage

11

Retry due to Pressure Ratio

Decrease

12

13

14

15

Retry due to Low Pressure

Increase

Retry due to High Pressure

Increase

Retry due to Abnormal Current of Constant Speed Compressor

Retry due to Vacuum

Abnormality, Discharge Gas

Temp. Increase

NOTE:

Even if stoppage Alarm “02” is not always indicated.

Code

16

Cause

Retry due to Decrease of

Discharge Gas Superheat

17 Retry due to Inverter Tripping

18

Retry due to Voltage Decrease,

Other Retry of Inverter

19

Expansion Valve Opening

Change Protection

21 Enforced Thermo-OFF

22

26

Enforced Thermo-OFF

(Hot Start Control at

Crankcase Heater Preheating)

Refer to Cancellation Method

Retry due to High Pressure

Decrease

28

30

32

Stoppage due to Outlet Temp.

Decrease in Cooling

Stoppage of Thermo-OFF due to Compressor Excepting

Retry due to Abnormal

Transmission of Outdoor Unit

36 Retry after Defrosting Operation

39

Stoppage of Thermo-OFF due to Energy Saving Control

Cancellation of Enforced Thermo-OFF

Press PSW5 for more than three seconds.

This function may damage compressor.

Use this function only in unavoidable condition.

* Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.

* Thermo-OFF: The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.

(D) Cause of Inverter Stoppage

Code Cause

1 Driver IC Error Signal Detection

2 Instantaneous Overcurrent

3 Fin Temp. Increase

4

Electronic Thermal Activation

(Inverter Overcurrent)

5 Voltage Decrease

6 Voltage Increase

7 Abnormal INV. Transmission

8 Abnormal Current Sensor

9

Instantaneous Power Failure

Detection

11 Micro Computer Reset

12 Ground Fault Detecting

13 Abnormal Power Source Phase

16 Inverter Retry

17 Abnormal Control

21 Abnormal Fan Motor (Step-out)

22 Abnormal Setting of PCB

(E) Cause of Fan Controller Stoppage

Code Cause

1 Driver IC Error Signal Detection

2 Instantaneous Overcurrent

3 Fin Temp. Increase

4 Electronic Thermal Activation

5 Voltage Decrease

6 Voltage Increase

7 Abnormal INV. Transmission

8 Abnormal Current Sensor

9

Instantaneous Power Failure

Detection

11 Micro Computer Reset

12 Ground Fault Detecting

15 Reverse Driving

16 Inoperative Fan Motor Detection

17 Abnormal Control

21 Abnormal Fan Motor (Step-out)

3-32 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.1.7 Emergency Operation

(1) Emergency Mode Operation from Wired Controller

((H,Y)VAHP144B(3,4)1CW to (H,Y)VAHP288B(3,4)1CW)

If the compressor fails, an emergency operation mode is accessible by the wired controller. Even if the compressor fails, the air conditioning operation is continuously available until troubleshooting is performed.

This Backup Operation Function prevents the system from coming to a complete stop when the outdoor unit failure occurs.

Â 1

Emergency operation starts with the wired controller after an alarm occurrence.

Â 3

Even if one unit fails, the others can be operated continuously.

/ 2

Compressor

Failed Outdoor Unit

Compressor x

Compressor

NOTE:

Â 1: At least two outdoor units are required for this function.

Â 2: Do not perform emergency operation more than eight hours. Going beyond that may damage the unit.

Â 3: The emergency operation can be

SHUIRUPHGZKHQWKHVSHFL¿HGDODUP code occurs.

Refer to the following.

(a) Procedure

<For CIW01>

By pressing “MENU” for three seconds, emergency operation starts.

“EMG” is displayed on the LCD during this operation.

01-02

Alarm Code:

23

MODEL : F .08

IDU : TIC4036B21S

ODU : TVAHR120B41S

Sel.

OK Entr

AlarmRst

Address

CIW01

Starting for Emergency Operation

Press “Menu” button at least three seconds when the alarm code is indicated on the LCD.

Menu

On/Off

OK

Back/Help ECO

Emergency Operation Indication

Â Following these alarm codes, emergency

operation is possible.

(1) Inverter Compressor Failure

06: Abnormality of Inverter Voltage

23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor

48: Activation of Overcurrent Protection Device

51: Abnormality of Inverter Current Sensor

53: Inverter Error Signal Detection

54: Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature

55: Inverter Failure

(2) Fixed Speed Compressor Failure


39: Abnormality of Running Current at

Fixed Speed Compressor

The screen will change as shown in the above figure.

Emergency

Operation

Indication

(b) Operation Condition

This emergency operation is NOT applicable to the compressors installed in the failed outdoor unit.

SM-16007 3-33

TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTES:

• Emergency operation is available only when the alarm codes above (*) are indicated.

• The emergency operation is not available for malfunction of the inverter PCB or fan controller.

• This emergency operation is not a normal operation but a temporary operation until the service people come. If the alarm is indicated again during the emergency operation, the alarm cannot be canceled.

• Do not perform an emergency operation for more than eight hours. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.

(2) Emergency Mode Operation from Outdoor Unit PCB for Compressor Failure

1 For Combination of Outdoor Units

((H,Y)VAHP144B(3,4)1CW to (H,Y)VAHP288B(3,4)1CW)

<Alarms Corresponding to Inverter Compressor Failure>

04: Abnormal Communication between inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB







<Alarms Corresponding to Fixed Speed Compressor Failure>


39: Abnormality of Running Current at Fixed Speed Compressor

(a) Procedures

1. Turn OFF all the main switches of the outdoor and indoor units.

2. If the inverter compressor is faulty, disconnect the wiring (U, V, W) of the diode module.

(Insulate the disconnected terminals.) *1

3. Turn DSW5-No.1 or No.2 ON to stop the compressor operation. If either is set, NONE of the compressors in the failed outdoor unit will operate. *2

For the heat pump system, fully close the stop valves (for gas/liquid) of the failed outdoor unit.

4. Turn ON the power supply.

5. Start the operation with the wired controller.

Even if one unit fails, the others can be operated continuously.

/ 2

3-34

Compressor

Compressor x

Failed Outdoor Unit

Compressor

Â 1: Diode Module

௅ (+)

AC3 AC2 AC1

Â 2: Outdoor Unit PCB

SEG2 SEG1

PSW5

PSW2

PSW1

PSW3

DSW1

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

PSW4

RSW1

1

ON

DSW2

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW4

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW6

ON

1 2 3 4

ON

DSW3

1 2 3 4

DSW5

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW7

ON

1 2 3 4

ON

1 2

DSW10

(DSW5)

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

PROCEDURE REMINDERS:

• Measure the insulation resistance of the malfunctioning compressor.

Do not perform the emergency operation when the insulation resistance is 0 : .

The other compressors may be damaged because there is a possibility that refrigerant oil is oxidized.

• In this emergency operation, compressor frequency cannot be controlled normally.

Therefore, an alarm code “07”, “43”, “44”, “45” or “47” may be indicated on the LCD.

7KLVHPHUJHQF\RSHUDWLRQPD\QRWSURYLGHVXI¿FLHQWFRROLQJDQGKHDWLQJFDSDFLW\

• This operation is a temporary emergency operation when the compressor is damaged. Therefore, replace it with a new one as soon as possible.

• Turn OFF DSW5-No.1 and No.2 of the outdoor unit PCB after replacing the compressor.

If this setting is not performed, the compressor will be damaged.

2 For Outdoor Unit without Combination

[ at Inverter Compressor Failure ]

((H,Y)VAHP072B(3,4)1CW and (H,Y)VAHP096B(3,4)1CW)

7KLVRSHUDWLRQLVDQHPHUJHQF\RSHUDWLRQE\WKH¿[HGVSHHGFRPSUHVVRUZKHQWKHLQYHUWHU compressor fails.

<Alarms Corresponding to Inverter Compressor Failure>

04: Abnormal Communication between inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB







(a) Procedures

1. Turn OFF all the main switches of outdoor and indoor units.

2. Disconnect the wiring (U, V, W) of diode module. Â 1

(Insulate the disconnected terminals.)

3. Turn DSW5-No.1 ON to stop the inverter compressor operation. Not all the compressors in the failed outdoor unit will stop the operation. If two compressors are stopped simultaneously, the stoppage cause is supposed to be d1-30. Â 2



Â 1: Diode Module

௅ (+)


SEG2 SEG1

PSW5

PSW2

PSW1

PSW3

DSW1

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

PSW4

RSW1

9

0 1

ON

DSW2

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW4

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW6

ON

1 2 3 4

DSW3

ON

1 2 3 4

DSW5

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW7

ON

1 2 3 4

AC3 AC2 AC1

ON

1 2

DSW10

(DSW5)

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

SM-16007 3-35

TROUBLESHOOTING

(b) Operation Condition

< Indoor Unit Operation Capacity >

The compressor is forced to stop for compressor protection under the following condition:

Total Capacity of Thermo ON I.U. < 50% of O.U. Capacity and

Total Capacity of Thermo ON I.U. < 90kBtu/h

$ODFNRIDWKHUPR21LQGRRUXQLWPD\OHDGWRD¿[HGVSHHGFRPSUHVVRUIDLOXUH because the compressor is operated and stopped repeatedly.)

NOTE:




• Measure the insulation resistance of a failed compressor.

Do not perform an emergency operation when the insulation resistance is 0 :


• Total operating capacity of indoor unit should be 90kBtu/h and over.

(Less than 90kBtu/h: Forced stoppage)


Therefore, an alarm code “07”, “43”, “44”, “45” or “47” may be indicated on the LCD.


• This operation is a temporary emergency operation when the inverter compressor is damaged.

Therefore, replace it with the new one as soon as possible.

• Turn OFF DSW5-No.1 and No.2 of the outdoor unit PCB after replacing the compressor.

If this setting is not performed, the inverter compressor will be damaged.

3-36 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

[ at Fixed Speed Compressor Failure ]

((H,Y)VAHP072B(3,4)1CW and (H,Y)VAHP096B(3,4)1CW)

7KLVRSHUDWLRQLVDQHPHUJHQF\RSHUDWLRQE\WKHLQYHUWHUFRPSUHVVRUZKHQWKH¿[HGVSHHGFRPSUHVVRU fails.

<Alarms Corresponding to Fixed Speed Compressor Failure>


39: Abnormality of Running Current at Fixed Speed Compressor

(a) Procedures

1. Turn OFF all the main switches of the outdoor and indoor units.

7XUQ21'6:1RWRVWRSWKH¿[HGFRPSUHVVRURSHUDWLRQ1RWDOOWKHFRPSUHVVRUVLQWKH failed outdoor unit will stop the operation. If two compressors are stopped simultaneously, the stoppage cause is supposed to be d1-30. *1




SEG2 SEG1

PSW5

PSW2

PSW1

PSW3

ON

DSW2

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW4

ON

DSW1

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

PSW4

RSW1

9

0 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

DSW6

1 2 3 4

ON

DSW3

1 2 3 4

DSW5

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

DSW7

1 2 3 4

(DSW5)

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

1 2

DSW10


0HDVXUHWKHLQVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHRIWKH¿[HGVSHHGFRPSUHVVRU

Do not perform an emergency operation when the insulation resistance is 0 : .



Therefore, an alarm code “07”, “43”, “44”, “45”, or “47” may be indicated on the LCD.


7KLVRSHUDWLRQLVDWHPSRUDU\HPHUJHQF\RSHUDWLRQZKHQWKH¿[HGVSHHGFRPSUHVVRULVGDPDJHG

Therefore, replace it with a new one as soon as possible.

• Turn OFF DSW5 of the outdoor unit PCB after replacing the compressor.

,IWKLVVHWWLQJLVQRWSHUIRUPHGWKH¿[HGVSHHGFRPSUHVVRUZLOOQRWRSHUDWH

SM-16007 3-37

TROUBLESHOOTING

O Alarm Code Indication of Wired Controller

< CIW01 >

(1) (2)

(5)

(4)

(6)

01-02

Alarm Code:

23

MODEL : F .08

IDU : TIC4036B21S

ODU : TVAHR120B31S

Sel.

OP MODE

AlarmRst

OK Entr

Address

(7)

(3)

(1) Refrigerant Cycle No. (*1)

(2) Indoor Unit No. (*1)

(3) Alarm Code

(4) Unit Model Code

(5) Total Number of Indoor Units in the Same System as the Indoor Unit Having Trouble

(6) Indoor Unit Model (*2) (*3)

(7) Outdoor Unit Model (*2) (*3)

(*1): If two or more indoor units having trouble are connected to the wired controller, the indicated indoor unit is selectable.

(*2): The initial of model names are indicated as “T”. These “T” shall be replaced with “H” or “Y”. (Except for the wall mount model.)

When there is a combination of outdoor units, ODU indication is the model of the main outdoor unit (Unit

A).

(*3): The model names are not indicated depending on the unit type.

3.2.1 Alarm Code Table

Refer to Section 3.1.6 (2)-(B) “Alarm Code Table”.

3-38 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.2.2 Troubleshooting Using Alarm Codes

Alarm

Code

Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch) in Indoor Unit

O 7KH581LQGLFDWRUUHGÀDVKHV

O The indoor unit number (Ref. system number - I.U. number), the alarm code, the model code* 1) , the model name* 1) and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is

ÀDVKHGRQWKHVHJPHQWGLVSOD\RIWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%

*1) Except for some models.

+ Example of 4-way Cassette Type

This alarm code is displayed when the contact between #1 and #2 of CN14 on the I.U. PCB is opened for over 120 seconds during the cooling, dry, fan, or heating operation.

I.U. PCB: Indoor Unit PCB

Turn OFF power supply and remove connectors CN36 and CN14 on I.U. PCB.

Then turn ON power supply. Is DC12.5~

13.5V applied between CN36 terminals?

No

Failure of I.U. PCB

Yes

Make sure short circuit does not occur between CN36 terminals when measuring the voltage. Short circuit will lead to I.U. PCB malfunction.

Turn OFF power supply and connect connector CN14 on I.U. PCB. Then turn ON power supply. Is voltage applied between CN36 terminals less than 12.5V?

No

Activation of Float Switch FS or Failure of Float Switch.

Indication on Outdoor Unit PCB (SEG1)

Yes

Failure of Drain Pump

Alarm Code

SM-16007 3-39

TROUBLESHOOTING

Event Cause Check Item

Action

(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Activation of

Float Switch

Failure of

Float Switch

Pump

High Drain

Level

Clogging of

Drainage

Up-Slope

Condensate

Piping

Failure

Contact Failure

Incorrect Connection

Failure

Contact Failure


Failure of Indoor Unit PCB

*1): Refer to Section 3.1.4 (3) above for details.

Check drainage by pouring water.

Check continuity when drain level is low.

Measure resistance with a tester.

Check connection.

Measure voltage between CN36 terminals with a tester.


Check connection.

Remove foreign particles clogging condensate pipe.

Replace float switch if faulty.

Replace and tighten connector.

Repair connection.

Replace and tighten connector.

Repair connection.

Check PCB in

Self-Checking Mode *1).

Replace it if faulty.

3-40 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Activation of Protection Device in Outdoor Unit


O The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number), the alarm code, the model code* 1) , the model name* 1) and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.


+ This alarm code is indicated when the high pressure switch (PSH) is activated during the compressor operation (Y52C is turned ON).

O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB

Is CMC1 ON when starting?

Yes No

Does CMC1 turn

ON for more than three seconds?

Yes

No

Normal O.U. PCB

Is the voltage between PCN2 #1 and faston terminal "S1" on

O.U. PCB correct* during LED ON?

Yes

Is the protective device still operating?

No continuity between #1 and #3 of PCN2, PCN16 on O.U. PCB.

Yes

No

No (No Voltage)

Faulty O.U. PCB

No (No Looseness)

Check wiring connection except for O.U. PCB.

Is PCN2 or PCN16 on O.U. PCB loose?

Yes

Restart after connecting

PCN2 or PCN16 on

O.U. PCB correctly.

Faulty O.U. PCB

Check activation of the following safety devices. Remove the cause after checking.

High Pressure Switch (PSH): 602psi (4.15MPa)

*2): CMC Voltage and Number of Pressure Switch

Model

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

Correct Voltage between PCN2#1 and

Faston Terminal S1

208/230V

220V

High Pressure Switch

PSH1

(PCN2)

PSH2

(PCN16) ȅ ȅ ȅ ȅ

SM-16007 3-41

TROUBLESHOOTING

Event

Activation of

High Pressure

Switch due to

Excessively

High Discharge

Pressure

Cause

Insufficient Airflow to

Heat Exchanger

(Outdoor Heat Exchanger

during Cooling Operation

or Indoor Heat Exchanger

during Heating Operation)

Check Item

Clogging of Heat

Exchanger?

Check for dust on air filter.

Check for any obstacles at inlet or outlet of heat exchanger.

Check service space is sufficient.

Check fan motor speed.

Outdoor Fan: Cooling

Indoor Fan: Heating

Action


Remove clogging.

Remove dust.

Remove obstacles.

Secure sufficient service space.

Replace fan motor if faulty.

3-42 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormal Communication between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units


O The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number), the alarm code, the model code* 1) , the model name* 1) and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD, and the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.


+ When fuses are blown, or the circuit breakers are activated, check the cause of overcurrent and take necessary action.

+ This alarm code is displayed when an abnormal condition continues for three minutes after normal communication between indoor units and outdoor units. The abnormal condition continues for 30 seconds even after the micro-computer is automatically reset. If communication failure occurs from the beginning, the alarm code is displayed after 30 seconds from start up.

Is DSW10-1P

(Terminating Resistance) on O.U. PCB ON?

Yes

No

No

Is LED1 (red) on O.U. PCB ON?

Yes

Disconnect connector

CN2 on O.U. PCB. *1)

Is the voltage between faston terminal "R1" and “S1”of O.U. PCB correct* 2 ?

Yes

No

Yes

Is PCN and CN1 on

O.U. PCB loose?

No

Yes

Is the fuse for

O.U. PCB blown?

No

Set it correctly.

Check the fuses of outdoor unit power supply.

Connect them correctly.

Replace fuse.

Outdoor

Unit

Is LED3 (yellow) on O.U. PCB ON?

No

Yes

Is DSW10-1P

(Terminating Resistance) on O.U. PCB ON?

No

Yes

Reconnect connector

CN2 on O.U. PCB.

To Next Page

*2): Correct Voltage

Power Supply

208-230V/60Hz

460V/60Hz

Faston Terminal

Voltage

208-230V

220V

Faulty O.U. PCB

SM-16007 3-43

TROUBLESHOOTING

Is SW1 of PCB set to “ ”

(Nonpolar Setting)? *2)

Yes for wall mounted

No

Is LED3 (yellow) on I.U. PCB ON?

No

Yes Is LED3 (yellow)

ON even if connector

CN2 on I.U. PCB is removed?

No

Yes

No

Is LED3 (yellow) on

I.U. PCB flashing more than once in 10 seconds.

Yes

Does refrigerant system

No. setting between

O.U. and I.U correspond?

(

I.U.: DSW5 and RSW2

Yes

Does Alarm occur with all indoor units?

Yes

Faulty O.U. PCB.

No

No



Set it correctly.

Faulty I.U. PCB.

Check other indoor units.

Check wiring between outdoor unit and indoor units or fuse (EF) for

I.U./O.U. PCB.

Indoor

Unit

Set it correctly.

Faulty I.U. PCB.

3-44 SM-16007

Event Cause

Power Failure of No Power Supply

Short Circuit between Wires

Blown Fuse for

Power Source or Activation of

Breaker

(Outdoor Unit)

Short Circuit to Ground

Faulty Comp. Motor

Faulty Outdoor Unit

Fan Motor

Short Circuit between Wires

Blown Fuse on PCB

(Outdoor Unit)

Short Circuit to Ground

Faulty Solenoid Coil for

Magnetic Switch (CMC) for Comp. Motor

Faulty Outdoor Unit

Fan Motor

Incorrect Power Supply Circuit of O.U. PCB

Disconnected

Wires,

Contact Failure or

Incorrect

Connection

PCB Failure

(Outdoor Unit,

Indoor Unit)

Between Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit

Power Source Wiring for Outdoor Unit

Disconnected Wires to

I.U./O.U. PCB

Faulty I.U./O.U. PCB

Incorrect Wiring

Disconnected Wire

Contact Failure

Incorrect Wiring

SM-16007

Check Item

Measure voltage with tester.

Check for breakage of insulation.

Measure insulation resistance.

Measure resistance between wires and insulation resistance.


Check for breakage of wire insulation.


Measure resistance of coil.


Measure O.U. PCB output. *3)

Check continuity of wires.

Check for looseness of connection screws.

Check terminal Nos.

Check connection.

Correctly connect wires.


Check continuity and looseness of connection screws.

Check terminal Nos.

Replace or repair wires, or tighten screws.




3-45

TROUBLESHOOTING

Action


Supply power.

Remove cause of short circuit.

Replace fuse and/or

I.U./O.U. PCB if faulty.

Remove cause of short circuit to ground.

Replace fuse and/or

I.U./O.U. PCB if faulty.

Replace comp. and fuse. (O.U.) Replace inverter PCB and/or

PCB if faulty. (O.U.)

Replace outdoor unit fan motor and fuse.

Replace O.U. PCB if faulty.

Remove cause of short circuit and replace fuse.

Remove cause of short circuit and replace fuse.

Replace magnetic switch (CMC) and fuse.

Replace fan motor and fuse.

Replace O.U. PCB.

Replace and repair wires, tighten screws or correct wires.


TROUBLESHOOTING

*1): If the end terminal resistance (DSW10) is set to OFF for H-LINK connection, set the end terminal resistance to ON when CN2 is disconnected. Set the end terminal resistance to OFF when CN2 is reconnected.

*2): Communication setting for the wall mounted: (SW1)

Item

SW1

Setting Position

“ ” Side

SW1 for communication on the indoor unit PCB is set to

“ ” by default. No setting is required for SW1.

If it is set to “ ”, alarm 03 will occur.

*3): 12VDC between VCC12 and GND2

5VDC between VCC05 and GND1




12VDC between VCC12T and GND1

3-46 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Alarm

Code

Abnormal Communication between Inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB

Abnormal Communication between Inverter PCB and Fan Controller




+ This alarm code is displayed when an abnormal condition continues for 30 seconds after normal communication between the outdoor unit PCB and the inverter PCB. The abnormal condition continues for 30 seconds even after the micro-computer is automatically reset. If communication failure occurs from the beginning, the alarm code is displayed after 30 seconds from start up.

Is LED2 (green) on

O.U. PCB flashing?

Yes

No

LED201 on the inverter PCB is turned ON.

Yes

No

Check limiting resistance of incoming current.

Yes

The connections between inverter PCB and reactor (DCL), smoothing condenser (CB), contactor for compressor (CMC) are correct.

Also, other connections for inverter PCB are correct.

No

Correctly connect wires


Disconnect CN14 of O.U. PCB

Yes

Is LED2 (green) on

O.U. PCB flashing?

No

Yes

Failure of O.U. PCB

Check the part according to the alarm code as follows:

“04”: Check Inverter PCB *1)

“04.”: Check Fan Controller *2)

LED501 on the fan controller

is turned ON.

Yes

No

Check the fan controller

Yes

Is the fan controller connected correctly?

No


Check the part according to the alarm code as follows:

“04”: Check Wiring between O.U. PCB and Inverter PCB *1)

“04.”: Check Wiring between Inverter PCB and Fan Controller *2)

Yes

<Outdoor Unit PCB Display Indication>

Abnormal Communication between Inverter PCB and

Outdoor Unit PCB

Abnormal Communication between Fan Controller and

Inverter PCB

“04”: Check Inverter PCB *1)

“04.”: Check Fan Controller *2)

* The alarm code “04.” means abnormal communication between the inverter module and the fan controller.

SM-16007 3-47

TROUBLESHOOTING


Action


Disconnected

Wires,

Contact Failure or

Incorrect

Connection

Failure of

O.U. PCB,

Inverter PCB and

Fan Controller

Failure of

Electrical

Components

Power Fuse,

Resistance

Incorrect Wiring

Between O.U. PCB,

Inverter PCB and

Fan Controller

Power Source Wiring for Outdoor Unit

Disconnected Wires to PCB

Faulty PCB

Blown Fuse

(Fan Controller)

Blown Power Fuse

Disconnected

Incoming Current Limit

Resistance

Disconnected Wires,

Contact Failure

Incorrect Wiring

Check continuity of wires.

Check for loose screw connections.

Check connection No.

Check connection.

Check conduction of fuse.

Check conduction of power fuse, power transistor, diode module.

Check resistance of incoming current limit resistance.

Check conduction.

Check for loose screw connections.

Check connection Nos.

Replace or repair wires, tighten screws or correct wires.

Repair wiring connection.

Replace PCB if faulty.

Replace Fan Controller if faulty *3)

Replace power fuse, power transistor, and diode module.

Replace incoming current limit resistance.

Replace or repair wires, or tighten screws.


*1): When replacing or checking for the inverter part, make sure to perform the electric discharge work according to

Section 4.2.1.1 “High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts”.

*2): When replacing or checking for the fan controller, make sure to perform the electric discharge work according to

Section 4.2.1.1 “High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts”.

*3): When the fuse for the fan controller is blown, the fan controller may be broken too.

In this instance, the fan controller should be replaced.

3-48 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Power Source Phase




+ This alarm code is displayed when the main power source phase is reversely connected or one phase is not connected.


Open Phase

(Is there any phase not connected?)

No

Yes

Yes

O.U. PCB is normal.

Reverse Phase Connection?

No

Is there any excessive voltage decrease at power source?

No

Yes

O.U. PCB is normal.

O.U. PCB is normal.

Correctly connect each phase of power source.

Correctly connect each phase of power source.

Abnormality with Power Source.

Faulty O.U. PCB.

Voltage for unit to be suspended.

Running Voltage:

"B" V

Starting Voltage:

Less than "A" V

Check Item

Power Supply

208-230V/60Hz

460V/60Hz

“A”

177

391

“B”

188 to 253

414 to 506

Event

Activation of

Reverse Phase

Sensor in

Outdoor Unit

Cause

Reverse or Open Phase

Faulty O.U. PCB

Check Item

Check it according to electrical wiring in Section 3.1.1.

Action


Replace wires, repair and tighten screws or correct wiring.


SM-16007 3-49

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code


,QVXI¿FLHQW,QYHUWHU9ROWDJHRU2YHUYROWDJH




+ :KHQLQVXI¿FLHQWYROWDJHLVGHWHFWHGEHWZHHQWHUPLQDOV³3´DQG³1´RIWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH,30WKUHH times in 30 minutes, the operation stops and this alarm code is displayed. If this occurs less than three times in 30 minutes, the operation automatically restarts.

Restart operation.


Abnormal Inverter

Voltage

In case of 208/230V 60Hz:

Is the power supply voltage 208V+10% or

230V+10% ?

In case of 460V 60Hz:

Is the power supply voltage 460V+10%?

Yes

No


Is the power supply voltage more than 177V?



Yes

No

Does the voltage fall during operation by operation of other apparatus?

No

Yes

Does LED201 on inverter PCB

ON after compressor's electromagnetic switches

(CMC) turn ON?

Yes

How is compressor operation?

Frequency can increase higher than 60Hz.

Compressor stops immediately.

(lower than 30Hz)

No

Compressor stops when frequency increase. (Approx.

31Hz to 60Hz)

Is connection correct between inverter PCB, capacitors A*,

DCL and CMC?

No

Yes

Is the DC voltage over B* V?

No

* Be especially careful of high voltage.

Yes

(Loose Wiring,

Change of

Color)

Check capacitors A*. *3)

Normal

Fault

A*

A*

Capacitor

B*

B*

Voltage (DC)

Check wiring and wire sizes.

Faulty CMC.

Replace it.

Abnormal

Check CMC for Compressor.

Normal

Faulty Inverter PCB

Replace it. *1)

Connect it correctly.

Replace capacitors.

Capacitors have high voltage.

Be careful. *1)

Faulty transistor module.

Replace it.

460V 60Hz CB

Check the wiring, the transistor module and capacitors A*. *2)

If the wiring is correct, replace the transistor module.

*1): If the capacitor has high voltage, perform the high voltage discharge work according to Section 4.2.1.1.

*2): Refer to Section 4.2.1.1 for checking procedures for the transistor module.

*3): Refer to Section 4.2.1.1 for checking procedures for the capacitor.

3-50 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code


,QVXI¿FLHQW)DQ&RQWUROOHU9ROWDJHRU2YHUYROWDJH




+ :KHQLQVXI¿FLHQWYROWDJHRURYHUYROWDJHLVGHWHFWHGEHWZHHQWHUPLQDOV³5´DQG³6´RIWKHIDQFRQWUROOHU three times in 30 minutes, the operation stops and this alarm code is displayed. If this occurs less than three times in 30 minutes, the operation automatically restarts.

Restart operation.


Is the power supply voltage 208V+10% or

230V+10% ?


Is the power supply voltage 460V+10%?

Yes





Yes

Does the voltage fall during operation by operation of other apparatus?

No

Yes

No

No

Does LED201 on fan controller ON?

No

Yes

How is fan motor operation?

Fan revolution can increase higher than 60Hz

(lower than 30Hz).

Fan stops immediately.

Fan stops when fan revolution is increasing

(31Hz ~ 60Hz).

Is connection correct at fan controller?

Yes

No

Check wiring and wire sizes.

Faulty fan controller.

Replace it.



Abnormal Fan Controller

Voltage

*1): If the fan controller has high voltage, perform the high voltage discharge work according to Section 4.2.1.1.

*2): For the maintenance and replacement of the fan controller, perform the high voltage discharge work according to

Section 4.2.1.1.

SM-16007 3-51

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat




+ If the discharge gas superheat is less than 18 o F (10 o C) at the top of the compressor continues for 30 minutes, retry operation is performed. However, when the alarm occurs twice within 120 minutes, this alarm code is indicated.

Is the thermistor on top of compressor normal? *1)

Yes

Is the thermistor installed correctly on the compressor?

Yes

Was it at cooling or heating mode when the alarm occurred?

Cooling

No

No

Heating

Cooling Operation

Faulty Thermistor

Install it correctly.

Heating Operation



Model

Thermistor

Td1

(THM8)

Td2

(THM9)

(H,Y)VAHP072B(3,4)1CW


Check the high-pressure, compressor discharge gas temperature and calculate superheat value by O.U. PCB.

Check the high-pressure, compressor discharge gas temperature and calculate superheat value by O.U. PCB.

3-52

No

Is superheat value under 18 o F (10 o C)?

Match the

Yes refrigerant piping and electric wiring.

Plug the connector properly.

No

No

Do the refrigerant piping and electric wiring match?

Yes

Is the connector on

I.U. PCB for expansion valve connected properly?

Yes

*1): Refer to "Characteristics of Thermistor" of "Alarm Code 23".

*2): O.U. PCB Connector No. is shown below.

MV1

CN10

MVB

CN12

Thermo-ON:

Is superheat value under 18 o F (10 o C)?

Yes

No

The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.

Thermo-OFF:

The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.

Is the opening of the outdoor unit heat exchanger's expansion valve under 8%?

Yes

No

Remove sudden fluctuation of load like short path by discharge air from the outdoor unit, or the cause of frequent thermo-ON/OFF.

Are the connectors

(*2) of O.U. PCB of the outdoor unit heat exchanger's electric expansion valve

connected properly?

Yes

Is refrigerant correctly charged?

Yes

Is gas leaking?

Yes

Repair leaks of gas.

Correctly charge refrigerant.

No

No

No

Plug the connectors

(*2) of O.U. PCB

properly.

Charge correct refrigerant volume.

Perform self-checking by O.U. PCB.

Check the expansion valve.

SM-16007

Event

Decrease of

Discharge Gas

Superheat

TROUBLESHOOTING

Cause

Ref. cycle does not match electrical system.

Overcharged Refrigerant

Faulty Expansion Valve

Faulty

O.U. PCB

Failure

Disconnected

Wires for

Expansion

Valve Control

Faulty

Discharge

Gas

Thermistor

Failure

Incorrect

Mounting

Incorrect

Connection

Check Item

Check ref. cycle and electrical system.

Check operating pressures.

Check expansion valve.

(Refer to Section 1.3.3.)

Replace O.U.PCB and check operation.

Check connections.

Check resistance of thermistor.

Check thermistor is correctly installed.

Check connection.

Action


Repair wiring correctly.

Charge correct amount of refrigerant.

Replace expansion valve if faulty.



Replace thermistor if faulty.

Correctly install it.

Tighten, replace connector or repair connection.

SM-16007 3-53

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature at the Top of Compressor




+ If the temperature at the top of the compressor is above 270°F (132°C) for 10 minutes or above

)&IRU¿YHVHFRQGVGXULQJRSHUDWLRQWKHFRPSUHVVRUVWRSVDQGWKHQWKHRSHUDWLRQLV automatically retried. If this occurs again twice in the next 60 minutes, this alarm code is displayed.

Is thermistor on top of compressor reading correctly? *1)

Yes

No

No

Is thermistor installed correctly on the compressor?

Yes

Is it at cooling or heating mode when alarm has occurred?

Cooling

Heating

Failure of Thermistor

Install it correctly.

Heating Operation

Cooling Operation


Model

Thermistor

Td1

(THM8)

Td2

(THM9)



No

Check O.U. PCB if compressor discharge gas temperature is over

270 o F (132 o C).

Yes

Check O.U. PCB if compressor discharge gas temperature is over

270 o F (132 o C).

Yes

No

Remove sudden fluctuation of indoor load (short path, etc.) or short path of air between outdoor units.

No Is opening of all operating indoor units expansion valve 100%?

(15MBH or less is 72%)

Yes

Is opening of outdoor unit expansion valve

100%?

Yes

Are connectors *2) of O.U. PCB of outdoor unit heat exchanger's expansion valve connected properly?

Yes

No

No

Remove sudden fluctuation of load like short path of discharging air from the outdoor unit, or the cause of frequent thermo-ON/OFF.

Plug connectors *2) of O.U. PCB properly.

No

Is amount of refrigerant correct?

Yes

Is there refrigerant leak?

Yes

No

Repair refrigerant leaks.

Recharge refrigerant.

Charge correct refrigerant volume.


*1): Refer to "Characteristics of Thermistor" of "Alarm Code 23".

*2): O.U. PCB Connector No. is shown in the table.

MV1

CN10

MVB

CN12

3-54 SM-16007

Event

Excessively High

Discharge Gas

Temperature

(at Top of

Compressor)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Cause

Ref. cycle does not match electrical system.

Check Item

Check ref. cycle and electrical system.

Action


Repair wiring.

Undercharge of Refrigerant

Faulty Expansion Valve

Faulty

O.U. PCB

Failure

Disconnected

Wires for

Expansion

Valve

Faulty

Discharge

Gas

Thermistor

Failure

Incorrect

Installation

Incorrect

Wiring

Check pressures.


(Refer to Section 4.2.1.6.)

Replace O.U. PCB and check operation.

Check connection.

Check resistance of thermistor.

Is thermistor correctly installed?

Check connection.

Charge correct amount of refrigerant.

Replace expansion valve if faulty.




Correctly install it.

Tighten, replace connectors or repair connection.

SM-16007 3-55

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormal Communication between Outdoor Units




Is operating line between outdoor unit A and outdoor unit B connected to H-LINK communication terminal?

No

Is operating line between outdoor unit A and outdoor unit C connected to H-LINK communication terminal?

No

Yes

Yes

Connect operating line between outdoor unit A and outdoor unit B to communication terminal between outdoor units.

Also, reset the power supply.

Connect operating line between outdoor unit A and outdoor unit C to communication terminal between outdoor units.

Also, reset the power supply.

Yes

Is operating line between outdoor unit and another outdoor unit connected INCORRECTLY?

No

Correctly connect wiring between outdoor unit and another outdoor unit and reset the power supply.

Abnormality of O.U. PCB in outdoor unit A

Outdoor Unit

Unit A

(Main)

Unit B

(Sub)

Unit C

(Sub)

3-56 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code





Yes

Is DSW6 setting for outdoor units B and C correct?

(DSW6: outdoor unit address setting)

No

Set DSW6 correctly for outdoor units B and C and reset the power supply.

Are four or more outdoor units connected to communication terminal between outdoor units?

No

Yes Correctly connect operating line between outdoor unit and another outdoor unit and reset the power supply.

Yes

Is operating line between outdoor unit and another outdoor unit connected INCORRECTLY?

No

Correctly connect wiring between outdoor unit and another outdoor unit and reset the power supply.

Outdoor Unit


Unit A

(Main)

Unit B

(Sub)

Unit C

(Sub)

Alarm

Code

Incorrect Setting of Main Outdoor Unit




No

Is DSW6 setting for outdoor units B and C correct?

(DSW6: outdoor unit address setting)

Yes

Set DSW6 correctly for outdoor units B and C and reset the power supply.

Are four or more outdoor units connected to communication terminal between outdoor units?

No

Yes Correctly connect operating line between outdoor unit and another outdoor unit and reset the power supply.

Outdoor Unit


Unit A

(Main)

Unit B

(Sub)

Unit C

(Sub)

SM-16007 3-57

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Inlet Air Temperature

(Inlet Air Thermistor)




+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍRUPRUHRI the thermistor is detected during a heating or cooling operation. The operation automatically restarts when the malfunction is removed.

Is thermistor THM1

(for inlet air temp.) connected to THM1 of I.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Is resistance of THM1 between 0.24k

Ω

and

840k

Ω

?

Yes

No

Failure of I.U. PCB

Connect them.

Failure of

Thermistor


Example of 4-way Cassette Type

Event

Failure of

Inlet Air

Thermistor

Cause

Failure

Check Item

Check resistance.

Action




Incorrect Connection Check connection.

Failure of I.U. PCB

Replace I.U. PCB and check operation.

Replace I.U. PCB if faulty.

90

80

82

70

61

60

Thermistor

Resistance

(kΩ)

50

46

40

35

30

27

20

20.5

16

12.5

10

10 8

5.3

3.6

2.5

0

5 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140

(-15) (-10) (-5) (0) (5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30) (35) (40) (45) (50) (55) (60)

Indication on Outdoor Unit PCB

(Alarm Code 11 ~ 19)

Alarm Code

(11 ~ 19)

Unit No. of

Malfunctioning Indoor Unit Ambient Temperature ( o F( o C))

NOTE:

7KLV¿JXUHLVDSSOLFDEOHWRWKHIROORZLQJWKHUPLVWRUV

1. Inlet Air Thermistor (THM1), 2. Liquid Pipe Thermistor (Freeze Protection) (THM3), 3. Gas Pipe Thermistor (THM5),

4. Outlet Air Thermistor (THM2), 5. Outside Air Thermistor or Remote Thermistor (THM4)

3-58 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Outlet Air Temperature

(Outlet Air Thermistor)





Is thermistor THM2 (for outlet air temp.) connected to THM2 of I.U. PCB?

Yes


Ω

and

840k

Ω

?

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB

No

Connect them.

No

Failure of

Thermistor

Refer to "Alarm Code 11" for thermistor resistance.



Event Cause

Failure of

Outlet Air

Thermistor

Failure


Failure of I.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

I.U. PCB.


Action





SM-16007 3-59

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Thermistor for Liquid Refrigerant Pipe Temperature at Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger (Freeze Protection Thermistor)





Is thermistor THM3

(for freeze protection) connected to THM3 of

I.U. PCB?

Yes


Ω

and

840k

Ω

?

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB

No

Connect them.

No

Failure of

Thermistor


Liquid Pipe Thermistor

(Freeze Protection)


Event Cause

Failure of

Freeze Protection

Thermistor

Failure


Failure of I.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

I.U. PCB.


Action





3-60 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Thermistor for Gas Refrigerant Pipe Temperature at Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger (Gas Pipe Thermistor)





Is thermistor THM5

(for gas pipe) connected to THM5 of I.U. PCB?

No

Yes

Connect them.


Ω

and

840k

Ω

?

Yes

No

Failure of

Thermistor


Failure of I.U. PCB

Gas Pipe Thermistor



Failure of

Thermistor for Indoor Unit

Heat Exchanger

Gas Pipe Temp.

Failure


Check resistance.

Check wiring to

I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB


*1): The heating operation is available only during the test run.

Action





SM-16007 3-61

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Thermistor for Outside Air Temperature

(for Ducted (Medium Static) with EconoFresh Kit)


O The indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is displayed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍRUPRUHRI the thermistor is detected during a heating or cooling operation.

Is resistance of THM4

(for Outside Air Temperature) between 0.24k

Ω

and 840k

Ω

?

Yes

No

Failure of

Thermistor


Failure of I.U. PCB

Event Cause

Failure of

Failure of

Outside Air

Failure


Failure of I.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

I.U. PCB.


Action





3-62 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Remote Thermistor

(for DOAS Unit)



+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍRUPRUHRI the thermistor is detected during a heating, cooling or fan operation.

Is I.U. air temperature detected by

Remote Thermistor (THM4) or

Thermistor for Controller?

Remote Thermistor

No

Is thermistor THM4 connected to THM4 of

I.U. PCB?

Yes


Ω and

840k

Ω

?

Yes

Thermistor for Controller

Set “Thermistor for Controller” setting at Function Setting by Controller.

Connect them.

No

Failure of

Thermistor


Failure of I.U. PCB

Event Cause

Failure of

Outlet Air

Failure


Failure of I.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

I.U. PCB.


Action





SM-16007 3-63

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Abnormality of Thermistor for Controller

(for DOAS Unit)



+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍRUPRUHRI the thermistor is detected during a heating or cooling operation.

Is resistance of Thermistor for Controller between 0.24k

Ω

and 840k

Ω

?

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB

No

Failure of Thermistor for Controller


Event

Failure of

Thermistor for

Controller

Failure of I.U. PCB

Cause

Failure

Check Item

Check short-circuit and disconnection wiring.


Action


Replace controller if faulty.


NOTE:

This DOAS has function using both Remote Thermistor (THM4) and Thermistor for Controller.

While operating by this function,

ƔHYHQLIHLWKHURIWKHWKHUPLVWRULVIDLOXUHRSHUDWLRQFDQEHFRQWLQXHGE\XVLQJGHWHFWLRQYDOXH

measured from an available Thermistor,

ƔLIERWKRIWKHUPLVWRUVDUHIDLOXUHWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG

For this reason, when both Remote Thermistor (THM4) and Thermistor for Controller are using and this alarm code is displayed means both of Thermistor are failure. As for Remote Thermistor

(THM4), follow the previous page, “Alarm Code 16: Abnormality of Remote Thermistor (DOAS)” for checking.

3-64 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code

Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Motor

(Indoor Unit with DC Motor)




+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHLQGRRUIDQPRWRUURWDWHVDWOHVVWKDQUSPIRU¿YHVHFRQGV three times in 30 minutes during the operation.

Occurrence of

Alarm Code “19”

Check connectors PCN7 and CN1 on I.U. PCB.

Yes

Is LED4 on

I.U. PCB OFF?

(*1)

No l

Perform the following

check after setting the

air flow volume to “HIGH”. l A high voltage is applied

to electrical parts. Perform

the check carefully to

NOTE:

Turn OFF the power source completely before connector checking. Otherwise, it may cause a DC fan motor failure.

(Built-in PCB for the DC fan motor may be damaged.)

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB

(*1)

The electrical source for I.U. PCB is not supplied when LED4 is turned OFF.

Is LED5 on

I.U. PCB OFF?

(*2)

No

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB

(*2)

Abnormal voltage is supplied for fan motor.

Is DC power output of I.U. PCB normal? (*3)

Yes


No

No

Replace I.U. PCB.

Replace I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB

(*3)

Measure the voltage between VCC15 and VDC - (15V+10%) with a tester.

Replace I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB

(*4)

Measure the voltage of the following check points with a tester.

Between VCC05 and GND: 5V+4%

Between VCC13 and GND: 13.1V+10%

Replace I.U. PCB.

Yes

Is fan motor speed control command to

fan motor sent correctly?

(*5)

No

Failure of I.U. PCB

Replace I.U. PCB.

Yes

Does Fan

Motor run?

Yes

Is speed pulse signal to I.U. PCB sent correctly?

(*6)

No

No

(*5) Start the operation with CN1 on I.U. PCB disconnected.

It functions normally if more than 1V is generated between

No.3 pin of CN1 and VDC- (check point) for approx. 10 seconds after starting the operation.

(NOTES)

1. Even if the operation is stopped, 0.3 to 0.4V can be generated.

2. To perform the operation “ H ”, no voltage will be generated

sequentially 10 seconds after start of operation.

(*5)

Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor

Yes

(*6) Start the operation with CN1 on I.U. PCB connected.

It functions normally if several volts are generated between

No.2 pin of PC4 and VDC- (check point).

(NOTE)

Even if the operation is stopped, approx. 0.2V can be generated.

(*6)

Failure of I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.

Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor.

SM-16007 3-65

TROUBLESHOOTING

Ɣ([DPSOHRI:D\&DVVHWWH7\SH

LED5 PC4

PC4-No.2

VDCCN1 VCC15 GND VCC05 VCC13

< Checking for Fan Motor >

Remove the connector of the fan motor and measure the resistance value between each of the pins (twice).

Check whether the resistance value is over or not according to the table shown below. When performing the second measuring, make sure to change the tester (Red/ Black).

2 FG (Blue)

3 Vsp (Yellow)

4 Vcc (White)

5 GND (Black)

8 Vdc (Red)

1st

Tester

Red Black

FG GND

Vsp GND

Vcc GND

Vdc GND

Resistance

Value

:

Tester

Red Black

GND FG

GND

GND

GND

Vsp

Vcc

Vdc

2nd

Resistance

Value

:

Decision Basis

Resistance values of both 1st and 2nd measurings are over 10

NOTE:

For detail, refer to “Service Manual for Indoor Unit”.

3-66 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code


(Ducted (Medium Static and Slim) Type)




+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHLQGRRUIDQPRWRUURWDWHVDWOHVVWKDQUSPIRU¿YHVHFRQGV three times in 30 minutes during the operation.

Occurrence of

Alarm Code “19”

Check connectors PCN201 and CN201 on I.U. PCB2.

Check that 208/230V is applied between

L1 and L2 of TB1.

● Perform the following

check after setting the airflow

volume to “HIGH”.

● A high voltage is applied

to electrical parts.

Perform the check carefully

to prevent an electric shock.

NOTE:

Turn OFF the power source completely before connector checking.

Otherwise, it may cause a DC fan motor failure.

(Built-in PCB for the DC fan motor may be damaged.)

Is LED1 on

I.U. PCB2 OFF?

(*1)

No

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB2

(*1)

Abnormal voltage is supplied for fan motor.

(Normal Voltage: DC 280V)

No

Does fan motor run?

Failure of Fan Motor

Yes

Dose fan motor meet decision basis at “Checking for

Fan Motor”?

No

Failure of Fan Motor

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB2

Replace I.U. PCB2.

Replace Fan Motor.

Replace I.U. PCB2.

Replace Fan Motor

SM-16007 3-67

TROUBLESHOOTING

Ɣ'XFWHG0HGLXP6WDWLF7\SH

PCB2

LED1

CN201

PCN201




1 PG (Blue)

2 Vsp (Yellow)

3 Vcc (White)

4 GND (Black)

6 Vm (Red)

1st

Tester

Red Black

PG GND

Vsp GND

Vcc GND

Vm GND

Resistance

Value

:

Tester

Red Black

GND PG

GND

GND

GND

Vsp

Vcc

Vm

2nd

Resistance

Value

:

Decision Basis


Ɣ'XFWHG6OLP7\SH

CN201

PCB2

LED1

< Checking for Fan Motor > PCN201



2 PG (Blue)

3 Vsp (Yellow)

4 Vcc (White)

5 GND (Black)

Tester

Red Black

GND PG

GND

GND

GND

Vsp

Vcc

Vdc

2nd

Resistance

Value

:

Decision Basis


8 Vdc (Red)

1st

Tester

Red Black

PG GND

Vsp GND

Vcc GND

Vdc GND

Resistance

Value

:

Connector for Fan Motor

3-68 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code


(Wall Mount Type)




+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHLQGRRUIDQPRWRUURWDWHVDWOHVVWKDQUSPIRU¿YHVHFRQGVIRU

40 seconds during auto swing operation) three times in 30 minutes during the operation.

Occurrence of

Alarm Code “19” l Ɣ

Ɣ

Perform the following check after setting the airflow volume to “HIGH”. l A high voltage is applied to electrical parts.

Perform the check carefully to prevent an electric shock.

Check connectors PCN500 and PCN550 on I.U. PCB.

NOTE:

Turn OFF the power source completely before connector checking.

Otherwise, it may cause DC fan motor failure.

(Built-in PCB for DC fan motor may be damaged.)

Check that 208/230V is applied between

L1 and N of TB1.

Yes

Is LED4 on

I.U. PCB OFF?

(*1)

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB

(*1)

The electrical source for I.U. PCB is not supplied when LED4 is turned OFF.

No

Is LED1 on

I.U. PCB OFF?

(*2)

No

Yes

Failure of I.U. PCB

(*2)

Abnormal voltage is supplied to fan motor.

(Normal Voltage: DC280V)

No

(*3)

Measure the voltage between

VCC15 and VDC (15V+10%) with a tester.


Failure of I.U. PCB

Replace I.U. PCB.

Replace I.U. PCB.

Replace I.U. PCB.

Yes


No

Failure of I.U. PCB

(*4)

Measure the voltage of the following check points with a tester.

Between VCC05 and GND: 5V+4%

Between VCC13 and GND: 13.1V+10%

Replace I.U. PCB.

Yes

Is fan motor speed control command to

fan motor sent correctly?

(*5)

No

Failure of I.U. PCB

Replace I.U. PCB.

Yes

Does Fan

Motor run?

Yes

Is speed pulse signal to I.U. PCB sent correctly?

(*6)

No

No

(*5) Start the operation with PCN550 on I.U. PCB disconnected.

It functions normally if more than 1V is generated between No.4 pin of PCN550 and VDC- (check point) for approx. 10 seconds after start of operation.

(NOTES)

1. Even if the operation is stopped, 0.3 to 0.4V can be generated.

2. To perform the operation “ H ”, no voltage will be generated

sequentially 10 seconds after start of operation.

(*5)

Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor

Yes

(*6) Start the operation with PCN550 on I.U. PCB connected.

It functions normally if several volts are generated between

No.2 pin of PC4 and VDC- (check point).

(NOTE)

Even if the operation is stopped, approx. 0.2V can be generated.

(*6)

Failure of I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.

Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor.

SM-16007 3-69

TROUBLESHOOTING

Ɣ:DOO0RXQW7\SH

GND1

+

+

PC4-No.2

PCN550

PC4

VCC15

LED1

VDC-

+

+

+

+

+

+

VCC12

VCC05

PCN500




1 Vm (Red)

3 GND (Black)

4 Vcc (White)

5 Vs (Yellow)

6 PG (Blue)

1st

Tester

Red Black

FG GND

Vsp GND

Vcc GND

Vdc GND

Resistance

Value

:

Tester

Red Black

GND FG

GND

GND

GND

Vsp

Vcc

Vdc

2nd

Resistance

Value

:

Decision Basis


Connector for Fan Motor

3-70 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

Code


( Indoor Unit with AC Motor )


O The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number ), the alarm code, the model code* 1) , the model name* 1) and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.


+ This alarm code is displayed when over approximately 1A is applied to the indoor unit fan motor.

Does indoor fan run?

No

Yes

Is there continuity at the internal thermostat of indoor fan motor?

Yes

No

Yes

Is fan motor hot?

No

Yes

Is connection bad at connector?

No

Is coil resistance of fan motor normal?

Yes

No

Replace motor.

Repair wiring and connection.

Replace motor.

Check indoor temperature.

If it is unusual, take suitable action to reduce it.

Event

Activation of Internal

Thermostat for

Indoor Unit

Fan Motor

Cause

Faulty Indoor Unit

Fan Motor

Faulty

Internal

Thermostat

Failure

Contact

Failure

Incorrect

Connection

Check Item

Measure coil resistance and insulation resistance.

Check continuity after fan motor temperature decreases to room temp.


Check connection.

Action


Replace motor if faulty.

Replace fan motor if no continuity.

Correct by tightening.

Replace connectors.

Repair connection.

SM-16007 3-71

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI+LJK3UHVVXUH6HQVRUIRU2XWGRRU8QLW


O 7KHLQGRRUXQLWQXPEHUUHIULJHUDQWF\FOHQXPEHUDGGUHVVQXPEHUWKHDODUPFRGHWKHPRGHOFRGH 1)

WKHPRGHOQDPH 1) DQGWKHQXPEHURIFRQQHFWHGLQGRRUXQLWVDUHGLVSOD\HGRQWKH/&'7KHLQGRRUXQLW

QXPEHUDQGWKHDODUPFRGHDUHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVHJPHQWGLVSOD\RIWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%

([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQRXWSXWYROWDJHRIWKHSUHVVXUHVHQVRUGHFUHDVHVWR9RUOHVVRU

LQFUHDVHVWR9RUPRUHGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ

283&% 2XWGRRU8QLW3&%

Yes

Is connector CN7 of O.U. PCB abnormal?

No


Is 5 VDC applied between

#1 and #3 of connector

CN7 of O.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Failure of O.U. PCB

Is voltage under 0.1 VDC or over 4.9VDC between


CN7 of O.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Yes

Is access port clogged?

No

Failure of high pressure sensor

Failure of O.U. PCB

Replace access port.

Event Cause

Failure of

Thermistor on Top of

Compressor

Failure


Indicated Value of

Pressure Value is Excessively

High or Low

Failure of O.U. PCB

Malfunction of Pressure

Sensor due to Faulty

$FFHVV3RUW

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

O.U. PCB.


Check for clogging

RIDFFHVVSRUW

Action





3-72 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI7KHUPLVWRUIRU2XWGRRU$LU7HPSHUDWXUH

2XWGRRU8QLW$PELHQW7KHUPLVWRU





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍRUPRUHRI

WKHWKHUPLVWRULVGHWHFWHGGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ

Connect them.


Outdoor Unit

Ambient Air Thermistor

(THM7)

Is thermistor THM7 connected to THM7

(Ta, color: red) of

O.U. PCB?

Yes

No


Ω

and

840k

Ω

?

Yes

No

Failure of

Thermistor

Failure of O.U. PCB

Event Cause

Failure of

Thermistor for

Outdoor Air Temp.

Failure


Failure of O.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

O.U. PCB.


Action





SM-16007 3-73

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI7KHUPLVWRUIRU'LVFKDUJH*DV

7HPSHUDWXUHRQWKH7RSRI&RPSUHVVRU




QXPEHUDQGWKHDODUPFRGHDUHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVHJPHQWGLVSOD\RIWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%)RUWKH

FRPELQDWLRQRIRXWGRRUXQLWVWKHDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKH3&%RIRXWGRRU8QLW$$GGLWLRQDOO\

IRUWKHRXWGRRUXQLWQXPEHUDQGFRPSUHVVRUQXPEHUZLWKDQDEQRUPDOWKHUPLVWRUFKHFNWKHDODUPFRGH

KLVWRU\

([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWIRURQHPLQXWHNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍ

RUPRUHRIWKHWKHUPLVWRULVGHWHFWHGIRUDVHFRQGWLPHGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ

Is setting of DSW2 on O.U. PCB correct?

Yes

No

Set it correctly.


Model

7KHUPLVWRU

Td1

7+0

Td2

7+0

+<9$+3%&:

+<9$+3%&:

,IWKHUHLVDFRPELQDWLRQRIRXWGRRUXQLWV

DEQRUPDOLWLHVFDQEHGHWHFWHGIRUHDFKXQLW

Are thermistors THM8 and THM9 (for discharge

gas temp.) connected to

THM8 (Td1) and THM9

(Td2) on O.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Is resistance of discharge gas thermistors

THM8 and THM9 within range indicated in thermistor characteristics graph right?

Yes

No

Failure of O.U. PCB

Connect them.

200


150

Thermistor

Resistance

R

T

[k

Ω

]

100

R

25

=200k

Ω

(When T=77 o F (25 o C), R

T

=200k

Ω

)

B=3920k

R

T

=R

25

.

exp B (1/T [K] - 1/298)

116.5k

Ω

50

0

0

(-18)

50

(10)

100

(38)

150

(66)

41.4k

Ω

17.2k

Ω

8.1k

Ω

250

(121)

Thermistor Characteristics

200

(93)

Temperature T [ o F ( o C)]

Event

Faulty Discharge

Gas Thermistor

Failure


Faulty O.U. PCB

Cause

Incorrect Setting of DSW2 on O.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

O.U. PCB.


Check setting of

DSW2 on O.U. PCB.

Action





Correctly set

DSW2 on O.U. PCB.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI7KHUPLVWRUIRU(YDSRUDWLQJ7HPSHUDWXUH

GXULQJ+HDWLQJ2SHUDWLRQ2XWGRRU8QLW(YDSRUDWLQJ7KHUPLVWRU




QXPEHUDQGWKHDODUPFRGHDUHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVHJPHQWGLVSOD\RIWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%)RUD



KLVWRU\

([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍRUPRUHRIWKH

WKHUPLVWRULVGHWHFWHGIRUHLJKWPLQXWHVGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ

Are thermistors connected to

THM10 (Te) or THM17 (Tchg) on O.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Connect them.

Is resistance of thermistors

THM10 and TMH17 between

0.2k

W

and 840k

W

?

Yes

No


Failure of O.U. PCB

7H 7KHUPLVWRUIRU2XWGRRU/LTXLG3LSH

7FKJ 7KHUPLVWRUIRU6XSHU&RROLQJ0DLQ/LQH


Thermistor

Resistance

(kΩ)

90

80

82

70

60

61

50

46

40

35

30

27

20.5

20

16

12.5

10

10

8

5.3

3.6

2.5

0

5 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140

(-15) (-10) (-5) (0) (5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30) (35) (40) (45) (50) (55) (60)

Ambient Temperature ( o F( o C))


127(

7KLVGDWDLVDSSOLFDEOHWRWKHIROORZLQJWKHUPLVWRUV

$PELHQW7HPSHUDWXUH7KHUPLVWRU7+0

(YDSRUDWLRQ/LTXLG/LQH7KHUPLVWRU7+0

(YDSRUDWLRQ*DV/LQH7KHUPLVWRU7+0

6XSHUFRROLQJ0DLQ/LQH7KHUPLVWRU7+0

6XSHUFRROLQJ%\SDVV/LQH7KHUPLVWRU7+0

Event

Failure of

Thermistor for Evaporating

Temperature during Heating

Cause

Failure


Failure of O.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

O.U. PCB.


Action





SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI7KHUPLVWRUIRU2XWGRRU8QLW+HDW([FKDQJHU*DV3LSH

(Tg/Tbg)







KLVWRU\

([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDVKRUWFLUFXLWNȍRUOHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWLRQNȍRUPRUHRIWKH

WKHUPLVWRULVGHWHFWHGIRUHLJKWPLQXWHVGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ

Are thermistors connected to

THM11 (Tg) or THM23 (Tbg) on O.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Connect them.

Is resistance of thermistors

THM11 and THM23 between

0.2k

Ω

and 840k

Ω

?

Yes

Failure of O.U. PCB

No



7J 7KHUPLVWRUIRU2XWGRRU*DV3LSH

7EJ 7KHUPLVWRUIRU6XSHU&RROLQJ%\SDVV/LQH


Event Cause

Failure of

Outdoor Unit

Gas Pipe

Thermistor

Failure


Failure of O.U. PCB

Check Item

Check resistance.

Check wiring to

O.U. PCB.


Action





3-76 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI/RZ3UHVVXUH6HQVRUIRU2XWGRRU8QLW





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQRXWSXWYROWDJHRIWKHSUHVVXUHVHQVRUGHFUHDVHVWR9RUOHVVRU

LQFUHDVHVWR9RUPRUHGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ


Yes

Is connection CN8 of O.U. PCB abnormal?

No


Is 5 VDC applied between


CN8 of O.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Failure of O.U. PCB

Is voltage under 0.1 VDC or over 4.9 VDC between


CN8 of O.U. PCB?

Yes

No

Yes

Is access port clogged?

No

Failure of

Low Pressure Sensor

Failure of O.U. PCB

Replace access port.

Event Cause

Faulty Low

Pressure Sensor

Failure


Indicated Value of

Pressure Value is Excessively

High or Low

Faulty O.U. PCB

Malfunction of Pressure

Sensor due to Faulty

$FFHVV3RUW

Check Item

Check output voltage is correct.

Check wiring to

O.U. PCB.


Check for clogging

RIDFFHVVSRUW

Action


Replace pressure sensor if faulty.



SM-16007 3-77

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

,QFRUUHFW&DSDFLW\6HWWLQJRI,QGRRU8QLWDQG2XWGRRU8QLW





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVLQGLFDWHGZKHQWKHFDSDFLW\VHWWLQJ',3VZLWFK'6:RQWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%

LVQRWVHWDOOWKHVHWWLQJVIURPWRDUH2))RUVHWLQFRUUHFWO\

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHWRWDOLQGRRUXQLWFDSDFLW\H[FHHGWKHFRQQHFWDEOHLQGRRUXQLW

FDSDFLW\UDWLRRIRXWGRRUXQLW


,83&% ,QGRRU8QLW3&%

Yes

Are #1-#6 of DSW2 on

O.U. PCB set incorrectly?

Set capacity of O.U. PCB.

No

Yes

Are #1-#4 of DSW3 on

I.U. PCB set incorrectly?

No

Set capacity of I.U. PCB.

Are the setting of

DSW1 and RSW1 on

O.U. PCB and setting of DSW5 and RSW2 on

I.U. PCB totally same in a refrigerant cycle?

Yes

No

Set them correctly.

Outdoor Unit PCB: DSW1, RSW1

Indoor Unit PCB: DSW5, RSW2

Total indoor unit capacity is wrong.

Event Cause

Incorrect Capacity Setting of Indoor Unit

Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit

Total Indoor Unit Capacity Connected to

Outdoor Unit is Beyond Permissible Range

Check Item

Check combination of indoor units and capacity setting of I.U. PCB.

Check capacity setting of O.U. PCB.

Check outdoor unit model by calculating total indoor units capacity.

Check refrigerant cycle setting of O.U. PCB and I.U. PCB.

Action


Correctly set DIP switch,

DSW3.

Correctly set DIP switch,

DSW2.

Ensure that total indoor unit capacity is from 50% to 130%.

Set them correctly.

Refrigerant Cycle Setting of Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit is Different

5HIULJHUDQW&\FOH1R6HWWLQJ

10 digit

6HWWLQJ6ZLWFK

1 digit

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

8

9

6 5

0 1

2

4

Setting Position


2XWGRRU8QLW

Indoor Unit

'6:

'6:

56:

56:

([DPSOHRI6HWWLQJ5HIULJHUDQW&\FOH1R

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

8

9

6 5

0 1

2

4

Turn ON No. 2 pin.

Set Dial No.5.

'6:DQG56:IDFWRU\VHWWLQJLV

0D[LPXPLQVHWWLQJUHIULJHUDQWF\FOH1RLV

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDO&RPPXQLFDWLRQEHWZHHQ2XWGRRU8QLWV





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDQDEQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQFRQWLQXHVIRUVHFRQGVDIWHUQRUPDO

FRPPXQLFDWLRQEHWZHHQRXWGRRUXQLWVDQGDOVRWKHDEQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQFRQWLQXHVIRUVHFRQGVHYHQ

DIWHUWKHPLFURFRPSXWHULVDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVHW


No

Is LED1 on PCB of outdoor unit B or C turned ON?

Yes

Is operating line between outdoor units loose or disconnected?

No

Yes

Check power supply of outdoor unit.

Good

Faulty

Turn ON power supply.

Is fuse of O.U. PCB blown?

No

Yes

Check cause and replace fuse.

Replace PCB of outdoor unit B or C.

Correctly connect operating line between outdoor units. Also, reset power supply.

Replace PCB of outdoor unit B or C.

Outdoor Unit

Unit A

(Main)

Unit B

(Sub)

Unit C

(Sub)

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

,QFRUUHFW,QGRRU8QLW1R6HWWLQJ





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG¿YHPLQXWHVDIWHUSRZHURQRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLIWKHLQGRRUXQLWQXPEHU

VHWE\'6:DQG56:GXSOLFDWHVLQWKHVDPHUHIULJHUDQWJURXS

Alarm

&RGH

,QFRUUHFW,QGRRU8QLW&RPELQDWLRQ





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI3LFNLQJXS&LUFXLWIRU3URWHFWLRQLQ2XWGRRU8QLW





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQ$&9RU9LVQRWGHWHFWHGLQ$GXULQJLQYHUWHU

FRPSUHVVRUVWRSSDJH


+<9$+3%&:

Is AC208V or 230V applied to A* during stoppage?

No

Yes

Faulty O.U. PCB

Yes

Are connections for PSH loose?

No

Check wiring connections.

Faulty PSH

+<9$+3%&:

Is AC220V output from secondary terminals of step-down transformer (TF)?

Yes

No

No

Is AC220V applied to A* during stoppage?

Yes

Yes

Are connections for PSH loose?

No

Faulty Step-Down

Transformer (TF)

Faulty O.U. PCB

Check wiring connections.

Faulty PSH

$%HWZHHQ7HUPLQDOVRI3&1RURI3&1DQG³6´RQ283&%

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Event

Activation of

Picking up Circuit for Protection

Abnormality of

Picking up Circuit for Protection

Failure of O.U. PCB

Cause

Starting Outdoor Unit at

Activation of Picking up

Circuit for Protection


Check Item

Action


Refer to Alarm Code

“02” and “09”

Alarm Code History:

“02” and “09” before “38”.

Check voltage is supplied to connectors.


Replace O.U. PCB.

7KLVDODUPFRGHPD\EHLQGLFDWHGZKHQWKHKLJKSUHVVXUHVZLWFK36+LVFRQQHFWHGLQFRUUHFWO\RUIDLOV

RSHQIDXOW7KHLWHPIRUDODUPFRGHVKRXOGEHFKHFNHGDVZHOO

(VSHFLDOO\FKHFNWKHZLULQJFRQQHFWLRQIRU3&1DQG3&1RQ283&%

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI5XQQLQJ&XUUHQWDW)L[HG6SHHG&RPSUHVVRU







KLVWRU\

([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ :KHQWKHUXQQLQJFXUUHQWRIWKH¿[HGVSHHGFRPSUHVVRULV$RUH[FHHGVWKHRYHUFXUUHQWOLPLWGXULQJ

WKHRSHUDWLRQDOOWKHFRPSUHVVRUVVWRS7KHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWVDIWHUWKUHHPLQXWHV,IWKLV

RFFXUVDJDLQLQWKHVDPHFRPSUHVVRUWZLFHLQWKHQH[WPLQXWHVWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG


Check wiring connection around O.U. PCB.

Is CMC2 turned ON?

Yes

No

Does fixed speed compressor operate?

Yes

No

Is running current indicated on 7-segment display of O.U. PCB in check mode?

Yes

No

Is connector CN80 of current transformer (CT2) correctly connected?

No

Yes

Check fuses and wiring between CMC2 and fixed speed compressor.


Check fixed speed compressor and current transformer (CT2).

Remove cause after checking it.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Event

Overcurrent of Compressor

Motor

Cause

Excessively Large

Running Current of

Compressor Motor

Single Phase Operation

Failure of Compressor

Bearing

Insulation Failure of

Compressor Motor

Faulty CT

Failure

Incorrect

Connection

Incorrect

Wiring

Check Item

Excessively High or

Low Voltage of

Power Source

Imbalance Between

Power Source Phases

Excessively High

Discharge Pressure

Blown Fuse for

Power Source

Loose Screws for Power Source

Deterioration of Contact of Magnetic Switch for

Compressor

Locked-up?


Check conduction during stoppage.

Measure resistance with tester.

Check wiring.

Action


Operate within

208-230V + 10%

460V + 10%

Adjust voltage between each phase.

Check causes.

Replace fuses.

Tighten screws.

Replace magnetic contactor.

Replace compressor.

Replace compressor.

Replace CT if faulty.

Tighten or replace connector.

Repair connection.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI2XWGRRU8QLW&DSDFLW\





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVLQGLFDWHGZKHQWKHWRWDOFDSDFLW\RIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWFRQQHFWHGWRWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ

WHUPLQDOEHWZHHQRXWGRRUXQLWVH[FHHGV0%+


Yes

Has PCB of outdoor unit

A, B or C been replaced?

No

Set the following

DIP switches of replaced O.U. PCB correctly.

DSW2, DSW3, DSW6,

DSW7, DSW10

No

Is the operating line between outdoor units connected correctly?

Yes

Correctly connect the operating line and reset the power source.

Outdoor Unit

Incorrect of total outdoor unit capacity

(The combination of outdoor units is incorrect.) Unit A

(Main)

Unit B

(Sub)

Unit C

(Sub)

Alarm

&RGH

,QFRUUHFW6HWWLQJRI2XWGRRU8QLW0RGHO&RPELQDWLRQRU9ROWDJH

O 7KH581LQGLFDWRU5HGÀDVKHV

O 7KHLQGRRUXQLWQXPEHU5HIULJHUDQW6\VWHP1R$GGUHVV1RWKHDODUPFRGHWKHPRGHOFRGH 1)

WKHPRGHOQDPH 1) DQGWKHQXPEHURIFRQQHFWHGLQGRRUXQLWVDUHGLVSOD\HGRQ/&'DQGWKHLQGRRUXQLW

QXPEHUDQGWKHDODUPFRGHDUHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVHJPHQWRIRXWGRRUXQLW3&%

([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHPRGHOVHWWLQJIRURXWGRRUXQLWFRQQHFWHGWRWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ

WHUPLQDOEHWZHHQRXWGRRUXQLWVLVLQFRUUHFW


Yes



No

Set the following

DIP switches of replaced O.U. PCB correctly.

DSW2, DSW3, DSW6,

DSW7, DSW10

No Is the operating line between outdoor units connected correctly?

Yes Outdoor Unit

Correctly connect the operating line and reset the power source.

SM-16007

Incorrect combination of outdoor units

(Check the outdoor unit combination again.)

Unit A

(Main)

Unit B

(Sub)

Unit C

(Sub)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

&RPPXQLFDWLRQ)DLOXUHEHWZHHQ0DLQ8QLWDQG6XE8QLWV





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ )RUFRPELQDWLRQRIRXWGRRUXQLWVWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQWRRXWGRRU8QLW%

&RU'LV127SURYLGHGIRUVHFRQGV

$ODUPFRGH³´ZLOOEHGLVSOD\HGZKHQFRPPXQLFDWLRQWRDOOWKHRXWGRRUXQLWVFRQQHFWHGWRWKH

FRPPXQLFDWLRQWHUPLQDOVEHWZHHQRXWGRRUXQLWVLV127SURYLGHG

Is LED1 turned ON on PCB of outdoor unit B or C?

Yes

No

Check the power source of outdoor unit.

Good


Faulty

Turn ON the power source.

Is fuse on O.U. PCB blown?

No

Yes

Check the cause and replace it.

Is operating line between outdoor units loose or disconnected?

No

Yes

Replace the PCB of outdoor unit B or C.

Correctly connect the operating line between outdoor units. Also, reset the power source.

Replace the PCB of outdoor unit B or C.

Outdoor Unit

Unit A

(Main)

Unit B

(Sub)

Unit C

(Sub)

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI,QYHUWHU3&%V&RPELQDWLRQRI2XWGRRU8QLW





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVLQGLFDWHGZKHQDQLQFRUUHFWPRGHOFRGHVHWWLQJRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLVFRQQHFWHGWR

WKHWHUPLQDOVEHWZHHQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWV¶FRPPXQLFDWLRQWHUPLQDO7%1RDQGWHUPLQDOVRQWKH

3&%IRUWKHRXWGRRUXQLWFRPELQDWLRQ



No

Yes Set following DIP switches of replaced O.U. PCB correctly.

DSW2, DSW3, DSW6,

DSW7, DSW10

NOTE:

Dip switch setting of PCB2 is not required.

(All settings are OFF.)

Is the operating line between PCB1 and PCB2 connected correctly?

Yes

No

Correctly connect the operating line between PCB1 and PCB2.

Also, reset the power source.

There is an incorrect combination of the PCB between the outdoor units.

Check the DIP switch setting and outdoor unit combination.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI/RZ&RPSUHVVLRQ5DWLR3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQRFFXUVPRUHWKDQWZLFHLQDQKRXU

&RPSUHVVLRQUDWLR H = ^ 3GSVL03D3VSVL03D ` FDOFXODWHGIURPD

GLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUH3GDQGVXFWLRQSUHVVXUH3VLVORZHUWKDQ


No

Does inverter operate?

Check inverter.

Yes

No

Does compressor operate?

Yes

Check compressor and power cable.

Yes

Is reversing valve spindle installed at middle position?

No

Replace reversing valve if faulty.

No

Are high pressure sensor and low pressure sensor normal?

Yes

Replace high pressure sensor or low pressure sensor if faulty.

Yes

Is there a leak in solenoid valve for Hot Gas Bypass (SVA)?

No

Replace solenoid valve

(SVA) if faulty.

Check that indoor/outdoor intake air temperature is not too low.

Event

Excessively

Decrease

Low Compression

Ratio

Cause

Inverter is not functioning.

Compressor is not operating.

Valve Stoppage at Middle

Position of Reversing Valve

Abnormality of High or Low

Pressure Sensor

Excessively Low Indoor

Intake Air Temperature

Leakage from Solenoid

Valve (SVA)

Check Item

Check inverter.

Check compressor.

Measure suction pipe temp. of reversing valve.

Check connector for

O.U. PCB, power source and pressure indication.

Check indoor unit and outdoor unit air temp.

thermistor.

Check Solenoid Valve.

Action


Repair faulty part.

Replace comp. if faulty.


Replace sensor if faulty.


Replace SVA if there is leakage.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI/RZ3UHVVXUH,QFUHDVH3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,IWKHVXFWLRQSUHVVXUH3VRIWKHFRPSUHVVRULVPRUHWKDQSVL03DIRUDPLQXWHDOOWKH

FRPSUHVVRUVVWRS7KHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWVDIWHUWKUHHPLQXWHV,IWKLVRFFXUVDJDLQWZLFHLQ

WKHQH[WPLQXWHVWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG


Replace solenoid valve (SVA) if faulty.

Is there leak from solenoid valve (SVA)?

No

Is the reversing valve internal slide not fully shifted?

No

Is low pressure sensor normal?

Yes

Check that indoor/outdoor intake air temperature is not too high.

Yes

Yes

No


Replace low pressure sensor if faulty.

Event

Excessively

Increase

Low Suction

Pressure

Cause

Leakage from Solenoid

Valve (SVA)

Valve Stoppage at Middle

Position of Reversing Valve

Abnormal Suction

Pressure Sensor

Excessively High Indoor

Unit and Outdoor Unit

Suction Air Temperature

Check Item

Check outlet pipe temp.

of solenoid valve (SVA).

Measure suction gas pipe temp. of reversing valve.

Check connectors of O.U. PCB and power source.

Check indoor unit and outdoor unit suction air temp. thermistor.

Action


Check connecting wires.


(SVA) if faulty.


Replace sensor if faulty.


SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI+LJK3UHVVXUH,QFUHDVH3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,IWKHGLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUH3GRIWKHFRPSUHVVRULVPRUHWKDQSVL03DIRUDPLQXWHDOOWKH

FRPSUHVVRUVVWRS7KHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWVDIWHUWKUHHPLQXWHV,IWKLVRFFXUVDJDLQWZLFHLQ

WKHQH[WPLQXWHVWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG


,83&% ,QGRRU8QLW3&%

Yes

Is there leakage from solenoid valves (SVA)?

Replace solenoid valve (SVA) if faulty.

No

Yes

Is outdoor unit stop valve closed?

Open stop valve.

No

Is high pressure sensor normal?

No

Check connection of circuit board connector. Replace high pressure sensor if faulty.

Yes

Are expansion valves fully closed and locked?

Yes Check O.U. PCB and connection of circuit board connector.

Replace electronic expansion valves if faulty.

No

Check the outdoor electronic expansion valve during cooling and the indoor electronic expansion valve during heating.

Yes

Are electrical wiring and refrigerant piping between indoor and outdoor units incorrectly connected?

No

127(

Correctly connect it.

&KHFNWKHUHIULJHUDQWV\VWHPVHWWLQJRI283&%DQG,83&%

Check that indoor/outdoor intake air temperature is not too high.

Event

Excessively

High Discharge

Pressure

Stoppage of

Indoor Fan

:DOO0RXQWHG

2QO\!

Cause

Leakage from Solenoid Valve

(SVA)

Closed Stop Valve

Abnormal High Pressure

Sensor

Excessively High Indoor

Unit and Outdoor Unit

Inlet Air Temp.

Incorrect Connection between

Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit

Locked Expansion Valve

(Fully Closed)

Blown Fuses

Faulty I.U. PCB

Check Item

Check outlet temp. of solenoid valve (SVA).

Check stop valve.

Check connectors for

O.U. PCB.

Check thermistor for indoor unit and outdoor unit inlet air temp.

Check electrical system and ref. cycle.

Check connector for

O.U. PCB.

Check continuity of fuses.


Action


Check connection.


(SVA) if faulty.

Open stop valve.



Correctly connect them.

Repair connector for O.U.

PCB or expansion valve.


Replace fuses.


SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI/RZ3UHVVXUH'HFUHDVH3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH

9DFXXP2SHUDWLRQ3URWHFWLRQ





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,IWKHVXFWLRQSUHVVXUH3VRIWKHFRPSUHVVRULVOHVVWKDQSVL03DIRUPLQXWHVWKH

FRPSUHVVRUVWRSV,IWKLVRFFXUVDJDLQWZLFHLQWKHQH[WPLQXWHVWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG


,83&% ,QGRRU8QLW3&%

No

Is amount of refrigerant correct?

Correctly charge refrigerant.

Yes

No

Is outdoor stop valve open?

Yes

Open the stop valve.

Yes

Is refrigerant leaking?

Repair leaks.

No

No

Is suction pressure sensor normal?

Replace suction pressure sensor if faulty.

Yes

Are electronic expansion valves fully closed and locked?

No

Check the indoor expansion valve during cooling and the outdoor expansion valve during heating.

Check electric wiring and refrigerant piping between indoor and outdoor units are correctly connected.

Yes

127(

Check connection of connectors, O.U. PCB and electronic expansion valves.

Replace them if faulty.

&KHFNWKHUHIULJHUDQWV\VWHPVHWWLQJRI283&%DQG,83&%

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Event

Excessively

Low Suction

Pressure

(in Vacuum)

Internal

Thermostat for

Outdoor Fan is Activated in Heating

Operation

Cause

Shortage of Refrigerant

Closed Stop Valve

Abnormal Low or High

Pressure Sensor

Incorrect Connection between Indoor Unit and

Outdoor Unit

Locked Expansion Valve

(Fully Closed)

Expansion Valve Closed by

Disconnecting Td Thermistor

Faulty Outdoor Fan Motor

Failure

Faulty

Internal

Thermostat

Contact

Failure

Incorrect

Connection

Check Item

Check charged ref.

volume or check for leakage.

Check stop valve.

Check connector for O.U. PCB.

Check electrical system and ref. cycle.

Check connector for

O.U. PCB.

Check Td thermistors for compressors and measure Td thermistor resistance.

Measure coil resistance and insulation resistance.

Check for continuity after temperature of outdoor fan motor decreases.


Check connection.

Action


Repair leakage and correctly charge ref.

Open stop valve.


Correctly connect indoor unit and outdoor unit.

Repair connector for O.U.

PCB or expansion valve.


Repair or replace

Td thermistor.

Replace outdoor fan motor if faulty.

Replace outdoor fan motor.

Tighten or replace connector.


SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI,QYHUWHU2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH




QXPEHUDQGWKHDODUPFRGHDUHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVHJPHQWGLVSOD\RIWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%&KHFNWKH

LQYHUWHUVWRSSDJHFRGHZKHQWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG

([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHLQYHUWHUHOHFWURQLFWKHUPDOSURWHFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHGVL[WLPHVZLWKLQ

PLQXWHV,IWKLVRFFXUVOHVVWKDQVL[WLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHWULHG

&RQGLWLRQVRI$FWLYDWLRQ

,QYHUWHUFXUUHQWZLWKRIWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWUXQVIRUVHFRQGVFRQWLQXRXVO\

,QYHUWHUFXUUHQWUXQVLQWHUPLWWHQWO\DQGWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHUHDFKHVXSWRWKUHHPLQXWHV

LQPLQXWHV


Restart operation.

Which is cause of stoppage " " of troubleshooting by

7-segments display,

"2" or "4"?

"4"

"2"

Refer to next page.

Is compressor current larger than activation current? *1)

Yes (Transistor Module is normal.)

No

Smaller than activation current.

Is discharge pressure high?

Check pressure and refrigeration cycle.

Check for clogging of heat exchanger.

Check fan motor.

Check diode module. *2)

Abnormal

Replace diode module.

*2)

Check inverter PCB connection. *3)

Normal

Abnormal

Connect it correctly. *3)

5HJDUGLQJWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHRIDFWLYDWLRQFXUUHQWUHIHUWR6HFWLRQ

5HJDUGLQJUHSODFLQJRUFKHFNLQJGLRGHPRGXOHUHIHUWR6HFWLRQ

5HJDUGLQJUHSODFLQJRUFKHFNLQJPHWKRGIRULQYHUWHUSDUWVUHIHUWR6HFWLRQ

,QYHUWHU6WRSSDJH&RGH itc &DXVHRI,QYHUWHU6WRSSDJH

2 ,QVWDQWDQHRXV2YHUFXUUHQW

,QYHUWHU2YHUFXUUHQW

SM-16007

Inverter PCB is faulty.

Replace it. *3)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI,QYHUWHU2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQLQVWDQWDQHRXVRYHUFXUUHQWRFFXUVVL[WLPHVZLWKLQPLQXWHV,IWKLV

RFFXUVOHVVWKDQVL[WLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWV

&RQGLWLRQVRI$FWLYDWLRQ ,QYHUWHUFXUUHQWZLWKRIWKHUDWHGFXUUHQW

No

It trips occasionally.

Restart operation.

Does it trip soon?

No

Yes

It trips immediately.

Turn OFF power and disconnect U, V, W from compressor terminals.

Turn ON #1 of DSW1 on inverter PCB to cancel

0A detection and restart.

Does it trip?

Yes It trips.

No

It trips after a certain period.


Normal

Faulty

Faulty

Check inverter PCB *1)

Normal

Is there any cause of instantaneous voltage drop?

Yes

No

Replace inverter PCB. *1)

Check the compressor.

Check the power source capacity.

Replace diode module. *1)


Is the compressor running current same as activation current? *4)

No

Yes

Faulty


Good

Are the input currents of three phases nearly

equal? (+3%)

Yes (Input currents nearly equal (+3%).)

No (Input currents out of balance.)

Check the compressor.

Replace diode module. *1)


Check the power supply.

No

Is the supply voltage 208-230V/60Hz+10% or 460V/60Hz+10% ?

Yes

In case of 208-230V/60Hz:

Is it 177V or more during operation?

In case of 460V/60Hz:

Is it 391V or more during operation? *1)

Yes

No Check the capacity and wiring of the power source.


Is it 177V or more during operation when other devices are operating?



*1)

Yes

No


)RUWKHPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSODFHPHQWRILQYHUWHU3&%SHUIRUPWKHKLJKYROWDJHGLVFKDUJHZRUNDFFRUGLQJWR

6HFWLRQ

5HIHUWR6HFWLRQIRUGHWDLOVRIFKHFNLQJSURFHGXUHVRIWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH

5HIHUWR6HFWLRQIRUGHWDLOVRIFKHFNLQJSURFHGXUHVRIGLRGHPRGXOH


SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI&XUUHQW6HQVRU





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,QDQLQVWDQFHZKHUHDEQRUPDOFXUUHQWVHQVRU$GHWHFWLQJRFFXUVWKUHHWLPHVZLWKLQPLQXWHVWKLV

DODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG,IWKLVRFFXUVOHVVWKDQWKUHHWLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\

UHVWDUWV

&RQGLWLRQRI$FWLYDWLRQ

:KHQWKHFRPSUHVVRU¶VRSHUDWLQJIUHTXHQF\UHDFKHVWR+]DIWHUWKHFRPSUHVVRUVWDUWV

WKHHIIHFWLYHYDOXHRIUXQQLQJFXUUHQWDWHDFKSKDVH889DQG9LV$RUOHVV

7KHZDYHKHLJKWYDOXHRIUXQQLQJFXUUHQWIRUWKHSKDVHSRVLWLRQLQJLVOHVVWKDQ$EHIRUHWKH

FRPSUHVVRUVWDUWVDWWKHHQGRIWKHSKDVHSRVLWLRQLQJ

Restart operation.

Inverter PCB is faulty.

Replace it. *2)

How is compressor operation when restarted?

Compressor stops immediately at approx.18Hz.

Compressor does not operate. “P17” indication appears. *1)

Is there break in coil for compressor?

No

Yes

Replace compressor.

G

Is output of inverter

PCB correct? *2)

G

Or is output of voltage

between U and V,

V and W, W and U

correct?

Yes

No

Check transistor module.

*3)

Replace inverter PCB.

*2)

3DSSHDUVRQVHJPHQWGLVSOD\RIWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%


6HFWLRQ



$EQRUPDO&XUUHQW6HQVRU

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

,QYHUWHU(UURU6LJQDO'HWHFWLRQ





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,307UDQVLVWRU0RGXOHRIWKHLQYHUWHU3&%KDVWKHDEQRUPDOLW\GHWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQ7KLVDODUPLV

GLVSOD\HGZKHQDQ\RIWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVLVPHWVHYHQWLPHVLQPLQXWHV,IWKLVRFFXUVOHVVWKDQ

VHYHQWLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWV


$QDEQRUPDOFXUUHQWLVDSSOLHGWRWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOHGXHWRDVKRUWFLUFXLWDJURXQGIDXOWRU

RYHUFXUUHQW

7KHWHPSHUDWXUHDWWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOHLQFUHDVHVDEQRUPDOO\

7KHFRQWUROYROWDJHGHFUHDVHV

No (It trips after a certain period.)

Restart operation.

Does it trip soon?

(Itc=21)

Yes

(It trips immediately.)

Is power line connected to Current Transformer (CT2)?

No

Yes

(Itc=1, 12)

Turn OFF power, disconnect

U, V, W from compressor terminals and restart operation.

Is protecting function activated? *3)

No

Yes

Faulty

Check transistor module.

*1) *2)

Normal

Check compressor.

Abnormal

Check inverter PCB. *1)

Abnormal

To Next Page

Normal

Normal

Connect power line to

Current Transformer (CT2).

Failure of inverter PCB.

Replace it. *1)

Replace compressor.

Replace inverter PCB and transistor module. *1) *2)

Replace transistor module.

*1) *2)

Is silicon grease applied all over contact surface of transistor module and radiation fin? Is screw on transistor module loose?

Yes

Is heat exchanger of outdoor unit clogged?

No

Yes

No

Apply silicon grease over entire contact surface of transistor module and radiation fin.*4)

Fix screw correctly.*4)

Remove clogging or replace heat exchanger.


5HIHUHQFHVWRDQGKHUHDUHRQWKHQH[WSDJH

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Is supply voltage

AC 208/230V+10% or AC 460V+10%?

Yes

No


Is voltage higher than 177V during operation?


Is voltage higher than 391V during operation?

Yes

No

O.U.: Outdoor Unit

Check capacity and wiring of power source.


Is voltage higher than 177V at any time?


Is voltage higher than 391V at any time?

Yes

No

Is compressor running current same as operating current?

Yes

No

Is crankcase heater ON?

Yes

No

Is refrigerant overcharged?

No

Yes

Is expansion valve of I.U.

open-locked in cooling operation?

Is expansion valve of O.U.

open-locked in heating operation?

No

,QYHUWHU6WRSSDJH&RGH itc

1

&DXVHRI,QYHUWHU6WRSSDJH

$FWLYDWLRQRI

7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH3URWHFWLRQ

12 *URXQG)DXOW'HWHFWLRQ

21 2XWRI6\QFKURQLVP'HWHFWLRQ

Yes

Restart operation after main switch ON.

Charge refrigerant correctly.

Replace expansion valve.

Check compressor.

No

Is discharge pressure high?

Yes

Check stop valves and expansion valve.

Check clogging of heat exchanger.

Check fan motor.

7KHVHUHIHUHQFHVDUHIURPSUHYLRXVSDJH

)RUWKHPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSODFHPHQWRIWKHLQYHUWHU3&%SHUIRUPWKHKLJKYROWDJHGLVFKDUJHZRUNDFFRUGLQJWR

6HFWLRQ


7XUQ21WKH1RVZLWFKRI'6:RQWKHLQYHUWHU3&%ZKHQUHVWDUWLQJWKHRSHUDWLRQZLWKWKHWHUPLQDOVRIWKH

FRPSUHVVRUGLVFRQQHFWHG$IWHUWURXEOHVKRRWLQJWXUQ2))WKH1RVZLWFKRI'6:RQLQYHUWHU3&%

8VHWKHVLOLFRQJUHDVHSURYLGHGDVDQDFFHVVRU\6HUYLFH3DUWV1R3

127(

:KHQDQH[FHVVLYHVXUJHFXUUHQWLVDSSOLHGWRWKHXQLWGXHWROLJKWQLQJRURWKHUFDXVHVWKLVDODUPFRGH³´RUWKH

LQYHUWHUVWRSSDJHFRGH,7³´ZLOOEHLQGLFDWHGDQGWKHXQLWFDQQRWEHRSHUDWHG,QWKLVFDVHFKHFNWKHVXUJH

DEVRUEHUVXUJHDUUHVWHU6$RQWKHQRLVH¿OWHU1)1)7KHVXUJHDEVRUEHUPD\EHGDPDJHGLIWKHLQQHUVXUIDFH

RIWKHVXUJHDEVRUEHULVEODFN,QWKDWFDVHUHSODFHWKHVXUJHDEVRUEHU

,IWKHLQVLGHRIWKHVXUJHDEVRUEHULVQRUPDOWXUQ2))WKHSRZHURQFHDQGZDLWIRU/('RQWKHLQYHUWHU3&%UHG

2))DSSUR[LPDWHO\¿YHPLQXWHVDQGWXUQLW21DJDLQ

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3RVLWLRQRI6XUJH$EVRUEHU!

1)

Surge Absorber (SA)

1)

Surge Absorber (SA)

9

1)

Surge Absorber (SA)

9

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDO,QYHUWHU)LQ7HPSHUDWXUH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,IWKHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHUDGLDWLRQ¿QWKHUPLVWRUH[FHHGV) o &WKUHHWLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKLV

DODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG,IWKLVRFFXUVOHVVWKDQWKUHHWLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\

UHWULHG

Restart operation.

Does it trip soon?

No

Yes

Check thermistor.

Faulty

Normal


Replace thermistor.

Yes


No

Remove clogging.

Normal

Replace inverter PCB. *1) Check thermistor.

Faulty

Replace thermistor.


6HFWLRQ


3 $EQRUPDO,QYHUWHU)LQ7HPSHUDWXUH

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

,QYHUWHU)DLOXUH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ $QDEQRUPDOLW\LVGHWHFWHGZKHQWKHDFWXDOIUHTXHQF\IURPWKHLQYHUWHU3&%LVOHVVWKDQ+]DIWHU

WKHLQYHUWHUIUHTXHQF\LVRXWSXWIURPWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%WRWKHLQYHUWHU3&%7KLVDODUPFRGHLV

GLVSOD\HGZKHQWKLVRFFXUVWKUHHWLPHVLQPLQXWHV,ILWRFFXUVOHVVWKDQWKUHHWLPHVLQPLQXWHV

WKHRSHUDWLRQLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHWULHG

&RQGLWLRQVRI$FWLYDWLRQ,QYHUWHU3&%GRHVQRWRSHUDWHQRUPDOO\

Turn OFF power (LED201

OFF) and restart operation.

Is alarm code “55” indicated again?

Yes

No

No

Replace inverter PCB.

Inverter PCB is normal.

&KHFNQRLVH¿OWHU


16 ,QYHUWHU)DLOXUH


LQYHUWHUVWRSSDJHFRGH,7³´ZLOOEHLQGLFDWHGDQGWKHXQLWFDQQRWEHRSHUDWHG,QWKLVFDVHFKHFNWKHVXUJH

DEVRUEHUVXUJHDUUHVWHU6$RQWKHQRLVH¿OWHU1)1)7KHVXUJHDEVRUEHUPD\EHGDPDJHGLIWKHLQQHU

VXUIDFHRIWKHVXUJHDEVRUEHULVEODFN,QWKDWFDVHUHSODFHWKHVXUJHDEVRUEHU




1)

Surge Absorber (SA)

1)

Surge Absorber (SA)

1) 9

3-100

Surge Absorber (SA)

9

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI)DQ&RQWUROOHU3URWHFWLRQ





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,307UDQVLVWRU0RGXOHKDVDEQRUPDOLW\GHWHFWLQJIXQFWLRQ

7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHDEQRUPDOLW\LVGHWHFWHGWLPHVZLWKLQPLQXWHV,IWKLVRFFXUV

OHVVWKDQWLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWV


7KHDEQRUPDOFXUUHQWVXFKDVDVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQWDJURXQGIDXOWFXUUHQWRUWKHRYHUFXUUHQW

RFFXUVDWWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH

7KHFRQWUROYROWDJHGHFUHDVHV

Turn OFF power and disconnect

U, V, W from fan motor terminals.

Turn ON #1 of DSW on fan controller to cancel 0A detection and restart the operation. Does it trip?

Yes, it trips.

No

Check fan motor.


Yes

Remove clogging or replace heat exchanger.

No

Replace fan controller.

127(


LQYHUWHUVWRSSDJHFRGH,7³´ZLOOEHLQGLFDWHGDQGWKHXQLWFDQQRWEHRSHUDWHG,QWKLVFDVHFKHFNWRHQVXUH

WKHVXUJHDEVRUEHUVXUJHDUUHVWHU6$RQWKHQRLVH¿OWHU1)1)7KHVXUJHDEVRUEHUPD\EHGDPDJHGLIWKH

LQQHUVXUIDFHRIWKHVXUJHDEVRUEHULVEODFN,QWKDWFDVHUHSODFHWKHVXUJHDEVRUEHU




Surge Absorber (SA)

1) 1)

Surge Absorber (SA)

1)

9

Surge Absorber (SA)

)RUWKHPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSODFHPHQWRIWKHIDQFRQWUROOHUSHUIRUPWKHKLJKYROWDJHGLVFKDUJHZRUNDFFRUGLQJWR

6HFWLRQ

SM-16007

9

3-101

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI)DQ&RQWUROOHU)LQ7HPSHUDWXUH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ ,IWKHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHWKHUPLVWRULQVLGHWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOHH[FHHGV)&WLPHVLQ

PLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQVWRSVDQGWKLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HG,IWKLVRFFXUVOHVVWKDQWLPHVLQ

PLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWV

Restart operation.

Yes

Does it trip soon?

No

Is silicon grease applied all over contact surface of transistor module and radiation fin?

No

Yes

Yes


No

Replace fan controller. *2)

Apply silicon grease all over contact surface of transistor module and radiation fin *1)

Remove clogging.

Failure of fan controller.

Replace it. *2)

8VHWKHVLOLFRQJUHDVHSURYLGHGDVDQDFFHVVRU\6HUYLFH3DUWV1R3ZKHQUHSODFLQJFRPSRQHQWV

'R1RWUHXVHROGVLOLFRQJUHDVH


6HFWLRQ

3-102 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI)DQ&RQWUROOHU2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHIDQFRQWUROOHUHOHFWURQLFWKHUPDOSURWHFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHGWLPHV

ZLWKLQPLQXWHV,IWKLVRFFXUVOHVVWKDQWLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWDUWV

&RQGLWLRQVRI$FWLYDWLRQ

(OHFWULFFXUUHQWZLWKRIWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWUXQVIRUVHFRQGVFRQWLQXRXVO\

(OHFWULFFXUUHQWUXQVLQWHUPLWWHQWO\DQGWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHUHDFKHVXSWRWKUHHPLQXWHVLQ

PLQXWHV

Restart operation.

Is fan controller current larger than activation current? *1)

Yes (Fan controller is normal.)

No

Smaller than activation current.

Which is cause of stoppage " " of troubleshooting by

7-segments display,

"2" or "4"?

"4"

"2"

Refer to next page.

Cause of fan controller overload

Does fan stop due to foreign matter?

Does fan rotate reversely due to opposing wind?

Check for clogging of heat exchanger.

Check fan motor.

Abnormal



)RUWKHPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSODFHPHQWRIIDQFRQWUROOHUSHUIRUPWKHKLJKYROWDJHGLVFKDUJHZRUNDFFRUGLQJWR

6HFWLRQ

SM-16007 3-103

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$FWLYDWLRQRI)DQ&RQWUROOHU2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH





([FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQLQVWDQWDQHRXVRYHUFXUUHQWRFFXUVWLPHVZLWKLQPLQXWHV

,IWKLVRFFXUVOHVVWKDQWLPHVLQPLQXWHVWKHRSHUDWLRQLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHWULHG

&RQGLWLRQVRI$FWLYDWLRQ 7KHUXQQLQJFXUUHQWH[FHHGVWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWRIWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH

No

Restart operation.

Does it trip soon?

Yes

No It trips immediately.

Turn OFF power and disconnect U, V, W from fan controller terminals.

Turn ON #1 of DSW on fan controller to cancel 0A detection and restart the operation. Does it trip?

Yes It trips.

No

It trips after a certain period.

Check fan controller *1)

Normal

Faulty

No

Is there any cause of instantaneous voltage drop?

Yes


Check fan motor.



It trips occasionally.

Is fan motor running current same as rated current? *2)

No

Yes

Check fan motor.


Is the supply voltage 208-230V/60Hz+10% or 460V/60Hz+10% ?

Yes


Is it 177V or more during operation?


Is it 391V or more during operation? *1)

Yes

No

No





*1)

Yes

No



)RUWKHPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSODFHPHQWRIDIDQFRQWUROOHUSHUIRUPWKHKLJKYROWDJHGLVFKDUJHZRUNDFFRUGLQJWR

6HFWLRQ


SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarm

&RGH

$EQRUPDOLW\RI)DQ&RQWUROOHU6HQVRU

+ &RQGLWLRQVRI$FWLYDWLRQ

7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVRFFXU

$IWHUWKHIDQPRWRURSHUDWLRQLVVWDUWHGWKHIDQFRQWUROOHUFXUUHQWGRHV127H[FHHG$

%HIRUHWKHIDQPRWRURSHUDWLRQLVVWDUWHGDWFRPSOHWLQJWKHSKDVHSRVLWLRQLQJWKHZDYH

KHLJKWYDOXHRIWKHUXQQLQJFXUUHQWIRUWKHSKDVHSRVLWLRQLQJLVOHVVWKDQ$

Restart operation.

Fan motor stops immediately.

Fan controller is faulty.


*1)

How is fan motor operation when restarted?

Fan motor does not operate.

Abnormal

Is fan motor coil normal?

Normal

Check fan motor.

Fan controller is faulty.


*1)


6HFWLRQ

Alarm

&RGH

&RPSUHVVRU3URWHFWLRQ

+ 7KLVDODUPFRGHLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQDQ\RIWKHIROORZLQJDODUPVFDXVLQJVHULRXVFRPSUHVVRUGDPDJHV

RFFXUVWKUHHWLPHVLQVL[KRXUV:KLOHWKLVDODUPLVGLVSOD\HGDODUPUHVHWLVQRWSRVVLEOH

Alarm Code:

02

07

08

39

43

44

45

47

Information of Abnormality

Activation of Protection Device in Outdoor Unit

Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat

Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature

Abnormality of Running Current at Fixed Speed Compressor

Activation of Low Compression Ratio Protection Device

Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection Device

Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection Device

Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Device

(Vacuum Operation Protection)

7KHVHDODUPVFDQEHFKHFNHGE\WKH&+(&.0RGH)ROORZWKHDFWLRQLQGLFDWHGLQHDFKDODUPFKDUW

7KHVHDODUPVDUHFOHDUHGRQO\E\WXUQLQJ2))WKHPDLQSRZHUVZLWFKWRWKHV\VWHP However, great care must be taken before starting, since there is a possibility of causing serious damage to the compressors.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.2.3 Abnormalities of Devices

Other

Abnormalities

Abnormalities of Devices

If there is no abnormality (Alarm Code) indicated on the wired controller, and normal operation is not available, take necessary action according to the following procedures.


Action


Failure of

Indoor Unit

Fan Motor

Disconnected

Coil

Burned-Out

Coil

Measure coil resistance with tester.


Replace indoor unit fan motor.

Failure of

Outdoor Unit

Fan Motor

Disconnected

Coil

Burned-Out

Coil

Measure coil resistance with tester.


Replace outdoor unit fan motor.

"RUN" Indicator and LCD are ON.

However, the system does not operate.

(example)

Indoor/outdoor

fans or

compressor

do not operate.

Failure of Comp. Motor

Failure of Comp.

Measure resistance between wires.

Check for abnormal sound from comp.

Replace compressor.

Failure of

Magnetic

Switch for

Comp.

Contact

Failure

Failure of

One of PCBs for outdoor unit, indoor unit, wired zone controller

Disconnected

Wire to PCB

Failure of

PCB

Check whether magnetic switch is activated correctly.

Check connection.

Check PCB in self-checking mode *1).

Replace magnetic switch.



The Comp.

does not Stop or Start even if the temperature setpoint on the LCD is

Changed *3)

Failure of

Air Inlet

Thermistor

Abnormality of

Failure of

Thermistor

Disconnection of Thermistor

Wired Zone Controller Cord

Check it in

Check Mode *2).

Replace or correctly connect wires if abnormal.


Check it in self-checking mode *1).


*1): For CIW01, refer to Section 3.1.4 (3).


*3): Even if controllers are normal, the compressor does not operate under the following conditions.

* Indoor Air Temp. is lower than 69.8°F (21°C) or Outdoor Air Temp. is lower than 23°F (-5°C) during cooling operation.

* Indoor Air Temp. is higher than 86°F (30°C) or Outdoor Air Temp. is higher than 73.4°F (23°C) during heating operation.

* When a cooling (or heating) operation signal is given to the outdoor unit and a different operation signal is given to indoor units.

* When demand signal or emergency stop signal is given to outdoor unit.

3-106 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Other

Abnormalities



Action


Incorrect Optional

Setting

Check Setting Condition of "Thermistor of

Wired Controller" with Optional Setting

* Setting and Control

"00": Control by Indoor

"01": Control by

"02": Control by

Average Value of

If the thermistor of wired controller is not used, set it at "00".

The Comp.

does not stop or start even if the temperature setpoint on the

LCD is changed. *3)

Incorrect

Input/Output Setting

Check Setting Condition of "i1" and "i2" by

Input/Output Setting

* Setting and Control

"01": Room Thermostat

(Cooling)

"02": Room Thermostat

(Heating)

If the room thermostat is not used, set for input signal actually used.

If no signal is used, set it at "00".



*3): Even if controllers are normal, the compressor does not operate under the following conditions.

* Indoor Air Temp. is lower than 69.8°F (21°C) or Outdoor Air Temp. is lower than 23°F (-5°C) during cooling operation.

* Indoor Air Temp. is higher than 86°F (30°C) or Outdoor Air Temp. is higher than 73.4°F (23°C) during heating operation.

* When a cooling (or heating) operation signal is given to the outdoor unit and a different operation signal is given to indoor units.

* When demand signal or emergency stop signal is given to outdoor unit.

SM-16007 3-107

TROUBLESHOOTING

Other

Abnormalities


Event Cause

Indoor Fan

Speed is

Not Changed

No Defrosting

Operation Mode is Available while Heating

Failure of

Discharge

Air Temp.

Thermistor

Failure of

Thermistor

Disconnected

Wire of

Thermistor

Failure of

Wired Zone Controller

Failure of

Indoor Unit PCB

Failure of

Thermistor for Outdoor

Evaporating

Temp. during

Heating

Failure of

Reversing

Valve

Failure of

Thermistor

Disconnected

Wire of

Thermistor

Disconnected

Reversing

Valve Coil

Incorrect

Activation of

Reversing

Valve

Disconnected Control Wires between Indoor Unit and

Outdoor Unit

Failure of

Outdoor Unit

PCB

Disconnected

Wire to PCB

Failure of

PCB

Failure of

Indoor Unit

PCB

Disconnected

Wire to PCB

Failure of

PCB

Light and

LCD Indication on Wired Zone

Controller are Kept ON

Failure of PCB in Indoor Unit or Wired Zone Controller


*2): Refer to Section 3.1.4 (2).

Check Item

Check thermistor in self-checking mode *2).

Check it in self-checking mode *1).

Measure resistance of coil.

Supply power forcibly.

Check connectors.

Check connectors.

Check connectors.

Check PCB in self-checking mode *1).

Action


Replace or correctly connect wires if abnormal.

Replace wired controller if faulty.


Replace or correctly connect it if abnormal.

Replace reversing valve.



Replace it when check mode is not available.



3-108 SM-16007

Other

Abnormalities

Event

Outdoor Fan does Not Operate even when

Compressor is Operating

Indoor Fan does Not Operate even when

Compressor is Operating

TROUBLESHOOTING

Cause

Obstacle at Outdoor Fan

Preparatory State for

Heating Operation

Discharge pressure does not increase higher than

319 psi (2.2MPa) due to insufficient refrigerant.

Disconnected Wire for

Indoor Fan



Check Item

Check obstacles.

Wait for switching of reversing valve.

(1 to 3 minutes)

Check operation pressure.

Check wiring.

Check Indoor Unit PCB.

Action


Remove obstacles.

If the reversing valve is not switched, check for insufficient refrigerant.

Add refrigerant.


Replace

Indoor Unit PCB.

SM-16007 3-109

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.3 Procedures for Checking

3.3.1 Self-Checking of PCBs using Wired Controller

Refer to Section 3.1.4 “Checking Wired Controller”

3.3.2 Self-Checking of Wired Controller

Refer to Section 3.1.4 “Checking Wired Controller”

3-110 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Turn OFF all the power source switches.

Use a tester and make sure that all the switches are turned OFF.

Before the test run, check that the unit is appropriately installed according to the Installation and Maintenance

Manual. After that, inspect the following items.

Check Item

1 Damage

2 Fan Motor

3 Fasteners

4 Refrigerant Leaks

5 DSW Setting

6 Insulation *1)

7 Stop Valve Fully Open

8 Power Source Phase

9 Turn ON Crankcase

Heater *2)

10 Indoor and Outdoor

Temperature

Contents

Are the unit appearance and inside of the unit damaged?

Is the fan motor runner installed in the center of the casing?

Is the fan motor installed away from the casing?

(The fan motor should NOT be touched by the casing.)

Are the screws loose due to vibration during transportation?

&KHFNWKDWWKHIDVWHQHUVDUHVHFXUHG¿UPO\GXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQ especially for electrical wiring.

Check that there are NO refrigerant leaks.

7KHWLJKWHQLQJSDUWRIWKHSLSHÀDUHSDUWPD\EHORRVHEHFDXVHRIYLEUDWLRQGXULQJ transportation.

Check that the DSW setting is the same as the factory setting. (Refer to Section 3.1.3.)

Measure resistance between electrical component terminal and ground with a tester.

It is normal if the resistance is 1M : and over.

If 1M : or less, do not perform the operation due to insulation failure of electrical parts.

Do NOT apply electricity to the terminal board of operating line. (Control PCB may be damaged.)

Prior to test run, check that the stop valve of the outdoor unit is completely open.

The operation is NOT possible with the incorrect power phase order or lacking phase.

• Alarm “05” will be indicated on the LCD of the wired controller.

• “05” will be indicated on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit.

Check the power source phase according to the caution label attached close to the outdoor unit terminal block or inside of the service cover.

After completion of item checks 1 to 8, turn ON the power supply of the outdoor unit.

Apply power to the outdoor unit(s) at least 12 hours prior to operation of the system for preheating of the compressor oil..

<For Use in both Cooling and Heating Operation>

Are indoor and outdoor temperature out of the working range *3) ?

(Heating operation may not be operated due to the activation of the overload operation prevention under the ambient temperature of 66 o F (19 o C) or over.)

To perform the test run, set the test run mode with the wired controller.

*1): Insulation Resistance

O If the unit has been turned OFF for long periods, insulation resistance may decrease to 1M : or less because the refrigerant is retained in the compressor. Check the following points.

(a) Disconnect the cables of the compressor and measure the insulation resistance of the compressor itself.

If the resistance is 1M : or less, an insulation failure of another electrical charge part has occurred.

(b) If the resistance is 1M : or less, reconnect the compressor and turn ON the main power supply. The compressor will warm up automatically. Check the insulation resistance again after applying current for at least three hours. (Preheating time depends on the air condition, piping length or refrigerant condition.)

O Before the leakage breaker is activated, check the rated capacity.

*2): Stoppage of Compressor Operation

The compressor may NOT be operational for a maximum of four hours if the power supply is NOT turned ON in advance.

At this time, the stoppage Code (d1-22) is displayed on the LCD of wired controller and the forced Thermo-OFF function starts.

If operation of the compressor is necessary, turn ON the power supply of the outdoor unit, wait for 30 seconds and press PSW5 on the outdoor unit PCB for at least three seconds. The forced Thermo-OFF function (d1-22) will be cancelled and the compressor operation will be available.

*3): Working Range

Refer to "Page i" of Installation Manual for details.

NOTE:


Thermo-OFF: The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don't run.

SM-16007 3-111

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.4.1 Test Run Using Wired Controller

(1) Wired Controller (CIW01)

Menu

Menu

Button

On/Off

(1) Turn ON the power source of the indoor and outdoor units.

(2) Set the TEST RUN mode with the wired zone controller.

OK

Back/Help ECO

Press and hold the "Menu" and the "Back/Help" switches simultaneously for more than three seconds.

Select “Test Run” by pressing “ ” and press “OK”.

The Test Run screen will be displayed.

NOTE:

For other controllers, refer to the “Installation Manual” for each controller.

On/Off

Button

Test Run Setting: 2 units

MODE : COOL

SPEED : AUTO

Back/Help

Button

Normal

If "TEST RUN" and the total number of the units connected

to the wired zone controller (for example "2 units") are indicated

on the wired zone controller, the connection of the remote control

cable is correct.

* The total number of indoor units connected is indicated

on the liquid crystal display (LCD).

Sel.

* If the indicated number is not equal to the actual number of connected indoor units,

the auto-address function is not performed correctly due to incorrect wiring, or

electromagnetic interference.Turn OFF the power supply, and correct the wiring after

checking the following points. (Do not repeat turning ON and OFF within 10 seconds.)

(a) The power supply for the indoor unit is NOT turned ON or incorrect wiring.

(b) Loose connection between Indoor Units or Wired Zone Controller.

(c) Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Address (The indoor unit address is duplicated.)

Adj.

ON Back Rtrn

NOTE:

When “00 unit” is indicated, the auto-address function may be performing.

Cancel “Test Run” mode and set it again.

Abnormal

If no indication or "00" appears, or the number of units indicated is less than the actual

number of units, there is an abnormality.

(3) Checking Procedures for Abnormalities


Indication

No Indication

Fault

* The power source is not turned ON.

* The connection of the remote control

Inspection Points after the Power Source is OFF

1. Connection between Connector and Wires

2. Connecting Points of Remote Control Cable

4. Connection Order of each Terminal Block

5. Screw Fastening of each Terminal Block

Number of connected units is incorrect.

* The connecting wires of power supply

line are incorrect or loose.

* The electrical wiring between indoor unit

and outdoor unit is disconnected, or the

power source is not turned ON.

* The setting of unit number is incorrect.

* The connection of control cables

between each indoor unit are incorrect.

(When one wired zone controller controls

6. RSW Setting on Indoor Unit Printed Circuit Board

7. Wire Connecting Order of Bridge Cable

8. Connecting Points of Bridge Cable

9. Contact of Connectors of Bridge Cable

Back to (1) after checking

Move to (4) on the next page.

3-112 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

Normal

Abnormal

The run test operation will be started. The operation mode, the airflow volume, the airflow direction and the test run time can be set on the Test Run screen.

Select the item by pressing “ ”.

(5) Checking Procedure for Abnormalities


Indication

The operation light flashes. (1 time/1 sec.)

And the Unit No. and

Alarm Code "03" flash.

Unit Condition

The unit does not start.

Fault

The power source is not turned ON.

Inspection Points when the

Power Source is OFF

The connecting wires of operating line are incorrect or loose.

1. Connecting Order of each Terminal Block.

The fuse on the PCB may be blown

due to miswiring. (Can be recovered only

once by the DSW on the PCB)

Procedures for Recovery When Transmitting

Circuit Fuse is Blown

1. Correct the wiring for the terminal block.

2. Setting positions of the model code are

Indoor Unit PCB

ON

OFF

DSW7

1 2

Outdoor Unit PCB

DSW10

ON

OFF

1 2

2. Screw Fastening of each Terminal Block.

3. Connecting Order of Power Line Between

Indoor Units and Outdoor Unit.

This is the same as above items 1 through 3.

The operation light flashes. (1 time/2 sec.)

Other alarm codes or indications than those above (Refer to the alarm code table.)


The unit does not start, or starts once and then stops.

The connection of remote control cable is incorrect.

The connection of the thermistors or other connectors are incorrect.

Tripping of protector exists.


The connecting wires of operating line are incorrect or loose.

flashes. (1 time/1 sec.)

And the Unit No. 00 .

Alarm Code dd and

Unit Code E.00

flash.

Back to (1) after checking

An authorized service person should check the unit using the Alarm Code Table in this manual.

An authorized service person should check the unit using the Alarm Code Table in this manual.

SM-16007 3-113

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.4.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side

The procedures for the test run from the outdoor unit side are indicated below. Setting of this DIP switch is possible with the power source ON.

Setting of DIP Switch (Factory Setting)

DSW4

Switch for Setting of Service Operation and Function

1. Test Run

2. COOL/HEAT Setting

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

OFF

(ON: Heating Operation)

3. OFF (Fixed)

4. Manual Compressor OFF

5. OFF (Fixed)

6. OFF (Fixed)

O Do not touch any other electrical part when operating switches on the PCB.

O Do not attach or detach the service cover when the power source for the outdoor unit is supplied and the outdoor unit is operated.

O Turn all the DIP switches of DSW4 OFF when the test run operation is completed.

Test Run

DIP Switch Setting

1. Setting of Operation Mode

Cooling: Set DSW4-2 OFF.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

Heating: Set DSW4-2 ON.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

2. Starting Test Run

Set DSW4-1 ON and the operation is started after a few to 20 seconds.

Operation Remarks

1. The indoor unit automatically starts operating when the test run of the outdoor unit is set.

2. The ON/OFF operation can be performed from the wired controller or DSW4-1 of the outdoor unit.

3. The operation continues for two hours without Thermo-OFF.

* Note that the indoor units operate in conjunction with the test run operation of the outdoor unit.

* If the test run is started from the outdoor unit and stopped from the wired controller, the test run function of the wired controller is cancelled. However, the test run function of the outdoor unit is not cancelled. Check to ensure that the DSW4-1 of the outdoor unit PCB is turned OFF.

* If multiple indoor units are connected with one wired controller, perform the test run operation individually for each refrigerant system one by one. Then, make sure to turn the power source

OFF for the indoor units in other refrigerant systems not included in the test run.

Outdoor Unit

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

If heating operation leave

DSW4-2 at ON.

Indoor

Unit

Test Run

Power OFF.

* The setting of DSW4 is not required for the test run from the wired controller.

NOTE:



3-114 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

DIP Switch Setting

1. Setting

*Compressor Manual OFF:

Set DSW4-4 ON.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

Manual

OFF of

Comp.

2. Canceling

*Compressor ON:

Set DSW4-4 OFF.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

Operation

1. When DSW4-4 is ON during compressor operation, the compressor stops operating immediately and the indoor unit is under the condition of Thermo-

OFF.

2. When DSW4-4 is OFF, the compressor starts operating after the cancellation of threeminutes guard.

Remarks

* Do not repeat compressor ON/OFF frequently.

Manual

Defrost

1. Manual Defrost Operation

Press PSW5 for more than three seconds during heating operation, and the defrosting operation starts after two minutes.

This function is not possible within

¿YHPLQXWHVDIWHUVWDUWLQJKHDWLQJ operation.

2. Manual Defrost Operation Completion

Defrosting operation automatically ends and the heating operation restarts.

1. Defrosting operation is available regardless of frost condition and total time of heating operation.

2. Defrosting operation is not performed when the temperature of outdoor heat exchanger is higher than 50 o F(10 o C), high pressure is higher than 3.3MPa or the unit is Thermo-OFF.

* Do not continuously repeat defrosting operation.

* When manual defrosting operation is accepted by PSW5, the time left before starting defrosting operation is indicated on the 7-segment display on the PCB.

Time Left (Every Four Seconds)

NOTE:



When the test run operation is complete, turn all switches of DSW4 OFF.

(1) If the wired controller is set to a different mode, the test run function will not start.

In this case, perform the following actions before the test run.

Wired Controller: STOP

Central Station: STOP and Wired Controller is available mode.

COOL/HEAT Change-Over Switch: Connector (CN17) of outdoor unit PCB is open.

During the test run mode, do not control the wired controller, the central station and cool/heat changeover switch. Otherwise, the operation mode will be changed or the test run will end.

If necessary, control them after the test run is complete.

(2) If an alarm code is indicated during the test run, reset the system by turning the main power supply

OFF, then back ON. The system should then operate.

SM-16007 3-115

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.4.3 Checking the Test Run

(1) Indoor and Outdoor Fan

&KHFNWKDWWKHLQGRRUIDQDQGRXWGRRUIDQURWDWHFRUUHFWO\DQGWKHDLUÀRZLVVPRRWK

(2) Power Supply Voltage

Check the power supply.

If the power supply is abnormal, contact the electric power company.

Usually, voltage drop will occur when starting the

RSHUDWLRQDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH9

2

).

In order to protect the device, comply with the following normal range of the power supply voltage.

< Voltage Change >

Initial Voltage

(V

1

)

Operating Voltage

(V 3 )

Starting Voltage

(V

2

)

<Normal Range of Power Supply Voltage>

• Supply Voltage: Rated Voltage < +10%

• Starting Voltage (V

2

Operating Voltage (V

3

): Rated Voltage < +10%

): Rated Voltage > -15% Voltage Imbalance between Phase: < 3%

(3) Normal Operating Pressure

Normal operating suction pressure is 29 to 159.5 psi (0.2 to 1.1 MPa) and normal operating discharge pressure is 145 to 507.6 psi (1.0 to 3.5 MPa) when the refrigerant charge quantity is correct. Check the operation pressure in the test run mode.

(4) High Pressure Switch

Check the operation pressure of the high pressure switch in the table below.

Refrigerant

R410A

Operation Pressure

601 psi (4.15MPa)

(5) High Pressure Increase Retry (Protection Control)

(a) High pressure will increase when the following procedure is performed.

Cover the air inlet of outdoor unit during cooling operation.

Cover the air inlet of indoor unit during heating operation.

(b) When the high pressure retry control is activated, alarm code “ ” will be indicated on the

7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB. If the high pressure retry control occurs three times or more within 30 minutes, alarm code “ ” will be indicated on the LCD of the wired controller or the

7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.

< For CIW01 >

01-02

Alarm Code:

45

MODEL : F .02

Chek

AlarmRst

Address

Sel.

OP MODE OK Entr

3-116

NOTE:

High pressure may not increase until the high pressure switch is activated because of the temperature condition.

SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.4.4 Checklist for Refrigerant System

The system data can be checked on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB during the test run and the troubleshooting. However, it may take time for checking because the operation cycle changes depending on the operating condition.

To check the quality of the refrigerant system, the following checklist shall be used at the test run, troubleshooting, and emergency check.

(1) Refrigerant System Check

The most important thing for the refrigerant system is to check that each expansion valve opening and

WKHRSHUDWLQJIUHTXHQF\LVZLWKLQWKHVSHFL¿HGUDQJH(DFKLWHPYDULHVLQWKHYDOXHGHSHQGLQJRQWKH operating frequency, indoor temperature and ambient temperature.

(2) The service system tester, which automatically calculates Td and SH, facilitates the refrigerant system check. If possible, record the operating cycle data using the service system tester.

CHECKLIST FOR TEST OPERATION

I.U.

Model

I.U.

Serial No.

MODEL: O.U. CHECKER:

I.U.: Indoor Unit, O.U.: Outdoor Unit

feet

(1) General

No.

1

2

3

4

5

Check Item

<Combination of Base Units>

Is DSW6 setting for outdoor unit No. correct?

Are the power source wire and the communication wire separate from refrigerant pipings?

Is a ground wire connected?

Is there any short circuit?

Is there any voltage abnormality among each phase?

(L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1)

Result

(2) Refrigerant System a. Operation (Cooling/Heating)

No.

1

2

3

Check Item

Operate all the units (“TEST RUN” mode).

Operate all the indoor units at “HIGH” speed.

In an instance where the constant compressor is turned ON and

OFF repeatedly, switch off an indoor unit with a small capacity.

Result b. Sampling Data (Cooling/Heating, Indoor Temperature 70 o F~86 o F (21 o C~30 o C))

No.

1

2

3

4

Check Item

Check the operating data after 20-minute operation.

Check Pd and Td. Is Td-SH 59 to 113 o F (15 to 45 o C) ?

Is Ps 22 to 189 psi (0.15 to 1.3 MPa) ?

Is Pd 145 to 522 psi (1.0 to 3.6 MPa) ?

(If the outdoor temperature is high, Pd becomes high.)

NOTE:

The symbol with an underline indicates an item to check.

SM-16007

Result

3-117

TROUBLESHOOTING

(3) Check Item after Sampling Data a. Cooling Operation (It is applicable when the outdoor temperature is higher than 59°F(15°C).)

No.

Check Item

1 Is fan actually running when

Fo $LUÀRZ5DWHRI28)DQLVQRW³´"

2 Is the total of iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) abnormally low or high?

3 Is TL (Liquid Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) lower than Ti (Intake Air Temp. of I.U.)?

4 Is TG (Gas Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) lower than Ti (Intake Air Temp. of I.U.)?

(It is applicable when Intake Air Temp. is 5

higher than Setting Temp.) o F (3 o C).

5 Is there any excessive difference in SH (TG-TL) of

I.U. heat exchanger among I.U.s?

(It is applicable when Intake Air Temp. 5

higher than Setting Temp.) o F (3 o C).

6 Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger

SH (TG-TL) excessively lower than the other units’ value and is iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) lower than “5”?

7 Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger

SH (TG-TL) excessively lower than the other units’ value and is iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) lower than “100”?

Standard

-

-

It is normal when

TL-Ti < -9 o F (-5 o C).

Causes

•

•

•

Fan Motor Failure

O.U. PCB Failure

Condenser Failure

•

• Low Excessive

Refrigerant

High ,QVXI¿FLHQW

Refrigerant or Excessive

Pipe Pressure Loss

•

•

•

TL Thermistor Failure

I.U. Ex. Valve; Fully Closed

Short-Circuit

It is normal when

TG-Ti < -9 o F (-5 o C).

It is normal if the difference among units is within

13 o F (7 o C).

It is normal if SH of the unit is up to

-5 o F (-3 o C) lower than the other units.

•

•

•

•

•

TG Thermistor Failure

I.U. Ex. Valve;

Fully Closed or

Slightly Open

Short-Circuit

TL/TG Thermistor Failure

I.U. Ex. Valve;

Fully Open, Slightly Open or Fully Closed

•

• I.U. Ex. Valve;

Locked and Fully Open

Mismatched Wiring and

Piping

It is normal if SH of the unit is up to

5 o F (3 o C) higher than the other units.

•

• I.U. Ex. Valve;

Locked and Slightly Open or Closed

Mismatched between

Wiring and Piping

8 Is the temperature difference between I.U.s* more than 13 o F (7 o C)?

* The temperature difference between I.U.s

means the following; b3 (Discharge Air Temp.) - b2 (Intake Air

Temp.) indicated on the wired controller by check mode.

13 o F (7 o C) and over

-

Result b. Heating Operation (It is applicable when outdoor temperature is higher than 32°F(0°C.))

No.

Check Item

1 Are oE1 and oE2 (O.U. Ex. Valves Opening) abnormally low or high when TdSH is

59 o F to 113 o F (15 o C to 45 o C)?

2 Is Pd “232” to “522” psi (“1.6” to “3.6” MPa)?

3 Is Ps “22” to “189” psi (“0.15” to “1.3” MPa)?

4 Is the temperature difference between I.U.s* more than 18 o F (10 o C) when iE (I.U. Ex. Valve) is “100”?

* The temperature difference between I.U. means

the following; b3 (Discharge Air Temp.) - b2 (Intake Air

Temp.) indicated on the wired controller by check mode. However, this is applicable only when b2 (Intake Air Temp.) - b1 (Setting Temp.) is higher than 5 o F (3 o C).

Standard

-

Causes

•

• Low Excessive

Refrigerant

High ,QVXI¿FLHQW

Refrigerant

232 - 522 psi

(Pd is high when the indoor temperature is high.)

22 - 189 psi

18 o F (10 o C) and over

•

•

•

•

•

•

• Low Solenoid

Valve SVA Leakage

High Excessive

Gas Pipe Pressure Loss

Low O.U. Short-circuit

Low/High O.U. Fan

Motor Failure,

Fan Module Failure or

Outdoor Ambient

Thermistor Failure

Failure in PCB, Wiring,

I.U. Ex. Valve and Coil

Excessive Pipe

Pressure Loss

Thermistor Failure for Discharge Air

Result

NOTE:

The symbol with an underline indicates a checking item and the mark “ ” indicates checking data.

3-118 SM-16007

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.4.5 Reset for Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor 1-2 (cUJ1-cUJ2)

There are accumulated operation times of the compressor after maintenance and after starting operation.

The following procedures show how to reset the accumulated operation time of the compressor after maintenance. Perform it for each outdoor unit.

<Procedure>

3UHVV36:DQG36:IRU¿YHVHFRQGVZKLOHWKHDFFXPXODWHGRSHUDWLRQWLPHRIFRPSUHVVRUGDWDLV displayed. The accumulated operation time of the compressor is reset.

<Example of Compressor 1>

PSW2 PSW4

Press PSW2 to display the accumulated operation time of the compressor.

(Press PSW4 to return to the indication “cUJ1”.)

3UHVV36:DQG36:IRU¿YHVHFRQGVZKLOHWKHDFFXPXODWHGRSHUDWLRQWLPH is displayed.

The indication will be changed to “0”.

(The accumulated operation time of the compressor 1 is reset.)

NOTE:

In an instance of 144 to 360 MBH, it is required to reset the accumulated operation time for each outdoor unit.

SM-16007 3-119

4. Maintenance

MAINTENANCE

SM-16007 4-1

MAINTENANCE

4.1 Maintenance of Outdoor Unit

8VHWKHVSHFL¿HGQRQÀDPPDEOHUHIULJHUDQW5$IRUWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLQWKHUHIULJHUDQWF\FOH

'RQRWFKDUJHPDWHULDORWKHUWKDQ5$LQWRWKHXQLWVXFKDVK\GURFDUERQUHIULJHUDQWVSURSDQH

R[\JHQÀDPPDEOHJDVHVDFHW\OHQHRUSRLVRQRXVJDVHVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJPDLQWDLQLQJDQG

PRYLQJ7KHVHÀDPPDEOHVDUHH[WUHPHO\GDQJHURXVDQGPD\FDXVHDQH[SORVLRQD¿UHDQG

LQMXU\

TURN OFF all power source switches.

4.1.1 Removing Front Service Cover

(1) Removing Service Cover

(a) Remove six screws from the service cover.

(b) Put your hands on the groove at the bottom of the service cover. Then, lift the cover up slightly and draw it forward. Remove the cover from the hooks on the right and left sides. (Refer to Fig. 1)

(2) Removing Front Cover

A. Removing Front Cover with Piping Cover

D 5HPRYH¿YHVFUHZVIURPWKHIURQWFRYHU

(b) Hold the upper side of the front cover and lift it upward. Remove the cover from the hooks on the right and left sides. Then, draw the cover forward. (Refer to Fig. 2)

B. Removing Front Cover Only

D5HPRYHWKHVFUHZV¿[LQJWKHIURQWFRYHU7KHQUHPRYHWKHVFUHZV¿[LQJWKHSLSLQJFRYHU'RQRW

UHPRYHWKHVFUHZVFLUFOHGLQWKH¿JXUH

(b) Hold the upper side of the front cover and lift it upward. Remove the front cover from the insertion part into the piping cover on the left. Then, draw the front cover forward. (Refer to Fig. 3)

NOTES:

1. When attaching / removing the front service cover, take special care not to be injured with the plate edges.

2. When attaching the front cover, insert the hooks into the square holes of the side cover as shown in the

¿JXUH'2127LQVHUWWKHORZHUHQGRIWKHIURQW cover into the inside of the bottom base.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

Screw

Service Cover

Hook Front Cover

Front Cover

Service Cover Hook

Front Cover

< Fig. 1 >

Front Cover

4-2

< Fig. 2 >

Bottom Base

Front Piping Cover

Hook

Screws

Front Piping Cover

Do NOT remove this screw.

< Fig. 3 >

SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.2 Attaching Front Service Cover

(1) Attaching Front Cover

(a) Insert the hooks of the front cover into the square holes of the side cover. (Refer to Fig. 1)

'2127LQVHUWWKHORZHUHQGRIWKHIURQWFRYHULQWRWKHLQVLGHRIWKHERWWRPEDVH

(b) Fix the front cover with the screws.


Front Cover

Bottom Base

Do NOT insert the front cover lower end into the bottom base.

< Fig. 1 >

Square Hole

Side Cover

Front Cover

Hook

Hook

Bottom Base

< Fig. 2 >

(2) Attaching Service Cover

(a) Service cover shall be attached after attaching the front cover. Insert the hooks of the service cover into the square holes of the side cover. (Refer to Fig. 2)

(b) Fix the front cover with the screws.

SM-16007 4-3

MAINTENANCE


4.1.3 Removing Top Cover and Upper Cover

(1) Remove the 28 screws securing the top cover T, R, L, and FB.


Top Cover L Top Cover FB

Upper Cover

Top Cover T

Top Cover FB

Air Grille

Top Cover

Top Cover R

4-4 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


(2) Remove fourteen screws securing the upper cover.

(3) Lift up the upper cover. When removing the upper cover, make sure that it does not come in contact with the propeller fan.


Upper Side

Rear Side

Front Side

* When removing two screws on the front side, remove the service cover according to Section 4.1.1 “Removing Front Service

Cover”.

SM-16007 4-5

MAINTENANCE


4.1.4 Removing Protection Net

(1) Remove seven screws securing the protection net.

(2) Pull out the protection net from the bridge of the upper rear support to remove it.


Screws for

Protection Net

Screws for

Protection Net

B

A

Protection Net Assy

Upper Rear Support

Upper Cover

Screws for

Protection Net

A. Side View

Bridge

Upper Rear Support

Pull out the protection net from the bridge of the upper rear support to remove it

Protection Net

B. Connection for Protection Net

4-6 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.5 Removing Electrical Box Cover

(1) Remove the front service cover according to Section 4.1.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.

(2) Remove two screws for the electrical box 1 cover and loosen two securing screws 7 .

(3) Push the electrical box 1 cover up and remove the electrical box cover by drawing it forward from the securing screws 7 .

(4) Remove two screws for electrical box 2 cover and loosen two securing screws 7 .

(5) Push the electrical box 2 cover up.

Remove the electrical box 2 cover by drawing it forward from the securing screws 7 .

NOTES:

1. Before removing the screws securing the electrical box 1 cover and electrical box 2 cover, ensure that the securing screws 7 are attached to the cover so that the cover will not fall.

2. Be careful not to get injured by the front cover edge when removing the electrical box cover.


Electrical Box 1 Cover


Screws for


Screws for


Secring Screws* for Electrical Box 2 Cover

(for Falling Prevention)

Secring Screws* for Electrical Box 1 Cover


< Electrical Box Cover Position >

SM-16007 4-7

MAINTENANCE


4.1.6 Removing Electrical Box


(2) Remove the electrical box 1 cover and electrical box 2 cover according to Section 4.1.5 “Removing

Electrical Box Cover”.

(3) Remove the screws securing the power source wiring, compressor wires, operating line, and ground wire.

'LVFRQQHFWWKHFRQQHFWRUIRUWKHIDQPRWRUVROHQRLGYDOYHFUDQNFDVHKHDWHUDQGKLJKSUHVVXUH switch.

'LVFRQQHFWWKHFRQQHFWRUIRUWKHWKHUPLVWRUHOHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQYDOYHDQGSUHVVXUHVHQVRURQ

PCB1.

(6) Remove three screws securing the lower side of electrical box 1.

(7) Install the electrical box 1 cover.

(8) Remove two screws securing the upper side of electrical box 1 and loosen the securing screw 7 .

(9) Push the electrical box 1 up and draw it forward from the securing screw 7 .

(10) Remove two screws securing the lower side of electrical box 2.

(11) Install the electrical box 2 cover.

(12) Remove two screws securing the upper side of electrical box 2. Then, remove electrical box 2.


Screws for

Electrical Box 2

(Upper Side)

Screw for

Electrical Box 1

(Upper Side)

Electrical Box 2

Screws for

Electrical Box 2

(Lower Side)

Screws for

Electrical Box 1

(Lower Side)

< Electrical Box Position >

Securing Screw* for Electrical Box 1


Electrical Box 1

Screw for

Electrical Box 1

(Upper Side)

4-8 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.7 Removing Electrical Box Support and Reinforcement Support


(2) Remove the electrical box according to Section 4.1.6 “Removing Electrical Box”.

(3) Remove the screws securing the reinforcement support.

[208/230V] (H,Y)VAHP072, 096B31CW: 6 screws

[460V] (H,Y)VAHP072, 096B41CW: 4 screws

(4) Remove four screws securing the electrical box support.

(5) Lift up the electrical box support. Remove the electrical box support from the hooks on the right and left sides and draw it forward in the direction of the arrow.


Ɣ>9@

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B31CW

Screws for

Reinforcement

Support

Electrical Box

Support

Screws for

Electrical Box

Support

Screws for

Reinforcement

Support

Screws for

Electrical Box

Support

Ɣ [460V]

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B41CW

Electrical Box

Support

Screws for

Electrical Box

Support

Reinforcement

Support

Screws for

Electrical Box

Support

SM-16007

Screws for

Reinforcement

Support

4-9

MAINTENANCE


4.1.8 Removing Transformer Box Cover

[460V] (H,Y)VAHP072, 096B41CW Only


(2) Remove four screws from the transformer box cover (upper side) and remove the transformer box cover (upper side).

(3) Remove four screws from the transformer box cover (lower side) and remove the transformer box cover (lower side).


Transformer Box

Transformer Box Cover

(Upper Side)

Screws for


(Upper Side)

Screws for


(Upper and Lower Sides)

Transformer Box

(Lower Side)

4-10 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


[460V] (H,Y)VAHP072, 096B41CW Only


(2) Remove the reinforcement support according to Section 4.1.7 “Removing Electrical Box Support and

Reinforcement Support”.

(3) Remove four screws securing the transformer box.

(4) Remove the transformer box by pulling the knobs of the front and upper sides of the transformer box and slide forward.


Knob

Transformer Box

Screws for

Transformer Box

Knob

SM-16007 4-11

MAINTENANCE


Remove eight screws securing the air grille.

Remove the air grille.

NOTE:

'2127DSSO\H[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRWKHWRSFRYHUWRDYRLGGDPDJH


Air Grille

Screws for Air Grille

Top Cover

4-12 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.11 Removing Outdoor Fan Motor

(1) Remove the top cover with the air grille according to Section 4.1.3 “Removing Top Cover and Upper

Cover”.

Tool

Adjustable Wrench, Puller, Phillips

Screwdriver, Wire Cutter, Box Wrench

Upper Cover

Air Grille

Top Cover

DC Fan Motor

< Fan Motor Position >

5HPRYHWKHFORVLQJQXWDQGWKHÀDWZDVKHUVHFXULQJWKHSURSHOOHUIDQRQWRWKHPRWRUVKDIWXVLQJD

ER[ZUHQFK5HPRYHWKHSURSHOOHUIDQIURPWKHPRWRUVKDIW,ILWLVGLI¿FXOWWRUHPRYHWKHIDQXVHD puller.

NOTE:

'2127DSSO\H[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRWKH upper cover (plastic part) to avoid damage.

Tool

Adjustable Wrench, Puller, Phillips Screwdriver,

Wire Cutter, Box Wrench

Closing Nut

Flat Washer

Propeller Fan

SM-16007 4-13

MAINTENANCE


(3) Removing Wire

(a) Remove the service cover and the electrical box 1 cover according to Section 4.1.1 “Removing

Front Service Cover” and Section 4.1.5 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.

E 'LVFRQQHFWWKHFRQQHFWRUIRUWKHPRWRULQWKHHOHFWULFDOER[

(4) Remove four screws securing the motor, and remove the motor.

(H,Y)VAHP072, 096B(3,4)1CW: M5

(5) When reassembling the outdoor fan, perform the procedures for removal in reverse.

NOTES:

1. Fix the motor wire onto the motor clamp with the plastic tie to avoid contact with the propeller fan.

2. When mounting the propeller fan, place and push the propeller fan with matching the mark ( with the cut out part of the motor shaft). Firmly install the propeller fan with a 22.1 lbf.ft (30N.m) torque after the head of the fan shaft comes up.

Torque for Mounting Propeller Fan

22.1 lbf.ft (30N.m)

3. Connect the motor wire connector with the wire connector in electrical box 1.

(6) Check that the gap between the propeller fan and the upper cover is even by observing from the upper cover top. Also check that there is no noise caused by the propeller fan coming in contact with the upper cover during the propeller fan operation.

Tool

Adjustable Wrench, Wire Cutter, Phillips

Screwdriver, Puller

The fan motor cord outlet should be downward-facing.

Motor Shaft

Screws for Fan Motor: M5

Fan Motor

Fan Motor Wire

Electrical Box 1

Wire Connector for Fan Motor

(Connect it inside the electrical box 1 when reassembling.)

4-14 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.12 Removing Compressor

Recover the refrigerant using standard EPA procedures and external equipment.

In other instances, recover the refrigerant before starting the work, and turn OFF the power source of the unit.

NOTE:

'R127WRXFKWKHFRPSUHVVRURUWKHKLJKSUHVVXUHUHIULJHUDQWSLSLQJGXULQJRSHUDWLRQRUZKHQLPPHGLDWHO\ stopping the unit because of the high temperature.

When removing the wiring or reassembling the compressor, be aware not to let the wiring come in contact with the compressor or the refrigerant piping.


If the outdoor unit is installed close to the wall, remove the refrigerant piping and move the outdoor unit away from the wall.

(2) Release the tack for the soundproof cover of the compressor and remove the soundproof cover.

(3) Remove the Td thermistor on top of the compressor.

NOTE:

The thermistor holder, thermistor securing plate, and the RC cover are used again when reassembling.

Keep them in a container so that the parts are stored correctly.

Tool Long-nose Pliers

NOTE:

When removing the compressor, the electrical box located above the compressor may be disturbed when removing the RC cover. So the electrical box should be removed before starting work.

If not, the inner aluminum sheet may be damaged when removing the RC cover.

Thermistor

Holder

Holder

Soundproof Cover

Bind Lace

Tack

Waterproof Rubber Cap for Td Thermistor

Td

Thermistor Thermistor

Securing Plate

RC Cover

SM-16007 4-15

MAINTENANCE


(4) Release the bind lace of the RC cover for removal.

NOTES:

1. When removing the RC cover, be careful not to deform the piping around the cover. The braze joint may become damaged due to pipe deformation.

2. When removing the compressor, be careful not to be injured by the sheet metal edge or the heat

H[FKDQJHU¿QV

3. The aluminum sheet is conductive. If the aluminum sheet is damaged, it may lead to a malfunction because of contact with electrical wiring. To avoid such a failure, check the RC cover conditions when repair is complete.

Fix the compressor power line and the crankcase heater lead wires together with the bind lace.

Wind the crankcase heater firmly around the compressor bottom part.

Aluminum Sheet

RC Cover

Compressor

Keep the distance between the crankcase heaters at a minimum of 13/16 inches (20mm).

Remove the crankcase heater from slotted part of RC cover without contacting the bolts, nuts and piping of the compressor.

4-16 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


(5) Remove the terminal cover for the compressor and disconnect the wiring to the compressor terminals.

Match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers when reassembling. If the wiring is connected incorrectly, the compressor may be damaged due to reverse rotation.

NOTES:

1. When replacing the compressor, check for the ring terminal condition. If the ring terminal is damaged or something appears wrong with it, replace it with a new one.

6HFXUHWKHOHDGZLUH¿UPO\ZLWKSODVWLFWLHV

3. Retighten the compressor screws after replacing.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Adjustable Wrench

Remove Retaining Nut

Ring Terminal

Terminal Box

Cover

Retaining

Nut

Details of Terminal Box

Mark Band

Plastic Tie

Compressor Power Line

Terminal Box

Cover

(6) Release the spring to remove the crankcase heater.

Tool

V U

W

Long-nose Pliers

Spring

Crankcase Heater

SM-16007 4-17

MAINTENANCE


'LVFRQQHFWWKHGLVFKDUJHDQGVXFWLRQSLSHVIURPWKHFRPSUHVVRU

Check that the pressure inside the pipe is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Cut the pipe at the closer position to the compressor from the braze joint. After cutting, remove the pipe from the brazing part of the compressor.

NOTES:

$OOWKHSLSHVDUHFRQQHFWHGE\EUD]LQJ:KHQDSSO\LQJWKHWRUFKÀDPHWRWKHSLSHFRQQHFWLRQVWKH

RLODGKHUHGLQVLGHWKHSLSHPD\EXUQ:KHQEUD]LQJFOHDUWKHÀDPPDEOHPDWHULDOVIURPDURXQG the compressor.

7RUFKZRUNZKLOHV\VWHPLVXQGHUSUHVVXUHLVYHU\GDQJHURXV0DNHVXUHWRFXWWKHSLSHV¿UVW before applying heat from a torch.

Tool Torch, Pipe Cutter

Suction Pipe

Cut

Cut

Remove here by using torch after cutting.

Discharge

Pipe

Oil

Discharge

Pipe

'LVFRQQHFWWKHRLOGLVFKDUJHSLSHIURPWKHFRPSUHVVRU:KHQGLVFRQQHFWLQJSLQFKDQGFXWWKHSLSH at the closer position to the compressor from the braze joint, so that the refrigerant oil remaining inside the compressor does not spill from the oil discharge pipe. Before disconnecting the oil discharge pipe at the system piping side, check that the oil at the brazing part is completely removed.

NOTES:

1. If the oil discharge pipe is disconnected without performing the above procedure (for example, applying the torch directly to the braze joint), the refrigerant oil will spill from the oil discharge pipe

FDQFDWFK¿UH0DNHVXUHWRIROORZWKHSURFHGXUHVIRUVDIHW\

2. When disconnecting the oil discharge pipe, use an oil pan in case the remaining refrigerant oil spills.

3. '2127WKURZRXWWKHRLOWKDWLVFROOHFWHGLQWKHRLOSDQ

Oil quantity is measured afterward.

Tool Pincher, Torch, Oil Pan

Oil

Discharge

Pipe

Remove here by using torch after cutting.

Oil Pan

4-18 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


(9) Remove three nuts securing the compressor and remove the compressor.

NOTES:

1. When removing the compressor, be aware that it does not come in contact with surrounding pipes.

If contacted, pipes may become deformed.

2. Be aware of potential injuries from sheet metal edges when working with sheet metal.

3. When removing the compressor secured with the oil discharge pipe, seal the pipe ends with tape to avoid spilling any remaining refrigerant oil spill.

'RQRWH[SRVHWKHUHIULJHUDQWF\FOHWRWKHHQYLURQPHQWIRUDORQJSHULRGLQRUGHUWRDYRLG introduction of foreign particles and moisture to system.

After removing the compressor, mount the new one quickly.

5. When removing the compressor, remove the electrical box and transformer box (460V only) located above the compressor to make the work easier. The box wrench (13/32 inch (10mm)) is required to remove the nuts securing the compressor.

Tool

Adjustable Wrench, Box Wrench,

Phillips Screwdriver,

View from Top of Compressor

Nut Securing Position

Compressor

Nut Securing Position Suction Pipe

Nut Securing Position

Front Side

Discharge Pipe

Oil Discharge Pipe

SM-16007 4-19

MAINTENANCE


(10) Take out the remaining refrigerant oil in the compressor from the discharge pipe, and measure the oil quantity. This procedure should be performed for the constant speed compressor or the inverter compressor replacement.

NOTES:

1. Additional refrigerant oil charge is required if: remaining refrigerant oil quantity in the old compressor is more than the pre-charged refrigerant oil in the new compressor

2. No additional refrigerant oil charge is required if: remaining refrigerant oil quantity in the old compressor is less than the pre-charged refrigerant oil in the new compressor

3. The recharged quantity of the refrigerant oil to the cycle is calculated as follows:

(Remaining quantity in the old compressor + Collected quantity in Section 4.1.12 (8)

+ 0.05 gal. (200cc)*) - (Initial charged quantity in the compressor for each model)

Compressor

)RU,QYHUWHU(.'+'

)RU&RQVWDQW6SHHG(.'+

Initial Charged Refrigerant Oil

0.29 gal. (1100cc)

0.13 gal. (500cc)

* 0.05 gal. (200cc): This value is considered not to be removed from the chamber.

4. If the refrigerant oil is contaminated, exchange all with new refrigerant oil.

Tool Oil Pan, Measuring Cup

Discharge Piping

Refrigerant Oil

Oil Pan

Measuring Cup

4-20 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


(11) Mount the new compressor. When attaching the nut at the front side, pay attention not to deform the discharge piping.

Perform the brazing according to the following order:

D2LO'LVFKDUJH3LSH

E'LVFKDUJH3LSH

(c) Suction Pipe

NOTES:

1. When mounting the new compressor on the base, pay attention not to come in contact with piping.

If contacted, piping may become deformed.

2. The new compressor should be mounted with the cap. Remove the cap just before starting the brazing work.

3. Connect the charging hose with the access port at the low pressure side to release pressure.

:KHQEUD]LQJWKHVXFWLRQSLSHPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHFRQQHFWLQJSDUWLV¿UPO\LQVHUWHGLQWRWKH compressor. Keep compressor piping cool using a wet cloth in order to avoid bringing the brazing material into the compressor.

Tool Torch, Wet Cloth, Plier

Brazing

Suction Pipe

Wet Cloth for Cooling

Oil Discharge Pipe

Brazing

Discharge Pipe

Brazing

SM-16007 4-21

MAINTENANCE


(12) Wind the crankcase heater around the compressor.

Crankcase heater mounting position: Back to the original setting (Refer to Section 4.1.12 (6))

(13) Attach the RC cover.

(14) Reconnect all wires in the original positions.

D 7KHFUDQNFDVHKHDWHUOHDGZLUHLV¿[HGLQVLGHWKH5&FRYHUZLWKWKHWDFN 7 ) without coming in contact with the power line and the piping.

E 'UDZWKHOHDGZLUHIRUWKHKLJKSUHVVXUHVZLWFK36+DQGDWWDFKWKH7GWKHUPLVWRU3XOORXWWKH wires from the slotted part at the top of the RC cover.

NOTES:

1. If the power line or the crankcase heater lead line comes in contact with a high temperature part

VXFKDVRLOGLVFKDUJHSLSHRUFRPSUHVVRUFKDPEHUWKHZLUHPD\EHFXWRU¿UHG3URWHFWWKHZLUH from overheating and protect the edge with the RC cover.

2. Check that the high pressure switch (PSH) does not contact with the RC cover aluminum sheet.

(Example)

Wire is caught on the spring.

RC Cover

Slots

Hook

Tack for ( )

Heater Fastening

Crankcase Heater

Lead Line Spring Hook

Crankcase

Heater Power Line

RC Cover Crankcase

Heater

Compressor

Oil Discharge Pipe

Aluminum Sheet

Power Line

Crankcase Heater

Lead Line

Tack

NOTES:

$WWDFKWKHFUDQNFDVHKHDWHU¿UPO\WRWKHFRPSUHVVRUDQGVHFXUHLWZLWKDVSULQJDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

2. If there is a clearance between the crankcase heater and the compressor due to wire overlapping, excessive heat is generated there. Then the crankcase heater fails due to overheating. When mounting the reassembled crankcase heater, this should be taken into account.

3. If the crankcase heater lead wire is caught on the spring, the lead wire may be cut due to vibration. When reassembling, attention should be paid to the lead wire.

F )DVWHQWKHFRYHU¿UPO\ZLWKWZRWDFNVWRNHHSZDWHUIURPHQWHULQJWKHFOHDUDQFHEHWZHHQWKH5& cover and the soundproof cover.

(Example)

Soundproof Cover

Suction Pipe

RC Cover

Slot

(For Td Thermistor Lead Wiring)

Slot

(For PSH Lead Wire)

Fasten Soundproof Cover with Tacks and Bind Laces

(in four areas)

4-22 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


3HUIRUPWKH¿QDOFKHFNIRUZLULQJFRQGLWLRQVUHIHUULQJWRWKHGUDZLQJEHORZ

NOTE:

Ensure that all wires do not come in contact with the compressor, piping or plate edges. If there are

FRQWDFWVEURNHQZLUHVRUD¿UHFDQRFFXU

Fix the soundproof cover firmly to protect the compressor from entering water.

Tack

Remove Td thermistor and

PSH from slotted part of RC cover right side.

PSH (High Pressure Switch)

Wind all the bind lace at the tack more than four times.

V

W

U

Td Thermistor

RC Cover

SM-16007

Crankcase Heater

Crankcase Heater Position

Keep Distance Approximately 13/16 inches (20mm)

W

Detailed View from W

Power Line for Compressor

Crankcase Heater Lead Line

Remove the power line and the crankcase heater lead line from the dent part of RC cover.

Do not contact the wiring with the piping.

Fix the power line for the compressor and the crankcase heater lead line together when winding the bind lace at the tack.

RC Cover

Crankcase Heater

(Wind the crankcase heater firmly around the compressor bottom part.)

Cover outside of the discharge oil pipe when winding RC cover.

Do not contact the discharge oil pipe with the crankcase heater lead wire and the power line for the compressor.

Fix the compressor power line and the crankcase heater lead wires together with the bind lace.

Aluminum Sheet

RC Cover

Compressor

Wind the crankcase heater firmly around the compressor bottom part.

Keep the distance between the crankcase heaters at a minimum of 13/16 inches (20mm).

Remove the crankcase heater from slotted part of RC cover without contacting the bolts, nuts and piping of the compressor.

4-23

MAINTENANCE


4.1.13 Replacing Refrigerant Oil

4.1.13.1 Replacing Refrigerant Oil (No Blockage in Return Oil Circuit)


(2) Close (A) high/low pressure gas stop valve and (B) liquid stop valve.

5HFRYHUWKHUHIULJHUDQWLQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWIURP'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVVSRUWDQG(KLJKSUHVVXUH access port. Ensure that the pressure does not increase at this time.

NOTE:

If the pressure increases, recover all the refrigerant in the system.

(4) Connect the charge hose (for R410A) to (C) access port for recovering refrigerant oil.

&KDUJHQLWURJHQSVL03DIURP'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVVSRUWDQGUHFRYHUWKHUHIULJHUDQWRLO in the accumulator by applying pressure. (approx. 20 minutes)

NOTE:

Ensure that the pressure for (E) high pressure access port is NOT abnormal when nitrogen is charged.

(6) Stop charging nitrogen after refrigerant oil has been completely recovered.

3HUIRUPYDFXXPLQJIURP'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVVSRUWDQGDGGWKHVDPHTXDQWLW\DVWKHFROOHFWHG refrigerant oil.

NOTE:

When the collected refrigerant oil is 0.79 gal. (3L) or less, a blockage may exist in the return oil circuit.

In that case, replace the return oil circuit according to Section 4.1.13.2 “Replacing Refrigerant Oil

(Blockage in Return Oil Circuit) and Replacing Return Oil Circuit”.

:KHQWKHSURFHGXUHVDERYHDUHFRPSOHWHGSHUIRUPWKHYDFXXPLQJDJDLQIURP'ORZSUHVVXUH access port and recharge the refrigerant. After recharging, open the stop valves.

NOTE:

1. Use a clean charging hose.

2. Charge the refrigerant oil in a short amount of time (within approximately 20 minutes).

Use a container with a small opening so that the refrigerant oil does not absorb the moisture from the atmosphere.

Tool Adjustable Wrench

4-24

(D) Low Pressure Access Port

(E) High Pressure Access Port

(B) Liquid Stop Valve

(A) Gas Stop Valve

(C) Access Port for

Collecting Refrigerant Oil

SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.13.2 Replacing Refrigerant Oil (Blockage in Return Oil Circuit) and Replacing Return Oil Circuit


(2) Remove the electrical box, wirings, electrical box support and transformer box (460V only) according to Section 4.1.6, 4.1.7 and 4.1.9.

(3) Close (A) gas stop valve and (B) liquid stop valve.

5HFRYHUWKHUHIULJHUDQWLQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWIURP'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVVSRUWDQG(KLJKSUHVVXUH access port. Ensure that the pressure will not increase at this time.

NOTE:

If the pressure increases, recover all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle.


(D) Low Pressure Access Port

(E) High Pressure Access Port


(A) Gas Stop Valve

(C) Access Port for

Collecting Refrigerant Oil

SM-16007 4-25

MAINTENANCE


(5) Remove (G) solenoid valve coil connected to (H) solenoid valve body of the return oil circuit according to Section 4.1.14.2 “Removing Solenoid Valve Coil”.

(6) Cut off (I) return oil circuit connecting with (J) accumulator pipe at the cutting position indicated in the

¿JXUHEHORZ

After that, remove remaining return oil circuit inside of (L) brazing for return oil circuit.

&XW,UHWXUQRLOFLUFXLWRIIIURP.RLOVHSDUDWRURXWOHWSRUWDWWKHSRLQWLQGLFDWHGLQWKH¿JXUH

Remove (I) return oil circuit from the unit. Then, remove (M) brazing for oil separator outlet.

NOTES:

1. When cutting (I) return oil circuit off, cut the closer part to (I) return oil circuit to prevent the refrigerant oil remaining in (I) return oil circuit from spilling out.

2. When cutting (I) return oil circuit off, do not use a saw.

3. After cutting (I) return oil circuit off, remove the cut-off piping from (M) brazing for oil separator outlet.

4. When removing (L) brazing for return oil circuit at the upper part of the return oil circuit and (M) brazing for oil separator outlet, refrigerant oil may come out. Prepare the oil pan before the work to receive the refrigerant oil.

4-26 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


(8) Cover the hole of (L) brazing for return oil circuit using tape.

Connect a charging hose to (M) brazing for oil separator outlet. Then, charge nitrogen (22 psi (0.15

03DIURPWKHXSSHUXQLRQRI'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVVSRUWDQGUHFRYHUUHIULJHUDQWRLOLQWKH.RLO

separator, applying pressure.

NOTE:

In an instance where the unit has two return oil circuits and two oil separators, collect the refrigerant oil from one oil separator and then from the other.

(9) Stop charging nitrogen after the refrigerant oil has completely been collected and connect the return oil

SLSH$IWHUFRQQHFWLQJWKHSLSHSHUIRUPWKHQLWURJHQSUHVVXUL]DWLRQIURP'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVVSRUW

'XULQJWKHZRUNFKHFNWKDWWKHRLOGRHVQRWVSLOORXWIURPWKHÀDUHQXWFRQQHFWLRQDQGEUD]HMRLQW

3HUIRUPYDFXXPLQJIURP'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVVSRUWDQGDGGWKHVDPHTXDQWLW\RIRLOWKDWZDV collected from (C) access port for recovering refrigerant oil.

NOTE:

If replacing the return oil circuit only, procedures (8) and (9) are not required.

:KHQWKHSURFHGXUHVKDYHEHHQFRPSOHWHGSHUIRUPYDFXXPLQJDJDLQIURP'ORZSUHVVXUHDFFHVV port and recharge the refrigerant. After recharging, open the stop valves.

NOTES:

1. Use a clean charging hose.

2. Charge the refrigerant oil in a short amount of time (within approximately 20 minutes).

Use a container with a small opening so that the refrigerant oil will not absorb moisture from the atmosphere.


Cut

(I) Return Oil Circuit

(For Inverter Compressor)


(For Constant Speed Compressor)

(J) Accumulator Pipe


(J) Accumulator Pipe

Details of Cutting Position

SM-16007

(L) Brazing for Return Oil Circuit

(M) Brazing for

Oil Separator Outlet

Cut


(Remove after cutting.)

(K) Oil Separator

(G) Solenoid Valve Coil

(H) Solenoid Valve Body

Details of Cutting Position

4-27

MAINTENANCE


4.1.14 Removing Coils

7KHIROORZLQJ¿JXUHVLQGLFDWHSRVLWLRQVRIFRLOV

SVA SVX

SVC

SVB

MVB

MV1

MV2

SVA: Solenoid Valve Coil

SVB: Solenoid Valve Coil

SVC: Solenoid Valve Coil

SVX: Solenoid Valve Coil

RVR2: Reversing Valve Coil

MV1: Expansion Valve Coil

MV2: Expansion Valve Coil

MVB: Expansion Valve Coil

RVR2

< Coil Position >

4-28 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.14.1 Removing Expansion Valve Coil (MV1, MV2, MVB)


7XUQWKHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHFRLOLQDFRXQWHUFORFNZLVHGLUHFWLRQDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

Remove the expansion valve coil bracket from the expansion valve slot. Then, pull the coil upward.

• Pay attention to the thermistor wiring when removing the expansion valve coil.

NOTE:

Make sure to remove the coil bracket from the coil before pulling it out. If not, your hand may hit against the piping. Follow the above procedures carefully to avoid any injuries.

(3) For replacing the expansion valve coil, press the coil into the expansion valve slot by turning the coil.

If an excessive force is applied to the coil, the coil bracket may become damaged. As a result, the coil

FDQQRWEH¿[HGDWWKHFRUUHFWSRVLWLRQDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

$Q\VORWVRQWKHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHLQQHUVXUIDFHDUHDFFHSWDEOHWR¿[

NOTE:

The expansion valve coil should be tightened to 44.3 lbf

• ft (60 N

• m) or less. After securing, check the expansion valve coil position.

Tool Pliers

Coil Bracket

MV1

Expansion Valve Coil

Turn the coil and remove the coil bracket from the slot.

Expansion Valve Body

MV2



Coil Bracket

Coil Bracket


MVB




SM-16007 4-29

MAINTENANCE


(3) For replacing the expansion valve coil, press the coil into the expansion valve slot by turning the coil.

If an excessive force is applied to the coil, the coil bracket may become damaged. As a result, the coil

FDQQRWEH¿[HGDWWKHFRUUHFWSRVLWLRQDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

$Q\VORWVRQWKHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHLQQHUVXUIDFHDUHDFFHSWDEOHWR¿[

NOTE:

The expansion valve coil should be tightened to 44.3 lbf

• ft (60 N

• m) or less. After securing, check the expansion valve coil position.

Tool Pliers

Correct


Incorrect

Coil bracket is mounted at the correct position.


(The coil bracket is secured in the slotted part

of the expansion valve body. )

Coil bracket is mounted at the incorrect position.

4.1.14.2 Removing Solenoid Valve Coil (SVA, SVB, SVC, SVX)

5HPRYHRQHVFUHZVHFXULQJWKHVROHQRLGYDOYHFRLOZLWKD3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHU,IWKHVFUHZLVGLI¿FXOW to remove, use an adjustable wrench.

(2) Remove the solenoid valve coil.


Screw

Solenoid Valve Coil

Solenoid Valve

4-30 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.14.3 Removing Solenoid Valve (SVA, SVB, SVC, SVX)


(2) Close gas stop valve and liquid stop valve.

(3) Recover refrigerant in the outdoor unit from low pressure access port and high pressure access port.

Ensure that the pressure does not increase at this time.

NOTE:

If the pressure increases, collect all the refrigerant in the system.

(4) Remove the solenoid valve coils according to Section 4.1.14.2 “Removing Solenoid Valve Coil”.

(5) Unbraze at the following segments:

Solenoid Valve Coil (SVA): Two brazing segments

Solenoid Valve Coil (SVB): Two brazing segments

Solenoid Valve Coil (SVC): Two brazing segments

Solenoid Valve Coil (SVX): Two brazing segments

NOTE:

1. When performing brazing work, cover the solenoid valve with a wet cloth for cooling.

2. Pay attention not to burn the connecting wiring and piping insulation while brazing.

(6) For reassembly, perform the removal procedure in reverse order.

Tool

Phillips Screwdriver, Charging Hose,

Torch, Wet Cloth, Pliers

< Solenoid Valve >

SVA

Unbrazing Segment

SVX

Unbrazing Segment

SM-16007 4-31

MAINTENANCE


4.1.14.4 Removing Reversing Valve Coil (RVR2)

(1) Remove one screw securing the reversing valve coil with a Phillips screwdriver.

,IWKHVFUHZLVGLI¿FXOWWRUHPRYHXVHDQDGMXVWDEOHZUHQFK

(2) Remove the reversing valve coil.


Reversing Valve Coil

This is the unit front view.

Screw

4-32 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.14.5 Removing Reversing Valve


(2) Remove the electrical box, wirings and electrical box support according to Section 4.1.6 “Removing

Electrical Box.”

(3) Before starting this work, recover the refrigerant into a recovery cylinder from the system, and turn

OFF the power source of the unit.

7KHUHYHUVLQJYDOYHVHFXULQJSRVLWLRQLVDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

'LVFRQQHFWWKHZLULQJIRUWKHUHYHUVLQJYDOYHFRLO

(6) Remove the reversing valve coils according to Section 4.1.14.4 “Removing Reversing Valve Coil”.

8QEUD]HDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHE\FRYHULQJWKHUHYHUVLQJYDOYHZLWKDZHWFORWKIRUFRROLQJ

NOTE:

1. 8QEUD]HRQO\DWWKHLQGLFDWHGVHJPHQWLQWKH¿JXUH,IQRWOHDNDJHPD\RFFXUZKHQUHDVVHPEOLQJ

2. Connect the charging hose to the access port for the low pressure gas stop valve before unbrazing.

(8) Remove the reversing valve assembly.

8QEUD]HDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHE\FRYHULQJWKHUHYHUVLQJYDOYHZLWKDZHWFORWKIRUFRROLQJ

Unbraze in the following order:

(a) Brazing at right and left branch pipes of three pipes from the reversing valve.

(b) Brazing at the center branch pipe of three pipes from the reversing valve.

NOTE:

When unbrazing, cover the reversing valve with a wet cloth for cooling.

(9) For reassembly, perform the removal procedure in a reverse order.

NOTE:

When performing brazing work, cover the reversing valve with a wet cloth for cooling.

Tool

Adjustable Wrench, Phillips Screwdriver,

Torch, Pipe Cutter, Pliers, Pinching Tool,

Charging Hose

RVR2

Unbrazing Segment

Reversing Valve

Unbrazing Segment

SM-16007 4-33

MAINTENANCE


4.1.15 Removing Stop Valve

Before starting this work, recover the refrigerant into a recovery cylinder from the system, and turn OFF the power source of the unit.


(2) When removing the (A) gas stop valve, cover the stop valves with a wet cloth for cooling and then unbraze.

:KHQUHPRYLQJWKH%OLTXLGVWRSYDOYHXQEUD]HWKHSLSHIRUWKHVWRSYDOYHDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

NOTE:

1. Connect the charging hose to the access port for the low pressure gas stop valve.

2. To unbraze for the (A) gas stop valve, the RC cover should be removed or protected with a metal plate.

$IWHUXQEUD]LQJIRUWKHVWRSYDOYHVUHPRYHWKHVFUHZVVHFXULQJWKHSODWHVDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDQG pull out the stop valves and the plates.

(4) Set the stop valves using a reverse procedure.

NOTE:

When brazing the stop valves or unbrazing, cover the stop valves with a wet cloth for cooling.

Tool

Wet Cloth, Torch, Pliers,

Phillips Screwdriver

(A) Gas Stop Valve

Unbrazing

Segment

(A) Gas Stop Valve



< Stop Valve Position >

4-34 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.16 Removing High Pressure Switch, High Pressure Sensor, Low Pressure Sensor and Thermistor


(2) High Pressure Switch (PSH1 and PSH2), High Pressure Sensor, Low Pressure Sensor and Thermistor

7J7FKJ7EJDQG7HDUHVHFXUHGDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ


Tbg Thermistor

(Super Cooling Bypass Line)

Tg Thermistor

(Evaporation Gas Line)


Low Pressure Sensor

PSH1

(High Pressure Switch)

PSH2

(High Pressure Switch)

Heat Exchanger

Te Thermistor

(Evaporation Liquid Line)

< High Pressure Switch, High/Low Pressure Sensor Position >

SM-16007 4-35

MAINTENANCE


4.1.16.1 Removing High Pressure Switch (PSH1, PSH2)

(1) Recover refrigerant into proper refrigerant recovery cylinder.

'LVFRQQHFWWKHIDVWRQWHUPLQDOV

(3) Remove the high pressure switch from the unbrazing segment of the discharge pipe using a torch.

NOTES:

1. When the high pressure switch is removed, do not expose the refrigerant cycle to the environment for a long period in order to avoid introduction of foreign particles and moisture to system. Install a replacement high pressure switch immediately after removing. If it is not possible to do this immediately, seal the hole with tape.

2. Check that the RC cover inner side (aluminum sheet) does not come in contact with the terminals of the high pressure switch.

0DNHVXUHWRVHFXUHWKHLQVXODWLQJVOHHYHRIWKHIDVWRQWHUPLQDOVDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

If the terminals of the high pressure switch are exposed and come in contact with the RC cover, the electrical components may be damaged.

Tool

Torch, Adjustable Wrench, Phillips

Screwdriver, Pliers

Faston Terminal

High Pressure Switch

Discharge Pipe

Unbrazing Segment

Compressor

4.1.16.2 Removing High Pressure Sensor (Pd) and Low Pressure Sensor (Ps)

(1) Remove the connector for the pressure sensor wiring from PCB1.

NOTE:

First, remove the connector or the wiring can be damaged.

(2) Remove the refrigerant piping for the high pressure sensor or low pressure sensor using two wrenches.

Tool

Adjustable Wrench, Phillips Screwdriver,

Pliers

Wire twisting should be within 3 winds.

Tightening Position ( )

Wrench Size: 9/16 inch (14mm)

Using Two Wrenches

Tightening Position ( )

Wrench Size: 21/32 inch (17mm)

This part should be sealed with tapes.

DO NOT apply wrenches to this part.

Tightening Torque: 11.1 lbf

G ft (15N

G m)

4-36 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.17 Removing Thermistor for Liquid Pipe


(2) Remove the electrical box cover according to Section 4.1.5 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.

(3) Remove the CORK TAPE. (CORK TAPE is also used during reassembly.) Then, remove the thermistor for the liquid pipe by pulling out the thermo clip from the pipe.

NOTE:

When removing the thermistor for the liquid pipe, take special care not to cause damage to your hands or the thermistor with the valve support securing the stop valve.

(4) Reassemble the thermistor for the liquid pipe using reverse procedures.

NOTE:

When reassembling the thermistor, secure the thermistor with the vinyl pipe end downward to prevent condensate from entering the pipe.

Tool

Wet Cloth, Torch, Pliers,

Phillips Screwdriver, Wire Cutter

Reassemble by sealing whole circumference with CORK TAPE

Pipe

Thermistor

Vinyl Tube

Thermo Clip

SM-16007 4-37

MAINTENANCE


4.1.18 Removing Thermistor for Ambient Temperature


(2) Remove the electrical box cover according to Section 4.1.5 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.

(3) Remove the top cover and upper cover according to Section 4.1.3 “Removing Top Cover and Upper

Cover”.

NOTE:

When removing the top cover and upper cover, be careful not to damage the shroud.

(4) Remove the securing clamps for wiring.

(5) Reassemble the thermistor for ambient temperature using reverse procedures for removal.

NOTE:

If the upper cover is not secured properly, it may cause upper cover vibration during the outdoor fan operation. Check the upper cover carefully after reassembling.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Wire Cutter

To Electrical Box

Thermistor Position

Ta ( Thermistor for

Thermistor Holder

Air Inlet Grille

(Side Cover)

4-38 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


4.1.19 Removing Other Electrical Components

NOTES:

1. Apply conductive heat transfer paste or silicon grease (Service Part No.: P22760) slightly over the contact

VXUIDFHRIWKH¿QZKHQUHSODFLQJWKHFRPSRQHQWVRIWKHUDGLDWLRQ¿QVXFKDVWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH,30

GLRGHPRGXOH'0DQGIDQFRQWUROOHU)$10

2. Match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers when reassembling. If incorrectly connected, malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.

3. The U and V-Phases of the power source cables for inverter compressor (MC1) should be passed through the current sensor (CTU and CTV) of the inverter module (PCB2) completely.

Connect the U-Phase of the power source cable with the U-Phase side (CTU), and the V-Phase with the

V-Phase side (CTV) of the current sensor. Not doing so may cause equipment malfunction or failure.

4. When securing PCBs or sheet metal for PCBs, protect the electric wiring from being caught on the sheet metal or the electrical components.

5. Make sure to use screws, bushes and collars when securing PCBs for the inverter compressor.

Not doing so may cause equipment malfunction.

:KHQUHSODFLQJWKH3&%IRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQVHWWKH',3VZLWFKHVWKHVDPHDVEHIRUHUHSODFLQJWKH3&%

An incorrect setting will cause a malfunction. Refer to the instruction manual attached with servicing the

PCB.

'RQRWDSSO\H[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRWKHHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVRQWKH3&%RUWKH3&%LWVHOI,WPD\OHDGWR

PCB malfunction.

:KHQUHSODFLQJWKHIDQFRQWUROOHUVHWWKH',3VZLWFKHVWKHVDPHDVEHIRUHUHSODFLQJWKHIDQFRQWUROOHU

An incorrect setting will cause a malfunction.

SM-16007 4-39

MAINTENANCE


4.1.19.1 Removing PCB1 and Electrical Components for Electrical Box

5HPRYLQJ3&%!

(1) Remove all the connectors for wiring at PCB1.

+ROGWKHPLGGOHSDUWRIWKHKROGHUVHFXULQJ3&%3DUW$LQWKH¿JXUHSDUWVZLWKDORQJQRVHSOLHU and pull it out to remove.

2SHQLQJ3&%6HFXULQJ3ODWH!

(1) Remove all the wirings connected with the electrical components.

5HPRYHWZRVFUHZVDW3DUW%LQWKH¿JXUH&KHFNRUUHSODFHHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVWKURXJKWKH opening.

(3) If the securing plate for PCB1 is removed, all the connectors connected with PCB1 should be removed.

5HPRYLQJ(OHFWULFDO&RPSRQHQWV!

(1) Remove all the wirings connected with the electrical components.

(2) Remove the screws securing electrical components.

NOTES:

1. The open angle for the PCBs’ securing plate should be within 120 degrees. If trying to open wider than

GHJUHHVWKHVHFXULQJSODWHZLOOQRWRSHQGXHWRLQVXI¿FLHQWHOHFWULFDOZLULQJOHQJWK

'RQRWWRXFKWKHHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVRQWKH3&%V

'RQRWEHQGRUDSSO\H[FHVVLYHIRUFHWRD3&%,WZLOOFDXVHD3&%IDLOXUH

NOTES:

1. Match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers when reassembling. If incorrectly connected, a malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.

2. Protect the cables from being caught on the plate edge or electrical components when closing the PCB securing plate when reassembling.

3. The capacitor is charged with electricity even if the power source is turned OFF.

'2127FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHWHUPLQDOVVRDVWRDYRLGHOHFWULFDOVKRFN 7 )

4-40 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


Tool


Long-Nose Pliers, Pliers

Ɣ>9@ (H,Y)VAHP***B31CW

Interior of Electrical Box 1

With PCB1 Plate

B (Screws for PCB1 Securing Plate)

Without PCB1 Plate

DCL

NF7

CS

IPM

RS

CMC1

FANM

THM

DM

ZNR

FFB1 TB2

PCB1

NF1

PCB2

CB

TB1

DCL

RS

CMC1

NF7

CS

IPM

NF5 THM

FANM

DM

ZNR

FFB1

PCB2

CB

PCB1 Plate A (PCB1 Securing Holder)


< (H,Y)VAHP096, 120B31S and (H,Y)VAHR096, 120B31S Only >

NF4

NF1

NF3

TB1

A Portion

Middle

Part of

Holder

PCB

PCB1 Securing Holder: 11

FFB2

CT2

CMC2

NF8

TB3

Item

CB

CMC1, 2

CS

CT2

'&/

'0

FANM

FFB1, 2

IPM

MC1, 2

Part Name

Capacitor

Contactor for Compressor Motor

Capacitor

Current Transformer

Reactor

'LRGH0RGXOH

Fan Module

Fuse-Free Breaker

Transistor Module

Motor for Compressor

SM-16007

Item

MOF1

NF1, 3~8

PCB1

PCB2

PSH1, 2

RS

TB1, 2

THM

ZNR

Part Name

Motor for Outdoor Fan

Noise Reduction Filter

Outdoor Unit PCB (Printed Circuit Board)

Inverter PCB (Printed Circuit Board)

Pressure Switch for Protection

Resistor for Starting

Terminal Block

Thermistor for Fin Temperature

Surge Absorber

4-41

MAINTENANCE



Tool


Long-Nose Pliers, Pliers


With PCB1 Plate

B (Screws for PCB1 Securing Plate)

Without PCB1 Plate

RS2

DCL1

RS1

FANM1

CMC1

NF6

CS1

CS2

ZNR2

IPM

THM

EF3

DM

ZNR1

FFB1

NF5

TB2

PCB1

PCB2

CB3

NF1

TB1

RS2

DCL1

RS1

FANM1

CMC1

NF6

CS1

CS2

ZNR2

IPM

THM

EF3

DM

ZNR1

FFB1

NF5

R1

R2

PCB2

DCL2

CB3

CB1

CB2 NF1

TB1

PCB1 Plate A (PCB1 Securing Holder)


< (H,Y)VAHP096, 120B41S and

(H,Y)VAHR096, 120B41S Only >

Interior of Transformer Box

A Portion

Middle

Part of

Holder

PCB

PCB1 Securing Holder: 11

FFB3

TB5

NF2

TB4

FFB2

CT2

NF8

CMC2 TB3

TF

4-42

Item

CB1~3

CMC1, 2

CS1, 2

CT2

'&/

'0

EF1~3

FANM

FFB1~3

IPM

Part Name

Capacitor

Contactor for Compressor Motor

Capacitor

Current Transformer

Reactor

'LRGH0RGXOH

Fuse

Fan Module

Fuse-Free Breaker

Transistor Module

Item

MC1, 2

MOF1

NF1~9

PCB1

PCB2

RS1, 2

TB1~5

TF

THM

ZNR1, 2

Part Name

Motor for Compressor

Motor for Outdoor Fan

Noise Reduction Filter

Outdoor Unit PCB (Printed Circuit Board)

Inverter PCB (Printed Circuit Board)

Resistor for Starting

Terminal Block

Transformer

Thermistor for Fin Temperature

Surge Absorber

SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

Turn OFF all power source switches.

'RQRWWRXFKDQ\HOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVZKLOH/('UHGRQWKH,QYHUWHU3&%3&%LV21

2WKHUZLVHDQHOHFWULFVKRFNZLOORFFXU

4.1.19.2 Removing Inverter PCB (PCB2)

'LVFRQQHFWDOOWKHZLULQJVWRWKH&1&13&1

'LVFRQQHFWWKHZLULQJVIRUWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH89:DQG&RQWKH,QYHUWHU3&%3&%7KHQ disconnect the wirings for U and V from the current sensor.

(3) After removing three M3 screws, remove the bushes and collars from the inverter PCB (PCB2). When reassembling the inverter PCB (PCB2), the bushes and collars should be secured correctly.

NOTE:

'RQRWWRXFKDQ\HOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVZKLOHWKH/('UHGRIWKHLQYHUWHU3&%3&%LV21

Otherwise, it may lead to an electrical shock.

NOTES:

1. When reassembling the electrical components, match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers. If they are incorrectly connected, a malfunction may occur or the electrical components may become damaged.

2. When closing the outdoor unit PCB (PCB1) for reassembly, protect the cables from catching on the plate edges or electrical components.


Holder

Inverter PCB

(PCB2)

Bush

Screw

Collar

Holder

Transistor Module

Inverter PCB

(PCB2)

SM-16007 4-43

MAINTENANCE


'RQRWWRXFKDQ\HOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVZKLOHWKH/('UHGRQWKH,QYHUWHU3&%3&%LV


5HPRYLQJ'LRGH0RGXOHDQG7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH

'LVFRQQHFWWKHZLULQJVWRWKHWHUPLQDOVWRRQWKHGLRGHPRGXOHDQGWRWHUPLQDOV3189DQG

W on the transistor module.

(2) Remove six screws securing the diode module and transistor module. Then, remove the diode module and transistor module.

NOTE:

$VIRUWKHLQYHUWHU3&%DQGWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOHWKH¿JXUHEHORZLQGLFDWHVWKHFRUUHFWLQVWDOODWLRQ positions, with the letters on the inverter PCB on the side.

NOTES:

1. When reassembling the electrical components, match terminal numbers with the mark band numbers. If they are incorrectly connected, a malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.

2. When closing the outdoor unit PCB (PCB1) securing plate for reassembly, protect the cables from catching on the plate edges or electrical components.

3. When mounting the diode module and transistor module, apply silicon grease evenly over the whole back side of the diode module and the transistor module. Use silicon grease (Service Part No.: P22760) provided as an accessory.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Long-Nose Pliers

Securing

Screw

(M5)

5 (-)

Diode Module

4 (+)

,QYHUWHU3&%3&%DQG7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH

3 2 1

Arrangement of Inverter Power Unit

Securing

Screw

(M5)

Securing Screw for

Transistor Module

(M4)

Terminal Screws

(M5)

PCN301

N P

LED201

W

5 Terminal

Screws

(M5)

Terminal

Screws

(M5)

V

U

C

Securing Screw for

Transistor Module

(M4)

Securing

Screws for

Inverter

PCB (M3)

Transistor Module

Radiation Fin Transistor

Module

Securing Screw for Inverter

PCB (M3)

Securing Screws for

Transistor Module

(M4)

CN2

CN206

CN207

Inverter PCB

(PCB2)

4-44

Inverter PCB (PCB2)

Diode Module

SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


'RQRWWRXFKDQ\HOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVZKLOH/('UHGRQWKH,QYHUWHU3&%3&%LV21


4.1.19.4 Removing Fan Controller

Before this work, remove the service cover according to Section 4.1.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDW/('UHGRIWKH)$10LV2))

'LVFRQQHFWDOOWKHZLULQJVWRWKHIDQFRQWUROOHUDVVKRZQEHORZ

'LVFRQQHFWWKHZLULQJVIURPWKHIDQFRQWUROOHU

[208/230V] CN206, CN207, R, S, T, U, V, W

[460V] &1&15689:31'&/'&/

(2) Remove nine screws securing the fan controller so that the fan controller can be removed.

NOTES:

'RQRWDSSO\JUHDWIRUFHZKHQUHPRYLQJWKHIDQFRQWUROOHURUWKHVROGHULQJPD\EHFRPHORRVHQHGDQG a malfunction of the fan controller may occur.

2. Identify and match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers when reassembling. If incorrectly connected, a malfunction or damage will occur.

3. Check to ensure that the electrical wires will not be caught between the mounting electrical components and the mounting plates when the inverter PCB (PCB2) is re-installed.

4. Apply silicon grease evenly on the whole rear side of the fan controller when installing.

Use silicon grease (Service Part No.: P22760) provided as an accessory.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Long-Nose Pliers


CN206 CN207

W

U

V

R

S

T

LED501


CN206 CN207

W

V

U

LED501

R

DCL1

DCL2

S

P2

N

SM-16007 4-45

MAINTENANCE


(3) Install the electrical box using reverse procedures.

NOTES:

1. Check to ensure that the tube end of the waterproof vinyl pipe and the connectors are in the

HOHFWULFDOER[6HFXUHWKHP¿UPO\ZLWKDFDEOHFODPSZKHQZLULQJDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ

2. Secure the wiring connecting each electrical part and the electrical box with a plastic band to avoid direct contact with the compressor, piping, and plate edges.

3. Secure the wiring neatly with a cable clamp and make sure that the wiring is not be held down by the electrical box cover. Otherwise, the wiring may be damaged when the cover is closed.

6HFXUHWKHIDQPRWRUZLULQJZLWKDFDEOHFODPSDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

NOTES:

1. When reassembling the electrical component, match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers .

If they are incorrectly connected, malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.

6HWWLQJVRI',3VZLWFKHVGLIIHUDFFRUGLQJWRWKHPRGHO:KHQUHSODFLQJWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%UHIHUWR³)LHOG

Work Instructions.”

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Pincher Tool

Details for Securing the Vinyl Pipe Edge

More than 13/32 inch (10mm) of waterproof vinyl pipe should be in the electrical box.

Tube End of Waterproof Vinyl Pipe

Plastic Band

Electrical Box

Cable Clamp

4-46 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE


[460V] (H,Y)VAHP***B41CW Only

Before this work, remove the transformer box according to Section 4.1.9 “Removing Transformer Box”.

Remove the transformer box cover according to Section 4.1.8 “Removing Transformer Box Cover”.

'LVFRQQHFWDOOZLULQJWRWKHWHUPLQDOEORFNRIWUDQVIRUPHU

'XULQJWKHWUDQVIRUPHUER[DVVHPEO\UHPRYHVL[VFUHZVWKDWVHFXUHWKHPHWDOSODWHV

(3) Remove the metal plate assembly from the transformer.

(4) Remove four screws securing the transformer so the transformer can be removed.


Front View

Rear View

Metal Plate Assy.

Terminal

Block

Transformer

SM-16007 4-47

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

IRU2XWGRRU8QLW

,QYHUWHU

Ɣ6SHFL¿FDWLRQVRI,QYHUWHU

$SSOLFDEOH0RGHO

$SSOLFDEOH3RZHU6RXUFH

2XWSXW9ROWDJH0D[LPXP

2XWSXW&XUUHQW0D[LPXP

,QYHUWHU3&%

)DQ&RQWUROOHU

&RQWURO0HWKRG

5DQJH2XWSXW)UHTXHQF\

,QYHUWHU3&%

)DQ&RQWUROOHU

$FFXUDF\RI)UHTXHQF\

2XWSXW&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

208-230V, 3PH, 60Hz

208/230V

45A

7A

9HFWRU3:0&RQWURO

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

460V, 3PH, 60Hz

460V

23.5A

7A

15 - 100Hz

0 - 70Hz

0.01Hz

&RQGLWLRQV

3RZHU6RXUFH9ROWDJH$&99

1RQ/RDGLQJ)UHH2XWSXW

(208V)

(V)

208

200

(V)

400

(460V)

300

6RIW6WDUW6WRS

3URWHFWLRQ)XQFWLRQ

([FHVVLYH+LJKRU

/RZ9ROWDJHIRU,QYHUWHU

$EQRUPDOLW\RI

&XUUHQW6HQVRU

100 200

100

0 15 50 f (Hz)

100 115

0 15 50 f (Hz)

127(

&KDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHÀXFWXDWHGE\WKHFXUUHQWPLQLPL]HFRQWURO

100 115

+]6+]6+]6+]6+]66WHSV

,Q&DVHRI9

([FHVVLYH/RZ9ROWDJHDWD'&9ROWDJHLV/RZHUWKDQ9

([FHVVLYH+LJK9ROWDJHDWD'&9ROWDJHLV+LJKHUWKDQ9

,Q&DVHRI9

([FHVVLYH/RZ9ROWDJHDWD'&9ROWDJHLV/RZHUWKDQ9

([FHVVLYH+LJK9ROWDJHDWD'&9ROWDJHLV+LJKHUWKDQ9

6WRSSDJHDWDFXUUHQWRIFRPSUHVVRUVPDOOHUWKDQ$

&DXVHRI$EQRUPDOLW\ )DLOXUHRI&XUUHQW6HQVRU

)DLOXUHRI7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH

)DLOXUHRI&RPSUHVVRU

'LVFRQQHFWHG:LULQJ

4-48 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

3URWHFWLRQ)XQFWLRQ

2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQ

IRU,QYHUWHU

Current

(1)

(2)

Rated Current of

Transistor Module (IPM)

Rated Current 105%

(3)

(4)

10ms 50ms 30s Time

3URWHFWLRQRI

7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH,30

6KRUW&LUFXLW7ULSRI$UP ,QWHUQDO3URWHFWLRQ

,QVWDQWDQHRXV2YHUFXUUHQW7ULS 7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH,30

,QVWDQWDQHRXV2YHUFXUUHQW7ULS

:KHQGHWHFWLQJFXUUHQWLVPRUHWKDQUDWHGFXUUHQWRI7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH

RYHUFXUUHQWLVGHWHFWHG

(OHFWURQLF7KHUPDO7ULS

:KHQWKHFXUUHQWGHWHFWHGE\FXUUHQWVHQVRUH[FHHGVRIWKHUDWHGFXUUHQW

FRQWLQXRXVO\IRUVHFRQGVRUIRUPLQXWHVLQWRWDOGXULQJDPLQXWHSHULRG

RYHUFXUUHQWLVGHWHFWHG

7UDQVLVWRUPRGXOH,30KDVIRXUSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVIRUVHOISURWHFWLRQ

6RPHRIWKHRXWSXWWHUPLQDOVEHWZHHQ8DQG99DQG::DQG8KDYH

DVKRUWFLUFXLW

5XQQLQJFXUUHQWUHDFKHVWKHPD[LPXPUDWHGFXUUHQW

$EQRUPDOWHPSHUDWXUHLVPHDVXUHGE\LQWHUQDOWKHUPLVWRU

&RQWUROYROWDJHGHFUHDVHVDEQRUPDOO\

2YHUORDG&RQWURO 2YHUORDGFRQWURODWDFXUUHQWJUHDWHUWKDQ5DWHG&XUUHQW[

2YHUORDGFRQWUROUHOHDVHDWDFXUUHQWVPDOOHUWKDQ5DWHG&XUUHQW[

)LQ7HPSHUDWXUH,QFUHDVH 7KHXQLWLVVWRSSHGZKHQWKH,30WHPSHUDWXUHLVKLJKHUWKDQ R C.

(DUWK'HWHFWLRQ 7KHXQLWLVVWRSSHGZKHQWKHFRPSUHVVRULVHDUWKLQJ

Ɣ$UUDQJHPHQWRI,QYHUWHU3RZHU8QLW

2

1

4

1R 3DUWV1DPH

1 5DGLDWLRQ)LQ

2 7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH

3 'LRGH0RGXOH

4 ,QYHUWHU3&%

SM-16007

3 VCC15T

VCC15

VCC05

CP3

CP21

CP20 CP19

ޒ'HWDLORI,QYHUWHU3&%3&%39ޓ

GND1 CP9

C

P1

PCN301

N2

CN2

CN206

CN207

CP18 CP17 CP14 CP16

4-49

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

Ɣ3URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

([FHVVLYH+LJKRU/RZ9ROWDJHIRU,QYHUWHU

D /HYHORI'HWHFWLRQ

1

,QFDVHRI9+]

:KHQWKHYROWDJHRIGLUHFWFXUUHQWLVJUHDWHUWKDQ9DEQRUPDOLWLHVDUHGHWHFWHG

:KHQWKHYROWDJHRIGLUHFWFXUUHQWLVVPDOOHUWKDQ9DEQRUPDOLWLHVDUHGHWHFWHG

2

,QFDVHRI9+]

:KHQWKHYROWDJHRIGLUHFWFXUUHQWLVJUHDWHUWKDQ9DEQRUPDOLWLHVDUHGHWHFWHG

:KHQWKHYROWDJHRIGLUHFWFXUUHQWLVVPDOOHUWKDQ9DEQRUPDOLWLHVDUHGHWHFWHG

E)XQFWLRQ

:KHQDEQRUPDOLWLHVDUHGHWHFWHGWKHLQYHUWHUFRPSUHVVRULVVWRSSHGDQGWUDQVPLWWKHVLJQDOFRGH

RIVWRSSDJHFDXVHWRRXWGRRUXQLW3&%

F &DQFHOODWLRQRI3URWHFWLRQ)XQFWLRQ

7UDQVPLVVLRQVLJQDODERXWVWRSSDJHFDXVHLVFDQFHOHGZKHQUHPRWHFRQWUROVZLWFKLVRIIRUPDLQ

SRZHUVRXUFHLVFXWRII

$EQRUPDOLW\RI&XUUHQW6HQVRU

D /HYHORI'HWHFWLRQ

1 :KHQWKHFRPSUHVVRURSHUDWLQJIUHTXHQF\LVEHWZHHQ+]DQG+]DIWHUFRPSUHVVRULVVWDUWHG

2

RQHRIWKHHIIHFWLYHYDOXHRIUXQQLQJFXUUHQWDWHDFKSKDVHLVOHVVWKDQ$LQFOXGLQJ$

7KHZDYHKHLJKWYDOXHRIUXQQLQJFXUUHQWIRUWKHSKDVHSRVLWLRQLQJLVOHVVWKDQ$EHIRUHWKH

FRPSUHVVRULVVWDUWHGDWFRPSOHWLQJWKHSKDVHSRVLWLRQLQJ

E )XQFWLRQ





SRZHUVRXUFHLVFXWRII

2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQIRU,QYHUWHU

D /HYHORI'HWHFWLRQ

1

2

:KHQWKHFRPSUHVVRUFXUUHQWGHWHFWHGE\FXUUHQWVHQVRUH[FHVVHVWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWRIWUDQVLVWRU

PRGXOH,30RYHUFXUUHQWLVGHWHFWHG,QVWDQWDQHRXV2YHUFXUUHQW

:KHQWKHFXUUHQWGHWHFWHGE\FXUUHQWVHQVRUH[FHHGVRIWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWFRQWLQXRXVO\IRU

VHFRQGVRUIRUPLQXWHVLQWRWDOGXULQJDPLQXWHSHULRGRYHUFXUUHQWLVGHWHFWHG(OHFWULF

7KHUPDO5HOD\

E )XQFWLRQ





SRZHUVRXUFHLVFXWRII

3URWHFWLRQRI7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH,30

D /HYHORI'HWHFWLRQ

1

2

3

4

:KHQVRPHRIWKHRXWSXWWHUPLQDOVEHWZHHQ³8´DQG³9´³9´DQG³:´³:´DQG³8´RIWUDQVLVWRU

PRGXOH,30DUHVKRUWFLUFXLWHGDQDEQRUPDOLW\LVGHWHFWHG

:KHQWKHUXQQLQJFXUUHQWRIWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH,30UHDFKHVWKHPD[LPXPUDWHGFXUUHQWDQ

DEQRUPDOLW\LVGHWHFWHG

:KHQDEQRUPDOLQFUHDVHLQWHPSHUDWXUHLVPHDVXUHGE\WKHUPLVWRUZLWKLQWHUQDOWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH

,30DQDEQRUPDOLW\LVGHWHFWHG

:KHQWKHFRQWUROYROWDJHRIWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH,30DEQRUPDOO\GHFUHDVHVDQDEQRUPDOLW\LV

GHWHFWHG

E )XQFWLRQ

:KHQDEQRUPDOLWLHVDUHGHWHFWHGWKHLQYHUWHUFRPSUHVVRULVVWRSSHGDQGWKHVLJQDOFRGHRI

VWRSSDJHFDXVHLVWUDQVPLWWHGWRRXWGRRUXQLW3&%



SRZHUVRXUFHLVFXWRII

4-50 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

)LQ7HPSHUDWXUH,QFUHDVH

D /HYHORI'HWHFWLRQ

:KHQWKHWHPSHUDWXUHRILQWHUQDOWKHUPLVWRUH[FHHGV R &DQDEQRUPDOLW\LVGHWHFWHG

E )XQFWLRQ





SRZHUVRXUFHLVFXWRII

(DUWK'HWHFWLRQ

D /HYHORI'HWHFWLRQ

1

2

:KHQWKHWHUPLQDO89:DQGHDUWKRIWKHFRPSUHVVRUDUHVKRUWFLUFXLWHGEHIRUHFRPSUHVVRU

DFWLYDWLRQDEQRUPDOLWLHVDUHGHWHFWHG

:KHQWKHRXWSXWWHUPLQDOV89:RIWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH,30DUHVKRUWFLUFXLWHGDEQRUPDOLWLHVDUH

GHWHFWHG

E )XQFWLRQ





SRZHUVRXUFHLVFXWRII

Ɣ2YHUORDG3URWHFWLRQ&RQWURO

D /HYHORI'HWHFWLRQ

:KHQWKHRXWSXWFXUUHQWH[FHHGVRIWKHPD[LPXPRXWSXWFXUUHQWDQDEQRUPDOLW\LVGHWHFWHG

E )XQFWLRQ

$QRYHUORDGVLJQDOLVWUDQVPLWWHGWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%ZKHQRXWSXWFXUUHQWH[FHHGVRIWKH

PD[LPXPRXWSXWFXUUHQWDQGWKHIUHTXHQF\GHFUHDVHV

)RUVHFRQGVDIWHUWKHRXWSXWFXUUHQWGHFUHDVHVORZHUWKDQRIWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWWKH

FRPSUHVVRUPD[LPXPIUHTXHQF\LVOLPLWHGWRWKHVSHFL¿HGYDOXH

+RZHYHULIWKHIUHTXHQF\RUGHULVVPDOOHUWKDQWKHPD[LPXPYDOXHWKHRSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG

DFFRUGLQJWRWKHRUGHU


$IWHUWKHRSHUDWLRQGHVFULEHGLQWKHDERYHLWHPELVSHUIRUPHGIRUVHFRQGVWKLVFRQWUROLV

FDQFHOHG

SM-16007 4-51

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

Ɣ+LJK9ROWDJH'LVFKDUJH:RUNIRU5HSODFLQJ3DUWV

Perform this high voltage discharge work to avoid an electric shock.

< Procedures >

D 7XUQ2))WKHPDLQVZLWFKHVDQGZDLWIRUWKUHHPLQXWHV&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWQRKLJKYROWDJH

H[LVWV,I/('LV21DIWHUVWDUWXSDQG/('LV2))DIWHUWXUQLQJ2))SRZHUVRXUFHWKH

YROWDJHZLOOGHFUHDVHWR'&9RUOHVV

E &RQQHFWFRQQHFWLQJZLUHVWRDQHOHFWULFDOVROGHUELW

F &RQQHFWWKHZLUHVWRWHUPLQDOV3DQG1RQ,30 !'LVFKDUJLQJLVVWDUWHGUHVXOWLQJLQKRWVROGHU

ELW7DNHVSHFLDOFDUHWRDYRLGVKRUWFLUFXLWEHWZHHQWHUPLQDO3DQG1

G :DLWIRUWZRRUWKUHHPLQXWHVDQGPHDVXUHWKHYROWDJHDJDLQ&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWQRYROWDJHLV

FKDUJHG

Solder Bit

Plug

Connecting Wires

Transistor Module (IPM)

&KHFNLQJ0HWKRGRI7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH,30

2XWHU$SSHDUDQFHDQG,QWHUQDO&LUFXLWRI7UDQVLVWRU0RGXOH

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Over Heating

Protection Circuit

Sensor

B

N

P

U

V

W

4-52 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

5HPRYHDOOWKHWHUPLQDOVRIWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOHEHIRUHFKHFNLQJ,ISURFHGXUHVDWRGDUHSHUIRUPHG

DQGWKHUHVXOWVDUHVDWLVIDFWRU\WKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOHLVQRUPDO0HDVXUHLWXQGHUNȍ UDQJHRIDWHVWHU

NOTICE

Do not use a digital tester.

D %\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH3

WHUPLQDORIWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOHDQGWKHVLGHRI

WHVWHUWR89DQG:RIWKHWUDQVLVWRUPRGXOH

PHDVXUHWKHUHVLVWDQFH,IDOOWKHUHVLVWDQFHV

DUHIURPWRNȍLWLVQRUPDO

E %\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH3




DUHJUHDWHUWKDQNȍLWLVQRUPDO

F %\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH1





G %\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH1





&KHFNLQJ0HWKRGRI'LRGH0RGXOH'0

2XWHU$SSHDUDQFHDQG,QWHUQDO&LUFXLWRI'LRGH0RGXOH

SM-16007 4-53

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

,ISURFHGXUHVDWRGDUHSHUIRUPHGDQGWKHUHVXOWVDUHVDWLVIDFWRU\WKHGLRGHPRGXOHLVQRUPDO0HDVXUH

LWXQGHUNȍ UDQJHRIDWHVWHU

NOTICE

Do not use a digital tester.

D%\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH

WHUPLQDORIGLRGHPRGXOHDQGWKHVLGHRIWHVWHU

WRWKHaWHUPLQDOV12VRIWKHGLRGHPRGXOH



E%\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH





F%\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH





G%\WRXFKLQJWKHVLGHRIWKHWHVWHUWRWKH





4-54 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

&KHFNLQJ0HWKRGRI5HVLVWRU

0HDVXUHWKHUHVLVWDQFHRIERWKHQGVRIUHVLVWRUDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

,IWKHUHVLVWDQFHLVȍLWLVDEQRUPDO

5HVLVWDQFH

)RU,QYHUWHU RS

RS1

RS2

R1

R2

208/230V

N :

-

-

-

-

460V

-

N :

N :

N :

N :

&KHFNLQJ0HWKRGRI&DSDFLWRU

D &KHFNWKDWWKHVFUHZVDUHFRQQHFWHGWLJKWO\

E &KHFNWKDWWKHFDSDFLWRULVQRWWDUQLVKHGRUH[SDQGHG

Screw

:KHQFKHFNLQJWKHFDSDFLWRUGLVFRQQHFWWKHWHUPLQDOV B .

'RQRWGLVFRQQHFWWKHWHUPLQDOV A .

&DSDFLWDQFH

)RU,QYHUWHU

)RU)DQ&RQWUROOHU

208/230V/60Hz

4700 P F

-

460V/60Hz

4700 P F

2700 P F

&KHFNLQJRI)DQ&RQWUROOHU

D 7XUQ2))WKHSRZHUVRXUFHEHIRUHWKLVZRUN

$OVRHQVXUHWKDW/('UHGRQWKHIDQFRQWUROOHULVWXUQHG2))

,I/('LVWXUQHG21DQHOHFWULFDOVKRFNPD\RFFXUEHFDXVHRIUHVLGXDOYROWDJHRYHU'&9

E 'LVFRQQHFWDOOWKHZLULQJVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHIDQFRQWUROOHU

0HDVXUHWKHUHVLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWHUPLQDOVXVLQJDWHVWHU'RQRWXVHDGLJLWDOWHVWHU

:KHQPHDVXULQJWKHUHVLVWDQFHFKHFNWKHFRORURIWKHWHVWHUSUREHDQGWKHWHUPLQDOVWREH

PHDVXUHGDVVKRZQLQWKHWDEOHEHORZ

7HVWHU3UREH

5HG%ODFN

N

N

8

V

R

S

T

N

W

N

N

N

P1

P1

P1

R

S

T

P1

P1

P1

8

V

W

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

P1

P1

P1

R

S

T

P1

P1

P1

8

V

W

N

N

8

V

R

S

T

N

W

N

N

N

5HVLVWDQFH5DQJH

NȍDQGRYHU

5HVLVWDQFHZLOOJUDGXDOO\

LQFUHDVHRQFHDIWHULWLV

EHWZHHQNȍWR

Nȍ 7 )

P1

W

R

V

S

U

T

LED501

N

( 7 0HDVXUHWKHUHVLVWDQFHRIHDFKWHUPLQDODWLQWHUYDOVRIVHFRQGVRUORQJHU

'6:,QLWLDO6HWWLQJ!

1

OFF

2

OFF

'6:

3

OFF

4

OFF

'RQRWFKDQJHWKH'6:VHWWLQJIURPWKHRULJLQDOVHWWLQJ$EQRUPDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQDQGIDQFRQWUROOHU

IDLOXUHPD\RFFXULIWKHVHWWLQJLVFKDQJHG

SM-16007 4-55

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

3ULQWHG&LUFXLW%RDUG

Ɣ&KHFNLQJ3URFHGXUHVIRU2XWGRRU8QLW3&%

Turn ON the outdoor unit power source.

Press and hold the PSW1 of O.U. PCB to change the Check Mode.

The indication “CHEK” will be displayed on the 7-segment.

DC12V line is normal.

No

DC280V line and

DC5V line are normal.

The voltage 13V is applied between the test port

“VCC12” and “GND1”.

Yes

No

Fuse (EFR1 or EFS1) is melted?

No

Yes

LED5 (red) for DC280V applied voltage indicator flashes.

Yes

No

There are possibilities of the following failures:

• Power Circuit of O.U. PCB Failure

• Failure of 208-230V load equipment such as solenoid valve

• Incorrect connection of 208-230V

• Replace fuse (EFRI or EFS1).

• Replace each 208-230V load equipment if faulty.

• Correctly connect the connectors.

LED1 (red) for DC5V applied voltage indicator flashes.

No

Power Circuit of

O.U. PCB Failure

Microcomputer

Failure

Replace

O.U. PCB

Replace

O.U. PCB

4-56 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

CN7

CN8

CN14

THM10

7-Segment

Display

CN10

Ɣ3&%32

$UUDQJHPHQWRI&RQQHFWRUVDQG&KHFN3RLQWV

THM8 THM9 THM7 PCN42 PCN29 PCN28

THM23

CN4

THM11

PCN10 PCN9

PSW1

PCN8

PCN6

PCN7

PCN5

LED1

PCN16

PCN3

PCN2

VCC05

VCC12

CN12

LED5

TB2

GND2

GND1

Fuse

EFS1

Fuse

EFR1

SM-16007 4-57

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

6FUROO&RPSUHVVRU

Ɣ5HOLDEOH0HFKDQLVPIRU/RZ9LEUDWLRQDQG/RZ6RXQG

7KHURWDWLQJGLUHFWLRQLVGH¿QLWH

7KHSUHVVXUHLQVLGHRIWKHFKDPEHULVKLJKSUHVVXUHDQGWKHVXUIDFHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHFKDPEHULV

140 R F (60 R &WR R F (110 R C).

Ɣ3ULQFLSOHRI&RPSUHVVLRQ

(1) The gas is sucked from the inlet port at the outer frame of the fixed scroll.

(2) The gas inside the compression space is compressed toward the center of the scroll.

(3) The compression space is minimum at the center of the scroll, and the gas compressed at the maximum is discharged from the outlet port at the center of the scroll.

(4) The above procedures (Suction Compression Discharge) are

Rotating Scroll

Compression

Space

Gas

Fixed Scroll

Suction Process

Discharge Process

Compression Process

4-58 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

Ɣ 6WUXFWXUH

7KHFRPSUHVVRUKDVWKHVWUXFWXUHIRURLOVXSSO\IURPWKHRXWHURLOVHSDUDWRU

7KHLQVLGHRIWKHRLOVHSDUDWRULVDWKLJKSUHVVXUHDQGWKHVXUIDFHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHRLOVHSDUDWRULVDV

KLJK R F (60 R &WR R F (110 R &DVWKHFRPSUHVVRU

Suction Pipe

Suction

Fixed Scroll

Frame

Motor

Discharge Pipe

Discharge

Oil Pipe

O &RPSUHVVRU7\SH

0RGHO

(H,Y)VAHP072B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B31CW

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

,QYHUWHU&RPSUHVVRU

(.'+'[

)L[HG6SHHG

&RPSUHVVRU

(.'+[

7RWDO

2

127(

6HHQIURPWKHIURQWVLGHRIWKHXQLWWKHRQHFRPSUHVVRUDWWKHOHIWLVWKHLQYHUWHUFRPSUHVVRUDQG

WKHRWKHUFRPSUHVVRULVWKHFRQVWDQWVSHHGW\SH

O &KHFNLQJRI&RPSUHVVRU0RWRU

1DPHRI3DUWV

&RPSUHVVRU0RWRU

IRU,QYHUWHU&RPSUHVVRU

0RGHO

&RPSUHVVRU0RWRU

IRU)L[HG6SHHG&RPSUHVVRU

(.'+'

(.'+

5HVLVWDQFH ȍ

0.199 (208-230V/60Hz)

DW R F(75 R C)

0.839 (460V/60Hz)

DW R F(75 R C)

0.707 (208-230V/60Hz)

DW R F(75 R C)

2.907 (460V/60Hz)

DW R F(75 R C)

SM-16007 4-59

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

Ɣ&KHFNLQJRI&RPSUHVVRU

&+(&./,6721&2035(6625

&/,(17

6HULDO1R

1R &KHFN,WHP

1 $UH7+0DQG7+0FRUUHFWO\

FRQQHFWHG"

7+0DQG7+0

'LVFKDUJH*DV7KHUPLVWRU

2 $UHWKHUPLVWRU7+0DQG7+0

GLVFRQQHFWHG"

3 $UHFRQQHFWRUVIRUFXUUHQWVHQVRU

FRUUHFWO\FRQQHFWHG"

4 ,VFXUUHQWVHQVRUIDXOW\"

5 ,VFXUUHQWVHQVLQJSDUWRQLQYHUWHU3&%

IDXOW\"

6 ,VWKHGLUHFWLRQRIFXUUHQWVHQVRU&78

&79UHYHUVH"

7 $UHSRZHUVRXUFHZLUHV8DQG9

LQVHUWHGFRUUHFWO\LQWRFXUUHQWVHQVRU"

8 $UHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHV09DQG09%

FRUUHFWO\FRQQHFWHG"

9 $UHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHFRLOV09DQG

09%FRUUHFWO\LQVWDOOHG"

10 $UHWKHUHIULJHUDWLRQV\VWHPDQG

HOHFWULFDOZLULQJV\VWHPLQFRUUHFWO\

FRQQHFWHG"

11 ,VRSHQLQJRIH[SDQVLRQYDOYH

FRPSOHWHO\FORVHGORFNHG"

12 ,VRSHQLQJRIH[SDQVLRQYDOYHIXOO\

RSHQHGORFNHG"

13 $UHWKHFRQWDFWVIRUFRPSPDJQHWLF

VZLWFK&0&DQG&0&IDXOW\"

14 ,VWKHUHDQ\YROWDJHDEQRUPDOLW\DPRQJ

////DQG//"

15 ,VWKHFRPSRLODFLGL¿HGGXULQJ

FRPSUHVVRUPRWRUEXUQLQJ"

02'(/ '$7(

3URGXFWLRQ'DWH &KHFNHU

&KHFN0HWKRG

$UHZLUHVRIHDFKWKHUPLVWRUFRUUHFWO\

FRQQHFWHGE\YLHZLQJ"

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWVHJPHQWLQGLFDWLRQRI

7GLVKLJKHUWKDQ7GZKHQ1RFRPSLV

RSHUDWLQJ

5HVXOW 5HPDUNV

7G7HPSHUDWXUHRI7+0

7G7HPSHUDWXUHRI7+0

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWWKHUPLVWRURQWKHWRSRI

FRPSLVFRUUHFWO\LQVWDOOHG

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWDFWXDOO\PHDVXUHG

WHPSDUHJUHDWO\GLIIHUHQWIURPWKHLQGLFDWLRQ

7G7GGXULQJFKHFNPRGH

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWVHJPHQWLQGLFDWLRQ

$DQG$DUHGXULQJFRPSUHVVRU

VWRSSLQJ

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWLQGLFDWLRQ$DQG

$DUHQRWGXULQJFRPSUHVVRUUXQQLQJ

+RZHYHU$LVGXULQJVWRSSLQJRI1R

FRPS

&KHFNWKHGLUHFWLRQ !E\YLHZLQJ

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWZLUHVDUHFRUUHFWO\

LQVHUWHG

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDW09WR&1DQG09%WR

&1DUHFRUUHFWO\FRQQHFWHG

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWHDFKFRLOLVFRUUHFWO\

LQVWDOOHGRQWKHYDOYH

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWUHIULJHUDQWLVÀRZLQJLQWR

LQGRRUXQLWVE\RSHUDWLQJRQHV\VWHPRQO\IURP

WKHRXWGRRUXQLW

&KHFNWKHIROORZLQJXVLQJWKHFKHFNPRGHRI

RXWGRRUXQLWV

/LTXLG3LSH7HPS7/$LU,QWDNH7HPS7L

GXULQJ&RROLQJ2SHUDWLRQ

/LTXLG3LSH7HPS7/!$LU,QWDNH7HPS7L

GXULQJ+HDWLQJ2SHUDWLRQ

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWOLTXLGSLSHWHPSLVORZHU

WKDQDLULQWDNHWHPSRIVWRSSHGLQGRRUXQLW

ZKHQWKHRWKHULQGRRUXQLWVDUHRSHUDWLQJXQGHU

FRROLQJRSHUDWLRQ

&KHFNWKHVXUIDFHRIHDFKFRQWDFW

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWYROWDJHLPEDODQFHLV

VPDOOHUWKDQ

3OHDVHQRWHWKDWSRZHUVRXUFHYROWDJHPXVWEH

ZLWKLQ9RU9

&KHFNWRHQVXUHWKDWWKHRLOFRORULVQRWEODFN

6HHDGGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQRQWKHQH[WSDJH

4-60 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

$GGLWLRQDO,QIRUPDWLRQIRU³&+(&./,6721&2035(6625´

&KHFN

,WHP

1, 2

10

$GGLWLRQDO,QIRUPDWLRQ0HFKDQLVPRI&RPSUHVVRU)DLOXUH

3, 4, 5 2YHUFXUUHQWFRQWURORSHUDWLQJIUHTXHQF\FRQWUROLVSHUIRUPHGE\GHWHFWLQJFXUUHQWE\WKHFXUUHQW

VHQVRU,QWKLVFDVHZLQGLQJLQVXODWLRQIDLOXUHZLOORFFXUVLQFHFRQWUROLVQRWDYDLODEOHLQVSLWHRI

DFWXDOO\KLJKFXUUHQW

6, 7 7KHFXUUHQWVHQVRUFKHFNVSKDVHDQGDGMXVWVRXWSXWHOHFWULFDOZDYHLQDGGLWLRQWRWKHDERYH

PHQWLRQHGLWHPV,IIDXOWRFFXUVWKHRXWSXWHOHFWULFDOZDYHEHFRPHVXQVWDEOHJLYLQJVWUHVVWRWKH

PRWRUZLQGLQJUHVXOWLQJLQZLQGLQJLQVXODWLRQIDLOXUH

8, 9

7KHOLTXLGUHIULJHUDQWUHWXUQYROXPHWRWKHFRPSUHVVRULVFRQWUROOHGE\WKHGLVFKDUJHJDV

WHPSHUDWXUH7GZKHQRQO\1RFRPSUHVVRULVRSHUDWLQJ,I7GDQG7GDUHUHYHUVHO\

FRQQHFWHGWKHOLTXLGUHIULJHUDQWUHWXUQYROXPHZLOOEHFRPHVPDOOHUE\GHWHFWLQJWKHWHPSHUDWXUHV

HYHQLIWKHDFWXDOGLVFKDUJHJDVWHPSHUDWXUHLVKLJK7KHUHIRUHWKLVDEQRUPDORYHUKHDWLQJ

RSHUDWLRQZLOOUHVXOWLQLQVXODWLRQIDLOXUHRIWKHPRWRUZLQGLQJ

'XULQJDFRROLQJRSHUDWLRQ3GLVFRQWUROOHGE\IDQUHYROXWLRQRIRXWGRRUXQLWDQG7GDQG6+DUH

FRQWUROOHGE\09RIHDFKLQGRRUXQLW

'XULQJDKHDWLQJRSHUDWLRQ7GDQG6+DUHFRQWUROOHGE\09

,IH[SDQVLRQYDOYHVDUHLQFRUUHFWO\FRQQHFWHGFRUUHFWFRQWUROLVQRWDYDLODEOHUHVXOWLQJLQ

FRPSUHVVRUVHL]XUHGHSHQGLQJRQOLTXLGUHIULJHUDQWUHWXUQLQJFRQGLWLRQVRUPRWRUZLQGLQJ

LQVXODWLRQIDLOXUHGHSHQGLQJRQRYHUKHDWLQJFRQGLWLRQV

,IWKHUHIULJHUDWLRQV\VWHPDQGHOHFWULFDOV\VWHPDUHLQFRUUHFWO\FRQQHFWHGDEQRUPDOO\ORZVXFWLRQ

SUHVVXUHRSHUDWLRQLVPDLQWDLQHGRUDEQRUPDOO\KLJKGLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUHRSHUDWLRQLVPDLQWDLQHG

UHVXOWLQJLQJLYLQJVWUHVVWRWKHFRPSUHVVRUVLQFHWKHLUFRUUHFWFRQWUROLVQRWDYDLODEOH

11

12

13

14

15

)RUDGGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQUHIHUWRSDJHLQWKLVGRFXPHQW

7KHFRPSUHVVRUPD\EHORFNHGGXHWRWKHOLTXLGUHWXUQRSHUDWLRQGXULQJWKHFRROLQJRSHUDWLRQ

,IWKHFRQWDFWLQJUHVLVWDQFHLQFUHDVHVYROWDJHLPEDODQFHDPRQJHDFKSKDVHZLOOFDXVHDEQRUPDO

RYHUFXUUHQW

,QWKLVFDVHRYHUFXUUHQWZLOORFFXUHI¿FLHQF\ZLOOGHFUHDVHRUWKHPRWRUZLQGLQJZLOOEH

H[FHVVLYHO\KHDWHG

,QWKLVFDVHLWZLOOUHVXOWLQPRWRUEXUQLQJRUFRPSUHVVRUVHL]XUH

SM-16007 4-61

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

)DQ0RWRU

1-7/8

(48)

(M10)

(P1.5)

8 (228.4)

13-3/8 (228.4)

2-15/16

(74.5)

1/2

(3)

2-1/16

(51.6)

1-9/16

(40)

Rotating Direction

4x φ 1/4

(4x φ 7)

φ 8-1/

4

( φ 205)

φ 6-7/8

( φ 175)

2x φ 1/4

(4x φ 6)

( φ

168)

φ

6-5/8

1DPHRI3DUWV

'&)DQ0RWRU

IRU2XWGRRU8QLW



0RGHO

ECW8802AHS

1200W

(OHFWULFDO:LULQJ'LDJUDP

U: Red

:LULQJ1R

5HVLVWDQFH ȍ

:KLWH%ODFN

%ODFN5HG

5HG:KLWH

0.794

68 R

DW

F(20 R C)

V: White W: Black

4-62 SM-16007

7KHUPLVWRU

3RVLWLRQRI7KHUPLVWRU

Ta Thermistor

Thermistor Holder

Thermistor

Fixing Plate

Td Thermistor (Td1) for Discharge Gas

Temperature

Thermistor Holder

Thermistor

Fixing Plate

Td Thermistor (Td2) for Discharge Gas

Temperature

Inverter

Compressor

Constant

Speed

Compressor

Butyl Sheet

Plastic Band

Thermistor

(Te,Tg,Tchg,Tbg)

Thermistor

Holder

Thermo

Clip

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

SM-16007 4-63

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

7KHUPLVWRUIRU8SSHU3DUW7HPSHUDWXUHRI&RPSUHVVRU

D $WKHUPLVWRUIRUWKHXSSHUSDUWWHPSHUDWXUHRI

WKHFRPSUHVVRULVLQVWDOOHGWRSUHYHQWGLVFKDUJH

JDVIURPRYHUKHDWLQJ,IGLVFKDUJHJDV

WHPSHUDWXUHLQFUHDVHVH[FHVVLYHO\OXEULFDWLQJ

RLOGHWHULRUDWLRQRFFXUVDQGOXEULFDWLQJ

SURSHUWLHVGHWHULRUDWHUHVXOWLQJLQVKRUW

FRPSUHVVRUOLIH

Thermistor

Resistance

R

T

[k

Ω

]

E ,IGLVFKDUJHJDVWHPSHUDWXUHLQFUHDVHV

H[FHVVLYHO\FRPSUHVVRUWHPSHUDWXUHLQFUHDVHV

$WWKHZRUVWFRPSUHVVRUPRWRUZLQGLQJZLOOEH

EXUQWRXW

F :KHQWKHXSSHUSDUWWHPSHUDWXUHRIFRPSUHVVRU

LQFUHDVHVGXULQJKHDWLQJRSHUDWLRQWKHXQLWLV

FRQWUROOHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJPHWKRG

200

150

100

50

0

0

(-18)

50

(10)

100

(38)

R

25

=200k

Ω

(When T=77 o F (25 o C), R

T

=200k

Ω

)

B=3920k

R

T

=R

25

.

exp B (1/T [K] - 1/298)

116.5k

Ω

150

(66)

41.4k

Ω

17.2k

Ω


200

(93)

Temperature T [ o F ( o C)]

8.1k

Ω

250

(121)

$QHOHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQYDOYHRIRXWGRRUXQLWVLVDUHRSHQHGWRUHWXUQWKHOLTXLGUHIULJHUDQWWR

WKHFRPSUHVVRUWKURXJKWKHDFFXPXODWRUGHFUHDVLQJFRPSUHVVRUWHPSHUDWXUH

,IWKHFRPSUHVVRUXSSHUSDUWWHPSHUDWXUHLQFUHDVHVH[FHHGLQJ R F (132 R &HYHQLIDQ

HOHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQYDOYHRSHQVWKHFRPSUHVVRULVVWRSSHGLQRUGHUWRSURWHFWWKHFRPSUHVVRU

,QFRROLQJRSHUDWLRQWKHDERYHIXQFWLRQLVDOVRDYDLODEOH

G ,IFRPSUHVVRUXSSHUSDUWWHPSHUDWXUHLQFUHDVHVH[FHVVLYHO\WKHSURWHFWLRQFRQWUROLVDFWLYDWHGDQG

WKHFRPSUHVVRULVVWRSSHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJPHWKRG

2SHUDWLRQ

&RROLQJ

+HDWLQJ

'HIURVWLQJ

8SSHU3DUW7HPSHUDWXUH

RI&RPSUHVVRU

2YHU R F (132 R C)

2YHU R F (140 R C)

2YHU R F (132 R C)

2YHU R F (140 R C)

2YHU R F (132 R C)

'HIHFWLQJ3HULRG

PLQXWHV &RQWLQXRXVO\

VHFRQGV &RQWLQXRXVO\

PLQXWHV &RQWLQXRXVO\



7KHUPLVWRUIRU2XWGRRU$PELHQW7HPSHUDWXUH

7KHWKHUPLVWRUUHVLVWDQFHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ

7KHUPLVWRUIRU(YDSRUDWLQJ7HPSHUDWXUHRI2XWGRRU8QLWLQ+HDWLQJ2SHUDWLRQ)RU'HIURVWLQJ

7KHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRUWKHWKHUPLVWRUDUHWKHVDPHDVWKRVHRIRXWGRRUDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHWKHUPLVWRU

VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ

7KHUPLVWRUIRU6XSHU&RROLQJ%\SDVVDQG0DLQ/LQH7HPSHUDWXUHRI2XWGRRU8QLW

7KHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRUWKHWKHUPLVWRUDUHWKHVDPHDVWKRVHRIRXWGRRUDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHWKHUPLVWRU

VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHEHORZ

Thermistor

Resistance

(kΩ)

90

80

70

82

61

60

50

46

40

35

30

27

20

20.5

16

12.5

10

10

8

5.3

3.6

2.5

0

5

(-15)

14

(-10)

23

(-5)

0

(0)

41

(5)

50

(10)

59

(15)

68

(20)

77

(25)

86

(30)

95

(35)

104

(40)

113

(45)

122

(50)

131

(55)

140

(60)

Ambient Temperature o F ( o C)


4-64 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

(OHFWURQLF([SDQVLRQ9DOYH

Micro-Computer

Pulse Signal

2-2 Phase Permanent Magnetic Pulse Motor

Opening of expansion valve is controlled by the outdoor unit PCB1 order.

Refrigerant Flow Control

Precise Control

Pulse Motor

Needle

Ɣ6SHFL¿FDWLRQVIRU09

0RGHO

:RUNLQJ7HPSHUDWXUH

5DQJH

5HIULJHUDQW8VHG

,QVXODWLRQ5HVLVWDQFH

:LWKVWDQG9ROWDJH

5DWHG9ROWDJH

'ULYH&RQGLWLRQ

&RLO5HVLVWDQFH

,QVXODWLRQ&ODVV

:LULQJ'LDJUDP

'ULYH&LUFXLWDQG

$FWLYDWLRQ0RGH

3$0%%2<*+6

-22 R )WR R F (-30 R &WR R C)

R410A

0LQ0 : DW9'&0HJJHU

9$&IRU0LQXWHRU9$&IRU6HFRQG

'&9 1.2V

100 - 200 PPS

3KDVH([FLWDWLRQ

100 : DW R F (20 R C))

&ODVV(

White (3)

Red (1)

Orange (5)

φ 1

φ 3

M

φ 2 φ 4

3KDVH

I 1

I 2

I 3

I 4

1

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

2

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

23(1 3 2 1 4

&/26( 2 3 4 1

3

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Yellow (4) Blue (6)

&KHFNLQJ0HWKRG!

0HDVXUHWKHFRLOUHVLVWDQFHVEHWZHHQ5HGFRPPRQDQGHDFKSKDVH

7KHPHDVXUHGUHVLVWDQFHYDOXHLVQRUPDOLIDSSUR[LPDWHO\ : *).

$PELHQW7HPSHUDWXUH R F (20 R C))

4

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

SM-16007 4-65

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

Ɣ6SHFL¿FDWLRQVIRU09

0RGHO

:RUNLQJ7HPSHUDWXUH

5DQJH

5HIULJHUDQW8VHG


:LWKVWDQG9ROWDJH

5DWHG9ROWDJH

'ULYH&RQGLWLRQ

&RLO5HVLVWDQFH

,QVXODWLRQ&ODVV

:LULQJ'LDJUDP

'ULYH&LUFXLWDQG

$FWLYDWLRQ0RGH

+'0%'+6

-13 R )WR R F (-25 R &WR R C)

R410A

0LQ0 : DW9'&0HJJHU

9$&IRU0LQXWHRU9$&IRU6HFRQG

'&9 1.2V

30 - 90 PPS

3KDVH([FLWDWLRQ

46 : DW R F (20 R C))

&ODVV(

(COM)

3 White

1 Red ɸ1

5 Orange ɸ3

M ɸ2 ɸ4

Yellow

4

Brown

2

(COM)

Blue

6

3KDVH 1

I 1 ON

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

I 2 OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

I 3 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF

I 4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON

23(1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

&/26( 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

&KHFNLQJ0HWKRG!

0HDVXUHWKHFRLOUHVLVWDQFHVEHWZHHQ5HGFRPPRQDQGHDFKSKDVH



4-66 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

Ɣ6SHFL¿FDWLRQVIRU09%

0RGHO

:RUNLQJ7HPSHUDWXUH

5DQJH

5HIULJHUDQW8VHG


:LWKVWDQG9ROWDJH

5DWHG9ROWDJH

'ULYH&RQGLWLRQ

&RLO5HVLVWDQFH

,QVXODWLRQ&ODVV

:LULQJ'LDJUDP

'ULYH&LUFXLWDQG

$FWLYDWLRQ0RGH

%RG\8.9'0RWRUIRU(;398.9$

-22 R )WR R F (-30 R &WR R C)

R410A

0LQ0 : DW9'&0HJJHU

9$&IRU6HFRQG

'&9 1.2V

83 5 PPS

3KDVH([FLWDWLRQ

46 3 : DW R F (20 R C))

&ODVV(

(4)

B

(1) M

B

(6)

A A

(3) (5)

Phase (Connection No.)

A (3)

B (4)

6 5 4 3 2 1

A (5)

B (6)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Valve Operation

Direction

Open

Close

2UGHURI([FLWDWLRQ3KDVH([FLWDWLRQ

&RQQHFWRU1R

1

2

3

4

5

6

&RORURI/HDG:LUH

*UD\

-

2UDQJH

%ODFN

<HOORZ

5HG

3KDVH

&RPPRQ

-

A

B

A

B

&KHFNLQJ0HWKRG!

0HDVXUHWKHFRLOUHVLVWDQFHVEHWZHHQFRQQHFWRU1RFRPPRQDQGHDFKSKDVH



ON

OFF

Ɣ&KHFNLQJ0HWKRGRI(OHFWURQLF([SDQVLRQ9DOYH

/RFNHG

)XOO\&ORVHG

2XWGRRU8QLW(OHFWURQLF([SDQVLRQ9DOYH

,WLVDEQRUPDOLIWKHOLTXLGSLSHSUHVVXUHGRHVQRWLQFUHDVHGXULQJFRROLQJRSHUDWLRQ

/RFNHG

6OLJKWO\2SHQ

,WLVDEQRUPDOLIWKHOLTXLGSLSHSUHVVXUHGRHVQRWLQFUHDVHDQGWKHRXWOHW

WHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHGHFUHDVHVDIWHUWKHFRROLQJRSHUDWLRQLVVWDUWHG

/RFNHG

)XOO\2SHQ

,WLVDEQRUPDOXQGHUWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQV$IWHUKHDWLQJRSHUDWLRQIRUPRUHWKDQ

PLQWKHGLVFKDUJHJDVWHPSHUDWXUHRIFRPSUHVVRULVQRW R F(10 R &KLJKHU

WKDQWKHFRQGHQVLQJWHPSHUDWXUHDQGWKHUHLVQRRWKHUIDXOWVXFKDVH[FHVVLYH

FKDUJHRIUHIULJHUDQW

SM-16007 4-67

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

3UHVVXUH6HQVRU

+LJK3UHVVXUH&RQWURO

7KHKLJKSUHVVXUHGXULQJKHDWLQJRSHUDWLRQLVGHWHFWHGE\DKLJKSUHVVXUHVHQVRUDQGFRPSUHVVRU

IUHTXHQFLHVDUHFRQWUROOHGE\WKHSURSRUWLRQDOFRQWUROOLQJPHWKRGZLWKRSHUDWLQJFDSDFLW\RILQGRRUXQLWV

RU3,'&RQWUROIRU&RPSUHVVRU)UHTXHQF\VRWKDWWKHKLJKSUHVVXUHLVFRQWUROOHGLQDQDSSURSULDWH

UDQJH7KHRXWSXWRIWKHKLJKSUHVVXUHVHQVRUGXULQJKHDWLQJRSHUDWLRQSHUIRUPVSURWHFWLYHFRQWURO

JDVE\SDVVFRQWURO

4.5

Heating Operation

High

Pressure

Control

Proportional Control of

Compressor Frequency with Operating Capacity of Indoor Units

Protection Control (Gas

Bypass Control)

2.5

0.5

0 (0) 363 (2.5)

Pressure Psi (MPa)

725 (5.0)

Output Characteristics of High Pressure Sensor

/RZ3UHVVXUH&RQWURO

7KHVXFWLRQSUHVVXUHGXULQJFRROLQJRSHUDWLRQLVGHWHFWHGE\DORZSUHVVXUHVHQVRUDQGFRPSUHVVRU

IUHTXHQFLHVDUHFRQWUROOHGE\WKHSURSRUWLRQDOFRQWUROOLQJPHWKRGZLWKRSHUDWLQJFDSDFLW\RILQGRRUXQLWV

RU3,'&RQWUROIRU&RPSUHVVRU)UHTXHQF\VRWKDWWKHVXFWLRQSUHVVXUHLVFRQWUROOHGLQDQDSSURSULDWH

UDQJH

,IWKHVXFWLRQSUHVVXUHLVH[FHVVLYHO\ORZWKHFRROLQJFDQEHLQVXI¿FLHQWDQGSDUWVFRPSRVLQJWKH

UHIULJHUDWLRQF\FOHFDQEHGDPDJHG)RUWKLVUHDVRQLIWKHRXWSXWRIWKHORZSUHVVXUHVHQVRULQGLFDWHV

YDFXXPDQGWKHYDOXHLVPDLQWDLQHGIRUPLQXWHVRUORQJHUWKHFRPSUHVVRULVVWRSSHGIRUWKH

SXUSRVHRISURWHFWLRQ

4.5

Cooling Operation

Low

Pressure

Control

Proportional Control of

Compressor Frequency with Operating Capacity of Indoor Units

Vacuum Prevention

Control

2.5

0.5

(0.3)

-14.5 (-0.1) 0 (0) 145 (1.0)

Pressure Psi (MPa)

290 (2.0)

Output Characteristics of Low Pressure Sensor

4-68 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

+LJK3UHVVXUH3URWHFWLRQ'HYLFH

,IWKHGLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUHLVH[FHVVLYHO\KLJKWKHFRPSUHVVRUDQGWKHFRPSRQHQWSDUWVRIWKH

UHIULJHUDWLRQF\FOHFDQEHGDPDJHG7KHUHIRUHLQFDVHWKDWWKHGLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUHLVKLJKHUWKDQ

SVL03D5$WKHSURWHFWLRQFRQWUROLVDFWLYDWHGDQGWKHFRPSUHVVRULVVWRSSHG

Faston Terminal

High Pressure

Switch

Brazing Part

Inverter

Compressor

PSH1

PSH2

Constant

Speed

Compressor

SM-16007 4-69

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

(OHFWULFDO&RLO3DUWV

1DPHRI3DUWV

6ROHQRLG9DOYH

IRU*DV%\SDVV

5HYHUVLQJ9DOYH

&RLO

%RG\

&RLO

%RG\

0RGHO

SR10PA

&RLO%RG\6HW0RGHO

67)+$48$$

67)+8

5HVLVWDQFH ȍ

1,250

DW R F (20 R C)

-

4-70 SM-16007

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

1RLVH)LOWHU1)1)

7KHQRLVH¿OWHUGHFUHDVHVWKHOHDNDJHRIQRLVHPDGHE\WKHLQYHUWHUWRWKHSRZHUVXSSO\VLGH7HUPLQDOV

LQGLFDWHGZLWK³/2$'´DUHFRQQHFWHGWRWKHLQYHUWHUVLGHDQGWHUPLQDOVLQGLFDWHGZLWK³/,1(´WRWKHSRZHU

VXSSO\VLGH

1RLVH)LOWHU9+]1)

,WHPV

0RGHO

5DWHG&XUUHQW

3HUPLVVLEOH7HPSHUDWXUH5DQJH

6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

EFFQ-60TT-01

AC250V 60A

-13 R F ( -25 R &WR R F (85 R C)

&LUFXLW'LDJUDP

LQFKPP

9-5/8 (245)

SM-16007

Max. 0.138 (3.5)

4-5/8

(117)

9-1/4

(235)

4-5/8

(117)

Max. 2-3/4 (70)

4-71

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

1RLVH)LOWHU9+]1)

,WHPV

0RGHO

5DWHG&XUUHQW


&LUFXLW'LDJUDP

6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

NFT-027A30-HHAO

AC 460V 27A

-13 R F (-25 R &WR R F (65 R C)

4-5/8 (118)

8-7/16 (214)

3-1/4 (82) 1/4 (7.0)

6φ 0.165

4-72 SM-16007

1RLVH)LOWHU9+]1)

,WHPV

0RGHO

5DWHG&XUUHQW


&LUFXLW'LDJUDP

6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

ESFQ-30F3P-04

AC220V 15A

-13 R F (-25 R &WR R F (60 R C)

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

2-9/16 (65)

7-7/16 (188.5)

6-11/16 (170)

0.177

(4.5)

φ 1/4 (4.2)

4-1/8 (105)

SM-16007 4-73

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

&DSDFLWRU&%&%&%&%

7KLVSDUWLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJWKHDOWHUQDWLYHFXUUHQWWRWKHGLUHFWFXUUHQWIRUWKHLQYHUWHU

&DSDFLWRUIRU,QYHUWHU9+]&%9+]&%&%

,WHPV

0RGHO

&DSDFLW\RI6WDWLF(OHFWULFLW\

5DWHG9ROWDJH


6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

/1;:06($+(

4700 P F

450V

-13 R F (-25 R &WR R F (85 R C)

LQFKPP

5-29/32 (150)

&DSDFLWRUIRU)DQ&RQWUROOHU9+]&%

,WHPV

0RGHO

&DSDFLW\RI6WDWLF(OHFWULFLW\

5DWHG9ROWDJH


6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

(/;5/*&0''0/17:06($+(

2700 P F

450V

-13 R F (-25 R &WR R F (105 R C)

5-1/8 (130)

LQFKPP

&KHFNLQJ0HWKRGRI&DSDFLWRU

5HIHUWR6HFWLRQ³,QYHUWHUƔ+LJK9ROWDJH'LVFKDUJH:RUNIRU5HSODFLQJ3DUWV´

4-74 SM-16007

5HDFWRU'&/'&/'&/

7KLVSDUWLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJWKHDOWHUQDWLYHFXUUHQWWRWKHGLUHFWFXUUHQWIRUWKHLQYHUWHU

5HDFWRUIRU,QYHUWHU9+]'&/

,WHPV

&KDUDFWHU

5DWHG&XUUHQW

'LUHFW&XUUHQW5HVLVWDQFH


6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

P+.+]

50A

P : R F (25

0D[ R F (110 R C)

R C))

4-1/2 (114)

2-15/16 (75)

MAINTENANCE

(Main Parts)

5HDFWRUIRU,QYHUWHU9+]'&/

,WHPV

&KDUDFWHU

5DWHG&XUUHQW



3-3/8

(85.8)

3-1/8

(80)

6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

P+.+]

30A

P : R F (25 R C))

0D[ R F (110 R C)

2-3/16

(55)

5HDFWRUIRU)DQ&RQWUROOHU

,WHPV

&KDUDFWHU

5DWHG&XUUHQW



2-5/8 (66)

2-1/8 (54)

4-3/16x1/4

(4-4.5x6.5)

2-3/8

(60)

3-3/8

(86)

6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

P+.+]

10A

0D[P : (68 R F (20 R C))

0D[ R F (70 R C)

2-1/4

(57)

3-7/32 (82.0)

SM-16007 4-75

EXTERNAL INPUT/OUTPUT AND FUNCTION SETTING

5. External Input/Output and

Function Setting

SM-16007 5-1


5.1 DIP Switch Settings of Outdoor Unit

TURN OFF all power sources before setting.

Without turning OFF the power sources, the switches will not work and the settings will be invalid.

(However, DSW4-No.1, 2, 4, 6, DSW7-No.4 and push switches can be operated when the power source is

ON.)

The “ Q ” mark indicates the positions of DIP switches.

Ɣ Initial Setting

Arrangement of Dip Switches

SEG2 SEG1

PSW2

RSW1

DSW2 DSW3

PSW5 PSW1 PSW3

PSW4

DSW4

DSW6

DSW5

DSW7

DSW1

Push Switches

PSW2

For Checking

PSW5 PSW1

Enter For Manual

Defrost

PSW4

For Checking

PSW3

For

Checking

DSW10




Setting Position

ON

DSW1

RSW1

8

9

0 1

2

6 5

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

Tens Digit Last Digit



Capacity

[x 1000 Btu/h]

72

ON

DSW2

Setting

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

96

1 2 3 4 5 6





Setting Before

Shipment

ON

For Test Run,



Setting

DSW3


Setting Before

Shipment

ON

1 2 3 4

DSW5




Setting Before

Shipment

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6


Setting Item





Pin No.

1

2

4

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting Item





Pin No.

1

1, 2

4

4, 6

IMPORTANT NOTICE




Single Setting


ON

1 2 3 4

IMPORTANT NOTICE



Combination Setting

Unit A

(No.0 Unit)

Unit B

(No.1 Unit)

Unit C

(No.2 Unit)

ON ON ON

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4


208V Unit: Setting is required.

230V, 460V Unit: No setting is required.



ON

208V

ON

230V

ON

460V

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Setting Item


Function Setting

Pin No.

3

4



For End Resistance

Cancellation



Setting Before

Shipment

ON

End Resistance

Cancellation

ON

1 2 1 2

Figure. 5.1 DSW Setting

NOTE:



5-2 SM-16007


5.2 High Static Pressure Setting (DSW5-No.5: ON)

Turn ON the DSW5-No.5 pin for the high static pressure setting.

7KLVVHWWLQJLVUHTXLUHGZKHQDGRSWLQJWKH¿HOGVXSSOLHGRXWOHWGXFWLQWKH¿HOG

This setting enables high static pressure operation up to a maximum of 0.24 in.W.G. (60Pa).

:KHQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLVLQVWDOOHGLQVSDFHVVXFKDVDEDOFRQ\RUDÀRRUZKHUHDQH[WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUHLV required to secure a louver or a duct, this setting should be used.

NOTES:

1. If there is a combination of outdoor units, set this function for all the outdoor units.

2. While the unit operates in high static pressure mode, the operation sound value increases by 8dB from the nominal value.

Balcony Building

Installation of outdoor units on each floor.

< If Open Space is a Louver >

Ceiling

Wall

Air Outlet Duct Kit

(Field-Supplied)

Duct

(Field-Supplied)

< If Open Space is a Wall >

Ceiling Wall Air Outlet Duct Kit

(Field-Supplied)

The airflow direction can be changed to open space by using air outlet duct kit.

The recommended air outlet duct kit has flanged opening, which makes the field connection work possible.

Louver Outdoor Unit Wall Outdoor Unit

NOTE:

:KHQLQVWDOOLQJWKHGXFW¿HOGVXSSOLHGPDNHVXUHQRWWRÀRZWKHRXWOHWDLUÀRZRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWLQWRWKH air inlet of the outdoor unit. If not, the operation range will be limited due to increasing high pressure in the cooling operation or decreasing low pressure in the heating operation resulting in a malfunction of the unit.

SM-16007 5-3


Ŷ ([DPSOHRI¿HOGVXSSOLHGRXWOHWGXFW

Ɣ (H,Y)VAHP072B(3,4)1CW and (H,Y)VAHP096B(3,4)1CW

Dimensional Drawing

A

47-15/32(1206)

45-1/2 (1156)

(Internal Width of Duct)

21-21/32 (550)

(Internal Height of Duct)

34-13/32 (874)

Detail of Long Hole

R

9/32 (7)

15/32 (12)

R

4 x

φ

19/32

(

φ

15)

47-7/32 (1199)

2 x

φ

5/16 (

φ

8)

Hole for Attaching

Safety Wire Rope

< 47-1/16 (1195) >

10-21/32

(271)

2 x Long Hole

< 5-29/32 (150) >

< 1-17/32 (39) >

4 x Long Hole

< A View >

47-7/32 (1199)

6 x φ 9/32 ( φ 7)

3-13/16 (96.5)

11-13/16 (300)

11-13/16 (300)

2 x

φ

5/16 (

φ

8)

Hole for Attaching

Safety Wire Rope

4 x

φ

19/32 (

φ

15)

47-7/32 (1199)

Installation Appearance

< Back Side View >

Ceiling

45-1/2 (1156)

Internal Width of

Duct Flange

31/32

(25)

OVER 15-3/4 (400)

Outlet direction: back side

21-21/32 (550)

Internal Height of

Duct Flange

< Left Side View >

35-19/32 (904)

1-3/16 (30)

Outlet direction: front side

5-4

47-9/16 (1208)

Safety Wire Rope to

Prevent Overturning

(optional part)

5-1/8

(130)

55°

(recommended angle)

Outdoor Unit

34-21/32 (880) Service Side of Outdoor Unit

SM-16007


5.3 External Input/Output and Function Setting Mode for Outdoor Unit

Ɣ 6HWWLQJ0HWKRG

Setting DSW4 on the outdoor unit Printed Circuit Board (PCB) is required for “External Input and Output

Setting” and “Function Setting”. As for a combination of outdoor units, this must be set from DSW4 in outdoor unit A. (Setting from DSW4 in outdoor units B and C is invalid.)

< Transition Method >

[ External Input/Output Setting ]

Start of Setting

Turn ON DSW4-No.4.

Turn ON DSW4-No.6.

▲

External Input/ Output Setting Mode

“ ”


Start of Setting

Turn ON DSW4-No.4.

Turn ON DSW7-No.4.

Function Setting Mode

“ ”

Press PSW1 once.

Exit Setting Mode


External Input/ Output Setting Mode.

Turn OFF DSW4-No.4.

Exit Setting Mode


Function Setting Mode.

Turn OFF DSW4-No.4.

After setting, confirm DSW4 setting is the same as the factory setting,

SM-16007 5-5


5.3.1 External Input and Output Settings

On the outdoor unit Printed Circuit Board (PCB), there are three input terminals (CN17, CN18 as shown below) to receive external signals and two output terminals (CN16) to send signals out. Control functions shown in these tables are available when setting input and output terminals.

< Input >

Control Function No.

9

10

11

12

13

0

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

Setting Function for Input

Fixing Heating Operation Mode

Fixing Cooling Opeation Mode

Demand Stoppage

Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop

Forced Stoppage






Low Noise Setting 1

Low Noise Setting 2

Low Noise Setting 3

No Setting

< Output >

Control Function No. Setting Function for Output

3

4

1

2

0

Operation Signal

Alarm Signal

Compressor ON Signal

Defrosting Signal

No Setting

The following functions have been already set at the factory.

< Input Terminal >

Input Terminal Name

Input 1

Input 2

Input 3 (*)

<Output Terminal>

Connector (Pin No.)

CN17 (1-2)

CN17 (2-3)

CN18 (1-2)

Setting Function

Fixed Heating Operation Mode

Fixed Cooling Operation Mode

Demand Stoppage

Output Terminal Name Connector (Pin No.)

Output 1

Output 2

CN16 (1-2)

CN16 (1-3)

Setting Function

Operation Signal

Alarm Signal


1

2

3


1

2

5-6 SM-16007


Ɣ Settings for External Input and Output

If an alternative setting is required at a site, perform the following procedures.

For a combination of outdoor units, perform the setting for outdoor unit A.

(1) By selecting “External Input and Output Setting”, the following appears on the 7-segment display.

(The setting should be performed during an outdoor unit stoppage. Also, set DSW4-No.4 of the outdoor unit PCB to the “ON” side before performing the setting in order to prevent the compressor activation.)

SEG2 SEG1

Input/Output Terminal Name Control Function No.

This display indicates Control Function No. 1 (Fixed Heating Operation Mode) is set at input 1.

(2) By pressing PSW2 or PSW4, the input/output terminal name is changed.

The following shows the display changes when PSW2 or PSW4 is pushed.

PSW4

ON

Input Terminal

Name 1

Input Terminal

Name 2

PSW2

ON

Input Terminal

Name 3

Output Terminal

Name 1

Output Terminal

Name 2

Current setting function is indicated as


(The figure is for setting at the factory.)

(3) After selecting the Input/Output Terminal Name, press PSW3 or PSW5, and then choose the Control

Function No.

By pressing PSW3, the number increases by 1.

By pressing PSW5, the number decreases by 1.

(Control Function No.14 Press PSW3 return to 0)

(4) After selecting the Control Function No., turn OFF DSW4-No.6. The display will be back to the normal

RSHUDWLRQ7KHQWXUQ2))WKH'6:1R&RQ¿UPLIWKH'6:DQG'6:DUHVHWWRIDFWRU\VHWWLQJV

The selected data is stored in the outdoor unit PCB and the “External Input and Output Setting” is completed. The stored data is maintained even when the power source is cut OFF. Refer to Table 5.1 below for the details for the electrical wiring connection and the required parts.

SM-16007 5-7


Ɣ External Input Function Setting

The following signals can be received by the outdoor unit PCB. Refer to Table 5.1 below for the required main parts.

(1) Input Fixing Heating Operation Mode (Control Function No.1),

Input Fixing Cooling Operation Mode (Control Function No.2)

When the input terminals for the setting operation mode on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited, the operation mode can be set at the cooling or heating mode.

Short Circuit between Terminals 1 and 2 of CN17: Fixed Heating Operation Mode

Short Circuit between Terminals 2 and 3 of CN17: Fixed Cooling Operation Mode

During this set heating (or cooling) mode, no cooling (or heating) operation is possible. The indoor units under the cooling or dry operation (or heating operation) will be changed to the Thermo-OFF condition during this mode, and stoppage code No. “20” is given.

• Setting Example

Fixing Heating Operation at Input 1 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN17)

Fixing Cooling Operation at Input 2 (between 3 and 2 pins of CN17)

3P Connector

Outdoor Unit

PCB

X1: Auxiliary Relay

X2: Auxiliary Relay

SS3: Operation Mode Fixing Switch

SS2: Changeover Switch

X2

(Heat)

X1

1

2

3

(Cool)

CN17

1

2

3

(Heat)

X2

SS3

SS2

(Cool)

X1

Control Circuit

Power

Source

Wiring Diagram Example of Fixing Operation Mode

(2) Input Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3)

When the input terminals for Demand Stoppage on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited while running, the compressor(s) is stopped. (In this case, the indoor unit(s) is put under Thermo-OFF condition. Cooling

RSHUDWLRQ$LUÀRZVHWWLQJ+HDWLQJRSHUDWLRQ/RVHWWLQJ

The stoppage code No. “10” is given. In this case, if the input terminals are opened, operation is resumed.

NOTE:

When demand control (ON/OFF) is performed, it is recommended that the control (ON/OFF) time is set appropriately according to the heat load. Also, set the demand control time approximately once in 15 minutes at the minimum in consideration for saving energy.

*Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.


• Setting Example

Demand Stoppage at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18)

3P Connector

Outdoor Unit

PCB SS3: Demand Stoppage Switch

1

2

CN18

1

2

3

SS3

Power

Source

X1

X1

Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Stoppage

5-8 SM-16007


(3) Input Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Control Function No.4)

This is an auxiliary function to protect the outdoor unit from snow. When the input terminals for Outdoor

Fan Motor Start/Stop on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited during the compressor stoppage, all the outdoor fan motors start operating. If the compressor restarts operating, the outdoor fan motors will be restored to normal operation. If the input terminals of Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop are opened during the outdoor fan motor operation following the short circuit of these terminals, the outdoor fan motor will stop.

This function is possible only during the compressor stoppage (during Switch-OFF or Thermo-OFF of the

Switch-ON). Therefore, this function will not be possible even if the input signal is sent during the normal cooling or heating operation.

An example of basic wiring when the Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Input 2) is set to 2 and 3 pins of CN17 by an external signal is shown below.

• Setting Example

Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop at Input 2 (between 2 and 3 pins of CN17)

X1

3P Connector

2

3

Outdoor Unit

PCB

CN17

1

2

3

SS3: Snow Sensor Switch

SS3

X1

Control Circuit

Power

Source

Wiring Diagram Example of Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop

NOTES:

1. This is an auxiliary function to protect the unit from snow. In snowy regions, make sure to protect the

XQLWZLWKDVQRZSUHYHQWLRQURRIIHQFH¿HOGVXSSOLHGRUVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGRSWLRQDO2WKHUZLVH abnormal vibrations because of an imbalanced propeller fan will be caused.

2. If the fan motor or fan controller fail during this function, stop all the outdoor fans to suspend this function. Check the alarm code and deal properly with the failure next time the compressor is operated.

3. When setting the snow sensor switch for Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop, make sure that the continuous operating time is 30 seconds or more. Also Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop intervals shall be at least 10 minutes. Otherwise, malfunction of the outdoor fan motors will be caused by frequent starts and stops.

Because of this setting, the outdoor fan can operate even while the outdoor unit (compressor) stops.

Display a notice to that effect on a readily visible part of the unit body, in order to avoid injuries caused by an unintended outdoor fan operation.

*Switch-ON: Some indoor units are running or staying.

Switch-OFF: All indoor units are stopped.

SM-16007 5-9


(4) Input Forced Stoppage (Control Function No.5)

When the input terminals for Forced Stoppage on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited while running, the compressors and the indoor fan motors are stopped. The stoppage code No. “10” is given.

In this case, if the input terminals are opened, operation is resumed.

NOTE:

When demand control (ON/OFF) is performed, it is recommended that the control (ON/OFF) time is set appropriately according to the heat load. Also, set the demand control time approximately once in 15 minutes at the minimum in consideration for saving energy.

*Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.


• Setting Example

Forced Stoppage at Input 2 (between 2 and 3 pins of CN17)

3P Connector

Outdoor Unit

PCB SS3: Forced Stoppage Switch

2

3

CN17

1

2

3

SS3

Power

Source

X1

X1

Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Forced Stoppage

(5) Input Demand Current Control 40, 60, 70, 80, 100% (Control Function No.6 to 10)

When the input terminals for Demand Current Control on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited, the compressor frequency is controlled so that the maximum limit of the outdoor running current is set to 100%,

80%, 70%, 60% or 40% of the reference power consumption.

If the outdoor unit running current exceeds the maximum limit for twenty minutes, the indoor unit is put under Thermo-OFF condition. In this case, the stoppage code No. “10” is given. When the input terminal is opened during the demand current control, its control is released.

NOTE:



Outdoor Unit

Capacity

[MBH]

072, 096

Reference Power

Consumption

[KW]

9.6

• Setting Example

Demand Current Control at Input 2 (between 2 and 3 pins of CN17), Control Function No. 6 to 10

3P Connector

Outdoor Unit

PCB SS3: Demand Current Switch

2

3

CN17

1

2

3

SS3

Power

Source

X1

X1

Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Current Control

< NOTE >

1. The Demand Current Control (%) is value criterion. The value used for this control is calculated from the current, and therefore is different from the value indicated by a wattmeter. If it is required that the

PD[LPXPSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQLVPDQDJHGSUHFLVHO\D¿HOGVXSSOLHGGHPDQGFRQWUROOHUVKRXOGEHXVHG

2. The actual value may temporarily be higher than the indicated value (by 40% to100%) depending on the operating control conditions such as protection control.

5-10 SM-16007


(6) Input Low Noise Setting 1, 2, 3 (Control Function No.11 to 13)

When the input terminals for Low Noise Setting on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited, the compressor frequency and outdoor fan rotation frequency are controlled and the operating sound of the outdoor unit will be as shown in the table below.

The operating sound can be set by selecting the Control Function No.

NOTE:

(a) The outdoor unit capacity will decrease because the compressor frequency and outdoor fan motor frequency forcibly decrease. The operating range will also be restricted.

(b) The value on the table below indicate the operating sound (targeted value) of single unit. In some cases, the operating sound may be temporarily higher than the value in the table below. The operating sound of combination units will be higher than the value on the table below.

(c) If Low Noise Setting is always required without input signal, refer to Section 5.3.2.2 (6) “Low Noise

Setting”

< Control Function No. for Low Noise Setting and Operating Sound/Outdoor Unit Capacity >


No Setting

Operating Sound

(Targeted Value)

Catalog Value


6SHFL¿FDWLRQ5DWLR

100%

11 (Low Noise Setting 1)



55

50

45

80%

60%

40%

• Setting Example

Low Noise Setting at Input 2 (between 2 and 3 pins of CN17), Control Function No. 12

X1

3P Connector

2

3

Outdoor Unit

PCB

CN17

1

2

3

SS3: Low Noise Switch

SS3

X1

Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Low Noise Setting

Power

Source

Input Terminal

Short-circuited

100%

Capacity

60%

Operating

Sound

Catalog Value [dB]

50 [dB]

Catalog Value [dB]

Day Time 20:00 Night Time 8:00 Day Time

SM-16007 5-11


Electric Wiring

(Inside of Unit)

Electric Wiring

(Outside of Unit)

Parts

Auxiliary Relay (X1, X2)

Change-Over Switch (SS2, SS3)

3 Pin Connector Cord

7DEOH6SHFL¿FDWLRQVRI5HTXLUHG0DLQ3DUWV

Low Volt.

208/230V

Low Volt.

208/230V

6SHFL¿FDWLRQV Remarks

Mini-Power Relay, (Model: MY1F or MY2F) made by OMRON

208V/230V

Manual Switch

Model: PCC-1A

(Connected to JST Connector, XARP-3)

AWG22

AWG18-20

AWG18-20

AWG14

208V/230V

Five Cords with

Connectors as One Set lower than 24V lower than 24V

NOTES:

1. Make the wiring to the terminals as short as possible.

2. Do not run the wirings too closely to the high voltage cable. Keep at least 12 in. (30cm) between the wiring and the high voltage cable. (Crossing cables is okay.)

If it is necessary to run the wirings closer than 12 in. (30cm) to the high voltage cable, insert the low voltage cable(s) into a metal tube and ground it at one end. If sealed wirings are used at the low voltage wiring side, ground it at one end of the shielded wirings.

3. The maximum length should be within 230 ft. (70m).

5-12 SM-16007


Ɣ External Output Function Setting

The following signals can be picked up from the outdoor unit PCB.

Refer to Table 5.2 for the required auxiliary relay.

(1) Output Operation Signal (Control Function No.1)

This function is utilized to receive the operation signal.

Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the operation. The operation signal will be sent to output terminals when the indoor units are operating. (Even when one indoor unit is operating, the signal will be

VHQW7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUFLUFXODWRURUKXPLGL¿HURSHUDWLRQ

• Setting Example

Operation Signal at Output 1 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN16)

Outdoor Unit

PCB

RYa

1

RY

2

1 2 3

CN16

Auxiliary Relay

3P Connector Housing

CN16 Connector

Wiring Diagram Example of Operation Signal

(2) Output Alarm Signal (Control Function No.2)

This function is utilized to receive the alarm signal.

Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed when the alarm occurs. The alarm signal will be sent to output terminals when the alarm occurs from the indoor units. (The signal will be sent even when the alarm occurs from one indoor unit.)

• Setting Example

Alarm Signal at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)

Auxiliary Relay

Outdoor Unit

PCB

RYa

1

RY

3

1 2 3

CN16


CN16 Connector

Wiring Diagram Example of Alarm Signal

SM-16007 5-13


(3) Output Compressor ON Signal (Control Function No.3)

This function is utilized to receive the compressor operation signal.

Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the compressor operation.

• Setting Example

Compressor ON Signal at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)

Auxiliary Relay

RYa

1

RY

3

Outdoor Unit

PCB

1 2 3

CN16


CN16 Connector

Wiring Diagram Example of Compressor ON Signal

(4) Output Defrosting Signal (Control Function No.4)

This function is utilized to receive the defrosting signal.

Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the defrosting.

• Setting Example

Defrosting Stoppage at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)

Auxiliary Relay

RYa

1

RY

3

Outdoor Unit

PCB

1 2 3

CN16


CN16 Connector

Wiring Diagram Example of Defrosting Signal

7DEOH6SHFL¿FDWLRQVRI5HTXLUHG$X[LOLDU\5HOD\

Parts

Auxiliary Relay *

6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

High-Power Relay, LY2F DC12V made by OMRON

* Do not use the relay with diode built-in.

* Refer to Table 5.1 above for the connector parts.

5-14 SM-16007


Ɣ 5HIHUWR6HFWLRQ³Ɣ6HWWLQJ0HWKRGÍRUPRGHWUDQVLWLRQIXQFWLRQV

NOTE:

The setting should be performed during the outdoor unit stoppage.

For a combination of outdoor units, set it to outdoor unit A. (The setting cannot be performed to outdoor units B and C.) Outdoor unit A is the unit to which the communication cable between the outdoor unit and indoor unit is connected.

(1) By selecting “Function Setting”, the following appears on the 7-segment display.

(The setting should be performed during an outdoor unit stoppage. Also, set DSW4-No.4 of the outdoor unit PCB to the “ON” side before performing the setting in order to prevent the compressor activation.)

SEG2 SEG1

Function Setting Item Setting No.

(2) By pressing PSW2 or PSW4, the function setting item is changed.

After selecting the Function Setting Item, press PSW3 or PSW5, and then choose the Setting No.

The following shows the display changes when PSW is pushed.

PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( )

Setting Item (for setting item No.1) is indicated.

PSW4 ( )


PSW4 ( )



PSW4 ( )

PSW4 ( )

PSW2 ( )

PSW2 ( )

Select a setting condition while setting items are indicated. Press PSW3 (on the right side) to increase the setting condition number.

*The setting condition for other functions can

also be selected in the same way.

PSW2 ( )

PSW2 ( )

Press PSW5 (on the left side) to decrease the setting condition number.

Setting Item (for setting item No.N-1) is indicated.

PSW4 ( )

PSW4 ( )

Setting Item (for setting item No.N) is indicated (N: the last item).

PSW2 ( )

PSW2 ( )

(3) After selecting the Function Setting, turn OFF DSW7-No.4. The display will be back to the normal

RSHUDWLRQ7KHQWXUQ2))'6:1R&RQ¿UPLI'6:DQG'6:DUHVHWWRIDFWRU\VHWWLQJV

The selected data is stored in the outdoor unit PCB and the “Function Setting” is completed. The stored data is maintained even when the power source is cut OFF.

SM-16007 5-15


5.3.2.1 Function Setting Item

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Setting Item

Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF

Night Shift (Low Noise)

Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient

Temperature Limit

Not Prepared

SLo (Fan Speed)

Defrost Setting

Cancellation of Hot Start

Priority Capacity Mode

Compressor Frequency Control


Compressor Frequency Control


Indoor Expansion Valve Control


Indoor Expansion Valve Control


7-Segment

Display

SEG2 SEG1

Contents

No setting

Indoor fan forced ON and OFF (2 min. ON / 6 min. OFF)



Indoor fan stop

No Setting

Setting of night shift 1

Setting of night shift 2 (Cooling Only)

No setting

For heating

For cooling

For cooling/heating

-

Indoor fan stop when heating operation is activated/during defrost operation

Indoor fan SLo operation during defrost operation

Indoor fan SLo operation when heating operation is activated

Indoor fan SLo operation when heating operation is activated/ during defrost operation

Indoor fan SLo operation when heating operation is activated

(including Start Up after Defrost)

Indoor fan intermittent operation during hot gas bypass defrosting

Hot start control is available

Cancellation of hot start

No setting

Change of frequency maximum limit value

Change of current limit value

Change of frequency maximum limit value and current limit value

Initial setting (Ps evaporation temperature targeted value 46 o F (8 o C)

Targeted value 36 o F (2 o C)












Initial setting (Pd targeted value 413psi (2.85MPa))

Targeted value 392psi (2.70MPa)







Initial setting (SH targeted value +9 o F (+5 o C))

SH Targeted value +13 o F (+7 o C)




Initial setting (SC targeted value +9 o F (+5 o C))

SC Targeted value +20 o F (+11 o C)



SC Targeted value -2 o F (-1 o C)

5-16 SM-16007


No.

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Setting Item


Opening Change for

Stoppage Indoor Unit in Heating Mode


Opening Change for

Thermo-OFF Indoor Unit in Heating Mode


Initial Opening of Thermo-ON

Indoor Unit in Heating Mode

Indoor Expansion Valve Initial

Opening for Cooling

Indoor Expansion Valve Initial

Opening for Heating

Low Noise Setting

(Sound Reduction Function,

cooling/heating operation range

will be restricted.)

Demand Function Setting

Wave Function Setting

Protection of Decrease in Outlet

Temperature for Cooling

Outlet Air Temperature Control for

DOAS

Adjustment of Fan Rotation

(To avoid a whining sound for

the multiple installation.)

7-Segment

Display

SEG2 SEG1

Contents

Initial setting (stoppage unit expansion valve opening)

006-015MBH: 100~300 pulse, 018MBH or over: 200~400 pulse

Expansion valve opening: 150~325 pulse

Expansion valve opening 006-015MBH: 175 pulse, 018MBH or over: 300 pulse




Thermo-OFF unit expansion valve opening (150~325 pulse)



Expansion valve opening: 40pls

Initial setting (600~1300 pulse)

Expansion valve opening: 300~650 pulse




Initial setting

Cooling operation initial opening -5%

Cooling operation initial opening +3%



Initial setting

Heating operation initial opening -5%

Heating operation initial opening +3%



Initial setting

Reduction Outdoor Fan Rotation 65%



Reduction Compressor Frequency 80%



Reduction Outdoor Fan Rotation 65%/ Compressor Frequency 80%



No demand control

Demand control 40%

Demand control 60%

Demand control 70%

Demand control 80%

Demand control 100%

No wave function

Minimum limit 40%

Minimum limit 60%

Minimum limit 70%

Minimum limit 80%

Initial setting

Outlet temperature < 50 o F (10 o C)



Initial setting

Restrain capacity control

Outlet air temperature control

Initial setting

Change of fan rotation -12rpm

Change of fan rotation -24rpm

SM-16007 5-17


No.

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

Stoppage

Fan Motor

Setting Item

Not Prepared

Thermo-OFF Setting for Outdoor

Unit After Defrosting Operation

Energy Saving Mode

Crankcase Heater Control during

Change of Indoor fan OFF operation hour when heating operation is activated

Intermittent Operation of Outdoor

Indoor Heat Exchanger SH Target

Value Control for Cooling

(Only for 4-Way Cassette Type)

Indoor Expansion Valve Opening

Limit during Heating SW-OFF

Invalid Capacity Control by

Compressor for Cooling

Forced Defrosting after Enforced

Stoppage during Defrosting Cycle

Change of Hot Gas Defrosting

Operation Range

Change of Demand Control Valid

Range

Change of Temperature Unit and

Pressure Unit

7-Segment

Display

SEG2 SEG1

Contents

-

No setting

Thermo-OFF stoppage setting for outdoor unit after defrosting operation

Not Available

Available

Not Available

Stoppage for 20 days



Stoppage for 5 days

Stoppage for 3 days

Stoppage for 2 days

Initial setting (Max. 12 minutes)

Max. 3 minutes

Max. 6 minutes

Max. 9 minutes

Max. 15 minutes

Max. 30 minutes

Max. 60 minutes

No intermittent operation

Set outdoor temperature < 38 o F (3 o C)






Initial setting (SH target value +9 o F (+5 o C))

SH target value +7 o F (+4 o C)




Initial setting (stoppage unit expansion valve opening) 006-015MBH: 90 pulse/

018MBH or over: 90pulse

Expansion valve opening 150~325 pulse

Expansion valve opening 006-015MBH: 175 pulse/ 018MBH or over: 300 pulse




Initial setting (valid)

Invalid

Initial setting (valid)

Invalid

Initial setting (Hot gas defrosting operation range available: Temperature

Difference 3)

Hot gas defrosting operation range available: Temperature Difference 6





Hot gas defrosting operation range not available: Temperature Difference 0

Initial setting (Available at normal operation)

Available at start up and normal operation

Initial Setting (Temp: o F, Pressure: psi)

Temp: o C, Pressure: MPa

NOTE:

Contact your distributor or contractor for details on items “8” to “16”, “24”, “26”, “27”, “29”, “30”, “32” and “33”.

5-18 SM-16007


5.3.2.2 Description of Function Setting Item

(1) Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF (Function Setting “FA”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting conditions “0 to 4” in Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF “ ”.

Normally, the fan speed is changed to “LOW” at heating Thermo-OFF. (It is possible for the room temperature to be too high at the heating Thermo-OFF.) However, the indoor fan motor is operated at “LOW” and stopped repeatedly by setting this function.

NOTE:

When the compressor is stopped, the indoor fan motor operates at “LOW” speed continuously.

The action when the indoor fan motor operates at the circulator function is indicated as follows.

Fan Motor Operation

Fan Motor Stop

X (min.) Y (min.) X (min.) Y (min.)

Contents of Function Setting Item "FA"

0 1

“FA” Setting Condition

2 3 4

Indoor Fan Motor

“LOW” Operation Time

X (min.)

Indoor Fan Motor

Stop Time

Y (min.)

(Continuous

Operation)

0

2

6

2

13

2

28

0

Stopped

NOTE:

If using function setting No. 2 to 4, install the remote sensor (THM-R2A: Optional).

Because the time period of stopping the indoor fan becomes longer, the detected value of the inlet air thermistor for the indoor unit becomes high, and it may take time to Thermo-ON.

*In this section, Thermo-ON/Thermo-OFF mean for the indoor unit.

Thermo-ON: The indoor unit is running.

Thermo-OFF: The indoor unit stays on, but doesn’t run.

SM-16007 5-19


(2) Night Shift (Low Noise) (Function Setting “ni”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” or “2” for the Night Shift (Low Noise) “ ”. Then, this function can be set. “ni”=1 reduces the upper limit of the outdoor fan rotation and the compressor frequency as shown below in any operation. “ni”=2 is adapted only for cooling operation. In heating operation, “ni”=2 is same as “ni”=0.

The Night Shift operation should be used if the capacity has the margin to be allowed for the capacity decrease and the low sound operation is required especially in the nighttime.

< Night Shift >

“ ni ” Setting

Condition

0

1

2

Operation

No Effect

(Default Setting)

Night Shift1

Night Shift2

(only for Cooling)

Reduction Rate of Maximum

Outdoor Fan Rotation

Cooling

(Including Dry Operation)

Not Changed

(=100%)

Shown as below

Heating

Not Changed

(=100%)

Shown as below

Compressor Frequency

Cooling

(Including Dry Operation)

Not Changed

(=100%)

60%

Heating

Not Changed

(=100%)

60%

Shown as below Not Changed 60% Not Changed at Cooling Operation

90%

75%

Reduction Rate of Upper Limit

Outdoor Fan

Radiation

65%

72 (22) 77 (25) 86 (30) 92 (33)

Outdoor Temperature [ o F ( o

C)] at Heating Operation

90%


Outdoor Fan

Radiation

75%

86 (30) 92 (33)

Outdoor Temperature [ o F ( o

C)]

NOTE:

Reduction rates are approximate, these may change slightly depending on the outdoor unit model.

5-20 SM-16007


(3) Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit (Function Setting “GS”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “3” for Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature limit “ ”. Then, this function can be set.

The heating operation is continued even under a high outdoor temperature or the cooling operation is continued even under a low temperature.

“GS” Setting Condition

0

1

2

3

Operation Mode for Cancellation

Not Available (Default Setting)

Heating

Cooling

Heating/Cooling

Heating Operation

The limitation of the permissible outdoor temperature area in heating operation

(factory setting) shown in the figure at the right is cancelled.

NOTE:

When the outdoor ambient temperature limit for heating operation is cancelled, the operation may stop due to increasing high pressure since the protection control is not cancelled.

86 (30)

80 (27)

77 (25)

Indoor

Inlet Air

Temperature

[ o F ( o C)]

0

(-18)

Operation

Stoppage

Area

59

(15)

62

(17)

66

(19)

78

(26)

Outdoor Temperature [ o F ( o C)]

Cooling Operation

The limitation of the permissible outdoor temperature area in cooling operation

(factory setting) shown in the figure at the right is canceled.

NOTE:

When the outdoor ambient temperature limit for cooling operation is cancelled, the operation may stop due to decreasing low pressure since the protection control is not cancelled.

Operation

Stoppage

Area

80 (27)

70 (21)

Indoor

Inlet Air

Temperature

[ o F ( o C)]

8

(-13)

95

(35)

Outdoor Temperature [ o F ( o C)]

NOTE:

,IWKLVIXQFWLRQLVVHWDQGWKHRXWGRRUXQLWRSHUDWHVLQWKHRSHUDWLRQVWRSSDJHDUHDVKRZQLQWKHDERYH¿JXUH for a long time, some alarm codes by abnormal operation may occur and the outdoor unit may be damaged since outdoor ambient temperature limit control is cancelled.

If the alarm codes occur frequently, contact your distributor or contractor.

SM-16007 5-21


(4) SLo Defrost Setting (Function Setting “bJ”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “4” at SLo Defrost Setting “ “.

Indoor fan operation is stopped during the defrost operation, after the defrost operation and at the start of the heating operation. However, this function allows indoor fan to operate at SLo speed during the defrost operation, after the defrost operation or at the start of the heating operation.

“bJ” Setting

Condition

2

3

0

1

4

5 at Start of Compressor

Operation in Heating

Operation

STOP

STOP

SLo Speed*

SLo Speed*

SLo Speed*

STOP

Indoor Fan Operation

During Defrost

Operation

STOP

SLo Speed

STOP

SLo Speed

STOP

SLo Speed (Intermittent)

(During Hot Gas Bypass Defrost)

After Defrost

Operation

STOP

SLo Speed

STOP

SLo Speed

SLo Speed

SLo Speed (Intermittent)

(During Hot Gas Bypass Defrost)

NOTE:

The indoor fan may operate at other speed depending on outlet air temperature of the indoor unit.

(5) Capacity-Focused Mode Setting (Function Setting “nU”)

,IWKHXQLWFDSDFLW\VHHPVLQVXI¿FLHQWGXULQJWKHQRUPDORSHUDWLRQSUHVV³36:´DQGVHOHFWWKHVHWWLQJ condition “0” to “3” Capacity-Focused Mode Setting “ ”. By setting this function, the target frequency and current limit of the compressor are set higher.

NOTE:

'RQRWXVHVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQV³´DQG³´XQOHVVWKHSRZHUVXSSO\ZLULQJLVVXI¿FLHQWDPSDFLW\EHFDXVHWKH target frequency and current limit of the compressor during the operation are set higher.

“nU” Setting Condition

0

1

2

3

Compressor Frequency and Current Operation


Compressor Frequency Limit is Set Higher

Current Limit is Set Higher

Compressor Frequency Limit and Current Limit are Set Higher

(6) Low Noise Setting (Function Setting “db”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “9” at the Low Noise Setting “ ” to reduce the upper limit of the compressor frequency and the outdoor fan rotation.

NOTES:

1. By setting this function, the compressor frequency and the outdoor fan motor rotation frequency are

forcibly reduced and so the outdoor unit capacity decreases and the unit operation range is limited.

2. Reduction rates are approximate, these may change slightly depending on the outdoor unit model.

3. The Low Noise Setting “db”=7,8,9 are same operation as Low Noise Setting 1,2,3 by External Input

“db” Setting Condition

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9


Compressor Frequency Outdoor Fan Rotation

Not Changed (100%)

Not Changed

Not Changed (100%)

65%

Not Changed

Not Changed

80%

60%

50%

40%

Not Changed

Not Changed

40%

80%

60%

40%

Not Changed

65%

50%

40%

5-22 SM-16007


(7) Demand Function Setting (Function Setting “dE”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “5”, so that Demand Function Setting “ ” can be set.

This function is available by setting to “1” for the demand current control without inputting the signal to the external input terminal on the outdoor unit PCB. The table below shows the limit of the operating current for this function.

NOTE:

If the outdoor unit running current exceeds the maximum limit for twenty minutes, the indoor unit is put under Thermo-OFF condition. In this case, the stoppage code No. “10” is given.

If Demand Current Control by External Input Function is set and the external input signal is available, this function is not performed during Demand Current Control by External Input Function is performed.

“dE” Setting Condition

0

1

2

3

4

5

Demand Running Current Control


40%

60%

70%

80%

100%

• Demand Control

Adopting self-demand function, which drastically decreases power consumption, has largely improved energy saving.

Outdoor Unit

Capacity

[MBH]

072, 096

Excessive power supply consumption exceeding the power setting range is restricted.

Morning

Maximum efficiency is secured within the power setting range.

Daytime

Operating Hours

Night

Power Setting

Selectable from 100%,

80%, 70%, 60% and 40% of the reference power consumption.

Reference

Power Consumption

[KW]

9.6

< NOTES for Facility >

1. The demand current control (%) is value criterion. The value used for this control is calculated from the current, and therefore is different from the value indicated by a wattmeter. If it is required that the

PD[LPXPSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQLVPDQDJHGSUHFLVHO\D¿HOGVXSSOLHGGHPDQGFRQWUROOHUVKRXOGEHXVHG

2. The actual value may temporarily be higher than the indicated value shown above depending on the operating control conditions such as protection control.

SM-16007 5-23


(8) Wave Function Setting (Function Setting “UE”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “4”, so that Wave Function Setting “ ” can be set.

While this function is activated, the maximum limit of running current is changed from 40% to 80% as shown

LQWKH¿JXUH

NOTE:

If Demand Current Control by External Input Function is set and the external input signal is available, this function is not performed during Demand Current Control by External Input Function is performed.

"UE" Setting Condition

0

1

2

3

4

Running Current Lower Limit Setting

Not Available (Default Seting)

40%

60%

70%

80%

Electricity

Consumption

(100%)

Electricity

Consumption

(40 to 80%)

20min. 10min. 20min. 10min. 20min.10min. 20min.

NOTE:

The current limit value is targeted value. The actual current value may temporarily be higher than the value shown in the table above depending on the operating control condition.

When the scheduled operation of “Demand Function Setting” is set from the central controller, refer to the “Installation and Maintenance Manual” for the central controller.

(9) Protection of Decrease in Outlet Temperature for Cooling (Function Setting “Fb”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “3” at Protection of Decrease in Outlet Temperature for

Cooling “ ”, can be set. When the indoor unit outlet air temperature falls at cooling operation, the compressor frequency forcibly decreases to prevent a drop in outlet air temperature. If the outlet temperature decreases and the temperature is less than the Thermo-OFF condition even after the compressor frequency decreases, the indoor unit becomes Thermo-OFF condition.

(When Thermo-OFF is activated under this condition, the operation will be restarted after three minutes.)

*In this section, Thermo-ON/Thermo-OFF mean for the indoor unit.

Thermo-ON: The indoor unit is running.

Thermo-OFF: The indoor unit stays on, but doesn’t run.

"Fb" Setting Condition

2

3

0

1

Outlet Temperature

Target Value at Thermo-OFF

-

50 o F (10 o C)

54 o F (12 o C)

58 o F (14 o C)

-

44 o F (7 o C)

48 o F (9 o C)

52 o F (11 o C)

5-24 SM-16007


(10) Adjustment of Fan Rotation (Function Setting “Fo”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “2” at Adjustment of Fan Rotation “ ”, so Adjustment of Fan Rotation can be set. If the outdoor unit fans make a whining sound in an instance of multiple installations, set this function to the relevant outdoor units.

"Fo" Setting Condition

0

1

2

Adjustment of Fan Rotation


-12 rpm

-24 rpm

NOTE:

By setting this function, the outdoor fan rotation is slightly reduced, so the outdoor unit capacity may decrease and the operation range may be limited.

(11) Energy Saving Mode (Function Setting “F1”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “1”, so that Energy Saving Mode “ ” can be set.

This function is available by setting to “1” to lower the compressor frequency upper limit and reduce energy consumption. The heating capacity will be reduced during Energy Saving Mode is set, so utilize this mode only when the extra capacity to the load is available. Energy Saving Mode can be set during heating operation.

"F1" Setting Condition

0

1

Energy Saving

Initial Setting (Not Available)

Available (Compressor Frequency 80%)

SM-16007 5-25


(12) Intermittent Operation of Outdoor Fan Motor (Function Setting “F4”)

Press “PSW3” and set Intermittent Operation of Outdoor Fan Motor “ ” (auxiliary function) to protect the outdoor fan motor from snow.

Set this function to the PCB of the outdoor unit A (main outdoor unit).

When the outdoor temperature (selectable from 38 and 41 o F (5 o o F (3 o C), 32 o F (0 o C), 34 o F (1 o C), 36 o F (2 o C), 40 o F (4 o C)

C)) reaches the temperature setpoint, all the outdoor fan motors start intermitted operation.

When the outdoor temperature is at least +9 o F (+5 o C) higher than the temperature setpoint, the outdoor fan motors stop operating.

If the compressor restarts operating, the outdoor fan motors will be restored to normal operation.

Fan Motor Operation

Fan Motor Stop

30 [s]

600 [s]

NOTES:

1. This is an auxiliary function to protect the unit from snow. In snowy regions, make sure to protect the

XQLWZLWKDVQRZSUHYHQWLRQURRIIHQFH¿HOGVXSSOLHGRUVQRZSURWHFWLRQKRRGRSWLRQDO2WKHUZLVH abnormal vibrations because of an imbalanced propeller fan will be caused.

2. If the fan motor or fan controller fail during the outdoor fan motor start/stop operation, stop all the outdoor fans to suspend the operation. Check the alarm code and deal properly with the failure next time the compressor is operated.

Because of this setting, the outdoor fan can operate even while the outdoor unit (compressor) stops.

Display a notice to that effect on a readily visible part of the unit body, in order to avoid injuries caused by an unintended outdoor fan operation.

(13) Temperature and Pressure Unit Setting (Function Setting “Fd”)

Press “PSW3” and set Temperature and Pressure Unit “ ” to change the unit setting of temperature and pressure.

"Fd" Setting Condition

1

2

Unit

Temperature: o F, Pressure: psi (Default Setting)

Temperature: o C, Pressure: MPa

5-26 SM-16007


5.4 Power Saving Functions from Wired Controller

The power saving functions are available from the wired controller COW01 as follows.

5.4.1 Power Saving Guide

Press “ECO” button then the power saving guide will be displayed to support the setting. Easy access to the

FRQ¿UPDWLRQDQGVHWWLQJVFUHHQIURPWKHFXUUHQWVHWWLQJVWDWXVVFUHHQ

5.4.2 Outdoor Unit Capacity Control

The demand function setting can be controlled from wired controller. Select from “Peak Cut Control” and

“Moderate Control” according to the situation.

< “Peak Cut Control” Function >

The peak cut control reduces the power consumption range when it exceeds the value of the power saving setting.

without

Power Saving Setting

Maximum Capacity Operation in Power Saving Set Value Range

Power Saving

Set Value

It can be selected from

100%, 90%, 80%, 70%,

60%, 50%, and 40% of reference power consumption.

Morning Daytime

Operation Time

Night


[MBH]

072, 096

Reference

Power Consumption

[KW]

9.6

NOTES:

1. The power set value (%) is just a criterion. The power set value for this function is different from the actual power value in precision. Use the demand controller (option) when it is necessary to manage the maximum power correctly.

2. The cooling capacity will be decreased according to the power saving setting value for the reducing of compressor motor revolution.

3. The actual electrical power consumption may be higher than the value displayed on the screen under certain operating condition such as protective control.

4. This function is used to inhibit power consumption of the operating. Do not use it for minimize the capacity of current and the voltage for the power circuit, power source wiring, GFCI, transformer, etc. It may cause actuation of interrupter and equipment fault.

< “Moderate Control” Function >

The moderate control adjusts the air conditioning capacity not to exceeds the value of the power saving setting.

without

Moderate Control Setting

Moderate Control Setting

Operation Time

NOTES:

1. The moderate control setting value can be set from 40% to 100% of regular capacity by every 10%.

2. The setting value is just a criterion. It might be different according to the actual service condition and operating condition.

SM-16007 5-27


5.4.3 Rotation Control Function

The rotation control switches multiple indoor unit operating mode to FAN mode (Thermo-OFF) in order one by one.

Order of Fan

Operation

1

Fan

Operation*

1

Cooling Operation

Indoor Unit 1

Order of Fan

Operation

2

Indoor Unit 2

Cooling

Operation

Fan

Operation*

1

Cooling

Operation

The indoor unit fan operation is performed in rotation by indoor unit address Nos.

Cooling Operation

Order of Fan

Operation

In3

Fan

Operation*

1

Indoor Unit 3

Time

NOTES:

7KHIDQPRGHWLPHFDQEHVHOHFWHGLQWKHLQWHUYDORIWKUHHPLQXWHV¿YHPLQXWHVDQGWHQPLQXWHV

2. It is possible to change the rotation assigned number according to the minimum differential between the setting temperature and indoor temperature.

5.4.4 Intermittent Control Function

7KHLQWHUPLWWHQWFRQWUROUHSHDWV&RROLQJ+HDWLQJDQG)DQ7KHUPR2))PRGHLQ¿[HGLQWHUYDOV

Power Saving: LOW

30 Minutes

Cooling Operation

20 Minutes

30 Minutes

Fan Operation

10 Minutes

Cooling Operation

20 Minutes

Fan Operation

10 Minutes

Power Saving: MED

Cooling Operation

17 Minutes

Fan Operation

13 Minutes

Cooling Operation

17 Minutes

Fan Operation

13 Minutes

Power Saving: HIGH

Cooling Operation

15 Minutes

Fan Operation

15 Minutes

Cooling Operation

15 Minutes

Fan Operation

15 Minutes

Time

NOTE:

7KHIDQPRGHZLOOEHUHSHDWHGLQWKHLQWHUYDORI¿YHPLQXWHV/2:WHQPLQXWHV0('DQG¿IWHHQPLQXWHV

(HIGH) during heating operation.

5-28 SM-16007


5.4.5 Power Saving Schedule Function

The power saving schedule function is utilized to set the power saving schedule on indoor unit capacity

FRQWURODQGLQWHUPLWWHQWFRQWUROXSWR¿YHVHWWLQJVDGD\HDFKGD\RIWKHZHHN

The display of Noise Reduction Schedule is the same.

5.4.6 Operation Noise Reduction Schedule Function

The operation noise reduction schedule function is utilized to set the operation noise reduction schedule up

WR¿YHVHWWLQJVDGD\HDFKGD\RIWKHZHHN

NOTE:

The operation noise reduction setting may decreases the Cooling/Heating capacity.

5.4.7 Power Consumption Display Function

This function displays the power consumption of the outdoor unit compressor. The value of each displayed in Graph/List format is one day, one week and one year. The display period of consumption comparison can be selected from one day before/Today to 1 year ago/This year.

NOTE:

The power consumption for outdoor unit compressor will be displayed.

SM-16007 5-29

FIELD WORK INSTRUCTIONS

6. Field Work Instructions

SM-16007 6-1


5HIHUWR6HFWLRQ³7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ´ZKHQGHDOLQJZLWKSUREOHPVRUGLI¿FXOWLHV

If you cannot solve the problem, contact your distributor or contractor.

6.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage

Ɣ 6SHFLDO$WWHQWLRQ5HJDUGLQJ5HIULJHUDQW*DV/HDNDJH

0DNHVXUHWKDWWKHHQWLUH95)V\VWHPPHHWV$6+5$(6WDQGDUGRUDQ\ORFDOFRGHVUHJDUGLQJ6DIHW\

7KH$6+5$(6WDQGDUGSURYLGHVVDIHJXDUGVIRUOLIHOLPEKHDOWKSURSHUW\DQGSUHVFULEHVVDIHW\ requirements.

The standard is recognized as the main guide for personal safety involving refrigeration systems. It strives to ensure a safe application of refrigerant systems by limiting the maximum charge so that a complete discharge due to a leak into a small, occupied, and enclosed room can never exceed the allowable limit.

6-2 SM-16007


0RGL¿FDWLRQVRI&KDUJLQJ5HIULJHUDQWV2WKHUWKDQ7KRVH6SHFL¿HGE\-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV

DANGER

-RKQVRQ&RQWUROV¶DLUFRQGLWLRQHUVDUHGHVLJQHGDQGPDQXIDFWXUHGEDVHGRQXVLQJVSHFL¿HG

UHIULJHUDQWV7KHDSSOLFDEOHUHIULJHUDQWVDUHVSHFL¿HGIRUHDFKXQLW¶VPRGHOV

8VLQJDQ\UHIULJHUDQWVEHVLGHVWKHVSHFL¿HGUHIULJHUDQWVPD\FDXVHPHFKDQLFDOSUREOHPV malfunction, and failure, and in the worst case, it endangers safety seriously and may cause a

¿UHRUDQH[SORVLRQ

Therefore, 'RQRWFKDUJHQRQVSHFL¿HGUHIULJHUDQWVRUDQ\RIWKHIROORZLQJLQWKHUHIULJHUDQW

V\VWHPRIDXQLW

+\GURFDUERQ5HIULJHUDQWVVXFKDV3URSDQH

2[\JHQRU)ODPPDEOH*DVHVVXFKDV$FHW\OHQH

3RLVRQRXV*DVHV

7KHW\SHVRIUHIULJHUDQWVDUHLQGLFDWHGLQWKH,QVWDOODWLRQDQG0DLQWHQDQFH0DQXDOV(QJLQHHULQJ

0DQXDOV6HUYLFH0DQXDOVDQGWKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQODEHOIRUHDFKXQLW Be aware that Johnson

&RQWUROVGRHVQRWWDNHDQ\UHVSRQVLELOLW\IRUXQLWIDLOXUHPDOIXQFWLRQRUDQ\DFFLGHQWV

FDXVHGE\FKDUJLQJQRQVSHFL¿HGUHIULJHUDQWVRURWKHUVDVQRWHGDERYH

SM-16007 6-3


)RU2XWGRRU8QLWDQG,QGRRU8QLW

(a) Fan and Fan Motor x /XEULFDWLRQ$OOIDQPRWRUVDUHSUHOXEULFDWHGDQGVHDOHGDWWKHIDFWRU\7KHUHIRUHQR lubricating maintenance is required.

x Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sounds or vibration.

x Rotation - Check that the fan rotates counterclockwise and inspect the rotating speed.

x Insulation - Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.

E +HDW([FKDQJHU

&ORJJLQJ,QVSHFWIRUDQ\DFFXPXODWHGGLUWDQGGXVWDQGUHPRYHDQ\DWUHJXODULQWHUYDOV$VIRU an outdoor unit, other obstacles such as growing grass and pieces of paper, which might intercept

DLUÀRZVKRXOGDOVREHUHPRYHG

(c) Piping Connection x Leakage - Inspect for refrigerant leakage at piping connections.

(d) Cabinet

• Stain and Lubricant - Inspect for any stain or lubricant and remove it, if any.

• Securing Screw - Inspect for loose or missing screws and secure or replace as required.

• Insulation - Inspect for peeling thermal insulation material on the cabinet and repair it, if any.

H (OHFWULFDO(TXLSPHQW

$FWLYDWLRQ,QVSHFWIRUDEQRUPDODFWLYDWLRQRIWKHPDJQHWLFFRQWDFWRUDX[LOLDU\UHOD\RUSULQWHG circuit board (PCB).

• Line Condition - Pay attention to working voltage, amperage and phase balance.

Inspect for faulty contact caused by loosened terminal connections, oxidized contacts, foreign matter, and other items. Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.

(f) Control and Protective Devices x 6HWWLQJ'RQRWUHDGMXVWWKHVHWWLQJLQWKH¿HOG

)RU2XWGRRU8QLW2QO\

(a) Compressor x Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sounds or vibration.

x $FWLYDWLRQ&KHFNWKDWWKHYROWDJHGURSRIWKHSRZHUVXSSO\OLQHLVZLWKLQDWVWDUWDQGZLWKLQ

GXULQJRSHUDWLRQ

(b) Reversing Valve x $FWLYDWLRQ,QVSHFWIRUDQ\DEQRUPDODFWLYDWLQJVRXQG

(c) Strainer x Clogging - Check that there is no temperature difference between the ends.

G *URXQG:LULQJ x *URXQG/LQH,QVSHFWIRUFRQWLQXLW\WRWKHHDUWKJURXQG

H &UDQNFDVH+HDWHU x $FWLYDWLRQ$SSO\SRZHUWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWVDWOHDVWKRXUVSULRUWRRSHUDWLRQRIWKHV\VWHP for preheating of the compressor oil.

)RU,QGRRU8QLW2QO\

D $LU)LOWHU x Cleaning - Inspect for, and remove, any accumulated dirt and dust and remove according to the

³(QJLQHHULQJ0DQXDO´

(b) Drain Pan, Condensate Mechanism and Condensate Pipe x Drain Line - Inspect and clean the condensate line at least twice a year.

x Drain-Up Mechanism - Inspect for activation of drain-up mechanism.

(c) Float Switch x $FWLYDWLRQ,QVSHFWIRUDFWLYDWLRQRIÀRDWVZLWFK

6-4 SM-16007


6.4 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display

Customer’s Name '$7(

2XWGRRU8QLW0RGHO6HULDO1R

(1) 2SHUDWLRQ0RGH

(2) Test Run Start Time

(3) Data Collect Start Time

(4) 5HDG2XW'DWDIURP6HJPHQWLQ2XWGRRU8QLW

Protection Control Code

,QSXW2XWSXW6WDWH

RI2XWGRRU0LFUR&RPSXWHU

SC

<$ Y21

(Serial No. )

<& Fan2 Fan1 <&+ <$ Y21

(Serial No. )

<& Fan2 Fan1 <&+

7RWDO&DSDFLW\RI2SHUDWLQJ,QGRRU8QLW

Control Software No.

Inverter Software No.

,QYHUWHU2UGHU)UHTXHQF\WR&RPSUHVVRU

2XWGRRU)DQ6WHS

2XWGRRU([SDQVLRQ9DOYH2SHQLQJ

+LJK3UHVVXUH'LVFKDUJH3UHVVXUH

Low Pressure (Suction Pressure)


(YDSRUDWLQJ7HPSHUDWXUH

$PELHQW$LU7HPSHUDWXUH

Inverter Fin Temperature

Inverter Primary Current

Inverter Secondary Current

,QGRRU8QLW$GGUHVV

,QGRRU([SDQVLRQ9DOYH2SHQLQJ

Liquid Pipe Temperature of Indoor Unit

*DV3LSH7HPSHUDWXUHRI,QGRRU8QLW

,QGRRU8QLW,QOHW$LU7HPSHUDWXUH

,QGRRU8QLW2XWOHW$LU7HPSHUDWXUH

Cause Code of Indoor Unit Stoppage

$FFXPXODWHG2SHUDWLQJ7LPH of Compressor

2XWGRRU8QLW$ODUP&RGH

Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage

Cause Code of Fan Stoppage (Lower)

Cause Code of Fan Stoppage (Upper)

Total Capacity of Indoor Unit Connected

Connected Indoor Unit Number

5HIULJHUDQW$GGUHVV iod-

UJ cJ

$ n-

(

Lu-

FT.

CP

$$

*$

$& iT

FT

Pd.

Ps.

Td

7(

To

TF

$ oP

SP iP

+

Fo

(R

127(

5HIHUWR6HFWLRQ%³'HWDLORI6HJPHQW'LVSOD\ÍRULWHPVRIFKHFNLQJPRGH

SM-16007


6HUYLFHDQG0DLQWHQDQFH5HFRUGE\:LUHG&RQWUROOHU

Data Sheet for Checking by Wired Controller

Time

I.U. Model

I.U. Serial No.

,81R$ODUP&RGH

Check

Mode

1

Check

Mode

2

1 • 2 1 • 2

Set Temp.

,QOHW$LU7HPS

'LVFKDUJH$LU7HPS

Liquid Pipe Temp.

Remote Thermistor Temp.

2XWGRRU$LU7HPS

*DV3LSH7HPS

(YDSRUDWLQJ7HPSDW+HDWLQJ

Condensing Temp. at Cooling

Comp. Top Temp.

Thermo Temp. of Wired Controller

Not Prepared

C Micro-Computer State Indication

I.U. Micro-Computer

280LFUR&RPSXWHU

D Stopping Cause State Indication

Cause Code of

Indoor Unit Stoppage

( $ODUP2FFXUUHQFH

7LPHVRI$EQRUPDOLW\

Times of Power Failure

Times of

$EQRUPDO&RPPXQLFDWLRQ

Times of Inverter Tripping

) $XWRPDWLF/RXYHU6WDWH

Louver Sensor State

+ 3UHVVXUH)UHTXHQF\6WDWH,QGLFDWLRQ

Discharge Pressure

Suction Pressure

Control Information

2SHUDWLQJ)UHTXHQF\

J I.U. Capacity Indication

I.U. Capacity

28&RGH

Refrigerant System Number

Refrigerant System Number

/ 2SHQLQJRI([SDQVLRQ9DOYH

,8([SDQVLRQ9DOYH

28([SDQVLRQ9DOYH

28([SDQVLRQ9DOYH

28([SDQVLRQ9DOYH% b1 b2 b3 b4

E b6 b7 b8 b9

E$ bb bC

C1

C2 d1

(

(

(

(

F1

+

+

+

+

J1

J2

J3

J4

L1

L2

L3

L4

- g1 g2 g3

- g4

J g6 g7 g8

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- g9

J$ gb gC

- -

- -

- -

- gd

J(

- -

- -

127(

Refer to Section 3.1.4 “Checking Wired Controller” for items of check mode.

6-6

1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2

SM-16007


P Compressor Condition Indication (Reference)

Comp. Current

$FFXPXODWHG2SHUDWLRQ7LPHRI

Comp.

g Sensor Condition Indication

P1

P2

Motion Sensor Response Rate

Radiation Sensor Temp.

g1 g2

Motion Sensor1 Response Rate




Setting Temp. Collected Value g3 g4

J g6 g7 gF

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

&OLHQW

,QVWDOODWLRQ'DWH

6\VWHP1R

'DWH&KHFNHG

&KHFNHGE\

127(

Refer to Section 3.1.4 “Checking Wired Controller” for items of check mode.

Result

SM-16007 6-7


6.6 Service and Maintenance Record

Service and Maintenance Record

No.

Check Item

1 ,VVHUYLFHVSDFHVXI¿FLHQW"

2 6KRUW&LUFXLWRI'LVFKDUJHG$LU"

3 $Q\+HDW,QÀXHQFH"

4 ,VJURXQGZLULQJFRQQHFWHG"

Refrigeration Piping

6 Fixing of Units

7

$Q\'DPDJHRQ([WHUQDORU,QWHUQDO

6XUIDFH"

8 Checking of Screws and Bolts

$FWLRQ

9

10

11 Insulation Resistance

12

Tightening of Terminal Screws

$UHFRPSUHVVRUWHUPLQDOV

WLJKWO\¿[HG"

'RHVGUDLQZDWHUVPRRWKO\ÀRZ"

13 Check for leakage at compressor.

Tighten them if they are loosened.

Tighten all terminal screws with a

Phillips screwdriver.

Check all compressor terminals are

WLJKWO\¿[HG

Measure insulation resistance with

insulation resistance-meter.

Comp. and Fan

0RWRUJUHDWHUWKDQ0 :

2WKHUVJUHDWHUWKDQ0 :

&KHFNIRUVPRRWKÀRZE\

pouring water.

Check for any leakage.

ditto

Check for leakage at

indoor heat exchanger.

16 Check for leakage at reversing valve.

17 Check for leakage at check valve.

18 Check for leakage at accumulator.

19 Check for leakage at strainer.

21 Check for leakage at piping.

22 Check direction of fans.

23 Voltage among each phase.

24 Vibration and Sound

$FWLYDWLRQRI(DFK2SHUDWLRQ0RGH

26 +LJK3UHVVXUH&XWRXW6ZLWFK

27 Check activation of drain-up mechanism.

28 ,QGRRU,QOHW$LU7HPS'%:%

29 ,QGRRU2XWOHW$LU7HPS'%:%

30 2XWGRRU,QOHW$LU7HPS'%:%

31 2XWGRRU2XWOHW$LU7HPS'%:%

32 +LJK3UHVVXUH6ZLWFK

33 Low Pressure Switch

34 2SHUDWLQJ9ROWDJH

2SHUDWLQJ&XUUHQW

36 ,QVWUXFWLRQIRU&OHDQLQJRI$LU)LOWHUWR&OLHQW

37 Instruction for Cleaning Method to Client

38 ,QVWUXFWLRQIRU2SHUDWLRQWR&OLHQW ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto

E\9LHZLQJRU$LUÀRZ9ROXPH

Check the voltage is within

WKHVSHFL¿HGUDQJH

Check fan, compressor, piping.

&KHFNDFWLYDWLRQRI&22/

+($76723DQG7(03VZLWFKHV

Check actual activation value.

Check it during cooling operation.

Judgment

<(6RU12

<(6RU12

<(6RU12

<(6RU12

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

<(6RU12

7,*+7(1('RU

1277,*+7(1('

7,*+7(1('RU

1277,*+7(1('

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22'

*22'RU127*22' o F DB/ o F WB o F DB/ o F WB o F DB/ o F WB o F DB/ o F WB

V

$

SVL*

SVL*

'21(RU127<(7

'21(RU127<(7

'21(RU127<(7

6-8 SM-16007


6.7 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant

400

R410A

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Ͳ 50 Ͳ 25 0 25 50 75

^ĂƚƵƌĂƚŝŽŶdĞŵƉĞƌĂƚƵƌĞ;>ŝƋƵŝĚͿ ΀

Ž

&΁

100 125 150

SM-16007 6-9


0ROOLHU&KDUWIRU5$

/lb

6-10 SM-16007

SERVICE PARTS LIST

7. Service Parts List

SM-16007 7-1



Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

Remarks

6

7

4

5

1

2

3

Side Cover

Side Cover

TH Holder

Thermistor

Front Stay

Side Stay

Electrical Box Stay

8

9

Electrical Box Cover

Pipe Cover

10 Protection Net

11 Rear Stay

12 Motor Clamp

13 Fan Motor

14 M6 SUS Screw

15 Propeller Fan

16 Washer

17 Closing Nut

18 Upper Cover

19 Air Outlet Grille

20 Special Screw

21 Front Cover

22 Service Cover

23 Special Screw

24 Sub E-Box Cover

25 Protective Tube

26 Cover Assy

27 Cover Assy

28 Cover Assy

29 Cover Assy

30 Upper Cover

31 Screw

32 Screw

33 Screw

34 Stay

35 Piping Cover

36 Accessory Kit

H17D50034D

H17C79378E

H17F06637A

17G84611D

H17B43545A

H7D05012B

17G84611A

H7C01492D

06SY0800

H17H13808A

H17H13809A

H17H13812B

H17H13812A

H17F08337A

51CB0416

51CB0410

51CB0408

H7D06987A

H17F14129B

H7B02572A

H7B02573A

H17D55179A

H7B00032A

H17F03718A

H7C02636A

H7C01520E

H7C03200D

H17H06168A

H7C03091A

H7D04910A

H7C03053B

H7A00529A

H17D30309E

H17A21604A

H17E08525E

H7D07905C

QU098019

QU098015

P25678

-

-

QU098005

QU098006

QU098010

QU098009

QU098004

-

-

-

-

QU098021

QU098013

QU098014

for Ta Thermistor

QU015012 THM7: for Ambient (Ta)

-

-

-

-

QU098017

QU034002

-

-

QU071012 MOF1

SUS, M6, for Fan Motor

QU051001 f644

SUS

SUS, M10 -

QU098002

QU034001

P27991 SUS, M5

SUS, M5

Thermistor Protection Tube (33ft (10m))

SWCH, M4

SWCH, M4

SWCH, M4

QX099007

Set of accessories shipped with the unit.

(Includes Cable Clamp, etc.)

(P0165x-01)

Voltage

208/230V 60Hz 460V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

103

1

1

1

1

22

4

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

14

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

109

1

1

1

1

22

4

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

7-2 SM-16007


LOCATION OF SERVICE PARTS IN THE UNIT

< Cabinet and Fan >

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

20 20

18 20

20

27

19

1

23

17

29

15 16

23

23

23

24

22

23

23

11

13

30

14

28

23

10

12

4

3

25

33

23

31

8

34

23

23

32

6

23

23

Only for

208~230V/60Hz

Only for

460V/60Hz

9

7

23

5

23

21

23

26

23

23

2

23

35

A

B

C

Truss Head Tapping Screw

Round Head Screw

Flat Head Screw

F Stud Bolt

G Nut

H Washer

D Pan Head Tapping Screw J Spring Lock Washer

E Hexagon Head Bolt K Tooth Lock Washer

NOTE:

A protective coating like zinc is applied to iron and steel for unspecified materials like a bolt or screw.

36

23

SM-16007 7-3



Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

Remarks

1 Compressor

2 Compressor

8

9

6

7

3

4

5

Vibration Absorber

Vibration Absorber

Vibration Absorber

Nut

Crankcase Heater

Crankcase Heater

Rubber Cap

10 Accumulator

11 Stopper

12 Valve Stay

13 Oil Separator

14 Check Valve

15 Pressure Switch

16 Oil Separator Stay

17 Saddle

18 Double Tube

19 Silencer

20 Expansion Valve

21 EXPV. Coil

22 Stop Valve

23 Plate Stay

24 Stopper

25 Rubber Seat

26 Reversing Valve

27 Coil

28 Strainer

29 Strainer

30 Check Joint

31 Solenoid Valve

32 Check Joint

33 Coil

34 Stop Valve

35 Strainer

36 Strainer

37 Expansion Valve

38 EXPV. Coil

39 Pressure Sensor

40 Pressure Sensor

41 Sound Proof Cover



H7C03969A

H17H06170A

H7D02638A

H17F05849A

H7E00415A

17C78465A

17C78180C

H7C00434A

H17H06172A

H17E25685A

H17H10681A

H7C03986A

H7C03987B

H17G15764B

H17G62701A

H7C00441A

17C64849A

17F18776A

17F19108A

17F18584A

17F19087A

H17D21147B

H17D49474A

H17D21207A

H17D49475A

H7D07781B

H7D02452B

H17B29767A

H7B03605A

H7D07780A

H17F09346A

H7C03052A

H7C01709A

17E08728B

17C76434B

H17F09233A

H17D55178A

H17G62700A

17F07288B

17F07287A

17B46255A

17B46256A

H7C02480A

H17C59825B

H7C02481A

06954296

06954167

06954166

06954157

-

-

-

MC1: EK655DHD-65A2Y

MC1:EK655DHD-65D2Y

MC2: EK655DH-65H2Y

MC2: EK655DH-65E2Y

-

QU078010 CH1: 120W (40W x 3), Belt Heater

QU078002 CH2: 80W (40W x 2), Belt Heater

QU032001

QU089009

-

-

QU055001

QU042001

QU001001 PSH1: Shanghai Junle, H20PS

-

-

QU041001

QU302002

P26007

P27606

MVB: Saginomiya, UKV-25D26

MVB: Saginomiya, UKV-A035

QU027003 3/8 (Liquid)

-

-

-

QU081003 RVR1, 2: Saginomiya, STF-H07U12

QU081001 RVR1, 2: Saginomiya, STF-H01AQ3004UAA1

QU030003

QU030005

QU028001

P24511 SVA, SVX: Nichiden Kougyou, SR10PA

QU028003

P30572 SVA, SVX:Nichiden Kougyou, SR10PA

QU027001 7/8 (Gas)

QU030001

QU030004

P29262

P29263

P26013

MV1: PAM-BB0YGHS-101

MV1: Saginomiya, PAM-MD12HS-7

PD: Saginomiya, NSK-BH050F

PS: Saginomiya, NSK-BH020F P26014

QU032003

QU032002

QU032012

(P0165x-02)

Voltage

208/230V 60Hz 460V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

1

1

2

2

4

1

3

1

1

4

2

1

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

6

1

4

6

1

4

1

1

1

2

2

4

1

3

1

1

4

2

1

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

6

1

4

4

6

7-4 SM-16007



Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

Remarks

44 Thermistor

45 Thermistor

46 Thermistor

47 Thermistor

48 Thermistor

49 EXPV. Coil

50 Strainer

51 Special Screw

52 Bolt

53 Bolt

54 Heat Exchanger

55 Expansion Valve

56 Stopper

57 Rubber Seat

58 Thermistor

H7B00029A

H7B00030C

H7B00030A

H7B00029B

H7B00030B

17F03633C

H17G55723A

H17D30320F

H17E19003B

H17G24763A

H17B44164A

17F03632A

H7D03905A

H7D03907B

H7D02341A

QU015009 THM8: for Compressor (Td1)

QU015011 THM17, 10: for Piping (Te, Tchg)

QU015010 THM23: for Piping (TBg)

QU015014 THM9: for Compressor (Td2)

QU015015 THM11: for Piping (Tg)

P30139

QU030007

MVD: Fujikoki, HAM-MD12HS-5

P25673

-

-

-

SUS, M6

for Coil

P28511

-

MVD: Fujikoki, HDM-BD120HS-1

-

QU015013 for Ta

(P0165x-02)

Voltage

208/230V 60Hz 460V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

1

1

1

1

4

4

14

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

4

4

14

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

SM-16007 7-5



< Refrigerant Cycle >

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

54

50

49 55

10

53

42

58

30

41

1

44

6

5

7

6

5

3

45

35

43

9

15

6

5

9

2

47

53

5

6

8

6

5

4

14

52

17

13

52

39

40

16

53

32

33 31

33 31

36

19

19

51

30

34

52

31 33

29

57

56

48

28

26

27

12

53

37 38

36

24

24

25

25

31 33

53

51

52

45

46

22

36

18

11

20 21

23

53

7-6

A

B

C


Round Head Screw

Flat Head Screw

F Stud Bolt

G Nut

H Washer



NOTE:


SM-16007


Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

Remarks

6

7

4

5

1

2

3

Electrical Box

Terminal Block

Noise Filter

Holder

Fan Controller

Mag. Contactor

Resistor

8

9

Reactor

Diode Module

10 Transistor Module

11 PV113-S

12 Collar

13 Collar

14 Bushing

15 Spacer

16 Spacer

17 Radiation Fin

18 Radiation Fin

19 Thermistor for R-Fin

20 Capacitor

21 Saddle

22 PCB-S

23 Spacer

24 Spacer

25 Plate

26 Capacitor

27 Surge Suppressor

28 Special Screw

29 Circuit Breaker

H7D01151B

H17F03877A

H17F03878A

H7D02341A

H17B37350B

H17D52835C

H17B46431H

H7D00005A

H7D00006A

H7C01473A

H17G75514B

H7B02334C

453H0335

17B42992A

H7B01136A

H7C04156A

H7B03904A

H17G07802A

17H07495J

17B34740C

H17B33595A

H7B01728B

17H07050A

17H07049B

17H16919C

H17G15233B

H17G15233C

H17G15232A

H7D01151A

-

QU013002

QU103007

-

P30802

P28817

QU074001

-

-

-

-

-

P28435

P28434

P29746

TB1: 600V, 150A

NFT060800-HHA0

FANM: PV092

CMC1: Fuji Electric, FC-1UL

RS1, 2: 500 ȍ , 20W

DCL: 0.7mH, 55A

DM: 800V 75A

IPM: 6MBP100RTB060-50

PCB2: PV113

-

-

-

QU015013 THM: for Inverter Fin

QU014005 CB: 450V, 4700 ȝ F

-

QU085037

-

-

PCB1: PO113

-

QU014006 CPN

ZNR

-

-

P29102 FFB1, 50A


(P0165x-03)

Voltage

208/230V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

1

5

1

1

1

9

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

3

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

6

1

1

1

1

SM-16007 7-7



< Electrical Parts > (208/230V 60Hz)

10

17

26

19

5

B-4x16

H-4

J-4

B-5x16

H-5

J-5

27

9

28

B-3x10

H-3

J-3

18

8

1

A-4x10

B-3x20

H-3

J-3

A-4x10

7

15

11

6

13

A-4x16

12

12

14

A-4x10

B-3x35

H-3

J-5

14

16 A-4x10

21

B-4x10

H-4

J-4

20

29

25

B-4x10

H-4

J-4

3

4

23

A-4x10

2

24

22

B-5x14

H-5

J-5

A

B

C


Round Head Screw

Flat Head Screw

F Stud Bolt

G Nut

H Washer



NOTE:


7-8 SM-16007


Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

Remarks

3

4

1

2

5

Electrical Box

Terminal Block

Noise Filter

Holder

Fan Controller

8

9

6

7

Mag. Contactor

Resistor

Resistor

Resistor

10 Reactor

11 Reactor

12 Diode Module

13 Transistor Module

14 PV113-S

15 Collar

16 Collar

17 Bushing

18 Spacer

19 Spacer

20 Radiation Fin

21 Radiation Fin

22 Thermistor for R-Fin

23 Capacitor

24 Capacitor

25 Saddle

26 PCB-S

27 Spacer

28 Spacer

29 Plate

30 Capacitor

31 Surge Suppressor

32 Special Screw

33 Circuit Breaker

17H16919E

H17G15233B

H17G15233C

H17G15232A

H7D01151A

H7D01151B

H17F03877A

H17F03878A

H7D02341A

H17B37350B

H17B30411B

H17D52835C

H17B46431J

H7D00005A

H7D00006A

H7C01473A

H17F15453A

H17C39070A

453H0335

17B46288B

H7B01136A

H7C04156A

H7B03933A

H17G07802A

H17B41624G

17B46285A

H17B33595A

H7B03333A

H7B03333B

H7C01399A

H7C00587B

17G92900K

17G92902L

-

QU013002

QU103008

-

TB1: 600V, 150A

NF1: NFT-027A60-HHA0

QU101010 FANM: PV092

P30508

QU074001

QU074002

QU074003

-

-

P27779

P27215

CMC1: Fuji Electric, SC-03

RS1, 2: 500 ȍ , 20W

R1: 9.7K

ȍ , 40W

R2: 12K ȍ , 40W

DCL2: 3.0mH, 10A (for Fan)

DCL1: 1.0mH, 30A (for INV.)

DM: PT50SN16

IPM: 6MBP50RA120-55

P30461

-

-

-

-

-

-

PCB2: PV113

-

QU015013

QU014005

THM: for Inverter Fin

CB1, 2: 450V, 4700 ȝ F (for INV.)

QU014004 CB3: 450V, 2700 ȝ F (for Fan)

-

QU085038 PCB1: PO113

-

-

-

QU014007

-

-

P30512

CS1, CS2

ZNR

FFB1 30A


(P0165x-04)

Voltage

460V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

2

1

1

1

6

1

1

1

3

1

1

2

1

5

1

1

1

9

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

6

1

1

1

SM-16007 7-9



< Electrical Parts > (460V 60Hz)

20

30

21

B-4x16

H-4

J-4

13

5

22

A-4x10

11

7

B-5x16

H-5

J-5

31

12

32

B-3x10

H-3

J-3

1

14

18

16

B-3x20

H-3

J-3

17

B-3x35

H-3

J-5

17

19

15

15

A-4x10

6

A-4x16

A-4x10

A-4x10

25

25

B-4x10

H-4

J-4

24

8

A-4x10

B-4x10

H-4

J-4

A-4x10

A-4x10

23

29

A-4x10

26

27

33

25

A-4x10

A-4x10

25

23

9

A-4x10

28

3

4

10

A-4x10

2

B-5x14

H-5

J-5

A

B

C


Round Head Screw

Flat Head Screw

F Stud Bolt

G Nut

H Washer



NOTE:


7-10 SM-16007


Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

1

2

3

4

5

Sub Electrical Box

Terminal Block

Mag. Contactor

Current Sensor

Circuit Breaker

H7C01437A

H7C04157A

17B25840G

H7D06486A

17B42992B

-

QU013003

P28818

QU019002

P29103

CMC2

CT2

FFB2, 32A

Remarks


(P0165x-05)

Voltage

208/230V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

1

1

1

1

1

SM-16007 7-11



Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

1

2

3

4

5

Sub Electrical Box

Terminal Block

Mag. Contactor

Current Sensor

Circuit Breaker

H7C01437A

H7C04157A

17B46286A

H7C04166A

17B46288A

-

QU013003

P30509 CMC2

QU019001 CT2

P30511 FFB2, 15A

Remarks

(P0165x-06)

Voltage

460V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

1

1

1

1

1

7-12 SM-16007



< Sub Electrical Box >

(H,Y)VAHP072B41CW

(H,Y)VAHP096B41CW

5

1

SM-16007

A-4x16

3

A-4x20 2

4

A

B

C


Round Head Screw

Flat Head Screw

F Stud Bolt

G Nut

H Washer



NOTE:


7-13



Replacement Part

No.

Part Name

Draw. No.

Part No.

6

7

4

5

1

2

3

TF Box

Base

TB Plate

F-Cover Assy

Service Cover

Circuit Breaker

Noise Filter

8

9

Spacer

Fuse

10 Fuse Holder

11 Terminal Block

12 Terminal Block

13 Transformer

14 TF Box Assy

H17F15169A

H17F15168B

H17H25234A

H17H26002A

H17H25235A

17B46287A

H7B00626A

17G26058A

H7B03335A

H17B47429A

H7C01790B

H7C04158A

H7B03334A

H7B03336B

-

-

-

-

-

P30510

QU085008

P21187

QU004006

QU004008

QU013001

QU013004

QU082003

-

FFB3

7A

600VAC, 30A

TB4

TB5

Remarks

(P0165x-07)

Voltage

460V 60Hz

Q'ty Per Unit

1

1

1

1

1

6

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

7-14 SM-16007



< TF Box >

SM-16007

9

10

A-4x10

A-4x10

12

A-4x16

11 A-4x16

6

3

7

A-4x10 13

B-8x20

H-8

J-8

5

A-4x10

4

8

2

A-4x10

1

14

A

B

C


Round Head Screw

Flat Head Screw

F Stud Bolt

G Nut

H Washer



NOTE:


7-15

© 2016 Johnson Controls, Inc.

SM-16007

Code No. LIT-12012400

Issued November 2016

YORK VRF Low Ambient Heat Pump Outdoor Unit 208/230V Service manual

SERVICE MANUAL

INVERTER-DRIVEN MULTI-SPLIT SYSTEM

HEAT PUMP AIR CONDITIONERS

SM-16007

Important Notice

Product Inspection upon Arrival

1. Introduction

2. Important Safety Instructions

1. Installation ..............................................................................................................................1-1

2. Operation ...............................................................................................................................2-1

3. Troubleshooting .....................................................................................................................3-1

4. Maintenance ..........................................................................................................................4-1

5. External Input/Output and Function Setting ...........................................................................5-1

6. Field Work Instructions ..........................................................................................................6-1

7. Service Parts List ...................................................................................................................7-1

1. Installation

- Table of Contents -

1. Introduction

2. Important Safety Instructions

3. Before Installation

3.2 Necessary Tools and Instrument List for Installation

3.3 Flaring and Joint

3.4 Line-Up of Outdoor Units

3.5 Combinations of Indoor Units and Outdoor Units

3.6 Caution about Outdoor Unit Installation

3.7 Piping Work between Outdoor Units

4. Outdoor Unit Installation

4.1 Installation Location and Precautions

5. Transportation and Installation Work

5.1 Transportation

CORRECT

INCORRECT

5.2 Handling of Outdoor Unit

CORRECT

INCORRECT

6. Refrigerant Piping Work

6.2 Piping Connection Work

6.3 Piping Work between Outdoor Units

6.4 Piping Size between Outdoor Units

6.5 Piping Size and Multi-Kit Selection

7. Electrical Wiring

7.2 Electrical Wiring Connection

7.3 Electrical Wiring for Outdoor Unit

7.4 Electrical Wiring Connections of Indoor Unit, and Outdoor Unit

7.5 DIP Switch Setting of Outdoor Unit

8. Additional Refrigerant Charge

8.2 Vacuuming

8.4 Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

8.5 Automatic Simple Judgment System for Refrigerant Amount

9. Test Run

1.2.1 For Outdoor Unit

- Table of Contents -

1. Applicable Outdoor Unit

2. Before Installation

3. Installation Work

3.1 Installation of Drain Adaptor

3.2 Installation of Drain Cap

4. Utilization in Cold Area

Protection Net (Rear): PN-TP10BA, PN-TP10BB

1. Applicable Unit

2. Installation Work

3. Before Installation

4. Installation Procedures

5. Installation Appearance

Protection Net (Right): PN-TP10R

1. Applicable Unit

2. Installation Work

3. Before Installation

4. Installation Procedures

5. Installation Appearance

Protection Net (Left): PN-TP10L

1. Applicable Unit

2. Installation Work

3. Before Installation

4. Installation Procedures

5. Installation Appearance

1.2.1.3 Snow Protection Hood

Snow Protection Hood (Upper): ASG-TP20FAS1, ASG-TP20FBS1

1. Applicable Unit